Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 15, 2006
Registration No. 333-137664
 
AMENDMENT NO. 1
to
FORM F-4
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
 
 
Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd.
(Exact name of registrant issuer as specified in its charter)
(Not Applicable)
(Translation of the registrant’s name into English)
 
SEE TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS
 
         
Republic of Singapore
  3674   Not Applicable
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
1 Yishun Avenue 7
Singapore 768923
Tel: (65) 6755-7888
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
of registrants’ principal executive offices)
 
 
 
 
Corporation Service Company
1090 Vermont Avenue NW
Washington, D.C. 20005
Tel: (800) 222-2122
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
of agent for service)
 
 
 
 
With a copy to:
Anthony J. Richmond, Esq.
William C. Davisson, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
140 Scott Drive
Menlo Park, California 94025
Tel: (650) 328-4600
 
 
 
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed exchange offers:   As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.
 
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
 
 
 
The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

 
TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANT SUBSIDIARY CO-ISSUERS AND GUARANTORS
 
                     
        Primary
       
    State or Other
  Standard
      Address, Including Zip Code and
    Jurisdiction of
  Industrial
  I.R.S. Employer
  Telephone Number,
Exact Name as
  Incorporation or
  Classification
  Identification
  Including Area Code, of Principal
Specified in its Charter
  Organization   Number   Number   Executive Offices
 
Avago Technologies U.S. Inc. 
  Delaware     3674     20-3387670   350 West Trimble Road
San Jose, California 95131
Tel: (408) 435-7400
                 
Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc.   Delaware     3674     20-3514362   350 West Trimble Road
San Jose, California 95131
Tel: (408) 435-7400
                 
Avago Technologies ECBU IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.   Singapore     3674     Not Applicable   1 Yishun Avenue 7
Singapore 768923
Tel: (65) 6755-7888
                 
Avago Technologies Enterprise IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.   Singapore     3674     Not Applicable   1 Yishun Avenue 7
Singapore 768923
Tel: (65) 6755-7888
                 
Avago Technologies Fiber IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.   Singapore     3674     Not Applicable   1 Yishun Avenue 7
Singapore 768923
Tel: (65) 6755-7888
                 
Avago Technologies General IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.   Singapore     3674     Not Applicable   1 Yishun Avenue 7
Singapore 768923
Tel: (65) 6755-7888
                 
Avago Technologies International Sales Pte. Limited   Singapore     3674     Not Applicable   1 Yishun Avenue 7
Singapore 768923
Tel: (65) 6755-7888
                 
Avago Technologies Manufacturing (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.   Singapore     3674     Not Applicable   1 Yishun Avenue 7
Singapore 768923
Tel: (65) 6755-7888
                 
Avago Technologies Sensor IP Pte. Ltd.   Singapore     3674     Not Applicable   1 Yishun Avenue 7
Singapore 768923
Tel: (65) 6755-7888
                 
Avago Technologies Wireless IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.   Singapore     3674     Not Applicable   1 Yishun Avenue 7
Singapore 768923
Tel: (65) 6755-7888
                 
Avago Technologies Sensor (U.S.A.) Inc.   Delaware     3674     20-4522743   350 West Trimble Road
San Jose, California 95131
Tel: (408) 435-7400
                 
Avago Technologies U.S. R&D Inc.   Delaware     3674     20-3379093   350 West Trimble Road
San Jose, California 95131
Tel: (408) 435-7400
                 
Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Inc.   Delaware     3674     20-3514309   350 West Trimble Road
San Jose, California 95131
Tel: (408) 435-7400
                 
Avago Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.   Malaysia     3674     Not Applicable   Bayan Lepas Free Industrial Zone
11900 Penang, Malaysia
Tel: (604) 643-0611
                 
Avago Technologies Enterprise Holding (Labuan) Corporation   Labuan     3674     Not Applicable   Unit Level 13(E), Main Office Tower
Financial Park Labuan
Jalan Merdeka, 87000 Federal
Territory of Labuan, Malaysia
Tel: 6087 451 688
                 
Avago Technologies Fiber Holding (Labuan) Corporation   Labuan     3674     Not Applicable   Unit Level 13(E), Main Office Tower
Financial Park Labuan
Jalan Merdeka, 87000 Federal
Territory of Labuan, Malaysia
Tel: 6087 451 688


Table of Contents

                     
        Primary
       
    State or Other
  Standard
      Address, Including Zip Code and
    Jurisdiction of
  Industrial
  I.R.S. Employer
  Telephone Number,
Exact Name as
  Incorporation or
  Classification
  Identification
  Including Area Code, of Principal
Specified in its Charter
  Organization   Number   Number   Executive Offices
 
Avago Technologies Imaging Holding (Labuan) Corporation   Labuan     3674     Not Applicable   Unit Level 13(E), Main Office Tower
Financial Park Labuan
Jalan Merdeka, 87000 Federal
Territory of Labuan, Malaysia
Tel: 6087 451 688
                 
Avago Technologies Storage Holding (Labuan) Corporation   Labuan     3674     Not Applicable   Unit Level 13(E), Main Office Tower
Financial Park Labuan
Jalan Merdeka, 87000 Federal
Territory of Labuan, Malaysia
Tel: 6087 451 688
                 
Avago Technologies Wireless Holding (Labuan) Corporation   Labuan     3674     Not Applicable   Unit Level 13(E), Main Office Tower
Financial Park Labuan
Jalan Merdeka, 87000 Federal
Territory of Labuan, Malaysia
Tel: 6087 451 688
                 
Avago Technologies Holdings B.V.   Netherlands     3674     Not Applicable   Naritaweg 165, Telestone 8
1043 BW Amsterdam, the Netherlands
Tel: +31 (0) 20 5722 312
                 
Avago Technologies Storage Holdings B.V.   Netherlands     3674     Not Applicable   Naritaweg 165, Telestone 8
1043 BW Amsterdam, the Netherlands
Tel: +31 (0) 20 5722 312
                 
Avago Technologies Wireless Holdings B.V.   Netherlands     3674     Not Applicable   Naritaweg 165, Telestone 8
1043 BW Amsterdam, the Netherlands
Tel: +31 (0) 20 5722 312
                 
Avago Technologies Canada Corporation   Canada     3674     Not Applicable   5300 Commerce Court West
199 Bay Street
Toronto, Ontario M5L 1B9
Canada
Tel: (416) 869-5500
                 
Avago Technologies GmbH   Germany     3674     Not Applicable   Herrenberger Strasse 130
71034 Boeblingen
Germany
Tel: (49) 7031 464 1955
                 
Avago Technologies Italy S.r.l.   Italy     3674     Not Applicable   Via Schiaparelli 12
10148 Torino, Italy
Tel: (39) 02926081
                 
Avago Technologies Japan, Ltd.   Japan     3674     Not Applicable   7th floor, Sumitomo-Fudosan Aobadai Hills, 7-7
Aobadai 4-chome
Meguro-ku, Tokyo 153-0042
Japan
Tel: 81-3-6407-2727
                 
Avago Technologies Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.   Mexico     3674     Not Applicable   San Francisco No. 1005, P.B.
Colonia Del Valle, C.P. 03100
México, D.F., México
Tel: (52-55) 5687-9133
                 
Avago Technologies UK Limited   England     3674     Not Applicable   Building A, Trinity Court
Wokingham Road
Bracknell RG42 1PL
United Kingdom
Tel: 44 1344 668 342


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 15, 2006
 
PROSPECTUS
Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd.
(Organized Under the Laws of Singapore)
 
Offers to Exchange
 
$500,000,000 principal amount of 10 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2013, $250,000,000 principal amount of Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2013 and $250,000,000 principal amount of 11 7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, all of which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for any and all outstanding 10 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2013, Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2013 and 11 7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, respectively.
 
 
We are conducting the exchange offers in order to provide you with an opportunity to exchange your unregistered notes for freely tradable notes that have been registered under the Securities Act.
 
The Exchange Offers
 
  •  We will exchange all outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn for an equal principal amount of exchange notes that are freely tradable.
 
  •  You may withdraw tenders of outstanding notes at any time prior to the expiration date of the exchange offers.
 
  •  The exchange offers expire at 12:00 a.m. midnight, New York City time, on          , 2006, unless extended. We do not currently intend to extend the expiration date.
 
  •  The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offers will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes or Singapore tax purposes.
 
  •  The terms of the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offers are substantially identical to the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will be freely tradable.
 
Results of the Exchange Offers
 
  •  The exchange notes may be sold in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions or through a combination of such methods. We do not plan to list the notes on a national market in the United States or elsewhere.
 
All untendered outstanding notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the outstanding notes and in the applicable indenture. In general, the outstanding notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Other than in connection with the exchange offers, we do not currently anticipate that we will register the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.
 
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offers must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for the outstanding notes where such outstanding notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, starting on the expiration date of the exchange offers and ending on the close of business one year after the expiration date, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”
 
 
See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 for a discussion of certain risks that you should consider before participating in the exchange offers.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offers or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
The date of this prospectus is          , 2006.


 

 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. If you receive any other information, you should not rely on it. We are not making an offer of these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted.
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page
 
  1
  14
  34
  35
  36
  37
  38
  40
  54
  57
  66
  76
  79
  83
  85
  95
  153
  213
  215
  217
  218
  218
  218
  F-1
  EXHIBIT 3.17
  EXHIBIT 10.2
  EXHIBIT 10.3
  EXHIBIT 10.4
  EXHIBIT 10.5
  EXHIBIT 10.6
  EXHIBIT 10.7
  EXHIBIT 10.8
  EXHIBIT 10.9
  EXHIBIT 10.14
  EXHIBIT 10.15
  EXHIBIT 23.11
  EXHIBIT 23.12
  EXHIBIT 99.1
  EXHIBIT 99.2
  EXHIBIT 99.3
  EXHIBIT 99.4


i


Table of Contents

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
ON FORM F-4
 
The issuer and the subsidiary co-issuers and guarantors have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) a registration statement on Form F-4 under the Securities Act relating to the exchange offers that incorporates important business and financial information about us that is not included in or delivered with this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. The information is available without charge to holders of the securities upon written or oral request to Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd., 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923, Attention: Pe-Wynn Kin, telephone number (65) 6755-7888. To obtain timely delivery, note holders must request the information no later than five business days before the expiration date of the exchange offers, which is          , 2006. If we have made references in this prospectus to any contracts, agreements or other documents and also filed any of those contracts, agreements or documents as exhibits to the registration statement, you should read the relevant exhibit for a more complete understanding of the document or matter involved.
 
ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES UNDER
UNITED STATES FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS
 
We are incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Singapore, and a majority of our consolidated assets are located outside the United States. Although we are incorporated outside the United States, we have agreed to accept service of process in the United States through our agent designated for that purpose. Nevertheless, it may be difficult for you to enforce civil liabilities against us in courts outside the United States. Furthermore, since a majority of the consolidated assets owned by us are located outside the United States, any judgment obtained in the United States against us may not be collectible within the United States. There is no treaty between the United States and Singapore providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments. As a result, U.S. judgments are not automatically enforceable in Singapore. We have been advised that judgments of U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States may not be enforceable in Singapore courts. We have also been advised that there is doubt as to whether Singapore courts will enter judgments in original actions brought in Singapore courts based solely upon the civil liabilities provisions of the U.S. securities laws.
 
INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA
 
We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data used throughout this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research as well as from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third-parties. Industry publications, studies and surveys generally state that they have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe that each of these publications, studies and surveys is reliable, we have not independently verified industry, market and competitive position data from third-party sources. While we believe our internal business research is reliable and market definitions are appropriate, neither such research nor these definitions have been verified by any independent source.


ii


Table of Contents

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights key aspects of the information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before making your investment decision. You should read this summary together with the entire prospectus, including the information presented under the heading “Risk Factors” and the historical financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. As used in this prospectus, “Avago,” “Company,” “we,” “our,” “us” or “Successor” refer to Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, unless otherwise indicated. As used in this prospectus, “Predecessor” refers to the Semiconductor Products Group business segment of Agilent Technologies, Inc. Our fiscal year end is October 31. Unless otherwise stated, all years refer to our fiscal year. Unless otherwise noted or the context otherwise makes clear, all discussions of historical data include the results of the camera module business, which was sold on February 3, 2005 (the “Camera Module Business”) and exclude the results of the storage business, which was sold on February 28, 2006 (the “Storage Business”), and the printer ASICs business, which was sold on May 1, 2006 (the “Printer ASICs Business” and, together with the Storage Business, the “Discontinued Operations”).
 
Our Business
 
We are a leading global supplier of a broad range of mostly analog semiconductors that enable digital semiconductors to effectively interpret and interface with users in the real world. Our diverse product portfolio is based on proprietary technologies for light-emitting diodes (LEDs), motion control encoders, high-frequency microwave and millimeter-wave devices, image sensors, optical sensors, optical isolators, infrared receivers, fiber optic transceivers, integrated radio frequency (RF) devices and high speed serializers/deserializers. We have a 40-year history, dating back to our origins within Hewlett-Packard, and have developed extensive intellectual property that currently includes more than 2,000 patents and patent applications.
 
We have a portfolio of more than 6,000 products comprised primarily of analog (including mixed-signal and optoelectronic) semiconductors. These product categories typically have longer commercial life cycles and more stable average selling prices due to more specialized design requirements relative to digital or memory semiconductors. Applications for our products include cellular phones and infrastructure, data networking and telecommunications equipment, optical mice, LED displays, consumer appliances, office and factory automation, automotive signaling and dashboard illumination, and plasma displays. By processing optical, audio and RF signals, color images, and other real world phenomena, our products enable digital semiconductors to effectively interpret and interface with users in the real world.
 
We apply our design expertise and deep system-level knowledge to serve four primary target markets: wireless communications, wired infrastructure, industrial/automotive electronics and computing peripherals.
 
  •  Wireless Communications:   We support the wireless industry with a broad variety of RF semiconductor devices, including diodes and discrete transistors, monolithic microwave integrated circuits (MMICs), filters and duplexers using our proprietary film bulk acoustic resonator (FBAR) technology, and front end modules that incorporate multiple die into multi-function RF devices. The broad range of our RF portfolio allows us to address applications ranging from mobile handsets and infrastructure to satellite communications, point-to-point communications, military communications, and wireless networking for computing applications. Our expertise in amplifier design, FBAR technology and module integration capability enables us to offer industry-leading efficiency in RF transmitter applications. Our proprietary gallium arsenide (GaAs) processes are critical to the production of low noise amplifier (LNA) products. In addition to RF devices, we provide a variety of peripheral devices for mobile handset applications. We were an early developer of complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) image sensors for camera-phone applications and today supply image sensor components to camera module assemblers for integration into handsets. We also supply LEDs for camera-phone flashes and for backlighting applications in mobile handset keypads, as well as sensors for backlighting control and infrared transceivers to enable secure access of files in mobile phones and smartphones.


1


Table of Contents

 
  •  Wired Infrastructure:   In the telecommunications, storage and Ethernet networking markets, we supply transceivers that receive and transmit information along optical fibers. We provide a range of options for customers to select the bandwidth desired, including options ranging from 125 MBd Fast Ethernet transmitters and receivers to 10 Gigabit storage transceivers. We also supply parallel optic transceivers with as many as 12 parallel channels. In metropolitan networking applications, we supply SONET-compliant transceivers ranging from OC-3 to OC-192 standards. We also supply components for networking and enterprise storage I/O applications, including serializers/deserializers (SerDes) integrated into application specific integrated circuits (ASICs). Our CMOS processes provide low power consumption and superior noise immunity.
 
  •  Industrial/Automotive Electronics:   We provide a broad variety of products for the general industrial, automotive and consumer appliance markets. LEDs and related integrated modules represent a significant product family, with a number of different colors, form factors and integration options. Our LEDs provide reliability, using aluminum indium gallium phosphide (AlInGaP), indium gallium nitride (InGaN) and gallium phosphide (GaP) materials, among others, to cover a wide spectrum of colors and brightness levels. Our LEDs offer high brightness and stable light output over thousands of hours, enabling us to support the electronic signs and signals market with LED assemblies for traffic signals, large commercial signs and other displays. We also offer optical isolators, or optocouplers, which provide electrical insulation and signal isolation for systems that are susceptible to electrical noise caused by crosstalk, power glitches or electrical interference. Our ability to integrate LEDs, detectors and communication ICs enables us to offer high performance with respect to isolation and power dissipation, as well as high speed digital optocouplers. Optocouplers are used in a diverse set of applications, including industrial motors, power generation and distribution systems, switching power supplies, medical equipment, telecommunications equipment, consumer appliances, computers and office equipment, plasma displays, and military electronics. Industrial motors and robotics require optical sensors for motion control. We supply optical encoders in module form and housed in ingress-protected enclosures, as well as ICs for the controller and decoder functions to accompany the motion sensors themselves. For industrial networking, we provide fast Ethernet transceivers using plastic optical fiber that enable quick and interoperable networking in industrial control links and factory automation and for medical equipment.
 
  •  Computing Peripherals:   We manufacture motion control encoders that control the paper feed and print head movement in printers and other office automation products. In addition, we were an early developer of image sensors for optical mouse applications, using LEDs and CMOS image sensors to create a subsystem that can detect motion over an arbitrary desktop surface. We are a leading supplier of image sensors for optical mice today, and have launched a new line of laser-based mouse products with improved precision. Many PCs incorporate infrared transceivers for “beaming” information to and from handheld devices or printers, and we supply transceivers that can be used for these applications. Computer displays, especially in notebook computer applications, use our products for LED backlighting and sensors to control display brightness based on ambient light conditions.
 
We have a diversified and historically stable customer base, which we serve through a multi-channel sales and fulfillment system. We believe that customers buy our products due to continued innovation, quality and effective service. We distribute most of our products through a broad distribution network. We are a leading supplier to two of the largest global electronic components distributors, and we have a direct sales force focused on supporting large OEM customers.
 
We pursue a primarily fabless business model, which is defined by the Fabless Semiconductor Association to mean that at least 75% of our wafer manufacturing by volume is outsourced. We differentiate our business through effective supply chain management, multiple distribution channels and a highly variable cost operating model. We have over 35 years of operating history in the Asia Pacific region, where approximately three-quarters of our employees are located and where we produce or source a significant portion of our products. Our presence in Asia provides us with close proximity to many of our customers and to a major center of the worldwide electronics supply chain. We maintain highly collaborative design and product development


2


Table of Contents

engineering resources around the world, including three design centers in the United States, three in Asia and one in Europe.
 
Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. was incorporated under the laws of Singapore in September 2005. Our principal executive offices are located at 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923, and our telephone number is (65) 6755-7888.
 
Significant Transactions
 
On December 1, 2005, our parent company (Avago Technologies Limited), a limited company organized under the laws of the Republic of Singapore (“Parent”), completed its acquisition of the assets of Agilent’s Semiconductor Products Group business segment (the “Acquisition”) for approximately $2.7 billion. Investors (the “Equity Investors”) invested approximately $1,300 million, consisting of $1,050 million of ordinary shares and $250 million of redeemable convertible preference shares, in our business as part of the Acquisition. These funds were invested by the Equity Investors directly or indirectly in Parent, which contributed the proceeds to its wholly owned subsidiary, Avago Technologies Holding Pte. Ltd., a private limited company organized under the laws of the Republic of Singapore (“Holdings”), which in turn contributed the proceeds to its wholly owned subsidiary, Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd., a Singapore private limited company and one of the issuers of the notes.
 
In connection with the financing of the Acquisition, we issued $1,000 million principal amount of notes and entered into senior credit facilities in an aggregate principal amount of $975 million, consisting of a six-year revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $250 million and a seven-year term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $725 million, of which $475 million was drawn at the closing of the Acquisition. Up to $250 million was available under our term loan facility on a delayed-draw basis until April 30, 2006. On January 26, 2006, as permitted by our senior credit agreement and the indentures governing the outstanding notes, we drew the full $250 million under the delayed-draw portion of our term loan facility to retire all of our redeemable convertible preference shares. As of July 31, 2006, we had permanently repaid all outstanding amounts under the term loan facility.
 
On February 28, 2006, we sold our Storage Business to PMC-Sierra, Inc. We used the $420 million of net proceeds from the sale of our Storage Business to permanently repay borrowings under our term loan facility. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Dispositions.”
 
On May 1, 2006, we sold our Printer ASICs Business to Marvell Technology Group Ltd. (“Marvell”). Our agreement with Marvell also provides for up to $35 million in additional performance-based payments by Marvell to us upon the achievement of certain revenue targets by the acquired business. We used the $245 million of net proceeds from the sale of our Printer ASICs Business to permanently repay borrowings under our term loan facility. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Dispositions.”


3


Table of Contents

The Exchange Offers
 
In this prospectus, the term “outstanding fixed rate senior notes” refers to the outstanding 10 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2013, the term “outstanding floating rate senior notes” refers to the outstanding Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2013 and the term “outstanding senior subordinated notes” refers to the outstanding 11 7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, all of which are referred to collectively as the “outstanding notes.” The term “outstanding senior notes” refers collectively to the outstanding fixed rate senior notes and the outstanding floating rate senior notes. The term “exchange fixed rate senior notes” refers to the 10 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2013, the term “exchange floating rate senior notes” refers to the Senior Floating Rate notes due 2013 and the term “exchange senior subordinated notes” refers to the 11 7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, each as registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and all of which are referred to collectively as the “exchange notes.” The term “exchange senior notes” refers collectively to the exchange fixed rate senior notes and the exchange floating rate senior notes. The terms “senior notes” and “senior subordinated notes” refer collectively to the outstanding senior notes and exchange senior notes and to the outstanding senior subordinated notes and exchange senior subordinated notes, respectively. The term “notes” refers collectively to the outstanding notes and the exchange notes.
 
General On December 1, 2005, Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. and the subsidiary co-issuers issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding fixed rate senior notes, $250 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding floating rate senior notes and $250 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding senior subordinated notes in a private offering. In connection with the private offering, Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. and the subsidiary co-issuers and guarantors of the notes entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers in which we agreed, among other things, to deliver this prospectus to you and to complete the exchange offers within 360 days after the date of original issuance of the outstanding notes. You are entitled to exchange in the applicable exchange offer your outstanding notes for exchange notes which are identical in all material respects to the outstanding notes except:
 
• the exchange notes have been registered under the Securities Act;
 
• the exchange notes are not entitled to any registration rights under the registration rights agreement; and
 
• the liquidated damages provision of the registration rights agreement is no longer applicable.
 
The Exchange Offers We are offering to exchange:
 
• $500 million aggregate principal amount of exchange fixed rate senior notes which have been registered under the Securities Act for any and all of the outstanding fixed rate senior notes;
 
• $250 million aggregate principal amount of exchange floating rate senior notes which have been registered under the Securities Act for any and all of the outstanding floating rate senior notes; and
 
• $250 million aggregate principal amount of exchange senior subordinated notes which have been registered under the Securities Act for any and all of the outstanding senior subordinated notes.


4


Table of Contents

You may only exchange outstanding notes with a minimum denomination of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
 
Resale Based on an interpretation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that the exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offers in exchange for outstanding notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you (unless you are our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that:
 
• you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business; and
 
• you have not engaged in, do not intend to engage in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes.
 
If you are a broker-dealer and receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding notes that you acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, you must acknowledge that you will deliver this prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.” Any holder of outstanding notes that:
 
• is our affiliate;
 
• does not acquire exchange notes in the ordinary course of its business; or
 
• tenders its outstanding notes in the exchange offer with the intention to participate, or for the purpose of participating, in a distribution of exchange notes;
 
cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC enunciated in Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC’s letter to Shearman & Sterling, dated available July 2, 1993, or similar no-action letters and, in the absence of an exemption therefrom, must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.
 
Expiration Date The exchange offers will expire at 12:00 a.m. midnight, New York City time, on          , 2006, unless extended by us. We do not currently intend to extend the expiration date.
 
Withdrawal You may withdraw the tender of your outstanding notes at any time prior to the expiration of the applicable exchange offer. We will return to you any of your outstanding notes that are not accepted for any reason for exchange, without expense to you, promptly after the expiration or termination of the applicable exchange offer.


5


Table of Contents

Conditions to the Exchange Offers Each exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, which we may waive. See “The Exchange Offers — Conditions to the Exchange Offers.”
 
Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes If you are a record holder of notes and wish to participate in an exchange offer, you must complete, sign and date the applicable accompanying letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of such letter of transmittal, according to the instructions contained in this prospectus and the letter of transmittal. You must then mail or otherwise deliver the applicable letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of such letter of transmittal, together with the outstanding notes and any other required documents, to the exchange agent at the address set forth on the cover page of the letter of transmittal.
 
If you hold outstanding notes through The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and wish to participate in the exchange offers, you must comply with the Automated Tender Offer Program procedures of DTC by which you will agree to be bound by the letter of transmittal. By signing, or agreeing to be bound by, the letter of transmittal, you will represent to us that, among other things:
 
• you are not our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
 
• you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes;
 
• you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business; and
 
• if you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities, that you will deliver a prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.
 
Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners If you are a beneficial owner of outstanding notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and you wish to tender those outstanding notes in the applicable exchange offer, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender those outstanding notes on your behalf. If you wish to tender on your own behalf, you must, prior to completing and executing the applicable letter of transmittal and delivering your outstanding notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the outstanding notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be able to be completed prior to the expiration date of the exchange offers.
 
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures If you wish to tender your outstanding notes and your outstanding notes are not immediately available or you cannot deliver your outstanding notes, the applicable letter of transmittal or any other required documents, or you cannot comply with the procedures under DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program for transfer of


6


Table of Contents

book-entry interests, prior to the expiration date, you must tender your outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in this prospectus under “The Exchange Offers — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”
 
Effect on Holders of Outstanding Notes As a result of the making of, and upon acceptance for exchange of all validly tendered outstanding notes pursuant to the terms of the exchange offers, we will have fulfilled a covenant under the registration rights agreement. Accordingly, there will be no increase in the interest rate on the outstanding notes under the circumstances described in the registration rights agreement. If you do not tender your outstanding notes in the applicable exchange offer, you will continue to be entitled to all the rights and limitations applicable to the outstanding notes as set forth in the applicable indenture, except Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. and the subsidiary co-issuers and guarantors of the notes will not have any further obligation to you to provide for the exchange and registration of the outstanding notes under the registration rights agreement. To the extent that outstanding notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offers, the trading market for outstanding notes could be adversely affected.
 
Consequences of Failure to Exchange All untendered outstanding notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the outstanding notes and in the applicable indenture. In general, the outstanding notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Other than in connection with the exchange offers, we do not currently anticipate that we will register the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.
 
Tax Consequences The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes or Singapore tax purposes. See “Tax Consequences of the Exchange Offers.”
 
Use of Proceeds We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of exchange notes in the exchange offers. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
Exchange Agent The Bank of New York is the exchange agent for the exchange offers. The addresses and telephone numbers of the exchange agent are set forth in the section captioned “The Exchange Offers — Exchange Agent.”


7


Table of Contents

The Exchange Notes
 
The summary below describes the principal terms of the exchange notes. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The “Description of Exchange Senior Notes” and “Description of Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes” sections of this prospectus contain a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the exchange notes. The exchange notes will have terms identical in all material respects to the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest for failure to observe certain obligations in the registration rights agreement.
 
Issuer Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd., a Singapore private limited company
 
Subsidiary Co-Issuers Avago Technologies U.S. Inc. and Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc., each a Delaware corporation and an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd.
 
Securities Offered We are offering: $500 million aggregate principal amount of 10 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2013, which we refer to as the exchange fixed rate senior notes; $250 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2013, which we refer to as the exchange floating rate senior notes; and $250 million aggregate principal amount of 11 7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, which we refer to as the exchange senior subordinated notes.
 
Maturity The exchange fixed rate senior notes will mature on December 1, 2013. The exchange floating rate senior notes will mature on June 1, 2013. The exchange senior subordinated notes will mature on December 1, 2015.
 
Interest Rate The exchange fixed rate senior notes will bear interest at a rate of 10 1 / 8 % per annum. The exchange floating rate senior notes will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 5.5%. Interest on the exchange floating rate senior notes will be reset quarterly. The exchange senior subordinated notes will bear interest at a rate of 11 7 / 8 % per annum.
 
Interest Payment Dates Interest on the exchange fixed rate senior notes and the exchange senior subordinated notes will be payable on June 1 and December 1. Interest on the exchange floating rate senior notes will be payable on March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1. Interest will accrue from the issue date of the notes.
 
Ranking The exchange senior notes will be our senior unsecured obligations and will:
 
• rank senior in right of payment to our debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the exchange senior notes, including the senior subordinated notes;
 
• rank equally in right of payment to all of our senior debt and other obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the exchange senior notes; and
 
• be effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of our secured debt (including obligations under our senior credit


8


Table of Contents

facilities), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and be structurally subordinated to all obligations of each of our subsidiaries that is not a guarantor of the exchange senior notes.
 
The exchange senior subordinated notes will be our unsecured senior subordinated obligations and will:
 
• be subordinated in right of payment to our senior debt, including the senior credit facilities and the senior notes;
 
• rank equally in right of payment to all of our future senior subordinated debt;
 
• be effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of our secured debt (including the senior credit facilities), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and be structurally subordinated to all obligations of each of our subsidiaries that is not a co-obligor or guarantor of the exchange senior subordinated notes; and
 
• rank senior in right of payment to all of our future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the exchange senior subordinated notes.
 
As of July 31, 2006, (1) the outstanding senior notes and related guarantees ranked senior to the $250 million of outstanding senior subordinated notes, (2) the outstanding senior subordinated notes and related guarantees ranked junior to approximately $750 million of senior indebtedness under the senior notes, and (3) we had $250 million available under our revolving credit facility (including letters of credit).
 
Subsidiary Guarantors Each of our subsidiaries that guarantees the obligations under our senior credit facilities, other than the subsidiary co-issuers of the exchange notes, will initially jointly and severally and unconditionally guarantee the exchange senior notes on a senior unsecured basis and the exchange senior subordinated notes on a senior subordinated unsecured basis. The guarantees of the exchange senior notes will rank equally with all other senior unsecured indebtedness of the guarantors. The guarantees of the exchange senior subordinated notes will be subordinated to all senior indebtedness of the guarantors.
 
Optional Redemption At any time prior to December 1, 2009, we may redeem some or all of the exchange senior fixed rate notes for cash at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus an applicable make-whole premium (as described in “Description of Exchange Senior Notes — Optional Redemption — Fixed Rate Senior Notes”) plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. At any time on or after December 1, 2009, we may redeem some or all of the exchange senior fixed rate notes at the redemption prices listed under “Description of Exchange Senior Notes — Optional Redemption — Fixed Rate Senior Notes” plus accrued interest on the senior fixed rate notes to the date of redemption.


9


Table of Contents

At any time prior to December 1, 2007, we may redeem some or all of the exchange senior floating rate notes for cash at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus an applicable make-whole premium (as described in “Description of Exchange Senior Notes — Optional Redemption — Floating Rate Senior Notes”) plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. At any time on or after December 1, 2007, we may redeem some or all of the exchange senior floating rate notes at the redemption prices listed under “Description of Exchange Senior Notes — Optional Redemption — Floating Rate Senior Notes” plus accrued interest on the senior floating rate notes to the date of redemption.
 
At any time prior to December 1, 2010, we may redeem some or all of the exchange senior subordinated notes for cash at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus an applicable make-whole premium (as described in “Description of Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes — Optional Redemption”) plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. At any time on or after December 1, 2010, we may redeem some or all of the exchange senior subordinated notes at the redemption prices listed under “Description of Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes — Optional Redemption” plus accrued interest on the senior subordinated notes to the date of redemption.
 
Optional Redemption After Certain Equity Offerings and Designated Asset Sales At any time (i) prior to December 1, 2008, we may redeem up to 35% of the exchange senior fixed rate notes with proceeds that we or one of our parent companies raise in one or more equity offerings and up to 35% of the exchange senior fixed rate notes with proceeds of Designated Asset Sales (as defined) at a redemption price equal to 110.125% of their principal amount, (ii) prior to December 1, 2007, we may redeem up to 35% of the exchange senior floating rate notes with proceeds that we or one of our parent companies raise in one or more equity offerings and up to 35% of the exchange senior floating rate notes with proceeds of Designated Asset Sales at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus a premium equal to the rate per annum on the exchange senior floating rate notes applicable on the date on which notice of redemption is given, and (iii) prior to December 1, 2008, we may redeem up to 35% of the exchange senior subordinated notes with proceeds that we or one of our parent companies raise in one or more equity offerings and up to 35% of the exchange senior subordinated notes with proceeds of Designated Asset Sales at a redemption price equal to 111.875% of their principal amount, so long as, in each such case, at least 50% (and, in the case of the exchange senior subordinated notes, at least $150 million) of the aggregate principal amount of the exchange notes issued of the applicable series remains outstanding. See “Description of Exchange Senior Notes — Optional Redemption” and “Description of Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes — Optional Redemption.”
 
Change of Control Offer Upon the occurrence of a change of control, we will be required to offer to repurchase the exchange notes at 101% of their principal


10


Table of Contents

amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the repurchase date. See “Description of Exchange Senior Notes — Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control” and “Description of Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes — Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control.”
 
Certain Indenture Provisions The exchange senior notes and the exchange senior subordinated notes are governed by separate indentures. The indentures governing the exchange notes contain covenants limiting our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:
 
• incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares;
• pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of our capital stock or make other restricted payments;
• make certain investments;
• sell certain assets;
• create liens on certain assets to secure debt;
• consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;
• enter into certain transactions with our affiliates; and
• designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.
 
These covenants are subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions. During any period in which the exchange notes have an Investment Grade Rating (as defined) we will not be subject to many of the covenants in the indentures. See “Description of Exchange Senior Notes” and “Description of Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes.”
 
No Public Market The exchange notes will be freely transferable but will be new securities for which there will not initially be a market. Accordingly, we cannot assure you whether a market for the exchange notes will develop or as to the liquidity of any market. The initial purchasers in the private offering of the outstanding notes have advised us that they currently intend to make a market in the exchange notes. The initial purchasers are not obligated, however, to make a market in the exchange notes, and any such market-making may be discontinued by the initial purchasers in their discretion at any time without notice.
 
Risk Factors
 
You should carefully consider all the information in the prospectus prior to exchanging your outstanding notes. In particular, we urge you to consider carefully the factors set forth under the heading “Risk Factors.”


11


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
 
Set forth below is summary financial data of our business as of and for the periods presented. You should read this data together with the information included under the headings “Risk Factors,” “Selected Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary statements of operations data for the years ended October 31, 2004 and 2005, the nine months ended July 31, 2005, the one month ended November 30, 2005 and the nine months ended July 31, 2006 and the summary balance sheet data as of July 31, 2006 have been derived from audited historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary statement of operations data for the year ended October 31, 2003 has been derived from audited historical financial information and related notes not included in this prospectus. The historical financial data may not be indicative of our future performance and does not reflect what our financial position and results of operations would have been if we had operated as a stand-alone entity during all of the periods presented.
 
                                                   
    Predecessor(1)       Company  
                      Nine
    One
      Nine
 
                      Months
    Month
      Months
 
                      Ended
    Ended
      Ended
 
    Year Ended October 31,     July 31,
    Nov. 30,
      July 31,
 
    2003     2004     2005     2005     2005       2006(2)  
    (In millions)  
Statements of Operations Data:
                                                 
Net revenue(3)
  $ 1,305     $ 1,783     $ 1,559     $ 1,126     $ 125       $ 1,073  
Costs and expenses:
                                                 
Cost of products sold
    992       1,249       1,037       749       96         701  
Amortization of intangible assets
                                    41  
                                                   
Total cost of products sold
    992       1,249       1,037       749       96         742  
Research and development
    232       207       218       161       24         147  
Selling, general and administrative
    256       250       256       181       28         178  
Amortization of intangible assets
                                    56  
Acquired in-process research and development
                                    2  
                                                   
Total costs and expenses
    1,480       1,706       1,511       1,091       148         1,125  
                                                   
Income (loss) from operations(3)
    (175 )     77       48       35       (23 )       (52 )
Interest expense(4)
                                    114  
Other income, net
    1       4       7       10               8  
                                                   
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    (174 )     81       55       45       (23 )       (158 )
Provision for income taxes
    10       25       33       13       2         3  
                                                   
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (184 )     56       22       32       (25 )       (161 )
Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
    7       17       9       14       1         12  
                                                   
Net income (loss)
  $ (177 )   $ 73     $ 31     $ 46     $ (24 )     $ (149 )
                                                   
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                                                 
Total assets
                                            $ 2,222  
Long-term debt
                                              1,004  
Total shareholder’s equity
                                              908  
Other Financial Data
                                                 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(5)
                                              —   
 
 
(1) Predecessor refers to the Semiconductor Products Group business segment of Agilent Technologies, Inc.
 
(2) We completed the Acquisition on December 1, 2005. The Acquisition was accounted for as a purchase business combination under United States generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and thus the financial results for all periods from and after December 1, 2005 are not necessarily comparable to the prior results of Predecessor. We did not have any operating activity prior to December 1, 2005.


12


Table of Contents

Accordingly, our results for the nine months ended July 31, 2006 represent only the eight months of our operations since completion of the Acquisition.
 
(3) The divestiture of the Camera Module Business by Predecessor on February 3, 2005 did not meet the criteria for discontinued operations treatment under U.S. GAAP and, as such, its historical results remain included in the results from continuing operations as presented in this prospectus. The following table presents the operating results of the Camera Module Business:
 
 Camera Module Business results:
 
                                                   
    Predecessor       Company  
                      Nine
    One
         
                      Months
    Month
         
                      Ended
    Ended
      Nine Months
 
    Year Ended October 31,     July 31
    November 30,
      Ended July 31,
 
    2003     2004     2005     2005     2005       2006  
    (In millions)  
Net revenue
  $ 58     $ 296     $ 69     $ 69                
Loss from operations
    (37 )     (63 )     (7 )     (7 )             —   
 
(4) Interest expense for the nine months ended July 31, 2006 includes an aggregate of $29 million of amortization of debt issuance costs and commitment fees for expired facilities, including $19 million of unamortized debt issuance costs that were written off in conjunction with the repayment of the term loan facility during this period. As of July 31, 2006, we had permanently repaid all outstanding amounts under the term loan facility.
 
(5) For purposes of computing this ratio of earnings to fixed charges, “fixed charges” consist of interest expense on all indebtedness plus amortization of debt issuance costs and an estimate of interest expense within rental expense. “Earnings” consist of pre-tax income (loss) from continuing operations plus fixed charges and unamortized capitalized debt issuance costs. For the nine months ended July 31, 2006, earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $120 million.


13


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in this prospectus before deciding to tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offers. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently deem immaterial, also may become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of the exchange notes could decline or we may not be able to make payments of interest and principal on the notes, and you may lose some or all of your investment.
 
Risks Related to the Exchange Offers
 
If you do not properly tender your outstanding notes, you will continue to hold unregistered outstanding notes and your ability to transfer outstanding notes will be adversely affected.
 
If you do not properly tender your outstanding notes for exchange notes in the applicable exchange offer, you will continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer of your outstanding notes. In general, the outstanding notes may not be offered or sold unless they are registered or exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the outstanding notes under the Securities Act. You should refer to “Summary — The Exchange Offers” and “The Exchange Offers” for information about how to tender your outstanding notes. The tender of outstanding notes under the exchange offers will reduce the outstanding amount of each series of the outstanding notes, which may have an adverse effect upon, and increase the volatility of, the market prices of the outstanding notes due to a reduction in liquidity.
 
Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness
 
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate indebtedness and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes or other indebtedness.
 
In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into senior credit facilities in an aggregate principal amount of $975 million, consisting of a six-year revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $250 million and a seven-year term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $725 million. Up to $250 million was available under our term loan facility on a delayed-draw basis until April 30, 2006. On January 26, 2006, as permitted by our senior credit agreement and the indentures governing the outstanding notes, we drew the full $250 million under the delayed-draw portion of our term loan facility to retire all of our redeemable convertible preference shares.
 
The following table presents our long-term indebtedness as of July 31, 2006:
 
         
    As of July 31, 2006  
    (In millions)  
 
Revolving credit facility
  $  
Senior notes:
       
10 1 / 8 % senior notes due 2013
    500  
Senior floating rate notes due 2013
    250  
11 7 / 8 % senior subordinated notes due 2015
    250  
Long-term obligation for capital leases
    4  
         
Total long-term indebtedness
  $ 1,004  
         


14


Table of Contents

Subject to restrictions in the indentures governing the notes and the senior credit agreement, we may incur additional indebtedness. Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences including:
 
  •  making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes, including our repurchase obligations;
 
  •  increasing our vulnerability to adverse general economic and industry conditions;
 
  •  requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development efforts, execution of our business strategy and other general corporate purposes;
 
  •  limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in the economy and the semiconductor industry;
 
  •  placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors with less indebtedness;
 
  •  exposing us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate indebtedness;
 
  •  limiting our ability to, or increasing the costs to, refinance indebtedness; and
 
  •  making it more difficult to borrow additional funds in the future to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other purposes.
 
The indentures governing the notes and our senior credit agreement impose significant restrictions on our business.
 
The indentures governing the notes and the senior credit agreement contain a number of covenants imposing significant restrictions on our business. These restrictions may affect our ability to operate our business and may limit our ability to take advantage of potential business opportunities as they arise. The restrictions placed on us and our restricted subsidiaries include limitations on our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:
 
  •  incur additional indebtedness and issue disqualified stock or preferred shares;
 
  •  pay dividends or make other distributions on, redeem or repurchase our capital stock or make other restricted payments;
 
  •  make investments, acquisitions, loans or advances;
 
  •  incur or create liens;
 
  •  transfer or sell certain assets;
 
  •  engage in sale and lease back transactions;
 
  •  declare dividends or make other payments to us;
 
  •  guarantee indebtedness;
 
  •  engage in transactions with affiliates; and
 
  •  consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our assets.
 
In addition, over a specified limit, our senior credit agreement requires us to meet a financial ratio test and restricts our ability to make capital expenditures or prepay certain other indebtedness. Our ability to meet the financial ratio test may be affected by events beyond our control, and we do not know whether we will be able to maintain this ratio.
 
The foregoing restrictions could limit our ability to plan for, or react to, changes in market conditions or our capital needs. We do not know whether we will be granted waivers under, or amendments to, our senior


15


Table of Contents

credit agreement or the indentures if for any reason we are unable to meet these requirements, or whether we will be able to refinance our indebtedness on terms acceptable to us, or at all.
 
The breach of any of these covenants or restrictions could result in a default under the indentures governing the notes or our senior credit facilities. An event of default under our debt agreements would permit some or all of our lenders to declare all amounts borrowed from them to be due and payable. If we are unable to repay these amounts, lenders having secured obligations, including the lenders under our senior credit facilities, could proceed against the collateral securing that debt. In addition, if any of our other debt is accelerated, we may be restricted from making interest payments on the notes or repaying the principal amount of the notes.
 
Despite current indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur significant additional amounts of debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.
 
The terms of the indentures governing the notes allow us and our subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness in the future. Any secured indebtedness permitted under the senior credit agreement and the indentures would be effectively senior to the notes and the subsidiary guarantees. Our revolving credit facility permits additional borrowings of up to $250 million, including outstanding letters of credit. If new debt is added to our and our subsidiaries’ existing debt levels, the related risks that we now face would increase. In addition, the indentures governing the notes allow us to incur obligations that do not constitute indebtedness.
 
We will require a significant amount of cash to service our indebtedness. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.
 
Our cash interest expense for the eight-month period from the date of the Acquisition through July 31, 2006 was $93 million. We presently estimate that our cash interest expense for the fiscal years ending October 31, 2006 and 2007 will be $112 million and $109 million, respectively, subject to increase in the event of an increase in the interest rates applicable to our variable rate indebtedness. Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including the notes, and to fund capital expenditures and research and development efforts will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. To a certain extent, our ability to generate cash is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. As a result of these and other factors, our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, and future borrowings may not be available to us under our revolving credit facility or otherwise to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including the notes, or to fund other liquidity needs. If we cannot generate sufficient cash to pay our indebtedness, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including the notes, on or before maturity. We do not know whether we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
 
Without sufficient cash, we could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures or to sell assets to make up for any shortfall in our payment obligations under unfavorable circumstances. Restrictive covenants in our senior credit agreement and the indentures governing the notes limit our ability to sell assets and restrict the use of proceeds from any such sale. Furthermore, our senior credit facilities are secured by substantially all of our assets. We may not be able to sell our assets quickly enough or for sufficient amounts to enable us to meet our debt service obligations.
 
Risks Relating to our Separation from Agilent
 
Our historical financial information may not be indicative of our actual historical financial results or future financial performance.
 
Historically, we conducted our operations as part of Agilent and not as a separate entity. Accordingly, our Predecessor’s financial information included in this prospectus does not necessarily reflect the historical financial condition, results of operations and cash flows we would have experienced had we operated during all periods presented as a separate, stand-alone entity and may not be indicative of our future financial performance.


16


Table of Contents

We have operated as a stand-alone entity only since December 1, 2005. Our financial information presented herein for all periods other than the nine months ended July 31, 2006 has been derived from the books and records of Agilent. Historically, Agilent provided us with certain accounting, facilities, finance, governance, human resources, information technology, tax and other corporate services. Accordingly, the financial information for the Predecessor for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2004 and 2005 and for the month ended November 30, 2005 include an allocation of a portion of Agilent’s costs for these and other items. Some of these costs may not be indicative of the costs we would have incurred had we operated as an independent, stand-alone entity for all periods presented. Furthermore, the historical financial statements do not reflect the costs to us of borrowing funds as a separate entity.
 
In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a Master Separation Agreement, or MSA, with Agilent pursuant to which Agilent provided select services to our company on a transitional basis. Since the completion of the Acquisition on December 1, 2005, we have progressively reduced the services sourced from Agilent under the MSA as we have brought online substitute services either provided internally or through outsourcing vendors we have retained. Agilent’s obligations under the MSA terminated on August 31, 2006. In addition, our interim results to date in fiscal 2006 reflect one-time costs associated with establishing the corporate infrastructure required to operate as a stand-alone entity. Our costs to operate as a stand-alone entity may be higher, perhaps substantially, than we presently anticipate.
 
We have a limited history operating as an independent entity without Agilent, and have recently implemented the information technology, or IT, infrastructure we need to operate as a stand-alone entity. We do not know if the infrastructure we have put into place will meet all of our current and future business requirements.
 
We have only recently completed our transition of certain key services from Agilent. At the closing of the Acquisition, we assumed responsibility for certain key services previously provided by Agilent, including audit, human resources, legal, payroll accounting, procurement, tax accounting and treasury. Pursuant to the MSA, Agilent provided us with other key services on an interim basis, including, among others, accounting and IT services (including enterprise resource planning systems). Agilent’s obligations under the MSA terminated on August 31, 2006. We currently provide these services internally and, in some cases, through outsourcing arrangements with third parties. Any failure of these services to be adequate for our current and future needs could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We have recently implemented our IT infrastructure. To operate successfully as a stand-alone entity, our new IT infrastructure must be stable, reliable and capable of meeting our current and future requirements. Our new IT infrastructure, among other things, integrates our basic telecommunications infrastructure, network monitoring and maintenance systems, billing systems, customer relationship management systems, corporate finance systems, human resource and payroll systems and backup data centers. We do not know whether the infrastructure we have put into place will meet our current and future business requirements.
 
We rely on third parties to provide services necessary for the operation of our business. Any failure of one or more of our vendors to provide these services could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
We rely on third party vendors to provide critical services historically provided by Agilent, including, among other things, certain services related to accounting, billing, human resources, IT, network development and network monitoring. We depend on these vendors to ensure that our corporate infrastructure will consistently meet our business requirements. The ability of these third party vendors to successfully provide reliable, high quality services is subject to technical and operational uncertainties that are beyond our control. While we may be entitled to damages if our vendors fail to perform under their agreements with us, our agreements with these vendors limit the amount of damages we may receive. In addition, we do not know whether we will be able to collect on any award of damages or that any such damages would be sufficient to cover the actual costs we would incur as a result of any vendor’s failure to perform under its agreement with us. Any failure of our corporate infrastructure could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial


17


Table of Contents

condition and results of operations. Upon expiration or termination of any of our agreements with third party vendors, we may not be able to replace the services provided to us in a timely manner or on terms and conditions, including service levels and cost, that are favorable to us.
 
The application of the purchase method of accounting may result in changes in our financial statements and adversely impact key financial measures.
 
In accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP, we accounted for the Acquisition using the purchase accounting method. Under the purchase method of accounting, we allocated the acquisition cost to the net assets acquired in proportion to estimates of their respective fair values. We recorded the excess of the purchase over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired as goodwill. The estimation of fair values involves a number of judgments, assumptions and estimates that could materially affect the amount and timing of costs recognized. We will incur amortization expense over the useful lives of amortizable intangible assets acquired. Significant changes in fair value estimates due to divestitures or changes in business conditions may materially impact our financial statements and key financial measures.
 
The inability of our senior management team to effectively manage our business as a stand-alone entity would hinder the implementation of our strategy.
 
Our future operating results will depend substantially upon the performance of our key personnel. Some of our executive officers are new to us and have not been involved with our business for a significant period of time. The focus and attention of these executives and senior managers may be diverted while they familiarize themselves with our business. The inability of our senior management team to effectively manage our business as a stand-alone entity would hinder the implementation of our strategy.
 
We may not be successful in establishing a brand identity.
 
From 1999 to 2005, we conducted our business under Agilent’s brand name, and prior to that, under Hewlett-Packard’s. We believe our customers, suppliers and potential employees recognized the value of those brand names. As part of our separation from Agilent, we renamed our company “Avago” and are now investing time, effort and resources to establish our new brand identity in the marketplace. We do not know whether this effort will ultimately be successful. If our effort to establish a brand identity for “Avago” is unsuccessful, our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.
 
As an independent company, we may experience increased costs resulting from a decrease in the purchasing power we had while we operated as part of Agilent.
 
Prior to our separation from Agilent, we were able to take advantage of Agilent’s size and purchasing power in procuring goods, technology and services, including audit services, employee benefit support and insurance. As a stand-alone entity, we are significantly smaller than Agilent and likely will not have access to financial and other resources comparable to those available to us prior to the separation. As an independent company, we may be unable to obtain goods, technology and services at prices and on terms as favorable as those available to us prior to the separation, which could increase our costs and reduce our profitability.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
We operate in the highly cyclical semiconductor industry, which is subject to significant downturns.
 
The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical and is characterized by constant and rapid technological change, rapid product obsolescence and price erosion, evolving technical standards, short product life cycles (for semiconductors and for the end-user products in which they are used) and wide fluctuations in product supply and demand. From time to time, these and other factors, together with changes in general economic conditions, cause significant upturns and downturns in the industry in general and in our business in particular. Periods of industry downturns have been characterized by diminished demand for end-user products, high inventory levels, underutilization of manufacturing capacity, changes in revenue mix and accelerated erosion


18


Table of Contents

of average selling prices. In recent periods, these factors have been exacerbated by the threat or actual occurrence of armed international conflict or terrorist attacks. In the event of a downturn, we may not be able to grow our revenues or reduce our costs quickly enough to maintain our operating profitability. Any future downturns could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
If we do not adapt to technological changes in the semiconductor industry, we could lose customers or market share.
 
The semiconductor industry is subject to rapid and significant changes in technology, frequent new product introductions and evolving technical standards. Technological developments may reduce the competitiveness of our products and require unbudgeted upgrades that could be expensive and time consuming to implement. Our products could become obsolete sooner than we expect because of faster than anticipated, or unanticipated, changes in one or more of the technologies related to our products. Furthermore, we continually evaluate expenditures for research and development and must choose among alternative technologies based on our expectations of future market growth and other factors. We may be unable to develop and introduce new or enhanced products that satisfy customer requirements and achieve market acceptance in a timely manner or at all, and we may be unable to anticipate new industry standards and technological changes. We also may not be able to respond successfully to new product announcements and introductions by competitors. If we fail to adapt successfully to technological changes or fail to obtain access to important new technologies, we may be unable to retain customers, attract new customers or sell new products to our existing customers.
 
The transformation from a business segment of Agilent to a stand-alone company and the implementation of our new business strategy entail significant near- to mid-term risks, which may make it more difficult for us to retain and attract qualified personnel. Our business would be adversely affected if existing key personnel leave or if we are unable to recruit and motivate new personnel.
 
We are continuing to evolve from a business segment of Agilent to a fully independent, stand-alone company with its own culture, identity, management structure, operational goals and business strategy. In addition, as we seek to maximize our opportunities and increase our profitability, we expect to evaluate opportunities to increase our outsourcing activities, particularly in the area of semiconductor assembly and test, to more tightly focus our research and development activities, and to evaluate additional purchases or sales of assets, businesses or investments. All of these activities involve significant change and pose significant risks as new processes must be created and personnel must adapt to a dynamic, and different, environment.
 
Our future success depends on our ability to retain, attract and motivate qualified personnel, including executive officers and other key management and technical personnel. We do not know whether we will be able to retain all of our key personnel as we continue our evolution and pursue our business strategy. The loss of the services of one or more of our key employees, officers or design and technical personnel, or our inability to retain, attract and motivate qualified personnel in this new environment, could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
As the source of our technological and product innovations, our key technical personnel represent a significant asset. We and our Predecessor have historically encountered difficulties in hiring and retaining qualified engineers because there is a limited pool of engineers with expertise in analog, mixed-signal and optoelectronic semiconductor design. Competition for such personnel is intense in the semiconductor industry. Further, in the past, we believe our Predecessor benefited from Agilent’s name and reputation as an employer. To the extent we do not achieve similar recognition, our ability to attract and retain key technical personnel could be harmed.
 
We are subject to varying levels of taxation in different jurisdictions. Changes to the corporate tax rate and laws of any of these jurisdictions could significantly increase or decrease the amount of corporate taxes we have to pay.
 
We have structured our operations to maximize income in countries where tax incentives have been extended to encourage investment or where income tax rates are low. In exchange for agreeing to certain


19


Table of Contents

increases in headcount, capital expenditures and business undertakings, we expect our Singapore and Malaysian operations will benefit from multi-year tax concessions. However, we must meet certain operating conditions to retain these tax benefits. Our interpretations and conclusions regarding the tax concessions are not binding on any taxing authority, and if our assumptions about tax and other laws are incorrect or if these tax concessions are substantially modified or rescinded, we could suffer material adverse tax and other financial consequences, which would significantly increase our expenses and reduce our profitability.
 
In addition, taxable income in any jurisdiction is dependent upon acceptance of our intercompany transfer pricing by local tax authorities as being on an arm’s length basis. Due to inconsistencies in application of the arm’s length standard, as well as lack of adequate treaty-based protection, transfer pricing challenges by tax authorities could substantially increase our tax expense.
 
Unless we and our suppliers continuously improve manufacturing efficiency and quality, our financial performance could be adversely affected.
 
Manufacturing semiconductors involves highly complex processes that require advanced equipment. We and our suppliers, as well as our competitors, continuously modify these processes in an effort to improve yields and product performance. Defects or other difficulties in the manufacturing process can reduce yields and increase costs. Our manufacturing efficiency will be an important factor in our future financial performance, and we may be unable to maintain or increase our manufacturing efficiency to the same extent as our competitors. For products that we outsource manufacturing, our product yields and performance will be subject to the manufacturing efficiencies of our third-party suppliers.
 
From time to time, we and our suppliers have experienced difficulty in beginning production at new facilities, transferring production to other facilities, achieving and maintaining a high level of process quality and effecting transitions to new manufacturing processes, all of which have caused us to suffer delays in product deliveries or reduced yields. We and our suppliers may experience manufacturing problems in achieving acceptable yields or experience product delivery delays in the future as a result of, among other things, capacity constraints, construction delays, transferring production to other facilities, upgrading or expanding existing facilities or changing our process technologies, any of which could result in a loss of future revenues. Our results of operations could be adversely affected by any increase in costs related to increases in production capacity if revenues do not increase proportionately.
 
Winning business is subject to lengthy competitive selection processes that require us to incur significant expense. Even if we begin a product design, a customer may decide to cancel or change its product plans, which could cause us to generate no revenues from a product and adversely affect our results of operations.
 
We are focused on winning competitive bid selection processes, known as “design wins,” to develop semiconductors for use in our customers’ products. These selection processes are typically lengthy and can require us to incur significant design and development expenditures. We may not win the competitive selection process and may never generate any revenue despite incurring significant design and development expenditures. Failure to obtain a design win sometimes prevents us from offering an entire generation of a product. This can result in lost revenues and could weaken our position in future competitive selection processes.
 
After winning a product design, we may experience delays in generating revenue from our products as a result of the lengthy development cycle typically required. In addition, a delay or cancellation of a customer’s plans could materially and adversely affect our financial results, as we may have incurred significant expense and generated no revenue. Finally, our customers’ failure to successfully market and sell their products could reduce demand for our products and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.


20


Table of Contents

Competition in our industry could prevent us from growing our revenue and from raising prices to offset increases in costs.
 
The semiconductor industry is highly competitive and includes hundreds of companies, a number of which have achieved substantial market share. We compete in different product categories to various degrees on the basis of price, quality, technical performance, product features, product system compatibility, system-level design capability, customized design, strategic relationships with customers, new product innovation, product availability, delivery timing and reliability, and customer sales and technical support. Current and prospective customers for our products evaluate our capabilities against the merits of our direct competitors. Some of our competitors are well established as independent companies and have substantially greater market share and manufacturing, financial, research and development and marketing resources to pursue development, engineering, manufacturing, marketing and distribution of their products. In addition, many of our competitors have longer independent operating histories, greater presence in key markets, more comprehensive patent protection and greater name recognition. We also compete with smaller and emerging companies that sell their products in specialized markets, and with the internal capabilities of many of our significant customers. We expect to experience continuing competitive pressures in our markets from existing competitors and new entrants. In addition, companies not currently in direct competition with us may introduce competing products in the future. Because our products are often building block semiconductors that in some cases can be integrated into more complex integrated circuits, or ICs, we also face competition from manufacturers of ICs, as well as customers that develop their own IC products. The semiconductor industry has also been undergoing significant restructuring and consolidations that could adversely affect our competitiveness.
 
Gross margins in the semiconductor industry vary by degree of engineering difficulty and performance, level of competition, the existence of product alternatives and geographic region, where local demand for the products in which semiconductors are used, such as personal computers, industrial and telecommunications equipment, consumer electronics and automotive parts, may vary. Our ability to compete successfully depends on elements both within and outside of our control, including industry and general economic trends. During past periods of downturns in our industry, competition in the markets in which we operate intensified as manufacturers of semiconductors reduced prices in order to combat production overcapacity and high inventory levels. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial and other resources with which to withstand similar adverse economic or market conditions in the future.
 
Our operating results are subject to substantial quarterly and annual fluctuations.
 
Our revenues and operating results have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate in the future. These fluctuations are due to a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include, among others:
 
  •  changes in end-user demand for the products manufactured and sold by our customers;
 
  •  the timing of receipt, reduction or cancellation of significant orders by customers;
 
  •  fluctuations in the levels of component inventories held by our customers;
 
  •  the gain or loss of significant customers;
 
  •  market acceptance of our products and our customers’ products;
 
  •  our ability to develop, introduce and market new products and technologies on a timely basis;
 
  •  the timing and extent of product development costs;
 
  •  new product and technology introductions by competitors;
 
  •  fluctuations in manufacturing yields;
 
  •  significant warranty claims, including those not covered by our suppliers;
 
  •  availability and cost of raw materials from our suppliers;


21


Table of Contents

 
  •  changes in our product mix or customer mix;
 
  •  intellectual property disputes;
 
  •  loss of key personnel or the shortage of available skilled workers; and
 
  •  the effects of competitive pricing pressures, including decreases in average selling prices of our products.
 
The foregoing factors are difficult to forecast, and these, as well as other factors, could materially adversely affect our quarterly or annual operating results. In addition, a significant amount of our operating expenses is relatively fixed in nature due to our significant sales, research and development and manufacturing overhead costs. Any failure to adjust spending quickly enough to compensate for a revenue shortfall could magnify the adverse impact of such revenue shortfall on our results of operations.
 
We may be unable to make the substantial research and development investments required to remain competitive in our business.
 
The semiconductor industry requires substantial investment in research and development in order to develop and bring to market new and enhanced technologies and products. Many of our products, such as our optical mouse products, originated with our research and development efforts and have provided us with a significant competitive advantage. Although we are committed to investing in new product development in order to stay competitive in our markets and plan to invest in process development and maintain research and development fabrication capabilities in order to develop manufacturing processes for devices that are invented internally, we do not know whether we will have sufficient resources to maintain the level of investment in research and development required to remain competitive.
 
Failure to adjust our supply chain volume due to changing market conditions or failure to estimate our customers’ demand could adversely affect our results of operations.
 
Our results of operations could be harmed if we are unable to adjust our supply chain volume to address market fluctuations, including those caused by the seasonal or cyclical nature of the markets in which we operate. The sale of our products is dependent, to a large degree, on customers whose industries are subject to seasonal or cyclical trends in the demand for their products. For example, the consumer electronics market is particularly volatile and is subject to seasonality related to the holiday selling season, making demand difficult to anticipate. During a market upturn, we may not be able to purchase sufficient supplies or components, or secure sufficient contract manufacturing capacity, to meet increasing product demand, which could harm our reputation, prevent us from taking advantage of opportunities and reduce revenue growth. In addition, some parts are not readily available from alternate suppliers due to their unique design or the length of time necessary for design work. If one of our suppliers ceases to manufacture such a component, we may be forced to re-engineer a product. In addition to discontinuing parts, suppliers may also extend lead times, limit supplies or increase prices due to capacity constraints or other factors. In order to secure components for the production of products, we may continue to enter into non-cancelable purchase commitments with vendors or make advance payments to suppliers, which could reduce our ability to adjust our inventory to declining market demands. Prior commitments of this type have resulted in an excess of parts when demand for our products has decreased. If demand for our products is less than we expect, we may experience additional excess and obsolete inventories and be forced to incur additional charges.
 
We make significant decisions, including determining the levels of business that we will seek and accept, production schedules, levels of reliance on contract manufacturing and outsourcing, personnel needs and other resource requirements, based on our estimates of customer requirements. The short-term nature of commitments by many of our customers and the possibility of rapid changes in demand for their products reduces our ability to accurately estimate future customer requirements. On occasion, customers may require rapid increases in production, which can challenge our resources and reduce margins. We may not have sufficient capacity at any given time to meet our customers’ demands. Conversely, downturns in the semiconductor industry have in the past caused, and may in the future cause, our customers to significantly reduce the amount


22


Table of Contents

of products ordered from us. Because certain of our sales, research and development and manufacturing overhead expenses are relatively fixed, a reduction in customer demand may decrease our gross margins and operating income.
 
Our operating results and financial condition could be harmed if the markets into which we sell our products decline.
 
Visibility into our markets is limited. Any decline in our customers’ markets would likely result in a reduction in demand for our products and make it more difficult to collect on outstanding amounts due us. For example, if the Asian market does not grow as anticipated or if the semiconductor market declines, our results of operations would likely suffer. In such an environment, pricing pressures could intensify and, if we were unable to respond quickly, could significantly reduce our gross margins. To the extent we cannot offset recessionary periods or periods of reduced growth that may occur in these markets through increased market share or otherwise, our net revenue may decline and our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer. Pricing pressures and competition are especially intense in semiconductor-related industries, which could prevent achievement of our long-term financial goals and could require us to implement additional cost-cutting measures.
 
Furthermore, projected industry growth rates may not be as forecasted, which could result in spending on process and product development well ahead of market requirements, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We may be subject to claims of infringement of third-party intellectual property rights or demands that we license third-party technology, which could result in significant expense and loss of our intellectual property rights.
 
The semiconductor industry is characterized by the vigorous pursuit, protection and enforcement of intellectual property rights. From time to time, third parties assert against us their patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property rights to technologies that are important to our business. Claims that our products or processes infringe or misappropriate these rights (including claims arising through our contractual indemnification of our customers), regardless of their merit or resolution, are frequently costly and divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel. We do not know whether we will prevail in such proceedings given the complex technical issues and inherent uncertainties in intellectual property litigation. If any pending or future proceedings result in an adverse outcome, we could be required to:
 
  •  cease the manufacture, use or sale of the infringing products, processes or technology;
 
  •  pay substantial damages for past, present and future use of the infringing technology;
 
  •  expend significant resources to develop non-infringing technology;
 
  •  license technology from the third party claiming infringement, which license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all;
 
  •  lose the opportunity to license our technology to others or to collect royalty payments based upon successful protection and assertion of our intellectual property against others;
 
  •  pay substantial damages to our customers or end users to discontinue use or replace infringing technology with non-infringing technology; or
 
  •  relinquish intellectual property rights associated with one or more of our patent claims, if such claims are held invalid or otherwise unenforceable.
 
Any of the foregoing results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.


23


Table of Contents

We utilize a significant amount of intellectual property in our business. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, our business could be adversely affected.
 
We rely on patents, trade secrets, trademark, copyrights and other intellectual property rights to help protect our products and technologies. Some of our products and technologies are not covered by any patents or pending patent applications, and we do not know whether:
 
  •  any of the patents and pending patent applications that we presently employ in our business, which currently consist primarily of those that Agilent assigned, licensed or sublicensed to us in connection with the Acquisition, will not lapse or be invalidated, circumvented, challenged, abandoned or licensed to others;
 
  •  our intellectual property rights will provide competitive advantages to us;
 
  •  rights previously granted by Agilent, Hewlett-Packard or others to intellectual property rights licensed or assigned to us, including portfolio cross-licenses, will not hamper our ability to assert our intellectual property rights against potential competitors or hinder the settlement of currently pending or future disputes;
 
  •  any of our pending or future patent applications will be issued or have the coverage originally sought;
 
  •  our intellectual property rights will be enforced in certain jurisdictions where competition may be intense;
 
  •  any of the trademarks, copyrights, mask work rights, trade secrets, know-how or other intellectual property rights that Agilent has assigned, licensed or sublicensed to us in connection with the Acquisition will not lapse or be invalidated, circumvented, challenged, abandoned or licensed to others; or
 
  •  any of our pending or future trademark or copyright applications will be issued or have the coverage originally sought.
 
In addition, our competitors or others may develop products or technologies that are similar or superior to our products or technologies, duplicate our products or technologies or design around our protected technologies. Effective patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection may be unavailable, limited or not applied for in one or more relevant jurisdictions.
 
The loss of one or more of our significant customers may adversely affect our business.
 
Some of our customers are material to our business and results of operation. In the fiscal years ended October 31, 2004 and 2005 and the nine months ended July 31, 2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. accounted for 10%, 13% and 15%, respectively, of our net revenue from continuing operations, Avnet, Inc., a distributor, accounted for 10%, 11% and 15%, respectively, of our net revenue from continuing operations, Arrow Electronics, Inc., a distributor, accounted for 7%, 8% and 10%, respectively, of our net revenue from continuing operations, and our top 10 customers collectively accounted for 68%, 61% and 71%, respectively, of our net revenue from continuing operations. We believe our top customers’ strength has given them the ability to make greater demands on their suppliers, including us. We expect this trend to continue, which we expect will result in our results of operations becoming increasingly sensitive to deterioration in the financial condition of, or other adverse developments related to, one or more of our significant customers. Although we believe that our relationships with our major customers are good, we generally do not have long-term contracts with any of them, which is typical of our industry. As a result, although our customers provide indications of their product needs and purchases on an annual basis, they generally purchase our products on a weekly or daily basis and the relationship, as well as particular orders, can be terminated at any time. The loss of any of our major customers, or any substantial reduction in sales to any of these customers, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.


24


Table of Contents

We generally do not have any long-term supply contracts with our contract manufacturers or materials suppliers and may not be able to obtain the products or raw materials required for our business, which could have a material adverse affect on our business.
 
We either obtain the products we need for our business from third-party contract manufacturers or we obtain the materials we need for our products from suppliers. Substantially all of our purchases from contract manufacturers and suppliers of raw material are on a purchase order basis, and we have not generally entered into long-term contracts with our contract manufacturers or suppliers. Our results of operations could be adversely affected if we are unable to obtain adequate supplies of materials in a timely manner or if the costs of our materials increase significantly or their quality deteriorates.
 
Our manufacturing processes rely on many materials, including silicon and GaAs wafers, copper lead frames, mold compound, ceramic packages and various chemicals and gases. From time to time, suppliers may extend lead times, limit supplies or increase prices due to capacity constraints or other factors. Although we believe that our current supplies of materials are adequate, shortages could occur in various essential materials due to interruption of supply or increased demand in the industry.
 
We purchase a significant portion of our semiconductor materials from a few suppliers. For the nine months ended July 31, 2006, we purchased approximately 50% of the materials for our manufacturing processes from six suppliers. These supply relationships are generally conducted on a purchase order basis. In the event that these purchase orders are terminated, we cannot obtain sufficient quantities of raw materials at reasonable prices, we fail to satisfy our customers’ requirements or we are not able to pass on higher materials costs to our customers, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted.
 
We use third-party contractor manufacturers for most of our manufacturing activities, primarily for wafer fabrication and module assembly and test services. Our agreements with these manufacturers typically require us to forecast product needs, commit to purchase services consistent with these forecasts and, in some cases, require long-term commitments in the early stages of the relationship. Our operations could be adversely affected in the event that these contractual relationships were disrupted or terminated, the cost of such services increased significantly, the quality of the services provided deteriorated, our forecasts proved to be materially incorrect or capacity is consumed by our competitors.
 
Dependence on contract manufacturing and outsourcing other portions of our supply chain may adversely affect our ability to bring products to market and damage our reputation.
 
Our manufacturing operations are primarily fabless. As part of our efforts to further streamline operations and cut costs, we plan to continue to evaluate additional outsourcing opportunities. As a result, our products are manufactured in fewer owned facilities and we are increasingly relying on third-party foundry wafer fabrication and assembly and test capacity, including sole sourcing for many components or products. The ability and willingness of our contract manufacturers to perform is largely outside of our control. If one or more of our contract manufacturers or other outsourcers fails to perform its obligations in a timely manner or at satisfactory quality levels, our ability to bring products to market and our reputation could suffer. For example, in the event that manufacturing capacity is reduced or eliminated at one or more facilities, manufacturing could be disrupted, we could have difficulties fulfilling our customer orders and our net revenue could decline. In addition, if these third parties on whom we are becoming increasingly reliant fail to deliver quality products and components on time and at reasonable prices, we could have difficulties fulfilling our customer orders and our net revenue could decline. In such events, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.
 
To the extent we rely on third-party manufacturing relationships, we face the following risks:
 
  •  inability of our manufacturers to develop manufacturing methods appropriate for our products and their unwillingness to devote adequate capacity to produce our products;
 
  •  manufacturing costs that are higher than anticipated;
 
  •  decline in product reliability;


25


Table of Contents

 
  •  inability to maintain continuing relationships with our suppliers; and
 
  •  reduced control over delivery schedules and products costs.
 
Much of our outsourcing takes place in developing countries, and as a result may additionally be subject to geopolitical uncertainty. See “— Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected by the political and economic conditions of the countries in which we conduct business and other factors related to our international operations.”
 
Our gross margin is dependent on a number of factors, including our level of capacity utilization.
 
Semiconductor manufacturing requires significant capital investment, leading to high fixed costs, including depreciation expense. Although we outsource most of our manufacturing activities, we do retain some semiconductor fabrication and assembly and test facilities. If we are unable to utilize our owned fabrication and assembly and test facilities at a high level, the fixed costs associated with these facilities will not be fully absorbed, resulting in higher average unit costs and lower gross margins. In the past, we and our Predecessor have experienced periods where our gross margins declined due to, among other things, reduced factory utilization resulting from reduced customer demand, reduced selling prices and a change in product mix towards lower margin devices. Increased competition and the existence of product alternatives, more complex engineering requirements, lower demand and other factors may lead to further price erosion, lower revenues and lower margins for us in the future.
 
Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected by the political and economic conditions of the countries in which we conduct business and other factors related to our international operations.
 
We sell our products throughout the world. In addition, a significant majority of our employees are located outside of the United States. Multiple factors relating to our international operations and to particular countries in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. These factors include:
 
  •  changes in political, regulatory, legal or economic conditions;
 
  •  restrictive governmental actions, such as restrictions on the transfer or repatriation of funds and foreign investments and trade protection measures, including export duties and quotas and customs duties and tariffs;
 
  •  disruptions of capital and trading markets;
 
  •  changes in import or export licensing requirements;
 
  •  transportation delays;
 
  •  economic downturns, civil disturbances or political instability;
 
  •  geopolitical turmoil, including terrorism, war or political or military coups;
 
  •  changes in labor standards;
 
  •  limitations on our ability under local laws to protect our intellectual property;
 
  •  nationalization and expropriation;
 
  •  changes in tax laws;
 
  •  currency fluctuations, which may result in our products becoming too expensive for foreign customers; and
 
  •  difficulty in obtaining distribution and support.


26


Table of Contents

 
International conflicts are creating many economic and political uncertainties that are impacting the global economy. A continued escalation of international conflicts could severely impact our operations and demand for our products.
 
A majority of our products are manufactured in Asia, primarily in Singapore, Malaysia and Taiwan. Any conflict or uncertainty in these countries, including due to public health or safety concerns could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if the government of any country in which our products are manufactured or sold sets technical standards for products manufactured in or imported into their country that are not widely shared, it may lead certain of our customers to suspend imports of their products into that country, require manufacturers in that country to manufacture products with different technical standards and disrupt cross-border manufacturing relationships which, in each case, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
In addition, our subsidiaries may require future equity-related financing, and any capital contributions to certain of our subsidiaries may require the approval of the relevant authorities in the jurisdiction in which the subsidiary is incorporated. The approvals are required from the investment commissions or similar agency of the particular jurisdiction and relate to any initial or additional equity investment by foreign entities in local corporations.
 
We are subject to currency exchange risks that could adversely affect our operations.
 
We are subject to currency exchange risks that could adversely affect our operations and our ability to reinvest earnings from operations. We prepare our financial statements in U.S. dollars in accordance with U.S. GAAP, although a portion of our revenue and operating expenses is in foreign currencies. As a result, we are subject to currency risks, including:
 
  •  currency exchange risks resulting from changes in currency exchange rates and the implementation of exchange controls; and
 
  •  limitations on our ability to reinvest earnings from operations in one country to fund the capital needs of our operations in other countries.
 
Changes in exchange rates will result in increases or decreases in our costs and earnings, and may also affect the book value of our assets located outside the United States and the amount of our equity. Although we may seek to minimize our currency exposure by engaging in hedging transactions where we deem it appropriate, we do not know whether our efforts will be successful.
 
We may pursue acquisitions, dispositions, investments and joint ventures, which could affect our results of operations.
 
We have disposed of significant portions of the business originally acquired from Agilent through the sale of our Storage Business to PMC-Sierra, Inc. in February 2006 and the sale of our Printer ASICs Business to Marvell Technology Group Ltd. in May 2006. We may seek additional opportunities to maximize efficiency and value through various transactions, including purchases or sales of assets, businesses, investments or contractual arrangements. These transactions may be intended to result in the reduction of our indebtedness, the realization of cost savings, the generation of cash or income or the reduction of risk. Acquisition transactions may be financed by additional borrowings. These transactions may also affect our consolidated results of operations.
 
Any potential transactions involve risks, and we do not know whether:
 
  •  any acquisitions would result in an increase in income;
 
  •  any acquisitions would be successfully integrated into our operations;
 
  •  any disposition would result in decreased earnings, revenue or cash flow;
 
  •  any dispositions, investments, acquisitions or integrations would divert management resources; or
 
  •  any dispositions, investments, acquisitions or integrations would result in a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.


27


Table of Contents

 
Our business is subject to various governmental regulations, and compliance with these regulations may cause us to incur significant expenses. If we fail to maintain compliance with applicable regulations, we may be forced to recall products and cease their manufacture and distribution, and we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties.
 
Our business is subject to various significant international and U.S. laws and other legal requirements, including packaging, product content, labor and import/export regulations. These regulations are complex, change frequently and have generally become more stringent over time. We may be required to incur significant expenses to comply with these regulations or to remedy violations of these regulations. Any failure by us to comply with applicable government regulations could result in cessation of our operations or portions of our operations, product recalls or impositions of fines and restrictions on our ability to conduct our operations. In addition, because many of our products are regulated or sold into regulated industries, we must comply with additional regulations in marketing our products.
 
Our products and operations are also subject to the rules of industrial standards bodies, like the International Standards Organization, as well as regulation by other agencies, such as the U.S. Federal Communications Commission. If we fail to adequately address any of these rules or regulations, our business could be harmed.
 
We must conform the manufacture and distribution of our semiconductors to various laws and adapt to regulatory requirements in all countries as these requirements change. If we fail to comply with these requirements in the manufacture or distribution of our products, we could be required to pay civil penalties, face criminal prosecution and, in some cases, be prohibited from distributing our products in commerce until the products or component substances are brought into compliance.
 
We are subject to environmental, health and safety laws, which could increase our costs, restrict our operations and require expenditures that could have a material adverse affect on our results of operations and financial condition.
 
We are subject to a variety of international and U.S. laws and other legal requirements relating to the use, disposal, clean-up of and human exposure to, hazardous materials. Any failure by us to comply with environmental, health and safety requirements could result in the limitation or suspension of production or subject us to future liabilities in excess of our reserves. In addition, compliance with environmental, health and safety requirements could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or require us to acquire costly pollution control equipment, incur other significant expenses or modify our manufacturing processes. In the event of the discovery of new contamination, additional requirements with respect to existing contamination, or the imposition of other cleanup obligations for which we are responsible, we may be required to take remedial or other measures which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We also face increasing complexity in our product design and procurement operations as we adjust to new and upcoming requirements relating to the materials composition of our products, including the restrictions on lead and certain other substances in electronics that apply to specified electronics products sold in the European Union as of July 1, 2006 under the Restriction of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive. Other countries, such as the United States, China and Japan, have enacted or may enact laws or regulations similar to the EU legislation. Other environmental regulations may require us to reengineer our products to utilize components which are more environmentally compatible. Such reengineering and component substitution may result in excess inventory or other additional costs and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
In addition to the costs of complying with environmental, health and safety requirements, we have incurred and may in the future incur costs defending against environmental litigation brought by government agencies and private parties. We may be defendants in lawsuits brought by parties in the future alleging environmental damage, personal injury or property damage. A significant judgment against us could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.


28


Table of Contents

In the last few years, there has been increased media scrutiny and associated reports focusing on a potential link between working in semiconductor manufacturing clean room environments and certain illnesses, primarily different types of cancers. Regulatory agencies and industry associations have begun to study the issue to see if any actual correlation exists. Because we utilize clean rooms, we may become subject to liability claims. In addition, these reports may also affect our ability to recruit and retain employees.
 
We cannot predict:
 
  •  changes in environmental or health and safety laws or regulations;
 
  •  the manner in which environmental or health and safety laws or regulations will be enforced, administered or interpreted;
 
  •  our ability to enforce and collect under indemnity agreements and insurance policies relating to environmental liabilities; or
 
  •  the cost of compliance with future environmental or health and safety laws or regulations or the costs associated with any future environmental claims, including the cost of clean-up of currently unknown environmental conditions.
 
If we suffer loss to our factories, facilities or distribution system due to catastrophe, our operations could be seriously harmed.
 
Our factories, facilities and distribution system, and those of our contract manufacturers, are subject to catastrophic loss due to fire, flood, terrorism or other natural or man-made disasters. A number of our facilities and those of our contract manufacturers are located in areas with above average seismic activity. Any catastrophic loss to any of these facilities would likely disrupt our operations, delay production, shipments and revenue and result in significant expenses to repair or replace the facility.
 
Risks Relating to the Investments in Singapore Companies
 
Judgments of U.S. courts against us may not be enforceable outside of the United States.
 
We are incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Singapore, and a majority of our consolidated assets are located outside the United States. Although we are incorporated outside the United States, we have agreed to accept service of process in the United States through our agent designated for that purpose. Nevertheless, it may be difficult for you to enforce civil liabilities against us in courts outside the United States. Furthermore, since a substantial portion of the assets owned by us and the guarantors are located outside the United States, any judgment obtained in the United States against us may not be collectible within the United States.
 
There is no treaty between the United States and Singapore providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments. As a result, U.S. judgments are not automatically enforceable in Singapore. We have been advised that judgments of U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States may not be enforceable in Singapore courts. We have also been advised that there is doubt as to whether Singapore courts will enter judgments in original actions brought in Singapore courts based solely upon the civil liabilities provisions of the U.S. securities laws.
 
Risks Relating to the Exchange Notes
 
Your right to receive payments on the exchange notes is junior to that of lenders who have a security interest in our and our subsidiaries’ assets.
 
Our obligations under the exchange notes and the related guarantees will be unsecured, but our obligations under our senior credit facilities are secured by an interest in substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets. If we are declared bankrupt or insolvent, or if we default under our senior credit facilities, the lenders could declare all of the funds borrowed thereunder, together with accrued interest, immediately due and payable. If we are unable to repay such indebtedness, the lenders could foreclose on the pledged assets to


29


Table of Contents

the exclusion of holders of the exchange notes and the guarantees, even if an event of default exists under the indentures at such time. Furthermore, if the lenders foreclose on the equity interests in a subsidiary, that subsidiary will be released from its obligation under the exchange notes automatically upon such sale, provided that such sale is made in compliance with the provisions of the indentures.
 
In any such event, because the exchange notes will not be secured, it is possible that there would be no assets remaining from which claims of the holders of exchange notes could be satisfied or, if any assets remained, that they would be insufficient to satisfy such claims fully. See “Description of Other Indebtedness — Senior Credit Facilities.”
 
Your right to receive payments on the exchange senior subordinated notes will be junior to the rights of the lenders under our revolving credit facility and all of our other senior debt, including the senior notes, and any of our future senior indebtedness.
 
The exchange senior subordinated notes will be general unsecured obligations that will be junior in right of payment to all of our existing and future senior indebtedness. As of July 31, 2006, we had approximately $750 million of senior indebtedness and $239 million available under our revolving credit facility (net of $11 million of outstanding letters of credit).
 
We may not pay principal, premium, if any, interest or other amounts on account of the exchange senior subordinated notes in the event of a payment default or certain other defaults in respect of certain of our senior indebtedness, including debt under our revolving credit facility, unless the senior indebtedness has been paid in full or the default has been cured or waived. In addition, in the event of certain other defaults with respect to the senior indebtedness, we may not be permitted to pay any amount on account of the exchange senior subordinated notes for a designated period of time.
 
Because of the subordination provisions in the exchange senior subordinated notes, in the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution, our assets will not be available to pay obligations under the exchange senior subordinated notes until we have made all payments in cash on our senior indebtedness. We do not know whether sufficient assets will remain after all these payments have been made to make any payments on the exchange senior subordinated notes, including payments of principal or interest when due.
 
Your right to receive payments on the exchange notes is also junior to the rights of those unsecured creditors whose debts are mandatorily preferred by law.
 
Under Singapore insolvency laws and under the laws of the United States, in the event of the bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution of our company, certain unsecured debts are mandatorily preferred by law to other unsecured debts. These preferential unsecured debts include:
 
  •  costs and expenses of the winding up;
 
  •  amounts due to employees of our company in respect of wages, retrenchment benefits, workmen’s compensation and provident funds; and
 
  •  all taxes due from our company.
 
These preferential unsecured debts will rank in priority to all of our other unsecured debts, including payments under the exchange notes. As a result, in the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution, our assets will not be available to pay obligations under the exchange notes until we have made all payments on the preferential unsecured debts. We do not know whether sufficient assets will remain after these payments have been made to make any payments on the exchange notes, including payments of principal or interest when due.
 
The obligations of our subsidiaries under the exchange notes could be deemed a fraudulent conveyance under certain circumstances and a court may subordinate or void them.
 
Under various fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer laws (including under the laws of the United States), a court could subordinate or void the obligations of our subsidiaries under the exchange notes.


30


Table of Contents

Generally, to the extent that a court were to find that at the time one of the subsidiary co-issuers issued the exchange notes or one of our subsidiaries entered into a subsidiary guarantee either:
 
  •  the subsidiary co-issuer issued the exchange notes or the subsidiary guarantor incurred the subsidiary guarantee with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud any present or future creditor or contemplated insolvency with a design to favor one or more creditors to the exclusion of others; or
 
  •  the subsidiary co-issuer or subsidiary guarantor did not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value for issuing the exchange notes or the subsidiary guarantee and, at the time it issued the exchange notes or the subsidiary guarantee, the subsidiary co-issuer or subsidiary guarantor:
 
  •  was insolvent or became insolvent as a result of issuing the exchange notes or the subsidiary guarantee;
 
  •  was engaged or about to engage in a business or transaction for which the remaining assets of the subsidiary co-issuer or subsidiary guarantor constituted unreasonably small capital;
 
  •  intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay those debts as they matured; or
 
  •  was a defendant in an action for money damages, or had a judgment for money damages declared against such subsidiary co-issuer or subsidiary guarantor if, after final judgment, the judgment is unsatisfied;
 
the court could void or subordinate the subsidiary co-issuer’s obligations under the exchange notes or the subsidiary guarantee in favor of the issuer’s or the subsidiary guarantor’s other obligations. In addition, any payment by a subsidiary co-issuer or any subsidiary guarantor could be voided and required to be returned to the subsidiary co-issuer or such subsidiary guarantor, or to a fund for the benefit of its creditors.
 
Among other things, a legal challenge of a subsidiary co-issuer’s obligations under the exchange notes or a subsidiary guarantee on fraudulent conveyance grounds could focus on the benefits, if any, realized by the subsidiary co-issuers or subsidiary guarantors as a result of the issuance of the exchange notes. To the extent a subsidiary co-issuer’s obligations under the exchange notes or a subsidiary guarantee is voided as a fraudulent conveyance or held unenforceable for any other reason, the holders of the exchange notes would not have any claim against that subsidiary co-issuer or subsidiary guarantor and would be creditors solely of the subsidiary co-issuers and subsidiary guarantors, if any, whose obligations under the exchange notes or subsidiary guarantees were not held unenforceable.
 
We may not be able to raise the money necessary to finance the change of control offer required by the indentures.
 
Upon the occurrence of certain specific kinds of change of control events, we are required to offer to repurchase all outstanding exchange notes at 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. However, it is possible that we will not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control to make the required repurchase of exchange notes or that restrictions under our senior credit facilities or other agreements will not allow such repurchases. If any change of control occurs, we do not know whether we will have sufficient funds to satisfy all of our debt obligations. See “Description of Exchange Senior Notes — Repurchase at the Option of Holders” and “Description of Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes — Repurchase at the Option of Holders.”
 
The interests of our controlling shareholder may differ from the interests of the holders of the exchange notes.
 
Our controlling shareholder, Bali Investments S.ár.l., beneficially owns approximately 81% of the outstanding voting shares of Avago Technologies Limited, the ultimate parent company of the obligors under the exchange notes offered hereby. As a result of this ownership and the terms of a shareholder agreement, this shareholder is entitled to elect at least a majority of the directors of Avago Technologies Limited, to appoint new management and to approve actions requiring the approval of the holders of its outstanding voting


31


Table of Contents

shares as a single class, including adopting most amendments to our articles of association and approving mergers or sales of all or substantially all of our assets. Through their control of Avago Technologies Limited, Bali Investments controls us, the subsidiary co-issuers and all of our subsidiary guarantors.
 
The interests of our controlling shareholder may differ from your interests in material respects. For example, if we encounter financial difficulties or are unable to pay our debts as they mature, the interests of our controlling shareholder and its affiliates, as equity holders, might conflict with your interests as an exchange note holder. Our controlling shareholder and its affiliates may also have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings or other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance the value of their equity investments, even though such transactions might involve risks to you as an exchange note holder. Additionally, the indentures governing the exchange notes permit us to pay advisory fees, dividends or make other restricted payments under certain circumstances, and our controlling shareholder and its affiliates may have an interest in our doing so.
 
Affiliates of our controlling shareholder are in the business of making investments in companies, and may from time to time in the future, acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or are suppliers or customers of ours. You should consider that the interests of these holders may differ from yours in material respects. See “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” “Description of Other Indebtedness,” “Description of Exchange Senior Notes” and “Description of Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes.”
 
Your ability to transfer the exchange notes may be limited by the absence of an active trading market, and there is no assurance that any active trading market will develop for the exchange notes.
 
We are offering the exchange notes to the holders of the outstanding notes. The outstanding notes were offered and sold in December 2005 to institutional investors and are eligible for trading in the PORTAL market.
 
We do not intend to apply for a listing of the exchange notes on any securities exchange or on any automated dealer quotation system in the United States or elsewhere. There is currently no established market for the exchange notes and we cannot assure you as to the liquidity of markets that may develop for the exchange notes, your ability to sell the exchange notes or the price at which you would be able to sell the exchange notes. If such markets were to exist, the exchange notes could trade at prices that may be lower than their principal amount or purchase price depending on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the market for similar notes, our financial and operating performance and other factors. The initial purchasers in the private offering of the outstanding notes have advised us that they currently intend to make a market with respect to the exchange notes. However, these initial purchasers are not obligated to do so, and any market making with respect to the exchange notes may be discontinued at any time without notice. In addition, such market making activity may be limited during the pendency of the exchange offers or the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement in lieu thereof. Therefore, we do not know whether an active market for the exchange notes will develop or, if developed, that it will continue. Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the exchange notes. The market, if any, for the exchange notes may experience similar disruptions and any such disruptions may adversely affect the prices at which you may sell your exchange notes.
 
Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. has no operations of its own and may not have sufficient cash to make payments on the exchange notes.
 
We have no operations of our own and derive substantially all of our revenue and cash flows from our subsidiaries. Our principal assets are the equity interests we hold in our operating subsidiaries. As a result, we are dependent upon dividends and other payments from our subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to meet our outstanding debt service and other obligations. Our subsidiaries may not generate sufficient cash from operations to enable us to make principal and interest payments on our indebtedness, including the notes. Payments to us by our subsidiaries will be contingent upon our subsidiaries’ earnings. Our subsidiaries are, or in the future may be, subject to agreements that may restrict payments from the applicable subsidiary to us.


32


Table of Contents

While the indentures and our senior credit facilities provide for limitations on these restrictions, we cannot assure you that agreements governing the current and future indebtedness of our subsidiaries will permit the applicable subsidiary to provide us with sufficient cash to fund payments on the exchange notes when due.
 
We are not currently required to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which may lead to our investors losing confidence in our reported financial information.
 
We are not currently subject to the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Section 404 requires management of a reporting company to annually review, assess and disclose the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting and a report by independent auditors addressing such assessments. We currently expect that we will not be subject to Section 404 until our fiscal year ending October 31, 2008. We do not know whether our assessment will identify material weaknesses in our internal controls.


33


Table of Contents

 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which involve risks and uncertainties. You can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “believe,” “expect,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seek,” “approximately,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” or “anticipate” or similar expressions that concern our strategy, plans or intentions. All statements we make relating to estimated and projected earnings, margins, costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates and financial results are forward-looking statements. In addition, we, through our senior management, from time to time make forward-looking public statements concerning our expected future operations and performance and other developments. All of these forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may change at any time, and, therefore, our actual results may differ materially from those we expected. We derive most of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and, of course, it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations are disclosed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, including, without limitation, in conjunction with the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus. Some of the factors that we believe could affect our results include:
 
  •  our substantial indebtedness;
 
  •  certain covenants in our debt documents;
 
  •  general economic and market conditions;
 
  •  the overall condition of the semiconductor industry;
 
  •  our separation from Agilent;
 
  •  our transformation from a business segment of Agilent to a stand-alone company;
 
  •  changes in tax laws;
 
  •  the integration of acquired businesses, the performance of acquired businesses and the prospects for future acquisitions;
 
  •  the effect of war, terrorism, natural disasters or other catastrophic events;
 
  •  the effect of disruptions to our systems and infrastructure, including our IT infrastructure and enterprise resource planning system;
 
  •  the timing and scope of technological advances;
 
  •  the ability to retain and attract customers and key personnel;
 
  •  risks relating to the transaction of business internationally; and
 
  •  the other factors set forth under “Risk Factors.”
 
We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. In addition, in light of these risks and uncertainties, the matters referred to in the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus may not in fact occur. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.


34


Table of Contents

 
SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS
 
The Acquisition
 
On December 1, 2005, our parent company (Avago Technologies Limited), a limited company organized under the laws of the Republic of Singapore, completed the Acquisition of the assets of Agilent’s Semiconductor Products Group business segment for approximately $2.7 billion. The Equity Investors invested approximately $1,300 million, consisting of $1,050 million of ordinary shares and $250 million of redeemable convertible preference shares, in our business as part of the Acquisition. These funds were invested by the Equity Investors directly or indirectly in Parent, which contributed the proceeds to its wholly owned subsidiary, Avago Technologies Holding Pte. Ltd. (Holdings), a private limited company organized under the laws of the Republic of Singapore, which in turn contributed the proceeds to its wholly owned subsidiary, Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd., a Singapore private limited company and one of the issuers of the notes.
 
The following chart presents our present organizational structure. For further information, please see “Capitalization,” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners.”
 
(GRAPH)
 
 
(1) In connection with our equity capitalization, each of Parent, Holdings and our company issued to its shareholder(s) approximately $1,050 million of ordinary shares with substantially similar terms.
 
(2) Avago Technologies Holding Pte. Ltd. and its material subsidiaries have guaranteed the senior credit facilities. Subsidiaries of Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. that have guaranteed the senior credit facilities (other than the subsidiary co-issuers) have also initially guaranteed the notes.
 
(3) In connection with the financing of the Acquisition, we issued $1,000 million principal amount of notes and entered into senior credit facilities in an aggregate principal amount of $975 million, consisting of a six-year revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $250 million and a seven-year term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $725 million, of which $475 million was drawn at the closing of the Acquisition. Up to $250 million was available under our term loan facility on a delayed-draw basis until April 30, 2006. On January 26, 2006, as permitted by our senior credit agreement and the indentures governing the outstanding notes, we drew the full $250 million under the delayed-draw portion of our term loan facility to retire all of our redeemable convertible preference shares. We used $420 million of net proceeds from the sale of our Storage Business and $245 million of net proceeds from the sale of our Printer ASICs Business to permanently repay borrowings under our term loan facility. As of July 31, 2006, we had permanently repaid all outstanding amounts under the term loan facility.


35


Table of Contents

Since the closing of the Acquisition, we have assumed responsibility for providing certain key services previously provided by Agilent, including audit, human resources, legal, payroll accounting, procurement, tax accounting and treasury. Pursuant to the Master Separation Agreement, Agilent provided us with other key services on an interim basis, including, among others, accounting and IT services (including enterprise resource planning systems). Agilent’s obligations under the Master Separation Agreement terminated on August 31, 2006. We currently provide these services internally and, in some cases, through outsourcing arrangements with third parties.
 
Sale of Storage Business
 
On February 28, 2006, we sold our Storage Business to PMC-Sierra, Inc. for net proceeds of $420 million. We used the net proceeds from the sale of our Storage Business to permanently repay borrowings under our term loan facility. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Dispositions.”
 
Sale of Printer ASICs Business
 
On May 1, 2006, we sold our Printer ASICs Business to Marvell Technology Group Ltd. for net proceeds of $245 million. Our agreement with Marvell also provides for up to $35 million in additional performance-based payments by Marvell to us upon the achievement of certain revenue targets by the acquired business. We used the net proceeds from the sale of our Printer ASICs Business to permanently repay borrowings under our term loan facility. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Dispositions.”
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offers. In consideration for issuing the exchange notes as contemplated in this prospectus, we will receive in exchange a like principal amount of outstanding notes, the terms of which are identical in all material respects to the exchange notes. The outstanding notes surrendered in exchange for the exchange notes will be retired and canceled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, the issuance of the exchange notes will not result in any change in our capitalization.


36


Table of Contents

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table summarizes our capitalization as of July 31, 2006. This table should be read in conjunction with the information included under the headings “Selected Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
         
    As of July 31, 2006  
    (In millions,
 
    except share data)  
 
Long-term debt:
       
Revolving credit facility(1)
     
10 1 / 8 % senior notes due 2013
    500  
Senior floating rate notes due 2013(2)
    250  
11 7 / 8 % senior subordinated notes due 2015
    250  
Long-term obligation for capital leases
    4  
         
Total long-term debt
    1,004  
         
Shareholder’s equity:
       
         
Preference shares, no par value, none issued and outstanding
     
Ordinary shares, no par value, 210,460,262 shares issued and outstanding
    1,057  
Accumulated deficit
    (149 )
         
Total shareholder’s equity
    908  
         
Total capitalization
  $ 1,912  
         
 
 
(1) Excludes $11 million of outstanding letters of credit.
 
(2) The senior floating rate notes due 2013 accrue interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 5.5%. The interest rate on the senior floating rate notes due 2013 was 10.73% as of July 31, 2006.


37


Table of Contents

 
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Set forth below is selected financial information as of and for the periods presented. You should read this data together with the information under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected statements of operations data for the years ended October 31, 2004 and 2005, the nine months ended July 31, 2005, the one month ended November 30, 2005 and the nine months ended July 31, 2006 and the selected balance sheet data as of October 31, 2005 and July 31, 2006 have been derived from audited historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected statements of operations data for the year ended October 31, 2003 and the selected balance sheet data as of October 31, 2003 and 2004 and July 31, 2005 have been derived from audited historical financial statements and related notes not included in this prospectus. We represent that selected financial data for the year ended October 31, 2002 cannot be prepared without incurring unreasonable effort or expense. The historical financial data may not be indicative of our future performance and does not reflect what our financial position and results of operations would have been if we had operated as a stand-alone entity during all of the periods presented.
 
                                                   
    Predecessor(1)       Company  
                      Nine
    One
      Nine
 
                      Months
    Month
      Months
 
                      Ended
    Ended
      Ended
 
    Year Ended October 31,     July 31,
    Nov. 30,
      July 31,
 
    2003     2004     2005     2005     2005       2006(2)  
    (In millions)  
Statements of Operations Data:
                                                 
Net revenue(3)
  $ 1,305     $ 1,783     $ 1,559     $ 1,126     $ 125       $ 1,073  
Costs and expenses:
                                                 
Cost of products sold
    992       1,249       1,037       749       96         701  
Amortization of intangible assets
                                    41  
                                                   
Total cost of products sold
    992       1,249       1,037       749       96         742  
Research and development
    232       207       218       161       24         147  
Selling, general and administrative
    256       250       256       181       28         178  
Amortization of intangible assets
                                    56  
Acquired in-process research and development
                                    2  
                                                   
Total costs and expenses
    1,480       1,706       1,511       1,091       148         1,125  
                                                   
Income (loss) from operations(3)
    (175 )     77       48       35       (23 )       (52 )
Interest expense(4)
                                    114  
Other income, net
    1       4       7       10               8  
                                                   
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    (174 )     81       55       45       (23 )       (158 )
Provision for income taxes
    10       25       33       13       2         3  
                                                   
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (184 )     56       22       32       (25 )       (161 )
Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
    7       17       9       14       1         12  
                                                   
Net income (loss)
  $ (177 )   $ 73     $ 31     $ 46     $ (24 )     $ (149 )
                                                   
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                                                 
Total assets
  $ 861     $ 921     $ 840     $ 829               $ 2,222  
Long-term debt
                                      1,004  
Total invested equity/shareholder’s equity
  $ 609     $ 650     $ 529     $ 591               $ 908  
Other Financial Data:
                                                 
Ratio of earning to fixed charges(5)
          11.1       10.2       46                
 
 
 
(1) Predecessor refers to the Semiconductor Products Group business segment of Agilent Technologies, Inc.


38


Table of Contents

(2) We completed the Acquisition on December 1, 2005. The Acquisition was accounted for as a purchase business combination under U.S. GAAP and thus the financial results for all periods from and after December 1, 2005 are not necessarily comparable to the prior results of Predecessor. We did not have any operating activity prior to December 1, 2005. Accordingly, our results for the nine months ended July 31, 2006 represent only the eight months of our operations since completion of the Acquisition.
 
(3) The divestiture of the Camera Module Business by the Predecessor on February 3, 2005 did not meet the criteria for discontinued operations treatment under U.S. GAAP and, as such, its historical results remain included in our results from continuing operations as presented in this prospectus. The following table presents the operating results of the Camera Module Business:
 
 Camera Module Business results:
 
                                                   
    Predecessor       Company  
                      Nine
    One
      Nine
 
                      Months
    Month
      Months
 
                      Ended
    Ended
      Ended
 
    Year Ended October 31,     July 31
    Nov. 30,
      July 31,
 
    2003     2004     2005     2005     2005       2006  
    (In millions)  
Net revenue
  $ 58     $ 296     $ 69     $ 69                
Income (loss) from operations
    (37 )     (63 )     (7 )     (7 )             —   
 
(4) Interest expense for the nine months ended July 31, 2006 includes an aggregate of $29 million of amortization of debt issuance costs and commitment fees for expired facilities, including $19 million of unamortized debt issuance costs that were written off in conjunction with the repayment of the term loan facility during this period. As of July 31, 2006, we had permanently repaid all outstanding amounts under the term loan facility.
 
(5) For purposes of completing this ratio of earnings to fixed charges, “fixed charges” consist of interest expense on all indebtedness plus amortization of debt issuance costs and an estimate of interest expense within rental expense. “Earnings” consist of pre-tax income (loss) from continuing operations plus fixed charges and unamortized capitalized debt issuance costs. Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $174 million for the year ended October 31, 2003, $23 million for the one month ended November 30, 2005 and $120 million for the nine months ended July 31, 2006.


39


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations includes periods prior to the Acquisition and related financings (collectively, the “Transactions”). Accordingly, the discussion and analysis of the Predecessor period does not reflect the significant impact of the Transactions. This discussion may contain forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under the caption “Risk Factors” or in other parts of this prospectus.
 
Overview
 
We are a leading global supplier of a broad range of mostly analog semiconductors that enable digital semiconductors to effectively interpret and interface with users in the real world. Our operations are primarily fabless, which means that we rely on independent foundries and third-party contractors to perform most manufacturing, assembly and test functions. This strategy allows us to focus on designing, developing and marketing our products and significantly reduces the amount of capital we need to invest in manufacturing products. We serve four primary target markets: wireless communications, wired infrastructure, industrial/automotive electronics and computing peripherals.
 
We are the Successor to the Semiconductor Products Group (“SPG”) business segment of Agilent. We purchased the assets of SPG on December 1, 2005 for approximately $2.7 billion. The Acquisition was accounted for by the purchase method of accounting for business combinations and, accordingly, the purchase price was allocated to the net assets acquired based on their estimated fair values. Agilent operated with a fiscal year ending on each October 31, and we have retained that annual fiscal period. The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented for two periods: Predecessor and Successor, which relate to the period preceding the Acquisition and the period succeeding the Acquisition, respectively. We did not have any significant operating activity prior to December 1, 2005 and accordingly, all references to the nine months ended July 31, 2006 represent only the eight months of our operations since completion of the Acquisition. All of the financial statements included in this prospectus are presented in U.S. GAAP and expressed in U.S. dollars unless otherwise noted.
 
Predecessor’s financial statements were prepared using Agilent’s historical bases in the assets and liabilities. As such, the Predecessor financial statements include allocations of certain Agilent corporate expenses, including centralized research and development, legal, accounting, employee benefits, real estate, insurance services, information technology services, treasury and other Agilent corporate and infrastructure costs. The expense allocations were determined on bases that Agilent considered to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided or the benefit received by Predecessor. These internal allocations by Agilent ended on November 30, 2005. From and after December 1, 2005, we acquired select services on a transitional basis from Agilent under a Master Separation Agreement (“MSA”). Over the eight-month period ended July 31, 2006, we progressively reduced the services provided by Agilent under the MSA and transitioned to substitute services either provided internally or through outsourcing vendors retained by us. Agilent’s obligations under the MSA terminated on August 31, 2006. Therefore, the financial information presented in Predecessor’s financial statements is not necessarily indicative of what our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows would have been had we been a separate, stand-alone entity. Further, our interim results to date in fiscal 2006 reflect a changing combination of Agilent-sourced and internally-sourced services and do not necessarily represent our cost structure that will apply in future periods when all such services are sourced solely by us.
 
We financed the Acquisition through the issuance to Holdings of approximately $1,300 million of equity, consisting of $1,050 million of ordinary shares, $250 million of redeemable convertible preference shares, borrowings under our senior credit facilities in the principal amount of $475 million and the issuance of the notes in the principal amount of $1,000 million. In January 2006, as permitted by our senior credit agreement and the indentures governing the notes, we drew the full $250 million under the delayed-draw portion of our


40


Table of Contents

term loan facility to retire all of our redeemable convertible preference shares. We have subsequently permanently repaid the term loan facility principally through the net proceeds from the dispositions of our Storage Business and Printer ASICs Business.
 
Dispositions
 
On February 17, 2006, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell our Printer ASICs Business to Marvell International Technology Ltd., or Marvell. Our agreement with Marvell also provides for up to $35 million in additional performance-based payments by Marvell to us upon the achievement of certain revenue targets by the acquired business. This transaction closed on May 1, 2006, resulting in $245 million of net cash proceeds. For financial reporting purposes, there was no gain or loss recorded on the sale. In May 2006, we used the net proceeds to permanently repay a portion of the term loan facility.
 
On October 28, 2005, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell our Storage Business to PMC-Sierra, Inc., subject to certain conditions, including our completion of the Acquisition. This transaction closed on February 28, 2006, resulting in $420 million of net cash proceeds. For financial reporting purposes, there was no gain or loss recorded on the sale. In March 2006, we used the net proceeds from this sale to permanently repay a portion of the term loan facility.
 
On February 3, 2005, Predecessor sold its Camera Module Business to Flextronics International Ltd., or Flextronics. The assets sold did not include the image sensor products, which were retained and which we now provide to Flextronics as a supplier. Flextronics paid $13 million upon closing and agreed to pay an additional $12 million (in twelve equal quarterly installments) payable each fiscal quarter following the February 2005 closing date. The agreement also provides for up to $13 million in additional performance-based payments by Flextronics upon the achievement of certain revenue targets by the acquired business.
 
The Printer ASICs Business and the Storage Business are treated as discontinued operations in our consolidated financial statements. However, the divestiture of the Camera Module Business by Predecessor did not meet the criteria for discontinued operations treatment under U.S. GAAP and, as such, historical results of the Camera Module Business are included in Predecessor’s financial results from continuing operations until February 3, 2005.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP, requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. We base our estimates and assumptions on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the accrual of costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results experienced by us may differ materially and adversely from our estimates. Our critical accounting policies are those that affect our historical financial statements materially and involve difficult, subjective or complex judgments by management. Those policies include revenue recognition, valuation of long-lived assets, intangible assets and goodwill, inventory valuation and accounting for income taxes.
 
Revenue recognition.   We recognize revenue, net of sales returns and allowances, provided that (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred, (3) the price is fixed or determinable and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured. Delivery is considered to have occurred when title and risk of loss have transferred to the customer. We consider the price to be fixed or determinable when the price is not subject to refund or adjustments or when any such adjustments are accounted for. We evaluate the creditworthiness of our customers to determine that appropriate credit limits are established prior to the acceptance of an order. Revenue, including sales to resellers and distributors, is reduced for estimated returns and distributor allowances. We recognize revenue from sales of our products to distributors upon delivery of product to the distributors. An allowance for distributor credits covering price adjustments and scrap allowances is made based on our estimate of historical experience rates as well as considering economic


41


Table of Contents

conditions and contractual terms. Actual distributor claims activity have been materially consistent with the provisions we have made based on our historical estimates.
 
Valuation of long-lived assets, intangible assets and goodwill.   We assess the impairment of long-lived assets, intangible assets and goodwill whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable. We are also required to perform annual assessments of goodwill impairment. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include (i) significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results, (ii) significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, and (iii) significant negative industry or economic trends. An impairment loss is recognized if the sum of the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and before interest) from the use of the asset is less than the net book value of the asset. The amount of the impairment loss will generally be measured as the difference between the net book values of the asset and its estimated fair value. We intend to perform an annual impairment review during the fourth fiscal quarter of each year, or more frequently if we believe indicators of impairment exist.
 
Inventory valuation.   We value our inventory at the lower of the actual cost of the inventory or the current estimated market value of the inventory, cost being determined under the first-in, first-out method. We regularly review inventory quantities on hand and record a provision for excess and obsolete inventory based primarily on our estimated forecast of product demand and production requirements. Demand for our products can fluctuate significantly from period to period. A significant decrease in demand could result in an increase in the amount of excess inventory quantities on hand. In addition, our industry is characterized by rapid technological change, frequent new product development and rapid product obsolescence that could result in an increase in the amount of obsolete inventory quantities on hand. Additionally, our estimates of future product demand may prove to be inaccurate, which may cause us to understate or overstate both the provision required for excess and obsolete inventory and cost of products sold. Therefore, although we make every effort to ensure the accuracy of our forecasts of future product demand, any significant unanticipated changes in demand or technological developments could have a significant impact on the value of our inventory and our results of operations.
 
Accounting for income taxes.   We record a tax provision for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results of operations. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes”, the provision for income taxes is computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized or settled. We record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is believed more likely than not to be realized. Significant management judgment is required in developing our provision for income taxes, including the determination of deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowances that might be required against the deferred tax assets. We have considered future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for valuation allowances. If we determine, in the future, a valuation allowance is required, such adjustment to the deferred tax assets would increase tax expense in the period in which such determination is made. Conversely, if we determine, in the future a valuation allowance is excess to our requirement, such adjustment to the deferred tax assets would decrease tax expense in the period in which such determination is made. In evaluating the exposure associated with various tax filing positions, we accrue income tax charges for probable exposures.
 
Net Revenue
 
Substantially all of our net revenue is derived from sales of semiconductor components incorporated into electronic products. We serve four primary target markets: wireless communications, wired infrastructure, industrial/automotive electronics and computing peripherals. We sell our products primarily through our direct sales force. We also utilize distributors for a portion of our business.


42


Table of Contents

Erosion of average selling prices of established products is typical of the industry, with new products typically yielding higher gross margins. Consistent with trends in the semiconductor industry, we anticipate that average selling prices will continue to drop in the future. However, as part of our normal course of business, we plan to offset price reductions with efforts to reduce manufacturing costs of existing products and with new product introductions.
 
Historically, a relatively small number of customers have accounted for a significant portion of our net revenue. In the fiscal years ended October 31, 2004 and 2005 and the nine months ended July 31, 2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. accounted for 10%, 13% and 15%, respectively, of our net revenue from continuing operations, Avnet, Inc., a distributor, accounted for 10%, 11% and 15%, respectively, of our net revenue from continuing operations, Arrow Electronics, Inc., a distributor, accounted for 7%, 8% and 10%, respectively, of our net revenue from continuing operations, and our top 10 customers collectively accounted for 68%, 61% and 71%, respectively, of our net revenue from continuing operations. We expect to continue to experience significant customer concentration in future periods.
 
The demand for our products has been affected in the past, and may continue to be affected in the future, by various factors, including, but not limited to, the following:
 
  •  general economic and market conditions in the semiconductor industry and in our target markets;
 
  •  our ability to specify, develop or acquire, complete, introduce and market new products and technologies in a cost effective and timely manner;
 
  •  the timing, rescheduling or cancellation of expected customer orders and our ability to manage inventory;
 
  •  the rate at which our present and future customers and end-users adopt our products and technologies in our target markets; and
 
  •  the qualification, availability and pricing of competing products and technologies and the resulting effects on sales and pricing of our products.
 
For these and other reasons, our net revenue for the nine months ended July 31, 2006 and prior periods may not necessarily be indicative of future net revenue and results of operations.
 
Costs and Expenses
 
Cost of products sold.   Our cost of products sold consists primarily of the cost of semiconductor wafers and other materials, and the cost of assembly and test. Cost of products sold also includes personnel costs and overhead related to our manufacturing and manufacturing engineering operations, related occupancy, computer services and equipment costs, manufacturing quality, order fulfillment and inventory adjustments, including write-downs for inventory obsolescence and other manufacturing expenses.
 
Research and development.   Research and development expense consists primarily of personnel costs for our engineers engaged in the design, development and technical support of our products and technologies. These expenses also include project material costs, third-party fees paid to consultants, prototype development expenses, allocated facilities costs and other corporate expenses and computer services costs related to supporting computer tools used in the engineering and design process.
 
Selling , general and administrative.   Our sales and marketing expense consists primarily of compensation and associated costs for sales and marketing personnel, sales commissions paid to our independent sales representatives, costs of advertising, trade shows, corporate marketing, promotion, travel related to our sales and marketing operations, related occupancy and equipment costs and other marketing costs. Our general and administrative expense consists primarily of compensation and associated costs for executive management, finance, human resources and other administrative personnel, outside professional fees, allocated facilities costs and other corporate expenses.
 
Amortization of intangible assets.   In connection with the Acquisition, we recorded intangible assets of $1,233 million, net of assets of the Storage Business held for sale. These are being amortized over their


43


Table of Contents

estimated useful lives of six months to 20 years. In connection with the Acquisition we also recorded goodwill of $193 million, net of assets of the Storage Business held for sale, which is not being amortized.
 
Interest expense.   In connection with the Acquisition, we incurred substantial indebtedness. Although this debt has been substantially reduced over the past eight months, principally through net proceeds derived from the divestiture of our Storage Business and Printer ASICs Business, the interest expense relating to this debt has adversely affected, and will continue to adversely affect, our earnings.
 
Other income, net.   Other income, net includes interest income, currency gain (loss) on balance sheet remeasurement and other miscellaneous items.
 
Provision for income taxes.  W e have received material tax concessions in Singapore and in Malaysia. Such tax concessions require that we meet certain operating conditions to retain these tax concessions. As a result of the tax concessions, we expect our operations to be subject to relatively lower income taxes than would otherwise be the case under ordinary tax rates.
 
Results from Continuing Operations
 
Combined Nine Months Ended July 31, 2006 Compared to Predecessor’s Nine Months Ended July 31, 2005
 
The table below combines the results of operations for the Company for the nine months ended July 31, 2006 (which includes the operations of our business only for the eight months from and after the closing of the Acquisition on December 1, 2005) with those of Predecessor for the month of November 2005. From our inception in September 2005 through November 30, 2005, the Company had no revenues, cost of goods sold, research and development expense or significant operating activities. During this period, the sole activities of the Company were those undertaken in connection with the preparation for the consummation of the Acquisition on, and in anticipation of the commencement of operating activities following, December 1, 2005. For these reasons, management believes that combining the one month Predecessor results with the eight months post-acquisition results is the most meaningful presentation. The combined operating results have not been prepared as pro forma results under applicable regulations, may not reflect the actual results we would have achieved absent the Acquisition and may not be predictive of future results of operations. In addition, despite the combined interim presentation not being in accordance with U.S. GAAP because of, among other things, the change in the historical carrying value or basis of assets and liabilities that resulted from the Acquisition and our transition to a stand-alone entity, the Company believes that for comparison purposes, such a presentation is most meaningful to an understanding of the results of the business. Additionally, the


44


Table of Contents

historic periods do not reflect the impact the Acquisition had on us, most notably significantly increased leverage and liquidity requirements, and may not be predictive of future results of operations.
 
                                                   
                              As a Percentage of
 
                              Net Revenue  
    Predecessor     Company     Combined       Predecessor     Combined     Predecessor  
    One
    Nine
    Nine
      Nine
    Nine
    Nine
 
    Month
    Months
    Months
      Months
    Months
    Months
 
    Ended
    Ended
    Ended
      Ended
    Ended
    Ended
 
    November 30,
    July 31,
    July 31,
      July 31,
    July 31,
    July 31,
 
    2005     2006     2006       2005     2006     2005  
Statement of Operations Data:
                                                 
Net revenue
  $ 125     $ 1,073     $ 1,198       $ 1,126       100.0 %     100.0 %
Costs and expenses:
                                                 
Cost of products sold
    96       701       797         749       66.5       66.5  
Amortization of intangible assets
          41       41               3.4        
                                                   
Total cost of products sold
    96       742       838         749       69.9       66.5  
Research and development
    24       147       171         161       14.3       14.3  
Selling, general and administrative
    28       178       206         181       17.2       16.1  
Amortization of intangible assets
          56       56               4.7        
Acquired in-process research and development
          2       2               0.2        
                                                   
Total costs and expenses
    148       1,125       1,273         1,091       106.3       96.9  
                                                   
Income (loss) from operations
    (23 )     (52 )     (75 )       35       (6.3 )     3.1  
Interest expense
          114       114               9.5        
Other income, net
          8       8         10       0.7       0.9  
                                                   
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    (23 )     (158 )     (181 )       45       (15.1 )     4.0  
Provision for income taxes
    2       3       5         13       0.4       1.2  
                                                   
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (25 )     (161 )     (186 )       32       (15.5 )     2.8  
Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
    1       12       13         14       1.1       1.2  
                                                   
Net income (loss)
  $ (24 )   $ (149 )   $ (173 )     $ 46       (14.4 )%     4.0 %
                                                   
 
Net revenue.   Net revenue was $1,198 million for the combined nine months ended July 31, 2006, as compared to $1,126 million for the nine months ended July 31, 2005, an increase of $72 million or 6.4%. On February 3, 2005, Agilent completed the sale of the Camera Module Business. Net revenue for the nine months ended July 31, 2005 includes $69 million of net revenue relating to the Camera Module Business prior to its sale. Excluding the $69 million of Camera Module net revenue from 2005, net revenue increased by $141 million, or 13.3%. Net revenue from products targeted at the industrial/automotive electronics market experienced strong growth driven by increased shipments of optocouplers and increased demand for industrial encoders. Net revenue from products targeted at the wireless communications market increased as we focused on improving the mix of proprietary products to drive increased margin in this target market. Sales of our products targeted at the wired infrastructure market also experienced growth as the target market grew stronger in the nine months ended July 31, 2006 and boosted sales of our next generation products. Net revenue from products targeted at the computing peripherals market remained flat.
 
Cost of products sold.   Total cost of products sold, which includes amortization of manufacturing-related intangible assets purchased from Agilent, was $838 million for the combined nine months ended July 31,


45


Table of Contents

2006, as compared to $749 million for the nine months ended July 31, 2005, an increase of $89 million, or 11.9%. As a percentage of net revenue, cost of products sold increased from 66.5% to 69.9%, due to the amortization of intangibles of $41 million and a fair value adjustment of $43 million relating to inventory acquired as a part of the Acquisition.
 
Research and development.   Research and development expense was $171 million for the combined nine months ended July 31, 2006, as compared to $161 million for the nine months ended July 31, 2005, an increase of $10 million, or 6.2%. As a percentage of net revenue, research and development expenses remained flat at 14.3% for both periods.
 
Selling, general and administrative.   Selling, general and administrative expense was $206 million for the combined nine months year ended July 31, 2006, as compared to $181 million for the nine months ended July 31, 2005, an increase of $25 million, or 13.8%. As a percentage of net revenue, selling, general and administrative expense increased 1.2 percentage points, from 16.1% to 17.2%. Selling, general and administrative expense for the nine months ended July 31, 2006 increased as we incurred one-time transition costs in connection with establishing the corporate infrastructure required to operate as a stand-alone entity. In addition, the results for the one month ended November 30, 2005 include $7 million in transition costs allocated by Agilent and a $4 million stock-based compensation expense associated with the adoption of SFAS 123R by Agilent. Excluding transition expenses, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased over the period as we reduced the services provided by Agilent under the MSA and transitioned to our stand-alone corporate infrastructure.
 
Amortization of intangible assets.   Amortization of intangible assets was $56 million for the nine months ended July 31, 2006 and related to the Acquisition on December 1, 2005.
 
Acquired In-Process Research and Development (IPRD) .  IPRD was $2 million for the combined nine months ended July 31, 2006 and related to completion of the Acquisition on December 1, 2005. The amounts allocated to IPRD were determined based on our estimates of the fair value of assets acquired using valuation techniques used in the semiconductor industry and were charged to expense in the first quarter of fiscal 2006. The projects that qualify for IPRD had not reached technical feasibility and no future use existed in Avago. In accordance with SFAS No. 2, Accounting for Research and Development Costs , as clarified by FASB Interpretation, or FIN, No. 4, Applicability of FASB Statement No. 2 to Business Combinations Accounted for by the Purchase Method — an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 2 , amounts assigned to IPRD meeting the above stated criteria were charge to expense as part of the allocation of the purchase price.
 
Interest expense.   Interest expense was $114 million for the combined nine months ended July 31, 2006, as compared to no interest expense for the nine months ended July 31, 2005. Interest expense for the nine months ended July 31, 2006 includes an aggregate of amortization of debt issuance costs and commitment fees for expired facilities, including $19 million of unamortized debt issuance costs that were written off in conjunction with the repayment of the term loan facility during this period. In connection with the Acquisition, we incurred substantial indebtedness. Although this debt has been substantially reduced over the past eight months, principally through net proceeds derived from the divestiture of our Storage Business and Printer ASICs Business, the interest expense relating to this debt has adversely affected, and will continue to adversely affect, our earnings. We presently estimate that our interest expense for the fiscal years ending October 31, 2006 and 2007 will be approximately $142 million and $109 million, respectively, subject to increase in the event of an increase in the interest rates applicable to our variable rate indebtedness.
 
Other income, net.   Other income, net was $8 million for the combined nine months ended July 31, 2006, as compared to $10 million for the nine months ended July 31, 2005, a decrease of $2 million, or 20%. The results for the nine months ended July 31, 2005 include a gain of $12 million on the sale of the Camera Module Business. Other income for the nine months ended July 31, 2006 includes $4 million of interest income and $2 million of currency gains on balance sheet remeasurement compared to none and none, respectively, in the corresponding period last year.
 
Provision for income taxes.   Our effective tax rate on continuing operations was 2.8% for the combined nine months ended July 31, 2006 compared to 28% for the nine months ended July 31, 2005. The low


46


Table of Contents

effective tax rate was primarily due to a larger benefit from operations in low tax jurisdictions, favorable tax agreements in certain jurisdictions, including Singapore and Malaysia, and the associated reduction in withholding tax expense.
 
Predecessor Results from Continuing Operations for 2005 and 2004
 
The following table sets forth information derived from Predecessor’s statements of operations expressed as a percentage of net revenue.
 
                 
    Year Ended
 
    October 31,  
    2004     2005  
 
Net revenue
    100.0 %     100.0 %
Total cost of products sold
    70.0       66.5  
Research and development
    11.6       14.0  
Selling, general and administrative
    14.0       16.4  
                 
Total costs and expenses
    95.6       96.9  
                 
Income from operations
    4.4       3.1  
Other income, net
    0.2       0.4  
                 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    4.6       3.5  
Provision for income taxes
    1.4       2.1  
                 
Income from continuing operations
    3.2       1.4  
Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
    1.0       0.6  
                 
Net income
    4.2 %     2.0 %
                 
 
Net revenue.   Net revenue was $1,559 million in 2005, as compared to $1,783 million for 2004, a decrease of $224 million, or 12.6%. This decline in net revenue was primarily due to the sale of the Camera Module Business on February 3, 2005, which contributed $296 million to net revenue in 2004 compared to $69 million in 2005. This decline was partially offset by $90 million of additional revenue in 2005 from image sensor products, which Predecessor began selling as a separate product following the disposition of the Camera Module Business. Net revenue from the wireless communications target market remained strong. However, net revenue from the computing peripherals target market decreased due to decreased market share and to average selling price erosion driven by industry-wide excess inventory levels and resulting increased competitive pressures. Net revenue from products targeted at the wired infrastructure target market decreased as a result of quality issues with the VCSEL oxide products.
 
Cost of products sold.   Cost of products sold was $1,037 million in 2005, as compared to $1,249 million in 2004, a decrease of $212 million, or 17.0%. The decrease was primarily attributable to lower inventory-related charges and other charges related to the Camera Module Business, as a result of the sale of this business on February 3, 2005, and the introduction of new products with higher gross margins, such as the laser mouse, film bulk acoustic resonator (FBAR) duplexers and color management modules. These decreases were partially offset by greater than expected average selling price erosion due to increased competitive pressures in the first half of 2005 due to excess inventory, coupled with inventory charges as a result of quality issues with the VCSEL oxide products sold to our wired infrastructure target market.
 
Research and development. Research and development expense was $218 million in 2005, as compared to $207 million in 2004, an increase of $11 million, or 5.3%. As a percent of net revenue, research and development expense increased from 11.6% in 2004 to 14.0% in 2005. The increase was primarily due to restructuring charges.
 
Selling, general and administrative.   Selling, general and administrative expense was $256 million in 2005, as compared to $250 million in 2004, an increase of $6 million, or 2.4%. As a percent of net revenue,


47


Table of Contents

selling, general and administrative expense increased 2.4 percentage points, from 14.0% in 2004 to 16.4% in 2005. In dollar terms, selling, general and administrative expenses were relatively flat.
 
Other income, net.   Other income, net was $7 million for 2005, as compared to $4 million for 2004, an increase of $3 million, or 75%.
 
Provision for income taxes.   The effective income tax rate on income from continuing operations was 59.6% for 2005 as compared to 30.5% for 2004. The effective tax rate for 2005 was higher than 2004 primarily due to the taxes associated with $473 million of earnings repatriated by Agilent under the Homeland Investment Act.
 
Backlog
 
Our sales are generally made pursuant to short-term purchase orders. These purchase orders are made without deposits and may be rescheduled, canceled or modified on relatively short notice, and in most cases without substantial penalty. Therefore, we believe that purchase orders are not a reliable indicator of future sales.
 
Seasonality
 
Sales of consumer electronics are concentrated during the holiday season, and as a result, we typically experience higher revenues during our fourth quarter while sales typically decline in our first quarter.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
We began operating as an independent company on December 1, 2005. Prior to that date, we operated as a business segment of Agilent, which funded all of our cash requirements, and received all of the cash our operations generated, through a centralized cash management system.
 
Our short-term and long-term liquidity requirements primarily arise from: (i) interest and principal payments related to our debt obligations, (ii) working capital requirements and (iii) capital expenditures.
 
We expect our cash flows from operations, combined with availability under our revolving credit facility, to provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, projected working capital requirements and capital spending for at least the next 12 months.
 
Our ability to service our indebtedness will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. Given our high level of debt and related debt service requirements, we may not have significant cash available to meet any large unanticipated liquidity requirements, other than from available borrowings, if any, under our revolving credit facility. As a result, we may not retain a sufficient amount of cash to finance growth opportunities, including acquisitions, or unanticipated capital expenditures or to fund our operations. If we do not have sufficient cash for these purposes, our financial condition and our business could suffer.
 
Cash Flows for the Nine Months ended July 31, 2006
 
We generated cash from operations of $296 million during the nine months ended July 31, 2006. The net cash provided by operations in 2006 was primarily due to changes in working capital of $259 million and non-cash charges of $186 million, offset by a net loss of $149 million. Non-cash charges for the nine months ended July 31, 2006 include $159 million for depreciation and amortization and $21 million for amortization of debt issuance costs. Significant working capital changes contributing to cash provided by operations include a decrease in accounts receivable of $128 million due to improved collections, increase in accounts payable of $29 million due primarily to the timing of payments at the end of the quarter, increase in other current assets of $18 million due to higher net transaction tax receivables, an increase in other liabilities of $26 million primarily related to accrued interest expense, and an increase in employee compensation and benefits accruals of $49 million as the result of the implementation of our employee benefit programs. Transactional receivables and liabilities relate to VAT, sales tax and similar transactional taxes. Our reported cash flow from operations for the nine months ended July 31, 2006 reflects in part the initial build-up of current assets and liabilities not


48


Table of Contents

acquired or assumed from Agilent relating to taxes and employee obligations, and is not necessarily indicative of future cash flow.
 
Net cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended July 31, 2006 was $2,088 million. The net cash used in investing activities was principally due to the Acquisition for $2,707 million and investments in property, plant and equipment of $47 million, offset by net proceeds received from the sales of the Printer ASICs Business and Storage Business of $245 million and $420 million, respectively.
 
Net cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended July 31, 2006 was $1,992 million. The net cash provided by financing activities was principally from proceeds of $1,666 million from debt borrowings and the issuance of ordinary and redeemable convertible preference shares of approximately $1,050 million and $250 million, respectively, less $725 million of debt repayments and $249 million associated with the redemption of all of the redeemable convertible preference shares.
 
Predecessor Cash Flows for 2005 and 2004
 
Agilent used a centralized approach to cash management and financing of its operations. Prior to December 1, 2005, transactions relating to Predecessor were accounted for through the Agilent net equity account. Accordingly, none of the Agilent cash, cash equivalents or debt at the corporate level were assigned to Predecessor in the historical financial statements for periods prior to December 1, 2005.
 
Predecessor generated cash from operations of $211 million in 2005 compared to $72 million in 2004. This increase was primarily due to $37 million of cash generated from trade accounts receivable and $28 million of cash generated from inventory during 2005, compared to $39 million of cash used in trade accounts receivable and $61 million of cash used for inventory during the same period in 2004, primarily offset by a decrease in net income from $73 million in 2004 to $31 million in 2005.
 
Net cash used in investing activities was $51 million in 2005 compared to $32 million in 2004. Investments in property, plant and equipment in 2005 increased to $59 million, an increase of $25 million from 2004. Predecessor also made one acquisition which used $9 million, net of the cash acquired. During fiscal 2005, Predecessor generated $14 million from the sale of property, plant and equipment primarily related to the sale of the Camera Module Business.
 
Net cash returned to Agilent amounted to $160 million in 2005 versus $40 million in 2004.
 
Indebtedness
 
We have a substantial amount of indebtedness. As of July 31, 2006, we had $1,000 million outstanding in aggregate indebtedness, with an additional $250 million of borrowing capacity available under our revolving credit facility (not giving effect to outstanding letters of credit of $11 million at July 31, 2006, which reduce the amount available under our revolving credit facility on a dollar-for-dollar basis). Our liquidity requirements are significant, primarily due to debt service requirements. Our cash interest expense for the nine months ended July 31, 2006 was $93 million. For the three months ended July 31, 2006, our cash interest expense was $27 million.
 
We used $420 million of net proceeds from the sale of our Storage Business and $245 million of net proceeds from the sale of our Printer ASICs Business to permanently repay borrowings under our term loan facility, significantly reducing our indebtedness.
 
Senior Credit Facilities
 
In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a senior credit agreement with a syndicate of financial institutions. The senior secured credit facilities initially consisted of (i) a seven-year $725 million term loan facility and (ii) a six-year, $250 million revolving credit facility for general corporate purposes.
 
The revolving credit facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for borrowings on same-day or one-day notice referred to as swingline loans and is available to us and certain of our subsidiaries in U.S. dollars and other currencies. The term loan credit facility was available for drawdown


49


Table of Contents

until April 30, 2006. We drew $475 million under our term loan facility to finance a portion of the Acquisition. On January 26, 2006, as permitted by our senior credit agreement and the indentures governing the outstanding notes, we drew the full $250 million under the delayed-draw portion of our term loan facility to retire all of our redeemable convertible preference shares. We used the net proceeds from the sale of our Storage Business and Printer ASICs Business to permanently repay borrowings under our term loan facility. As of July 31, 2006, the term loan facility had been permanently repaid in full and may not be redrawn.
 
Interest Rate and Fees:   Borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the United States prime rate and (2) the federal funds rate plus 0.5% (or an equivalent base rate for loans originating outside the United States, to the extent available) or (b) a LIBOR rate (or the equivalent thereof in the relevant jurisdiction) determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits in the currency of such borrowing for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs. The applicable margin for borrowings under the revolving credit facility is 1.5% with respect to base rate borrowings and 2.5% with respect to LIBOR borrowings. At July 31, 2006, the lender’s base rate was 8.25% and the one-month LIBOR rate was 5.39%. The applicable margin for borrowings under the revolving credit facility may be reduced subject to us attaining certain leverage ratios after the date on which the financial statements for the quarter ending January 31, 2007 are delivered to the lenders.
 
We are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility with respect to any unutilized commitments thereunder. The commitment fee on the revolving credit facility is 0.5% per annum, which may be reduced subject to us attaining certain leverage ratios after the date on which the financial statements for the quarter ending January 31, 2007 are delivered to the lenders. We must also pay customary letter of credit fees.
 
Maturity:   Principal amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility are due and payable in full on December 1, 2011. As of July 31, 2006 we have not borrowed against the revolving credit facility, although we had $11 million of letters of credit outstanding under the facility which reduce the amount available on a dollar-for-dollar basis.
 
Certain Covenants and Events of Default:   The senior credit agreement contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability to:
 
  •  incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares;
 
  •  create liens on assets;
 
  •  enter into sale-leaseback transactions;
 
  •  engage in mergers or consolidations;
 
  •  sell assets;
 
  •  pay dividends and distributions, repurchase our capital stock or make other restricted payments;
 
  •  make investments, loans or advances;
 
  •  make capital expenditures;
 
  •  repay subordinated indebtedness (including the senior subordinated notes);
 
  •  make certain acquisitions;
 
  •  amend material agreements governing our subordinated indebtedness (including the senior subordinated notes);
 
  •  change our lines of business; and
 
  •  change the status of Holdings as a passive holding company.
 
In addition, the senior credit agreement requires us to maintain a maximum senior secured leverage ratio. The senior credit agreement also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.” We were in compliance with all our covenants at July 31, 2006.


50


Table of Contents

 
Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes
 
In connection with the Acquisition, we completed a private placement of $1,000 million principal amount of unsecured debt consisting of (i) $500 million principal amount of 10 1 / 8 % senior notes due December 1, 2013, (ii) $250 million principal amount of senior floating rate notes due June 1, 2013, and (iii) $250 million principal amount of 11 7 / 8 % senior subordinated notes due December 1, 2015.
 
The indentures governing the outstanding senior notes and senior subordinated notes limit our (and most or all of our subsidiaries’) ability to:
 
  •  incur additional indebtedness and issue disqualified stock or preferred shares;
 
  •  pay dividends or make other distributions on, redeem or repurchase our capital stock or make other restricted payments;
 
  •  make investments, acquisitions, loans or advances;
 
  •  incur or create liens;
 
  •  transfer or sell certain assets;
 
  •  engage in sale and lease back transactions;
 
  •  declare dividends or make other payments to us;
 
  •  guarantee indebtedness;
 
  •  engage in transactions with affiliates; and
 
  •  consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our assets.
 
Subject to certain exceptions, the indentures governing the outstanding notes permit us and our restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, including secured indebtedness. See “Description of Exchange Senior Notes” and “Description of Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes.” We were in compliance with all our covenants at July 31, 2006.
 
Contractual Commitments
 
Our cash flows from operations are dependent on a number of factors, including fluctuations in our operating results, accounts receivable collections, inventory management, and the timing of payments. As a result, the impact of contractual obligations on our liquidity and capital resources in future periods should be analyzed in conjunction with such factors.
 
The following table sets forth our long-term debt, operating and capital lease and purchase obligations as of July 31, 2006 for the fiscal periods noted. We did not commence substantive operations until the completion of the Acquisition on December 1, 2005 and our balance sheet and contractual commitment data for any prior date are not meaningful.
 
                                                 
          Remainder
                         
          of
          2008 to
    2010 to
       
    Total     2006     2007     2009     2011     Thereafter  
    (In millions)  
 
Short-term and long-term debt(1)
  $ 1,000     $     $     $     $     $ 1,000  
Estimated future interest expense payments(2)
    844       27       109       218       218       272  
Operating leases(3)
    35       3       12       15       4       1  
Capital leases(4)
    8       1       2       3       2        
Commitments to contract manufacturers and other purchase obligations(5)
    51       51                          
Additional expected contractual obligations(6)
    324       39       40       71       59       115  
 
 
(1) Represents our outstanding notes.


51


Table of Contents

(2) Represents interest payments on our outstanding notes assuming the same rate on the senior floating rate notes as was in effect on July 31, 2006.
 
(3) Includes operating lease commitments for facilities and equipment that we have entered into with Agilent and other third parties.
 
(4) Includes capital lease commitments for equipment that we have entered into with third parties.
 
(5) We purchase components from a variety of suppliers and use several contract manufacturers to provide manufacturing services for our products. During the normal course of business, we issue purchase orders with estimates of our requirements several months ahead of the delivery dates. However, our agreements with these suppliers usually allow us the option to cancel, reschedule, and adjust our requirements based on our business needs prior to firm orders being placed. Typically purchase orders outstanding with delivery dates within 30 days are non-cancelable.
 
In addition to the above, we record a liability for firm, non-cancelable, and unconditional purchase commitments for quantities in excess of our future demand forecasts consistent with our write-down for inventory. As of July 31, 2006, the liability for our firm, non-cancelable, and unconditional purchase commitments was less than $1 million. These amounts are included in other liabilities in our balance sheets at July 31, 2006, and are not included in the preceding table.
 
(6) We have entered into several agreements related to IT, human resources, financial advisory services and other services agreements.
 
We had no material off-balance sheet arrangements at July 31, 2006.
 
New Accounting Pronouncements
 
On September 13, 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 108 (“SAB 108”), Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Qualifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements, which provides interpretive guidance on the consideration of the effects of prior year misstatements in quantifying current year misstatements for the purpose of a materiality assessment. SAB No. 108 is effective for companies with fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006 and is required to be adopted by us in our fiscal year ending October 31, 2007. However, early application is encouraged in any report for an interim period of the first fiscal year ending after November 15, 2006, filed after the publication of this guidance. We are currently assessing the impact of the adoption of SAB No. 108.
 
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements . SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, the FASB having previously concluded in those accounting pronouncements that fair value is the relevant measurement attribute. Accordingly, SFAS No. 157 does not require any new fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. SFAS No. 157 is required to be adopted by the Company in the first quarter of its fiscal year 2009. We are currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this Statement.
 
In July 2006, FASB issued FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 , which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. FIN No. 48 requires that we recognize in our financial statements, the impact of a tax position, if that position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The provisions of FIN No. 48 are effective as of the beginning of our 2008 fiscal year, with the cumulative effect, if any, of the change in accounting principle recorded as an adjustment to opening retained earnings. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting FIN No. 48 on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2004, FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS No. 123(R)”), which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense based on estimated fair value for all share-based payment awards including share options, employee stock purchases


52


Table of Contents

under employee stock purchase plans, non-vested share awards (restricted stock) and stock appreciation rights. SFAS No. 123(R) APB No. 25. In March 2005, the SEC issued SAB No. 107, which provides the Staff’s views regarding implementation issues related to SFAS No. 123(R).
 
We will adopt SFAS No. 123(R) effective November 1, 2006 under the modified-prospective method. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS No. 123(R) on our consolidated financial statements. (See note 21 to the consolidated financial statements for predecessor’s adoption of SFAS No. 123(R)).
 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
Interest Rate
 
At July 31 2006, we had $250 million of debt outstanding under the senior floating rate notes which is based on a floating rate index. A 0.125% change in interest rates would increase the annual interest expense on that floating rate indebtedness by $0.3 million
 
Currency Exchange Rates
 
Our revenues, costs and expenses and monetary assets and liabilities are exposed to changes in currency exchange rates as a result of our global operating and financing activities. Historically, Agilent hedged its net cash flow and balance sheet exposures that were not denominated in the functional currencies of its subsidiaries on a short term and anticipated basis. We do not currently use a hedging program. However, we continually assess and evaluate our currency exchange exposures and may enter into hedging transactions in the future.


53


Table of Contents

 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
Semiconductors are electronic devices that perform a variety of functions, such as converting or controlling signals, processing data and storing information. With advances in semiconductor technology, the functionality and performance of semiconductors have increased over time, while size and cost have generally decreased. These advances have led to a proliferation of more complex semiconductors being used in a wide variety of consumer, computing, communications, industrial, aerospace and defense markets. Applications in these markets include personal computers and peripherals, communications infrastructure, automobiles, consumer electronics, mobile handsets and other wireless devices, digital cameras, manufacturing and assembly systems, aviation and aerospace and complex robotic applications.
 
According to WSTS, the global semiconductor market grew from $144.4 billion in 1995 to $227.5 billion in 2005, representing a compound annual growth rate of 4.7%. While the semiconductor market has historically exhibited significant short-term cyclicality, including a 32% decline in 2001, it has also experienced strong growth over time in unit volumes and revenue due to the use of semiconductors in a wide range of end markets that have also experienced strong growth.
 
Semiconductor characteristics vary depending upon the type of semiconductor as well as the complexity of function or application of the end product in which the semiconductor is used. Traditionally, semiconductors are classified into the following three product categories:
 
  •  Analog.   All electrical signals fall into one of two categories: analog or digital. Analog signals represent real-world phenomena, such as temperature, pressure, sound, speed and motion. This information can be detected and measured using analog sensors or receivers, which generate continuously varying voltages that represent real-world phenomena. The signals from these sensors are initially processed using analog methods, such as amplification, filtering and shaping. Through the use of very specific voltages, these signals can be converted to digital form, represented by 1s and 0s, for further manipulation or storage. Digital signals are frequently converted back to analog form to enable a wide variety of real-world experiences such as voice communications, video display and audio output. In this way, analog semiconductors and mixed-signal semiconductors (which combine analog and digital capabilities) play a critical role in computing, communications and consumer electronics products and applications.
 
Optoelectronic devices are often grouped together with analog and mixed-signal devices because optoelectronic devices convert light to analog signals (or convert an analog voltage to light). Integration of mixed-signal ICs with optoelectronic devices can result in optoelectronic components with digital inputs or outputs. Examples of analog/optoelectronic products include power amplifiers, light-emitting diodes (LEDs), optocouplers, input/output devices, discrete diodes and transistors, radio frequency (RF) components, data converters and voltage regulators. According to WSTS, analog semiconductors, including mixed-signal and optoelectronic devices, represented approximately 29%, or $66.6 billion, of global semiconductor industry sales in 2005.
 
Historically, the analog product categories have been less volatile than other semiconductor product categories on a year-over-year basis due to their broad base of applications and their difficulty of development. Analog semiconductors typically have relatively long product life cycles and stable average selling prices compared to digital semiconductors. Electronics manufacturers often incorporate a given analog, mixed-signal device or optoelectronics into their electronics for a significant period of time due to the high switching costs of developing and qualifying a new solution. In addition, the design of an analog semiconductor generally involves greater variety and less repetition of circuit elements than a digital semiconductor design. The interaction of analog circuit elements is complex, and their exact placement is critical to the accuracy and performance of the overall device. Similarly, the process technology used plays an important role in analog semiconductor development.
 
  •  Digital/Logic.   In contrast to analog semiconductors, which process real-world signals, digital/logic semiconductor devices process digital data, which are represented by 1s and 0s. Digital/logic devices perform functions that are typically computational in nature. Examples of digital/logic devices include


54


Table of Contents

  microprocessors, digital signal processors and application specific integrated circuits (ASICs). In a cellular phone, for example, digital/logic components, such as baseband processors, compress the voice signal, converting the data into a less memory-intensive format so that wireless transmission can take place quickly. According to WSTS, digital/logic devices represented approximately 49%, or $112.4 billion, of global semiconductor industry sales in 2005.
 
  •  Memory.   Memory devices store digital data. There are two major types of memory devices: non-volatile memory, such as flash; and volatile memory, such as dynamic random access memory (DRAM) or static random access memory. Non-volatile memory retains data once power is removed, whereas volatile memory loses its data once power is removed. According to WSTS, memory devices represented approximately 21%, or $48.5 billion, of global semiconductor industry sales in 2005.
 
Semiconductors also vary depending upon a number of technical characteristics. Some examples of these characteristics include:
 
  •  Degree of Integration.   Integration refers to the combination of analog, digital and memory functions on a single chip. Integration can be achieved by combining two or more analog features on a single chip or by combining different elements, such as analog, digital and memory, on a single chip, often referred to as a “system-on-a-chip.” In addition to chip-level integration, semiconductors increasingly must be designed with system-level integration considerations, including die size and packaging requirements. System-level designs may use module-based techniques to reduce size, weight and power requirements, and may combine multiple semiconductors and discrete components into a single package. This approach ensures each component’s functional compatibility, provides upgrade flexibility and takes advantage of the design simplicity of separate semiconductors to minimize cost and design and test times.
 
  •  Materials and Process Technologies.   Semiconductors are manufactured using different materials and process technologies. Silicon is the most commonly used material, and complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) is a common process technology. Other materials include gallium arsenide (GaAs), silicon germanium and indium phosphide, among others. Every material must undergo a process technology during fabrication in order to manufacture the device. Materials such as GaAs and indium phosphide are used for the fabrication of RF and optoelectronic devices, including lasers, LEDs, semiconductor optical amplifiers, modulators and photo-detectors. These materials have higher electrical conductivity than silicon, leading to increased performance and efficiency at high frequencies, thus making them ideally suited for wireless and fiber communications components.
 
Some additional characteristics by which semiconductors vary include electrical features, usage or applications, capability, packaging styles and reliability. Technical features, such as packaging, affect speed, power consumption, heat dissipation and other performance characteristics. In addition to varying by function, semiconductors vary by use and may be utilized in an increasingly broad range of end products and applications, such as computing, wireless communications, data networking, consumer electronics, military, automotive and aerospace. Due to the growing spectrum of functions and uses of semiconductors, the semiconductor industry is becoming increasingly broad and diverse.
 
Significant Semiconductor Industry Trends
 
There are a number of trends currently affecting the semiconductor industry. We believe that the following are the four most significant trends:
 
  •  Outsourcing.   Historically, the semiconductor industry was primarily comprised of integrated device manufacturers, or IDMs, that designed, manufactured, assembled and tested semiconductors at their own facilities. In recent years, there has been a trend to outsource various stages of the manufacturing process to reduce the high fixed costs and capital requirements associated with the complex design and manufacturing processes. As a result, new types of semiconductor companies have emerged, including fabless semiconductor companies, independent foundries and semiconductor assembly and test service providers. Fabless semiconductor suppliers design semiconductors but use independent foundries or


55


Table of Contents

  third party IDMs for manufacturing. Independent foundries produce semiconductor components for third parties on a contract, outsourced manufacturing basis. Assembly and test service providers assemble, test and package semiconductors to fit efficiently into electronic devices.
 
  •  Shift of Manufacturing Centers to the Asia/Pacific Region.   Semiconductor manufacturers and assembly and test service providers have shifted a significant portion of their operations to low cost locations, such as Malaysia, Singapore, Taiwan and China. We expect that semiconductor production will increasingly be located in the Asia/Pacific region. Production of consumer electronics is undergoing a similar migration to the Asia/Pacific region, driven by low cost manufacturing and engineering resources. As a result, the global shift of semiconductor suppliers to the Asia/Pacific region not only offers substantial manufacturing cost savings benefits, but also provides close proximity to a large and growing customer base.
 
  •  Globalization of Customers and Reliance on Global Semiconductor Suppliers.   Historically, OEMs relied on multiple suppliers to support their semiconductor needs. Recently, however, the customer base for semiconductor suppliers has become more concentrated and global. These global customers require their semiconductor suppliers to demonstrate financial stability and maintain global supply chain management capabilities. These customers also demand a deep understanding of their increasingly complex technical requirements, which requires semiconductor suppliers to maintain design centers near the customers. As a result, semiconductor customers are relying on fewer suppliers to support their needs. We believe that semiconductor suppliers with design centers near customers with the ability to service a global supply chain with a broad product portfolio are best positioned to capitalize on this trend.
 
  •  Growth in Semiconductor Components for Consumer Electronics.   Historically, growth in the semiconductor industry has been driven by demand in the computing, networking and wireless markets and from a broad set of industrial and military applications. In recent years, demand for semiconductors has been increasingly driven by the growth in demand for consumer electronics, such as media players, game consoles and cellular phones. Aggregate semiconductor revenue generated by consumer electronics (including wireless, traditional consumer devices and automotive electronics) grew from $43.4 billion in 1998 to $106.1 billion in 2005, according to iSuppli. As uses for consumer electronics devices expand and demand for additional features, functionality and performance requirements in consumer electronics devices grows, we expect demand for semiconductors for consumer electronics devices to continue to grow faster than the overall semiconductor market.


56


Table of Contents

 
BUSINESS
 
Overview
 
Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. was incorporated in the Republic of Singapore on September 2, 2005. We are a leading global supplier of a broad range of mostly analog semiconductors that enable digital semiconductors to effectively interpret and interface with users in the real world. Our diverse product portfolio is based on proprietary technologies for LEDs, motion control encoders, high-frequency microwave and millimeter-wave devices, image sensors, optical sensors, optical isolators, infrared receivers, fiber optic transceivers, integrated RF devices and high speed serializers/deserializers. We have a 40-year history, dating back to our origins within Hewlett-Packard, and have developed extensive intellectual property that currently includes more than 2,000 patents and patent applications. We apply our design expertise and deep system-level knowledge to serve four primary target markets: wireless communications, wired infrastructure, industrial/automotive electronics and computing peripherals. Applications for our products in these markets include cellular phones and infrastructure, data networking and telecommunications equipment, optical mice, LED displays, consumer appliances, office and factory automation, automotive signaling and dashboard illumination, and plasma displays.
 
We have a portfolio of more than 6,000 products comprised primarily of analog (including mixed-signal and optoelectronic) semiconductors. These product categories typically have longer commercial life cycles and more stable average selling prices due to more specialized design requirements relative to digital or memory semiconductors. We have a diversified and historically stable customer base, which we serve through a multi-channel sales and fulfillment system. We believe that customers buy our products due to continued innovation, quality and effective service. We distribute most of our products through a broad distribution network. We are a leading supplier to two of the largest global electronic components distributors, and we have a direct sales force focused on supporting large OEM customers.
 
We differentiate our business through effective supply chain management, multiple distribution channels and a highly variable cost operating model. We have over 35 years of operating history in the Asia Pacific region, where approximately three-quarters of our employees are located and where we produce or source a significant portion of our products. Our presence in Asia provides us with close proximity to many of our customers and to a major center of the worldwide electronics supply chain. We maintain highly collaborative design and product development engineering resources around the world, including three design centers in the United States, three in Asia and one in Europe.
 
Competitive Strengths
 
Our key competitive strengths include the following:
 
Highly variable cost operating model.   We operate a primarily fabless business model that utilizes substantial third-party foundry and assembly and test capabilities. The Fabless Semiconductor Association defines “primarily fabless” to mean that at least 75% of wafer fabrication by volume is outsourced. By collaborating with both third-party semiconductor foundries and assembly and test services providers, we are able to focus on the design of our products and decrease the fixed portion of our manufacturing costs. This enables us to maintain greater flexibility in manufacturing capability, and allows us to respond more quickly to changes in market and customer demand and to invest consistently in product development to better respond to fluctuations in our business. In addition, our primarily fabless business model results in relatively low capital expenditures.
 
In addition to our variable cost structure, three key aspects of our business model enhance our ability to generate free cash flow. First, our operations in Asia enable us to achieve lower manufacturing and operating costs. We were one of the first semiconductor companies to establish a presence in Asia over 35 years ago, and we believe we have developed significant manufacturing and operating efficiencies in the region. Second, our supply chain management capabilities increase our operational efficiency and minimize our costs. Finally, we benefit from a relatively low effective tax rate as a result of favorable tax agreements, principally in Singapore and Malaysia.


57


Table of Contents

Large scale and global operations.   Many of our customers design products in North America or Europe and manufacture them in Asia. Our global customers that are increasingly seeking large, stable suppliers for their critical component and service needs. With our scale and our design and product development resources around the world, we are well-positioned to support our customers throughout the design, technology transfer and manufacturing stages across all geographies.
 
Leading supplier in multiple product categories.   Based on our estimates, we believe we are a leading supplier of a range of semiconductor products due to our focus on innovation, differentiated performance and quality service over our 40-year operating history. Our products typically provide high-performance, mission-critical functions, and tend not to be commodity-like in nature. This enables us to target markets that we believe have longer product cycles, higher barriers to entry and greater stability relative to other more volatile segments of the semiconductor industry, such as microprocessors or flash or DRAM memory. The product categories in which we believe we rank among the top three suppliers by revenue share are optocouplers, optical mouse sensors, infrared transceivers, semiconductor-based filters and office automation encoders.
 
Design expertise.   Over 90% of our 6,000 products incorporate analog, mixed signal or optoelectronic functionality. Analog, mixed-signal and optoelectronic semiconductor design is a complex process. Because computer models cannot accurately predict every aspect of the electrical performance of an analog, mixed-signal or optoelectronic semiconductor, it generally takes more experience for a design engineer to develop the requisite aptitude for analog, mixed-signal and optoelectronic design as compared to digital semiconductor design, for which computer models can accurately predict performance. Accordingly, engineers with analog design skills are in limited supply. We have a team of approximately 1,000 design engineers with significant experience. Our expertise includes, in particular, mixed-signal integration, through which we are able to combine many of the components of an entire electronic system or sub-system onto a single semiconductor. Through our analog, mixed-signal and optoelectronic design capabilities, we have developed a diversified portfolio of intellectual property and trade secrets that we are able to leverage across our products and markets.
 
Highly diversified business model.   We offer more than 6,000 products in four primary target markets: wireless communications, wired infrastructure, industrial/automotive electronics and computing peripherals. We believe the breadth and diversity of our customers, products, target markets and geographies reduce the volatility of our revenue base and provide multiple potential sources of growth.
 
Technology leadership and a history of innovation and quality.   We have over 40 years of operating history and technology expertise, dating back to our origins within Hewlett-Packard. As a result, we have a large foundation of intellectual property that is supported by a portfolio of more than 2,000 patents and patent applications. Many of our customers rely on our ability to develop integrated or system-level solutions in addition to semiconductor components. Products that leverage both our design and system-level expertise include motion control products for industrial automation and front-end modules that integrate filters and power amplifiers for cellular phones. Our research and development initiatives have enabled us to access new markets and applications and to continue to provide leading-edge technology.
 
Close customer relationships.   We have built longstanding relationships with our customers, many of which are leaders in their respective industries, by delivering quality products and providing them effective service and support. We have conducted business with each of our current top 10 customers and our largest distributors for many years. As a result of our track record of quality products and on-time delivery, we have received high vendor ratings from our customers. Our customer relationships have enabled us to engage in collaborative product development, build our intellectual property portfolio and develop critical expertise in order to better serve our end markets and customers. As a result, we have been able to increase our system-level knowledge and gain early insight into new technology trends and developments, which decreases the risks inherent in developing new products and minimizes our customers’ product development time. In addition, we have good relationships with our distributors and are a leading supplier to two of the largest global electronic components distributors.


58


Table of Contents

Strategy
 
Our objective is to be a global market leader in the design, development and supply of analog, mixed-signal and optoelectronic semiconductor components and subsystems. Key elements of our strategy include:
 
Continue to drive profitability through a highly variable , lower-cost operating model.   We believe that utilizing outsourced service providers for a substantial portion of our manufacturing activities enables us to respond quickly to rapidly changing market conditions. We aim to minimize capital expenditures by focusing our internal manufacturing capacity on specialty process technologies. We also utilize our Asia-based operating model to drive profitability and cash flow generation. We continue to evaluate opportunities to increase our outsourcing activities, particularly in the area of semiconductor assembly and test.
 
Leverage our substantial intellectual property and design expertise to achieve growth.   We continue to build on our intellectual property portfolio, design expertise and system-level knowledge to increase sales to existing customers, which increasingly seek more integrated solutions. We also leverage our design capabilities in markets where we believe we can achieve high market share positions and where we believe our innovation, reputation and low-cost manufacturing strategy will allow us to earn attractive margins. We strive to achieve these goals by extending technology and products to address and develop existing and adjacent market opportunities, and by selectively targeting attractive, fast-growing segments within large, established markets.
 
Deepen customer relationships.   Through over 40 years of operating history, we have built a valuable understanding of our customers and their products, applications and markets, which we believe has assisted us in developing solutions that enhance the overall performance of their products. We continue to expand our customer relationships through collaboration on critical design and product development activities. Customers can rely on our system-level expertise to improve the quality and cost-effectiveness of their products, accelerate time-to-market and improve overall product performance. Our design engineers are located in close proximity to our customers around the world, which enables us to support our customers in each stage of the product development cycle, from early stages of product design through volume manufacturing. We believe our collaborative relationships enhance our ability to anticipate customer needs and industry trends and will allow us to gain market share and penetrate new markets.
 
Proliferate products from platforms.   We devote significant attention in research and development (R&D) to the creation of sustainable product platforms in key market areas. We then proliferate application-specific products from these platforms. We believe that, through focused R&D activities, we can create product families with long life cycles that can be customized for specific end markets.
 
Markets and Products
 
Our four primary target markets are: wireless communications, wired infrastructure, industrial/automotive electronics and computing peripherals. In each target market, we have multiple product families that primarily provide OEMs with component or subsystem products. Our product portfolio ranges from simple discrete devices to complex sub-systems that include multiple device types and incorporate firmware for interface with digital systems. In some cases, our products include mechanical hardware that interfaces with optoelectronic or capacitive sensors. We currently offer more than 6,000 products, many of which use combinations of our technologies to provide ease of use for customers.
 
Wireless Communications.   We support the wireless industry with a broad variety of RF semiconductor devices, including diodes and discrete transistors, monolithic microwave integrated circuits (MMICs), filters and duplexers using our proprietary FBAR technology, and front end modules that incorporate multiple die into multi-function RF devices. Our expertise in amplifier design, FBAR technology and module integration capability enables us to offer industry-leading efficiency in RF transmitter applications. Our proprietary GaAs processes are critical to the production of low noise amplifier (LNA) products. In addition to RF devices, we provide a variety of peripheral devices for mobile handset applications. We were an early developer of CMOS image sensors for camera-phone applications and today supply image sensor components to camera module assemblers for integration into handsets. We also supply LEDs for camera-phone flashes and for backlighting


59


Table of Contents

applications in mobile handset keypads, as well as sensors for backlighting control and infrared transceivers to enable secure access of files in mobile phones and smartphones.
 
Wired Infrastructure.   In the telecommunications, storage and Ethernet networking markets, we supply transceivers that receive and transmit information along optical fibers. We provide a range of options for customers to select the bandwidth desired, including options ranging from 125 MBd Fast Ethernet transmitters and receivers to 10 Gigabit storage transceivers. We also supply parallel optic transceivers with as many as 12 parallel channels. In metropolitan networking applications, we supply SONET-compliant transceivers ranging from OC-3 to OC-192 standards. We also supply components for networking and enterprise storage I/O applications, including serializers/deserializers (SerDes) integrated into ASICs. Our CMOS processes provide low power consumption and superior noise immunity.
 
Industrial/Automotive Electronics.   We provide a broad variety of products for the general industrial, automotive and consumer appliance markets. LEDs and related integrated modules represent a significant product family, with a number of different colors, form factors and integration options. Our LEDs provide reliability, using aluminum indium gallium phosphide (AlInGaP), indium gallium nitride (InGaN) and gallium phosphide (GaP) materials, among others, to cover a wide spectrum of colors and brightness levels. Our LEDs offer high brightness and stable light output over thousands of hours, enabling us to support the electronic signs and signals market with LED assemblies for traffic signals, large commercial signs and other displays. We also offer optical isolators, or optocouplers, which provide electrical insulation and signal isolation for systems that are susceptible to electrical noise caused by crosstalk, power glitches or electrical interference. Our ability to integrate LEDs, detectors and communication ICs enables us to offer high performance with respect to isolation and power dissipation, as well as high speed digital optocouplers. Optocouplers are used in a diverse set of applications, including industrial motors, power generation and distribution systems, switching power supplies, medical equipment, telecommunications equipment, consumer appliances, computers and office equipment, plasma displays, and military electronics. Industrial motors and robotics require optical sensors for motion control. We supply optical encoders in module form and housed in ingress-protected enclosures, as well as ICs for the controller and decoder functions to accompany the motion sensors themselves. For industrial networking, we provide Fast Ethernet transceivers using plastic optical fiber that enable quick and interoperable networking in industrial control links and factory automation and for medical equipment.
 
Computing Peripherals.   We manufacture motion control encoders that control the paper feed and print head movement in printers and other office automation products. In addition, we were an early developer of image sensors for optical mouse applications, using LEDs and CMOS image sensors to create a subsystem that can detect motion over an arbitrary desktop surface. We are a leading supplier of image sensors for optical mice today, and have launched a new line of laser-based mouse products with improved precision. Many PCs incorporate infrared transceivers for “beaming” information to and from handheld devices or printers, and we supply transceivers that can be used for these applications. Computer displays, especially in notebook computer applications, use our products for LED backlighting and sensors to control display brightness based on ambient light conditions.
 
The table below presents the major product families, major applications and major customers in our four primary target markets.
 


60


Table of Contents

             
Target Market
 
Major Product Families
 
Major Applications
 
Major Customers
 
Wireless Communications
  • RF Amplifiers
• RF Filters
• RF Front End
  Modules (FEMs)
• Image Sensors
• Infrared Transceivers
• LEDs
• Ambient Light Sensors
  • Voice and data
  communications
• Camera phone
• Infrared file transfer
  (to PC or printer)
• Keypad and display
  backlighting
• Backlighting control
  • BenQ/Siemens
• LG
• Motorola
• Nokia
• Samsung
• Sony Ericsson
             
Wired Infrastructure
  • Fiber optic transceivers
• Serializer/deserializer
  (Serdes) ASICs
• LNA
• mm-wave mixers
• Diodes
  • Telecommunications
• Data communications
• Storage area networking
• Servers
• Base stations
  • Alcatel
• Cisco
• Ericsson
• HP
• Huawei
• IBM
• Nortel
• Siemens
             
Industrial/Automotive Electronics
  • LEDs
• Solid-state lighting
  assemblies
• Motion control encoders
  and subsystems
• Optocouplers
  • In-car infotainment
• Displays
• Lighting
• Factory automation
• Motor controls
• Power supplies
  • ABB
• General Electric
• Mitsubishi Electric Corp
• Rockwell Automation
• Siemens
             
Computing Peripherals
  • Optical mouse sensors
• Motion control encoders
  and subsystems
• LNA
  • Optical mice
• Printers
• Office automation
• Optical disk drives
• W-LAN
• WiMAX
  • Cisco
• Epson
• High Tech Computer
  Corp
• HP
• Intel
• Konica Minolta
• Logitech
• Motorola
 
Research and Development
 
We are committed to continuous investment in product development. Many of our products grew out of our own research and development efforts, and have given us competitive advantages in certain target markets due to performance differentiations. We have recently launched a new line of RF components, new image sensors, a variety of fiber optic transceivers, updated LED products, infrared transceivers, encoders, as well as new ambient light photo sensor and proximity sensor products. In addition, our team of engineers works closely with many of our customers to develop and introduce products that address the specific requirements of those customers.
 
We plan to continue investing in product development to support growth in our business. We also invest in process development and maintain initial fabrication capabilities in order to optimize processes for devices that are manufactured internally. Research and development expenses were $207 million, $218 million and $147 million for the years ended October 31, 2004 and 2005 and for the nine months ended July 31, 2006, respectively. We anticipate that we will continue to have significant research and development expenditures in order to maintain our competitive position with a continuous flow of innovative, improved-quality products and services. As of July 31, 2006, we had approximately 1,000 employees dedicated to research and development at multiple locations around the world, including the United States, Malaysia, Singapore, Korea and Italy.

61


Table of Contents

We also have research and development alliances with partners and ongoing technology sharing relationships with our principal contract manufacturers. We anticipate that we will continue to utilize research and development alliances to maximize the impact of our internal research and development investment.
 
Sales, Marketing and Distribution
 
We sell our products through a network of distributors and our direct sales force throughout Asia, the United States and Europe. We have strategically developed distributor relationships to serve tens of thousands of customers, and we are a leading supplier to two of the largest global electronics components distributors. Our direct sales force is focused on supporting our large OEM customers. During the nine months ended July 31, 2006, we derived approximately 40% of our net revenue from continuing operations through our distributors and the remainder through our direct sales force.
 
As of July 31, 2006, our sales and marketing organization consisted of approximately 600 employees, many of whom have responsibility for emerging accounts, for large, global accounts, or for our distributors. Our sales force has specialized product and service knowledge that enables us to sell specific offerings at key levels throughout a customer’s organization. Our main global distributors are Arrow and Avnet, complemented by a number of specialty regional distributors with customer relationships based on their respective product ranges. We also provide a broad range of products and applications-related information to customers and channel partners via the Internet.
 
Our customers require timely delivery often to multiple locations around the world. As part of our global reach, we have 14 sales offices located in 11 countries, with a significant presence in Asia, which is a key center of the worldwide electronics supply chain. Many of our customers design products in North America or Europe that are then manufactured in Asia. We are well-positioned to support our customers throughout the design, technology transfer and manufacturing stages across all geographies.
 
Customers
 
We believe that customers buy our products due to our continued innovation, quality and effective service. We have a diversified and historically stable customer base. We maintain a dedicated customer support call center, where we address customer issues and handle logistics and other order fulfillment requirements.
 
In 2004 and 2005 and the nine months ended July 31, 2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. accounted for 10%, 13%, and 15%, respectively, of our net revenue from continuing operations, Avnet, Inc., a distributor, represented 10%, 11%, and 15%, respectively, of our net revenue from continuing operations, Arrow Electronics, Inc., a distributor, accounted for 7%, 8% and 10%, respectively, of our net revenue from continuing operations, and our top 10 customers collectively accounted for 68%, 61% and 71%, respectively, of our net revenue from continuing operations. For the three months ended July 31, 2006, Cisco, Avnet and Arrow accounted for 14%, 13% and 9%, respectively, of our net revenue from continuing operations, and our top 10 customers collectively accounted for 64% of our net revenue from continuing operations.
 
Operations
 
Our manufacturing operations are primarily fabless, and we utilize external foundries, including Chartered Semiconductor Manufacturing Ltd., STMicroelectronics N.V. and Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Ltd., or TSMC. For certain of our product categories, substantially all of our revenue is derived from semiconductors fabricated by external foundries, including our enterprise ASICs, imaging solutions, infrared transceivers and displays. Other products are fabricated internally, such as vertical cavity surface-emitting lasers (VCSELs) for fiber optics and certain wireless products targeted at the wireless communication market. We outsource our wafer fabrication operations in cases where the key innovation of the product is related to its design rather than to the process used for fabrication. In cases where our innovation has been in new materials and processes, we maintain our own internal fabrication facilities to protect our intellectual property and to develop the maturity of the technology for manufacturing. We also use third-party contract manufacturers for a significant majority of our assembly and test operations, including Amertron Incorporated, Amkor Technology, Globetronics Sdn Bhd/ISO Technology Sdn Bhd, the Hana Microelectronics Public


62


Table of Contents

Company Ltd. group of companies and Technocom Systems Sdn Bhd. The majority of our internal silicon and GaAs wafer fabrication is done in the United States and Singapore, while our internal assembly and test operations are in Malaysia and Singapore. As of July 31, 2006, approximately 4,300 manufacturing employees are devoted to these internal fabrication, assembly and test operations. In addition to these facilities, we utilize a network of contract manufacturers throughout Asia for semiconductor fabrication, packaging and testing. For selected customers, we maintain finished goods inventory near or at customer manufacturing sites to support their just-in-time production.
 
Materials and Suppliers
 
Our manufacturing operations employ a wide variety of semiconductors, electromechanical components and assemblies and raw materials such as silicon, plastic resins and sheet metal. We purchase materials from hundreds of suppliers on a global basis. These supply relationships are generally conducted on a purchase order basis. While we have not experienced any difficulty in obtaining the materials used in the conduct of our business and we believe that no single supplier is material, some of the parts are not readily available from alternate suppliers due to their unique design or the length of time necessary for re-design or qualification. Our long-term relationships with our suppliers allow us to proactively manage our technology development and product discontinuance plans, and to monitor our suppliers’ financial health. Some suppliers may nonetheless extend their lead times, limit supplies, increase prices or cease to produce necessary parts for our products. If these are unique components, we may not be able to find a substitute quickly, or at all. To address the potential disruption in our supply chain, we use a number of techniques, including qualifying multiple sources of supply, redesign of products for alternative components and purchase of incremental inventory for supply buffer.
 
Competition
 
The global semiconductor market is highly competitive. While no company competes against us in all of our product areas, our competitors range from large, international companies offering a wide range of products to smaller companies specializing in narrow markets. In addition, we compete against integrated device manufacturers and fabless semiconductor companies. The competitive environment is changing as a result of increased partnerships between competitors, and we expect that this will continue to evolve through alliances, strategic acquisitions or other agreements among our competitors. We expect competition in the markets in which we participate to continue to increase as existing competitors improve or expand their product offerings. Additionally, our ability to compete effectively depends on a number of factors, including: price, quality, technical performance, product features, product system compatibility, system-level design capability, customized design, strategic relationships with customers, new product innovation, product availability, delivery timing and reliability, and customer sales and technical support.
 
The following table illustrates key competitors for our four primary target markets:
 
     
Wireless Communications
  Citizen Electronics Company Ltd., Epcos AG, Infineon Technologies AG, Lite-On Technology Corporation, Nichia Corporation, Osram GmbH, RF Micro Devices, Inc., Rohm, Skyworks Solutions, Inc., STMicroelectronics, and Vishay Corporation.
Wired Infrastructure
  Finisar Corporation, JDS Uniphase Corporation, NEC, STMicroelectronics and Texas Instruments Incorporated
Industrial/Automotive Electronics
  Fairchild, Heidenhain, IBM Microelectronics, Kingbright/Everlight, Kodenshi, Lite-On Technology Corporation, NEC, Osram GmbH, Sharp, Stegmann, Toshiba,
Computing Peripherals
  Kodenshi, Pixart, Rohm, Sharp, STMicroelectronics, Vishay


63


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property
 
We have acquired from Agilent ownership and license rights to a portfolio of patents and patent applications. We have also acquired certain registered trademarks and service marks in the United States and internationally for discrete product offerings.
 
Our strategy has been to seek patent and other intellectual property protection for those inventions and improvements likely to be incorporated into our products and services or that we believe may give us a competitive advantage. We believe that our patents, mask works, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets and similar intellectual property are critical to our success and have significant value. However, much of this intellectual property is the subject of cross-licenses to other companies that have been granted by Agilent, or if originally derived from Hewlett-Packard, by Hewlett-Packard. In addition, much of the intellectual property originally owned or licensed from Hewlett-Packard is subject to substantial use restrictions. We intend to maintain and protect this intellectual property and to create additional intellectual property, and from time to time we may sue to enforce our intellectual property rights. From time to time, we may be subject to claims of infringement or other challenges to our right to use our intellectual property. There can be no assurance that any of our proprietary rights will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, that other claims will not arise, or that our rights as acquired from Agilent or to be developed in the future will provide significant competitive advantages.
 
Employees
 
As of July 31, 2006, we had approximately 6,200 employees worldwide. Approximately 1,000 were dedicated to research and development, 4,300 to manufacturing, 600 to sales and marketing and 300 to general and administrative functions. By geography, approximately 77% of our employees are located in Asia, 20% in the United States and 3% in Europe. The substantial majority of our employees are not party to a collective bargaining agreement. However, approximately 1,100 of our 1,900 employees in Singapore, none of which are in management or supervisory positions, are subject to a collective bargaining agreement with United Workers of Electronic and Electrical Industries that expires on June 30, 2007. Approximately 11 of our employees in Japan are subject to a company-specific collective bargaining agreement, as required by the labor laws in Japan. The employees in Japan formed a new union specific to our company. In addition, approximately 75 of our employees in Italy are subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We believe we have a good working relationship with our employees and we have never experienced an interruption of business as a result of labor disputes.
 
Facilities
 
Our principal executive offices are located in Yishun, Singapore, and the headquarters for our U.S. subsidiaries is located in San Jose, California. In total, we have nine principal sites, two of which are located in the United States and the remaining seven of which are located in Germany, Italy, Korea, Malaysia and Singapore. We conduct our administration, manufacturing, research and development and sales and marketing in both owned and leased facilities. We believe that our owned and leased facilities are adequate for our present operations. The following is a list of our principal facilities and their primary functions.
 


64


Table of Contents

             
Site
 
Major Activity
 
Owned/Leased
 
Square Footage
 
Yishun, Singapore
  Administration, Manufacturing, Research and Development and Sales and Marketing   Leased   234,000
Depot Road, Singapore
  Manufacturing and Research and Development   Leased   52,000
Senoko, Singapore
  Manufacturing and Research and Development   Owned   52,000
Seoul, Korea
  Research and Development and Sales and Marketing   Leased   28,000
Penang, Malaysia
  Manufacturing and Research and Development, Administration   Owned and
Leased
  399,000 Owned
116,000 Leased
San Jose, CA, United States
  Administration, Research and Development and Sales and Marketing   Leased   183,000
Ft. Collins, CO, United States
  Manufacturing and Research and Development   Owned   1,058,000
Boeblingen, Germany
  Administration, Research and Development and Sales and Marketing   Leased   21,000
Turin, Italy
  Research and Development   Leased   59,000
 
Environmental
 
Our research and development, and manufacturing operations involve the use of hazardous substances and are regulated under international, federal, state and local laws governing health and safety and the environment. We believe that our properties and operations at our facilities comply in all material respects with applicable environmental laws and worker health and safety laws; however, the risk of environmental liabilities cannot be completely eliminated and there can be no assurance that the application of environmental and health and safety laws to our business will not require us to incur significant expenditures. We are also regulated under a number of international, federal, state and local laws regarding recycling, product packaging and product content requirements. These laws are gradually becoming more stringent and may in the future cause us to incur significant expenditures.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
From time to time, we are involved in litigation that we believe is of the type common to companies engaged in our line of business, including commercial disputes and employment issues. As of the date of this prospectus, we are not involved in any pending legal proceedings that we believe would likely have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, certain pending disputes involve claims by third parties that our activities infringe their patent, copyright, trademark or other intellectual property rights. These claims generally involve the demand by a third party that we cease the manufacture, use or sale of the allegedly infringing products, processes or technologies and/or pay substantial damages or royalties for past, present and future use of the allegedly infringing intellectual property. Such claims that our products or processes infringe or misappropriate any such third party intellectual property rights (including claims arising through our contractual indemnification of our customers) often involve highly complex, technical issues, the outcome of which is inherently uncertain. In addition, regardless of the merit or resolution of such claims, complex intellectual property litigation is generally costly and diverts the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel.

65


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Executive Officers and Directors
 
The following table sets forth information about our executive officers and directors as of September 1, 2006:
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Dick M. Chang
  66   Chairman of the Board of Directors
Hock E. Tan
  54   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Bian-Ee Tan
  59   President, Asia
Mercedes Johnson
  52   Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
Rex S. Jackson
  46   Senior Vice President and General Counsel
Jeffrey S. Henderson
  47   Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing
Adam H. Clammer
  36   Director
James A. Davidson
  47   Director
James Diller, Sr. 
  71   Director
James H. Greene, Jr. 
  55   Director
Kenneth Y. Hao
  37   Director
John R. Joyce
  52   Director
Michael E. Marks
  55   Director
Bock Seng Tan
  63   Director
 
Dick M. Chang has been a director since December 2005, served as our Chief Executive Officer from December 2005 until March 2006, and has served as our Chairman of the Board of Directors since March 2006. Prior to the closing of the Acquisition, Mr. Chang was President of the Predecessor. He has held various other positions with Hewlett-Packard and Agilent, including Operations Manager for the Components organization, Manufacturing Manager for the Integrated Circuits Business division, Manufacturing and Marketing Manager for the Communications Semiconductor Solutions Division, or CSSD, General Manager of CSSD, General Manager for the Integrated Circuits Business division and Vice President of the Networking Solutions division. Mr. Chang began his career with Hewlett-Parkard in 1967.
 
Hock E. Tan has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and a director since March 2006. Since September 2005, he has served as chairman of the board of Integrated Device Technology, Inc. (IDT). Prior to becoming chairman of IDT, Mr. Tan was the President and Chief Executive Officer of Integrated Circuit Systems, Inc., or ICS, from June 1999 to September 2005. Prior to ICS, Mr. Tan was Vice President of Finance with Commodore International, Ltd. from 1992 to 1994, and previously held senior management positions with PepsiCo, Inc. and General Motors Corporation. Mr. Tan served as managing director of Pacven Investment, Ltd., a venture capital fund in Singapore from 1988 to 1992, and served as managing director for Hume Industries Ltd. in Malaysia from 1983 to 1988.
 
Bian-Ee Tan has served as our President, Asia since December 2005. Prior to the closing of the Acquisition, Mr. Tan was Vice President and General Manager, Electronic Components Business Unit of the Predecessor. He has held various other positions with Hewlett-Packard and Agilent, including Operations Manager for the Singapore Components Operation, Managing Director of Hewlett-Packard Malaysia and Manufacturing Manager for the Semiconductor Products Business segment. Mr. Tan began his career with Hewlett-Packard in 1973.
 
Mercedes Johnson has served as our Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer since December 2005. From 1997 until 2004, Ms. Johnson was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Lam Research Corp. From 1986 until 1997, she held various positions with Applied Materials, Inc., including Vice President and Worldwide Operations Controller from 1994 to 1997, Senior Director, Worldwide Business Operations Controller from 1993 to 1994, Director and Senior Controller of Applied CVD and Etch


66


Table of Contents

Technologies Group from 1990 to 1993, Manager, International Finance from 1989 to 1990 and Etch Products Division Controller from 1986 to 1989. She is a member of the boards of directors of Micron Technology, Inc. and Intersil Corporation.
 
Rex S. Jackson has served as our Senior Vice President and General Counsel since January 2006. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Jackson served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of Synopsys, Inc. from 2003 to 2006, and as acting Chief Financial Officer from May 2005 to January 2006. Prior to joining Synopsys, Mr. Jackson was an investment professional with Redleaf Group, Inc. from 2000 until 2001, and served as President and CEO of a Redleaf portfolio company from 2001 to 2003. From 1998 through 2000, Mr. Jackson was with AdForce, Inc., first as Executive Vice President of Development, Operations and Client Services, and later as Vice President and General Counsel. Prior to joining AdForce, Mr. Jackson was Vice President, Business Development and General Counsel of Read-Rite Corporation from 1997 to 1998, and Vice President and General Counsel from 1992 to 1997. From 1988 through 1992, Mr. Jackson served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of Kennedy-Wilson, Inc. From 1985 to 1988, Mr. Jackson an attorney was in private practice in Los Angeles with Riordan & McKinzie.
 
Jeffrey S. Henderson has served as our Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing since December 2005. Prior to the closing of the Acquisition, Mr. Henderson was the Vice President, Sales and Marketing of the Predecessor. He has held various other positions with Hewlett-Packard and Agilent, including Business Unit Manager for wireless components, Vice President of Sales for the semiconductor worldwide distribution business, worldwide contract manufacturing business and later the enterprise solutions business, Division Manager for ASIC products and Vice President and General Manager of Agilent’s Personal Systems Business Unit. Mr. Henderson began his career with Hewlett-Packard in 1991.
 
Adam H. Clammer has been a director since September 2005. Since January 2006, Mr. Clammer has been a Member of KKR & Co., LLC. He was a Director of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. from December 2003 to December 2005. Prior to that he was a Principal of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. between 1998 and 2003, having begun his career at Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. in 1995. From 1992 to 1995, Mr. Clammer was in the Mergers and Acquisitions Department at Morgan Stanley & Co. Mr. Clammer also serves as a director of Alliance Imaging, Inc., Jazz Pharmaceuticals, Inc., MedCath Corporation and Zhone Technologies, Inc.
 
James A. Davidson has been a director since December 2005. Mr. Davidson is a Managing Director of Silver Lake Partners, which he co-founded in 1999. From June 1990 to November 1998, he was an investment banker with Hambrecht & Quist LLC, most recently serving as a Managing Director and Head of Technology Investment Banking. From 1984 to 1990, Mr. Davidson was an attorney in private practice with Pillsbury, Madison & Sutro. Mr. Davidson also serves as a director of Flextronics International Ltd. and Seagate Technology.
 
James Diller, Sr. has been a director since April 2006. Mr. Diller was a founder of PMC-Sierra, Inc., or PMC, serving as PMC’s Chief Executive Officer from 1983 to July 1997 and President from 1983 to July 1993. Mr. Diller has been a director of PMC since its formation in 1983. Mr. Diller was Chairman of PMC’s board of directors from July 1993 until February 2000, when he became Vice Chairman. Mr. Diller also serves as a director of Intersil Corporation, and is the chairman of the board of Summit Microelectronics.
 
James H. Greene , Jr.   has been a director since December 2005. Since 1996, Mr. Greene has been a Member of KKR & Co., LLC. Mr. Greene also serves as a director of Accuride Corporation, SunGard Data Systems, Inc. and Zhone Technologies, Inc.
 
Kenneth Y. Hao has been a director since September 2005. Mr. Hao is a Managing Director of Silver Lake Partners. Prior to joining Silver Lake in 2000, Mr. Hao was an investment banker with Hambrecht & Quist for 10 years, most recently as a Managing Director in the Technology Investment Banking group.
 
John R. Joyce has been a director since December 2005. Mr. Joyce is a Managing Director of Silver Lake Partners. Prior to joining Silver Lake in 2006, he was the Senior Vice President and Group Executive of the IBM Global Services division. In 1999, Mr. Joyce became IBM’s Chief Financial Officer. Prior to 1999,


67


Table of Contents

Mr. Joyce was President of IBM Asia Pacific. In addition, he also served as Vice President and Controller for IBM’s global operations. Mr. Joyce also serves as a director of Gartner, Inc.
 
Michael E. Marks has been a director since February 2006. Mr. Marks has been a Member of KKR & Co., LLC since January 2006. Mr. Marks served as Chief Executive Officer of Flextronics until December 2005. He was appointed chairman of the board of Flextronics on January 1, 2006, and he previously served as chairman of the board of Flextronics from 1993 to 2003. Mr. Marks also serves as a director of SanDisk Corporation, Crocs, Inc. and Schlumberger Limited.
 
Bock Seng Tan has been a director since April 2006. Mr. Tan was the Chairman of ST Assembly and Test Services Ltd. (STATS) from 1998 until his retirement in 2003. Previously, Mr. Tan was the President and Chief Executive Officer of Chartered Semiconductor Manufacturing, Ltd. from 1993 to 1997. Mr. Tan was the Managing Director for Fairchild Semiconductor International, Inc. in Singapore from 1986 to 1988, and served as the Managing Director of National Semiconductor Corporation’s Singapore operations until 1992 after Fairchild’s merger with National Semiconductor. Mr. Tan started his career at Texas Instruments in Singapore in 1969.
 
Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our Board of Directors. There are no family relationships between our directors and executive officers.
 
Board Composition
 
The composition of the Board of Directors of Parent (Avago Technologies Limited) is established by the terms of the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement entered into between the Equity Investors (other than management) and Parent, which we refer to elsewhere in this prospectus as the Shareholders Agreement. The composition of the Board of Directors of our company (Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd.) presently conforms to that of Parent. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Shareholders Agreement.”
 
Committees of the Board
 
The Board of Directors of Parent has an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Treasury Strategy Committee. The Audit Committee is currently comprised of Messrs. Clammer, Hao and Joyce. The Compensation Committee is currently comprised of Messrs. Davidson and Greene. The Treasury Strategy Committee is currently comprised of Messrs. Clammer and Hao. Parent’s Board of Directors may also establish from time to time any other committees that it deems necessary or advisable. Pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement, investment funds affiliated with Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., or KKR, and investment funds affiliated with Silver Lake Partners, or Silver Lake, have the right to designate a director to serve on any committee for as long as they own at least 5% of Parent’s outstanding ordinary shares. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Shareholders Agreement.”
 
Audit Committee
 
Parent’s Audit Committee is currently comprised of Messrs. Clammer, Hao and Joyce. The Audit Committee is responsible for assisting Parent’s Board of Directors with its oversight responsibilities regarding the following:
 
  •  the integrity of our financial statements;
 
  •  our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;
 
  •  independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence; and
 
  •  the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm.
 
The Board has determined that Mr. Joyce qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of regulations adopted by the SEC. Mr. Joyce is not an independent director because of his affiliation


68


Table of Contents

with Silver Lake, which is affiliated with investment funds that hold an aggregate 36.8% indirect equity interest in our company.
 
Compensation Committee
 
Parent’s Compensation Committee is currently comprised of Messrs. Davidson and Greene. The Compensation Committee is responsible for determining executive base compensation and incentive compensation and approving the terms of stock option grants pursuant to Parent’s equity incentive plans.
 
Treasury Strategy Committee
 
Parent’s Treasury Strategy Committee is currently comprised of Messrs. Clammer and Hao. The Treasury Strategy Committee is responsible for the oversight of treasury strategy and operations, and reporting to Parent’s Board of Directors on an as needed basis.
 
Summary Compensation Table
 
The following table sets forth information about compensation earned by our chief executive officer and each of our four other most highly compensated executive officers for the fiscal year ending October 31, 2006 (since the completion of the Acquisition on December 1, 2005). We refer to these officers elsewhere in this prospectus as our named executive officers.
 
                                                 
                      Long-Term Compensation        
                Awards
             
    Annual           Securities     Payouts        
    Compensation     Other Annual     Underlying     Long-Term     All Other  
    Salary
    Bonus
    Compensation
    Options/SARs
    Incentive Plans
    Compensation
 
Name and Principal Position
  ($)     ($)     ($)     (#)     ($)     ($)  
 
Dick M. Chang (1)                                                
Chairman of the Board of Directors and former Chief Executive Officer                                                
Hock E. Tan (2)                                                
President and
Chief Executive Officer
                                               
Bian-Ee Tan                                                
President, Asia                                                
Mercedes Johnson                                                
Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer                                                
Jeffrey S. Henderson                                                
Senior Vice President,
Sales and Marketing
                                               
 
 
(1) Mr. Chang served as our Chief Executive Officer from December 2005 until March 2006.
 
(2) Mr. Hock E. Tan joined us as President and Chief Executive Officer in March 2006.
 
Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year
 
In connection with the completion of the Acquisition on December 1, 2005, Parent granted our executive officers a combination of time-based and performance-based options to purchase ordinary shares of Parent. These options were granted pursuant to the terms of the Executive Plan described below under the heading “Equity Incentive Plans — Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan for Executive Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries.” Generally, the options vest 50% based upon the passage of time and the optionee’s continued employment with Parent or its subsidiaries and 50% based upon achieving specified financial targets, in each case, at a rate of 20% per year over five years. The exercise price of the options is $5.00 per ordinary share of Parent, and the term of the options is 10 years.


69


Table of Contents

Also on December 1, 2005, Parent granted certain of our executive officers options to purchase ordinary shares of Parent in substitution of Agilent options the executive officers forfeited in connection with the Acquisition. Each option that was granted (a) had an exercise price of $1.25 per share, (b) had an average term of 7 years with an expiration date identical to the Agilent option forfeited and (c) was fully vested on the date of grant. The number of shares underlying the substitute options was calculated to preserve the value of the Agilent options forfeited.
 
The following tables show for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006, certain information regarding options granted to, and held at year-end by, the named executive officers. No options were exercised by the named executive officers during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006. In accordance with the rules of the SEC, also shown in the below table is the potential realizable value over the term of the option (the period from the grant date to the expiration date) based on assumed rates of stock appreciation of 5% and 10%, compounded annually. These amounts are based on certain assumed rates of appreciation specified by the SEC and do not represent our estimate of future stock price. Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises will depend on the future performance of our common stock.
 
                                                 
          Potential Realizable
 
    Individual Grants     Value at
 
          % of Total
                Assumed Annual Rates
 
    Number of
    Options
                of Stock Price
 
    Securities
    Granted to
    Exercise
          Appreciation for
 
    Underlying
    Employees in Last
    or Base
    Expiration
    Option Term  
Name
  Options Granted     Fiscal Year     Price     Date     5%     10%  
 
Dick M. Chang
    1,083,334             $ 5.00       11/30/2015     $ 3,406,515     $ 8,632,777  
      266,666 (1)             1.25       11/18/2012     $ 1,539,941     $ 2,257,232  
Hock E. Tan
    2,350,000               5.00       11/30/2015     $ 7,389,512     $ 18,726,474  
Bian-Ee Tan
    1,800,000               5.00       11/30/2015     $ 5,660,052     $ 14,343,682  
Mercedes Johnson
    415,000               5.00       11/30/2015     $ 1,304,956     $ 3,307,016  
Jeffrey S. Henderson
    301,667               5.00       11/30/2015     $ 948,584     $ 2,403,898  
      15,979 (1)             1.25       1/14/2012     $ 87,736     $ 123,230  
      47,952 (1)             1.25       11/25/2011     $ 261,138     $ 364,233  
      5,992 (1)             1.25       11/13/2010     $ 30,661     $ 40,547  
      13,448 (1)             1.25       11/12/2010     $ 68,801     $ 90,973  
      5,992 (1)             1.25       10/22/2010     $ 30,549     $ 40,272  
      79 (1)             1.25       5/16/2010     $ 392     $ 505  
      3,891 (1)             1.25       2/3/2010     $ 18,991     $ 24,109  
 
 
(1) Represents option to purchase ordinary shares of Parent granted in substitution of options to purchase Agilent’s common stock.


70


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2006 Aggregated Option Exercises and October 31, 2006 Option Values
 
The following table sets forth information about unexercised options held by each of our named executive officers as of October 31, 2006. No options were exercised by our named executive officers in the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006. No stock appreciation rights (SARs) are held by the named executive officers.
 
                                 
    Number of Securities
       
    Underlying
    Value of Unexercised
 
    Unexercised Options
    In-the-money Options
 
    at Year-end (#)     at Year-end  
Name
  Exercisable     Unexercisable     Exercisable     Unexercisable  
 
Dick M. Chang
    266,666       1,083,334     $ 1,394,663     $ 1,603,334  
Hock E. Tan
          2,350,000             3,478,000  
Bian-Ee Tan
          1,800,000             2,664,000  
Mercedes Johnson
          415,000             614,200  
Jeffrey S. Henderson
    93,333       301,667       488,132       446,467  
 
Director Compensation
 
Parent does not compensate its management directors for their service on the Board of Directors or any committee of the Board of Directors. Non-management directors of Parent receive an annual fee of $50,000. Non-management directors of Parent also receive a grant of options to purchase 50,000 ordinary shares of Parent upon election to the Board of Directors. The option price per share is the fair market value of Parent ordinary shares on the grant date, and the option expires five years from the date of grant, or earlier if optionee ceases to be a director. Generally, the option becomes vested and exercisable with respect to 20% of the shares subject to the option nine months following the date of grant and on each anniversary of that date so that the option is completely vested and exercisable four years and nine months following the date of grant; however, options granted to our directors in April 2006 vest at a rate of 20% on each anniversary of December 1, 2005. Members of Parent’s Board of Directors are also reimbursed for travel and other out-of-pocket expenses. Directors are not separately compensated for their service on our Board of Directors.
 
Employment Agreements and Change in Control Agreements
 
Hock E. Tan
 
Parent entered into an offer letter with Hock E. Tan on March 28, 2006. Mr. Tan’s offer letter provides that Mr. Tan will be Parent’s President and Chief Executive Officer commencing March 31, 2006 and that he will be a member of Parent’s Board of Directors. Mr. Tan’s offer letter entitles him to a base salary of $600,000 per year with a target bonus opportunity of 100% of his base salary. Mr. Tan’s offer letter also provides for the grant of an option to purchase 950,000 ordinary shares of Parent with 225,000 shares subject to the option vesting 20% per year based upon Mr. Tan’s continued employment with Parent and 725,000 shares subject to the option vesting 20% per year based upon Parent attaining specified performance targets. Under his offer letter, Mr. Tan was also granted the right to purchase up to $2 million in Parent’s ordinary shares and to be granted additional non-qualified share options. Mr. Tan’s offer letter agreement provides that he will be eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans made available to executive officers of Parent, is entitled to enter into an indemnification agreement and must enter into Parent’s standard agreement regarding confidential information and proprietary developments. Mr. Tan’s offer letter agreement entitled him to the payment of a relocation bonus in the amount of one month’s base salary which was paid in a single lump sum following his commencement of employment.
 
Mr. Tan’s offer letter provides Mr. Tan with severance in the event of the termination of his employment with Parent without cause or a resignation by him for good reason, provided that, in each case, Mr. Tan executes and does not revoke a general release of all claims against Parent and Parent’s affiliates. If the termination of employment without cause or resignation for good reason takes place within the three months prior to or the 12 months following a change in control of Parent, Parent must provide Mr. Tan with (a) continued salary payments for 24 months following his termination or resignation, (b) an amount equal to


71


Table of Contents

200% of the lesser of Mr. Tan’s prior year’s bonus or target bonus, in both (a) and (b), payable in 24 monthly installments, and (c) 12 months accelerated vesting for those options held by Mr. Tan which would otherwise vest based upon the passage of time and his continued employment. If the termination of employment without cause or resignation for good reason takes place more than three months prior to or more than 12 months following a change in control, Mr. Tan is entitled to (a) continued salary payments for 12 months following his termination or resignation and (b) an amount equal to the lesser of his prior year’s bonus or target bonus, in both (a) and (b), payable in 12 monthly installments.
 
Mercedes Johnson
 
Parent entered into a Severance Benefits Agreement with Mercedes Johnson effective June 14, 2006. Ms. Johnson’s Severance Benefits Agreement provides Ms. Johnson with severance in the event of her termination of employment with Parent without cause or a resignation by her for good reason, provided that, in each case, Ms. Johnson executes and does not revoke a general release of all claims against Parent and Parent’s affiliates. If Ms. Johnson’s termination of employment without cause or resignation for good reason takes place within the three months prior to or the 12 months following a change in control of Parent, Parent must provide Ms. Johnson with (a) continued salary payments for 12 months following her termination or resignation, (b) an amount equal to the lesser of Ms. Johnson’s prior year’s bonus or target bonus, in both (a) and (b), payable in 12 monthly installments, (c) 12 months accelerated vesting for those options held by Ms. Johnson which would otherwise vest based upon the passage of time and her continued employment, and (d) the payment of continued health, dental and vision insurance premiums for Ms. Johnson and any covered dependents for 12 months, or, if earlier, until Ms. Johnson and any covered dependents are covered under similar plans of a new employer. If Ms. Johnson’s termination of employment without cause or resignation for good reason takes place more than three months prior to or more than 12 months following a change in control, Ms. Johnson is entitled to (a) continued salary payments for six months following her termination or resignation, (b) an amount equal to 50% of the lesser of her prior year’s bonus or target bonus, in both (a) and (b), payable in six monthly installments, and (c) the payment of continued health, dental and vision insurance premiums for Ms. Johnson and any covered dependents for six months, or, if earlier, until Ms. Johnson and any covered dependents are covered under similar plans of a new employer.
 
Equity Plans
 
Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan for Executive Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries
 
Parent’s Board of directors initially adopted and Parent’s shareholders initially approved the Equity Incentive Plan for Executive Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries on November 23, 2005. The Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan for Executive Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries, or the Executive Plan, was adopted by Parent’s board of directors on April 14, 2006 with certain provisions subject to Parent’s shareholders approving the Executive Plan within 12 months of the Board of Directors’ adoption.
 
Types of Awards.   The Executive Plan provides for the grant of non-qualified options and share purchase rights to employees, consultants and other persons having a unique relationship with Parent or its subsidiaries.
 
Share Reserve.   Parent has reserved an aggregate of 30,000,000 ordinary shares for issuance under the Executive Plan and the Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan for Senior Management Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries, or the Senior Management Plan. If the shareholders do not approve the Executive Plan and Senior Management Plan as each has been amended and restated within 12 months of April 14, 2006, the aggregate reserve under the Executive Plan and the Senior Management Plan will be 21,000,000 ordinary shares of Parent.
 
Administration.   Parent’s Compensation Committee administers the Executive Plan. The Compensation Committee has the authority to select the employees to whom options and/or share purchase rights will be granted under the Executive Plan, the number of shares to be subject to those options or share purchase rights, and the terms and conditions of the options and share purchase rights. In addition, the Compensation


72


Table of Contents

Committee has the authority to construe and interpret the Executive Plan and to adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Executive Plan that are consistent with the terms of the Executive Plan.
 
Shareholder Agreements.   The options and shares acquired upon exercise of options and share purchase rights granted pursuant to the Executive Plan are subject to the terms and conditions of shareholder agreements entered into by the option and share purchase right holders. Please see “Equity Plans — Management Shareholders Agreement.”
 
Amendment.   The Executive Plan may be amended or modified by the Compensation Committee, and may be terminated by Parent’s Board of Directors.
 
Exercise.   The exercise price of options and share purchase rights granted under the Executive Plan may be paid for in cash, or, with the consent of the Compensation Committee, with the ordinary shares of Parent, including ordinary shares acquired contemporaneously upon exercise.
 
Certain Events.   Under the Executive Plan, the Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide that options granted under the plan cannot be exercised after the consummation of the merger or consolidation of Parent into another corporation, the exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of Parent for the securities of another corporation, the acquisition by another corporation of 80% or more of Parent’s then outstanding voting shares or the recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation or dissolution of the Parent, or other adjustment or event which results in Parent’s ordinary shares being exchanged for or converted into cash, securities or other property, in which case the Compensation Committee may further provide that the options will become fully vested and exercisable prior to the completion of the change of control. The Compensation Committee may also provide that options remaining exercisable after such an event may only be exercised for the consideration received by shareholders in such event, or its cash equivalent. Parent shall in its discretion appropriately and equitably adjust the exercise price of an option in the event of a spin off or other substantial distribution of Parent assets.
 
Management Shareholders Agreement
 
Each participant in the Executive Plan, including each executive officer, must enter into a Management Shareholders Agreement with Parent and its controlling shareholder, Bali Investments S.àr.l., in connection with the executive’s purchase of shares pursuant to the Executive Plan. Each Management Shareholders Agreement provides the company with certain rights that effectively restrict the transfer of Parent ordinary shares until a change of control transaction or the later of five years from the date of purchase, or in the case of options, the date of grant, or Parent’s initial public offering. The restrictive rights provided to Parent include a right of first refusal whereby Parent may purchase any shares offered to a third party, a call right whereby Parent may repurchase shares upon a termination of employment or upon certain other events and a bring along right whereby Bali Investments S.àr.l. can require participants to sell shares along side Bali Investments. Each executive holds a put right whereby the executive can require Parent to repurchase shares upon the executive’s death or permanent disability, a tag-along right whereby each executive may require Bali Investments S.àr.l. to allow the executive to sell along side Bali Investments in certain sales, and “piggyback” registration rights allowing the executive to sell along side Bali Investments in a public offering.
 
Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan for Senior Management Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries
 
Parent’s Board of Directors initially adopted and Parent’s shareholders initially approved the Incentive Plan for Senior Management Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries on November 23, 2005. The Senior Management Plan, as amended and restated, was adopted by Parent’s Board of Directors on April 14, 2006 with certain provisions subject to Parent’s shareholders approving the Senior Management Plan within 12 months of the Board of Directors’ adoption.
 
Types of Awards.   The Senior Management Plan provides for the grant of non-qualified options and share purchase rights to employees, consultants, other persons having a unique relationship with Parent or its


73


Table of Contents

subsidiaries and non-employee members of Parent’s Board of Directors. Options and share purchase rights granted to non-employee members of Parent’s Board of Directors will be considered null and void if the Senior Management Plan is not approved within 12 months of April 14, 2006.
 
Share Reserve.   Parent has reserved an aggregate of 30,000,000 ordinary shares for issuance under the Senior Management Plan and the Executive Plan. If the shareholders do not approve the Senior Management Plan and Executive Plan as each has been amended and restated within 12 months of April 14, 2006, the aggregate reserve under the Senior Management Plan and the Senior Management Plan will be 21,000,000 ordinary shares of Parent.
 
Administration.   Parent’s Compensation Committee administers the Senior Management Plan. The Compensation Committee has the authority to select the employees to whom options and/or share purchase rights will be granted under the Senior Management Plan, the number of shares to be subject to those options or share purchase rights, and the terms and conditions of the options and share purchase rights. In addition, the Compensation Committee has the authority to construe and interpret the Senior Management Plan and to adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Senior Management Plan that are consistent with the terms of the Senior Management Plan.
 
Restrictive Rights.   The options and shares acquired upon exercise of options and share purchase rights granted pursuant to the Senior Management Plan are subject to a call right, right of first refusal and bring along right in favor of Parent and its controlling shareholders and a put right in favor of the option holder or shareholder upon such individual’s death or permanent disability. The Senior Management Plan provides that, with limited exceptions, the option or share purchase right holder may not transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of any ordinary shares of Parent prior to the later of the fifth anniversary of the date of grant or Parent’s initial public offering.
 
Amendment.   The Senior Management Plan may be amended or modified by the Compensation Committee, and may be terminated by Parent’s Board of Directors.
 
Exercise.   The exercise price of options and share purchase rights granted under the Senior Management Plan may be paid for in cash, or, with the consent of the Compensation Committee, with the ordinary shares of Parent, including ordinary shares acquired contemporaneously upon exercise.
 
Certain Events.   Under the Senior Management Plan, the Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide that options granted under the plan cannot be exercised after the consummation of the merger or consolidation of Parent into another corporation, the exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of Parent for the securities of another corporation, the acquisition by another corporation of 80% or more of Parent’s then outstanding voting shares or the recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation or dissolution of the Parent, or other adjustment or event which results in Parent’s ordinary shares being exchanged for or converted into cash, securities or other property, in which case the Compensation Committee may further provide that the options will become fully vested and exercisable prior to the completion of the change of control. The Compensation Committee may also provide that options remaining exercisable after such an event may only be exercised for the consideration received by shareholders in such event, or its cash equivalent. Parent shall in its discretion appropriately and equitably adjust the exercise price of an option in the event of a spin off or other substantial distribution of Parent assets.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
Messrs. Davidson and Greene are not, and have never been, officers or employees of our company or Parent. None of our executive officers served on the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our Board of Directors or Parent’s Compensation Committee. Messrs. Davidson and Greene have been designated by Silver Lake and KKR, respectively, to serve on Parent’s Compensation Committee. Messrs. Davidson and Greene are also affiliated with the KKR and Silver Lake entities that are parties to our Advisory Agreement with Parent. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Shareholders Agreement.”


74


Table of Contents

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters
 
Our Articles of Association provide that, subject to the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act, every director or other officer of our company shall be entitled to be indemnified by our company against all costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him in the execution and discharge of his duties or in relation thereto and in particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, no director or other officer of our company shall be liable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other director or officer or for joining in any receipt or other act for conformity or for any loss or expense happening to our company through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired by order of the directors for or on behalf of our company or for the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the moneys of our company shall be invested or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortuous act of any person with whom any moneys, securities or effects shall be deposited or left or for any other loss, damage or misfortune whatever which shall happen in the execution of the duties of his office or in relation thereto unless the same happen through his own negligence, willful default, breach of duty or breach of trust.
 
To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, we or one or more of our affiliates has entered, or will enter, into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees. The agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as our directors and executive officers.
 
As of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any director, officer, employee or agent of our company where indemnification will be required or permitted, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that might result in a claim for indemnification.


75


Table of Contents

 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
 
All of our outstanding ordinary shares are beneficially owned by Parent (Avago Technologies Limited) through its wholly owned subsidiary, Avago Technologies Holding Pte. Ltd. Parent’s address is No. 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923. The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of the equity securities of Parent as of August 31, 2006 by:
 
  •  each person who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of the equity securities of Parent;
 
  •  each of our directors;
 
  •  each of our named executive officers; and
 
  •  all of our directors and executive officers as a group.
 
Beneficial Ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. Ordinary shares of Parent subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2006 are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Percentage ownership is based on 214,180,649 ordinary shares of Parent outstanding on August 31, 2006.
 
                 
    Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned(1)  
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
  Number     Percent  
 
5% Shareholders
               
Bali Investments S.àr.l (2)
    172,676,402       80.6 %
20, rue de la Poste
L-2346 Luxembourg
               
Seletar Investments Pte. Ltd.
    22,670,917       10.6  
60B Orchard Road
#60-18, Tower 2
The Atrium @ Orchard
Singapore 238891
               
Geyser Investment Pte Ltd
    15,113,944       7.1  
c/o GIC
168 Robinson Road
#37-01 Capital Tower
Singapore 068912
               
Directors and Named Executive Officers
               
Dick M. Chang(3)
    266,666       *  
Hock E. Tan
    200,000       *  
Bian-Ee Tan
    400,000       *  
Mercedes Johnson
    60,000       *  
Jeffrey S. Henderson(4)
    93,333       *  
Adam H. Clammer(5)
    80,083,035       37.4  
James A. Davidson(6)
    78,733,338       36.8  
James Diller, Sr. 
    150,000       *  
James H. Greene Jr.(7)
    80,083,035       37.4  
Kenneth Y. Hao(8)
    78,733,338       36.8  
John R. Joyce(9)
    78,733,338       36.8  
Michael E. Marks(10)
    80,083,035       37.4  
Bock Seng Tan
           
All 14 directors and executive officers as a group(11)
    160,086,372       74.8 %


76


Table of Contents

 
(1) Includes shares held in the beneficial owner’s name or jointly with others, or in the name of a bank, nominee or trustee for the beneficial owner’s account.
 
(2) Bali Investments S.àr.l. is a Luxembourg corporation, the shareholders of which include overseas investment funds affiliated with KKR and Silver Lake. As of August 31, 2006, the total number of ordinary shares of Avago Technologies Limited that are deemed held indirectly by (a) the KKR funds through Bali Investments S.àr.l. was 80,083,035, or 37.4% of the total ordinary shares outstanding, and (b) by the Silver Lake funds through Bali Investments S.àr.l. was 78,733,338, or 36.8% of the total ordinary shares outstanding, in each case based on the ownership interests of such entities in Bali Investments S.àr.l.
 
Shares deemed held indirectly by the KKR funds include (a) 17,782,701 shares held by KKR Millennium Fund (Overseas), Limited Partnership (“KKR Millennium Overseas Fund”), the general partner of which is KKR Associates Millennium (Overseas), Limited Partnership, the general partner of which is KKR Millennium Limited, (b) 35,407,740 shares held by KKR European Fund, Limited Partnership (“KKR Europe”), the general partner of which is KKR Associates Europe, Limited Partnership, the general partner of which is KKR Europe Limited, (c) 23,748,545 shares held by KKR European Fund II, Limited Partnership (“KKR Europe II”), the general partner of which is KKR Associates Europe II, Limited Partnership, the general partner of which is KKR Europe II Limited, and (d) 3,144,049 shares held by KKR Partners (International), Limited Partnership (“KKR International,” together with KKR Millennium Overseas Fund, KKR Europe and KKR Europe II, the “KKR Funds”), the general partner of which is KKR 1996 Overseas, Limited. Messrs. Henry R. Kravis, George R. Roberts, James H. Greene, Jr., Paul E. Raether, Michael W. Michelson, Perry Golkin, Johannes P. Huth, Todd A. Fisher, Alexander Navab, Marc Lipschultz, Jacques Garaialde and Reinhard Gorenflos, as shareholder of one or more of KKR Millennium Limited, KKR Europe Limited, KKR Europe II Limited, and KKR 1996 Overseas Limited, may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of any shares beneficially owned by the KKR Funds, respectively, but disclaim such beneficial ownership except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The above referenced shares are indirectly owned through the KKR Funds’ investments in Bali Investments S.àr.l., which directly holds shares in Avago Technologies Limited. The address of each of the KKR Funds is Suite 500, 603 - 7th Avenue S.W., Calgary, Canada.
 
Shares deemed held indirectly by the Silver Lake funds include (a) 78,510,144 shares held by Silver Lake Partners II Cayman, L.P. (“Silver Lake II”), the general partner of which is Silver Lake Technology Associate II Cayman, L.P., the general partner of which is Silver Lake (Offshore) AIV GP II, Ltd., and (b) 223,194 shares held by Silver Lake Technology Investors II Cayman, L.P. (“Silver Lake Technology II” and, together with Silver Lake II, the “Silver Lake Funds”), the general partner of which is Silver Lake (Offshore) AIV GP II, Ltd. Messrs. James A. Davidson, Glenn H. Hutchins, David J. Roux, Alan K. Austin, John R. Joyce, Michael J. Bingle and Kenneth Y. Hao, as Directors of Silver Lake (Offshore) AIV GP II, Ltd., may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of any shares beneficially owned by the Silver Lake Funds, but disclaim such beneficial ownership except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The above referenced shares are indirectly owned through the Silver Lake Funds’ investments in Bali Investments S.àr.l., which directly holds shares in Avago Technologies Limited. The address of each of the Silver Lake Funds is Walker House, PO Box 908GT, Mary Street, George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands.
 
(3) Includes 266,666 shares that Mr. Chang has the right to acquire within 60 days after August 31, 2006 upon the exercise of share options.
 
(4) Includes 93,333 shares that Mr. Henderson has the right to acquire within 60 days after August 31, 2006 upon the exercise of share options.
 
(5) Mr. Clammer is an interest holder in the general partners of the KKR Funds. Amounts disclosed for Mr. Clammer include shares beneficially owned by the KKR Funds. Mr. Clammer disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the KKR Funds, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(6) Mr. Davidson is a Director of Silver Lake (Offshore) AIV GP II, Ltd. Amounts disclosed for Mr. Davidson include shares beneficially owned by the Silver Lake Funds. Mr. Davidson disclaims beneficial


77


Table of Contents

ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the Silver Lake Funds, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(7) Mr. Greene is an interest holder in the general partners of the KKR Funds. Amounts disclosed for Mr. Greene include shares beneficially owned by the KKR Funds. Mr. Greene disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the KKR Funds, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(8) Mr. Hao is a Director of Silver Lake (Offshore) AIV GP II, Ltd. Amounts disclosed for Mr. Hao include shares beneficially owned by the Silver Lake Funds. Mr. Hao disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the Silver Lake Funds, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(9) Mr. Joyce is a Director of Silver Lake (Offshore) AIV GP II, Ltd. Amounts disclosed for Mr. Joyce include shares beneficially owned by the Silver Lake Funds. Mr. Joyce disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the Silver Lake Funds, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(10) Mr. Marks is an interest holder in the general partners of the KKR Funds. Amounts disclosed for Mr. Marks include shares beneficially owned by the KKR Funds. Mr. Marks disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the KKR Funds, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(11) Includes 359,999 shares that officers have the right to acquire within 60 days after August 31, 2006 upon the exercise of share options.


78


Table of Contents

 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Shareholder Agreement
 
In connection with the closing of the Acquisition, Parent entered into a Shareholder Agreement with the Equity Investors, other than members of management, who are party to separate agreements. The Shareholders Agreement was amended in February 2006.
 
Board Composition.   The Shareholder Agreement provides that Parent’s Board of Directors, which currently has 10 members, shall be comprised as follows:
 
  •  three designees of KKR for so long as KKR and its affiliates either continue to own, directly or indirectly, at least 24% of Parent’s outstanding ordinary shares or have not transferred any shares to an unaffiliated third party, provided that KKR has the right to designate two directors for so long as KKR and its affiliates continue to own, directly or indirectly, at least 15% of Parent’s outstanding ordinary shares and one director for so long as KKR and its affiliates continue to own, directly or indirectly, at least 5% of Parent’s outstanding ordinary shares;
 
  •  three designees of Silver Lake for so long as Silver Lake and its affiliates either continue to own, directly or indirectly, at least 24% of Parent’s outstanding ordinary shares or have not transferred any shares to an unaffiliated third party, provided that Silver Lake has the right to designate two directors for so long as Silver Lake and its affiliates continue to own, directly or indirectly, at least 15% of Parent’s outstanding ordinary shares and one director for so long as Silver Lake and its affiliates continue to own, directly or indirectly, at least 5% of Parent’s outstanding ordinary shares;
 
  •  one designee of Seletar Investments Pte. Ltd., an affiliate of Temasek Capital (Private) Limited (“Seletar”), so long as it either continues to own, directly or indirectly, 2.5% of Parent’s outstanding shares and has not sold any of its shares, or continues to own, directly or indirectly, 5% of Parent’s outstanding shares;
 
  •  Parent’s Chief Executive Officer; and
 
  •  two directors mutually agreeable to the Sponsors (KKR and Silver Lake).
 
Each of KKR, Silver Lake and Seletar has the right to remove and replace its director-designees at any time and for any reason and to fill any vacancies otherwise resulting in such director positions. If the number of directors that an Equity Investor is entitled to designate is reduced, any vacant seats on our Board of Directors will be filled by the Board of Directors acting in accordance with its nomination and governance procedures. The composition of our Board of Directors conforms to that of Parent.
 
Sponsor Approval.   The Shareholder Agreement provides that the following actions by Parent or any of its subsidiaries require approval of the Sponsors:
 
  •  changing the size or composition of Parent’s Board of Directors;
 
  •  amending, modifying or waiving any provision of Parent’s memorandum of association or articles of association;
 
  •  undertaking any share split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, exchange or any other combination in any manner of Parent’s equity securities in connection with which any Equity Investor would receive more than a de minimis amount of cash in lieu of fractional shares;
 
  •  entering into a change of control transaction;
 
  •  acquiring or disposing of assets or entering into joint ventures with a value in excess of $25 million;
 
  •  undertaking an initial public offering;
 
  •  issuing any equity securities or derivative equity securities, other than pursuant to employee benefit and incentive plans approved by the Sponsors;


79


Table of Contents

 
  •  repurchasing or redeeming any equity securities, other than from employees pursuant to arrangements approved by Parent’s Board of Directors;
 
  •  declaring or paying any dividend or distributions to equityholders, other than payments by wholly owned subsidiaries;
 
  •  creating or materially amending any material employee benefit or incentive compensation plan;
 
  •  incurring indebtedness in excess of $25 million;
 
  •  filing for voluntary liquidation, dissolution, receivership, bankruptcy or similar insolvency proceeding;
 
  •  entering into transactions outside of the ordinary course of business or that are reasonably likely to require expenditures or generate proceeds in excess of $10 million;
 
  •  hiring or firing the Chief Executive Officer or any other member of senior management, or approving the compensation arrangements of any of them;
 
  •  commencing any litigation, dispute or claim involving amounts in dispute in excess of $5 million, or settling any litigation, dispute or claim for a payment or payments, or discounts on products or services, in excess of $5 million, whether pursuant to a license or otherwise, or which restrict the business of Parent or its subsidiaries in any material manner;
 
  •  entering into certain transactions with the Sponsors or any of their affiliates;
 
  •  approving or modifying annual operating budgets or capital expenditure budgets;
 
  •  making material changes in the nature of the business of Parent or its subsidiaries;
 
  •  replacing or removing independent auditors; and
 
  •  amending, waiving or otherwise modifying certain shareholders agreements.
 
Co-Investor Protections.   The Shareholder Agreement provides that, other than actions specifically set forth therein, Parent will not take any action in respect of any class of its shares that has a materially disproportionate effect on the specified Co-Investors of such class of shares, as compared to the Sponsors, in their capacity as shareholders, without first obtaining the prior written consent of the Co-Investors holding a majority of such class of shares then held by the Co-Investors.
 
Preemptive Rights.   The Shareholder Agreement provides that, until the earlier of a change of control transaction or initial public offering, the Sponsors and certain Co-Investors will have a pro rata preemptive right to acquire equity securities issued by Parent or any subsidiary, subject to customary exceptions, including issuances:
 
  •  pursuant to the exchange, conversion, or exercise terms of other equity or debt securities;
 
  •  to employees, directors or consultants;
 
  •  in connection with any acquisition, business combination or joint venture approved by the Sponsors;
 
  •  in connection with an initial public offering;
 
  •  in connection with any proportional stock split, stock dividend or stock recapitalization;
 
  •  which take the form of “equity kickers” in debt financing transactions;
 
  •  by a wholly owned subsidiary company to Parent or Holdings or another subsidiary of Parent or Holdings; or
 
  •  for which the Sponsors have waived the preemptive rights.
 
Transfer Restrictions.   Neither KKR nor Silver Lake may transfer its shares prior to an initial public offering, or within 2 years after our initial public offering, without the approval of the other Sponsor, subject to certain permitted transfers. No Co-Investor may transfer its shares without the approval of the Sponsors,


80


Table of Contents

except (i) to permitted transferees and (ii) if either Sponsor has reduced the number of shares it holds relative to the number of shares initially held by it, each Co-Investor may sell up to the number of shares as would cause such Co-Investor to reduce the number of shares it holds in the same proportion as that of such Sponsor. These transfer restrictions will terminate upon a change of control transaction unless terminated earlier by the Sponsors.
 
Right of First Refusal.   Prior to making any permitted transfer of shares (other than certain customary permitted transfers and transfers effected in an initial public offering), any prospective selling Co-Investor is required to provide written notice to Parent and each Sponsor setting forth the terms of such proposed transfer. Parent may purchase any number of shares at the price and on the terms set forth in such notice. If there are any shares remaining after Parent has exercised its right of first refusal, the Sponsors may purchase any remaining shares, with each Sponsor entitled to purchase at least its pro rata portion of such remaining shares, at the price and on the other terms set forth in such notice. If Parent and/or the Sponsors do not offer to purchase 100% of the shares proposed to be transferred by the prospective selling Co-Investor, such Co-Investor may (a) accept the offers of Parent and the Sponsors and sell any remaining shares to a third-party purchaser or (b) if the third-party purchaser is unwilling to purchase less than all of such shares, sell all of such shares to such third-party purchaser, in each case on terms that are no less favorable than the terms offered to Parent and the Sponsors. This right of first refusal will terminate upon the earlier to occur of a change of control transaction or an initial public offering.
 
Tag Along Right.   Prior to making any transfer of shares (other than certain customary permitted transfers, transfers in connection with sales pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, transfers pursuant to Rule 144 and certain distributions and charitable contributions), any prospective selling Sponsor must provide written notice to each Co-Investor setting forth the terms of such proposed transfer. Each Co-Investor may elect to sell up to its pro rata portion of the shares (based upon the ownership of such shares by the transferring Sponsor and all persons entitled to participate in such transfer) to be sold in such transfer. This tag along right will terminate upon a change of control transaction unless terminated earlier by the Sponsors.
 
Drag Along Right.   If the Sponsors approve a change of control transaction, each Co-Investor will be required to vote in favor of and not oppose such transaction and, if structured as a sale of shares, sell its shares to a prospective buyer on the same terms that are applicable to the Sponsors. This drag along right will terminate upon a change of control transaction.
 
Advisory Agreement
 
In connection with the closing of the Acquisition, our Parent and our indirect subsidiary Avago Technologies International Sales Pte. Limited, a Singapore private limited company, entered into an Advisory Agreement with KKR and Silver Lake, pursuant to which Parent retained KKR and Silver Lake to provide general executive, management and other services as mutually agreed by Parent and KKR and Silver Lake, for which Parent pays each of them advisory fees of $656,250 per quarter, subject to escalation, and reimburses them for their out-of-pocket expenses.
 
In connection with the closing of the Acquisition, Parent paid each of KKR and Silver Lake an advisory fee of $17.5 million for services provided to us in evaluating, negotiating, documenting, financing and closing the Acquisition. In connection with the closing of any subsequent change of control transaction, acquisition, disposition or divestiture, spin-off, split-off or financing completed during the term of the Advisory Agreement (or after if contemplated during the term) in each case with an aggregate value in excess of $25 million, we will pay each of KKR and Silver Lake a fee of 0.5% based on the aggregate value of such transaction. In connection with the closing of the sale of the Storage Business and the Printer ASICs Business, we paid each of KKR and Silver Lake $3.0 million and $3.0 million, respectively.
 
The Advisory Agreement has a 12-year term that is automatically extended on an annual basis. We may terminate the Advisory Agreement in connection with a change of control transaction or an initial public offering. In the event the Advisory Agreement is terminated, we will be required to pay all unpaid fees through the date of termination plus the net present value of unpaid quarterly fees for the remainder of the term.


81


Table of Contents

Indemnification; Costs and Fees
 
Parent provides customary indemnification to the Equity Investors for liabilities arising from their ownership of shares of Parent and from the Acquisition. Parent will pay all reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Equity Investors from and after the closing of the Acquisition in connection with the Equity Investors’ enforcement of their rights under the Shareholder Agreement, registration rights agreement and Articles of Association.
 
Other Relationships
 
Investment funds affiliated with Silver Lake are investors in Flextronics International Ltd., a Singapore limited company (“Flextronics”), and Mr. Marks, a director, was the Chief Executive Officer of Flextronics until December 2005, and remains chairman of the board of Flextronics. Mr. Davidson, a director, also serves as a director of Flextronics. Agilent sold its Camera Module Business to Flextronics in February 2005. In the ordinary course of business, we continue to sell sensors to Flextronics, which in the nine months ended July 31, 2006, accounted for $38 million of net revenue from continuing operations. Flextronics continues to pay the deferred purchase price in connection with its acquisition of the Camera Module Business at the rate of $1 million per quarter.
 
On January 26, 2006, as permitted by our senior credit agreement and the indentures governing the outstanding notes, we drew the full $250 million under the delayed-draw portion of our term loan facility to retire of all our redeemable convertible preference shares. These funds were ultimately used to redeem the redeemable convertible preference shares held by the Equity Investors of Parent, excluding management.
 
Mr. Diller, a director, is also a director of PMC-Sierra, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“PMC”). In February 2006, prior to Mr. Diller becoming a director of Avago, we completed the sale of our Storage Business to PMC for net proceeds of $420 million.
 
In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a management consulting agreement for post-acquisition support activities with Capstone Consulting (“Capstone”), a consulting company affiliated with KKR. Under this agreement, we paid $1 million to Capstone during the nine months ended July 31, 2006. In addition, an affiliate of Capstone invested in Bali Investments S.ar.l., which then subscribed to an additional 389,300 ordinary shares of Parent on February 3, 2006 at a purchase price of $5.00 per share. An affiliate of Capstone has been granted options to purchase 800,000 ordinary shares of Parent with an exercise price of $5 per share. One half of these options vests over four years, and the other half vests upon the achievement of certain Company financial performance metrics defined in the Share Option Agreement, dated February 3, 2006. For the nine months ended July 31, 2006, we recorded a $1 million charge to earnings related to the issuance of these options.
 
All executive officers and certain key employees have executed a Management Shareholders Agreement with Parent and Bali Investments S.àr.l. Please see “Management — Equity Plans — Management Shareholders Agreement.”


82


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
 
In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a senior credit agreement with Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as joint lead arranger and joint lead bookrunner, Lehman Brothers Commercial Paper Inc., as joint lead arranger, joint lead bookrunner and syndication agent, Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent, and Credit Suisse, as documentation agent.
 
The senior credit facilities initially provided senior secured financing of $975 million, consisting of:
 
  •  a $725 million term loan facility, and
 
  •  a $250 million equivalent revolving credit facility.
 
The revolving credit facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for borrowings on same-day or one-day notice referred to as the swingline loans and is available to us and certain of our subsidiaries in U.S. dollars and other currencies. We drew $475 million under our term loan facility to finance a portion of the Acquisition. On January 26, 2006, as permitted by our senior credit agreement and the indentures governing the outstanding notes, we drew the full $250 million under the delayed-draw portion of our term loan facility to retire all of our redeemable convertible preference shares. We used $420 million of net proceeds from the sale of our Storage Business and $245 million of net proceeds from the sale of our Printer ASICs Business to permanently repay borrowings under our term loan facility. As of July 31, 2006, the term loan facility had been repaid in full and may not be redrawn.
 
Interest Rate and Fees
 
Borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the United States prime rate and (2) the federal funds rate plus 0.5% (or an equivalent base rate for loans originating outside the United States, to the extent available) or (b) a LIBOR rate (or the equivalent thereof in the relevant jurisdiction) determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits in the currency of such borrowing for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs. The applicable margin for borrowings is, under the revolving credit facility, 1.5% with respect to base rate borrowings, if any, and 2.5% with respect to other borrowings. The applicable margin for borrowings under the revolving credit facilities may be reduced subject to our attaining certain leverage ratios after the date on which the financial statements for the quarter ending January 31, 2007 are delivered to the lenders.
 
We are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. The commitment fee on the revolving credit facility is 0.5% per annum, which may be reduced subject to us attaining certain leverage ratios after the date on which the financial statements for the quarter ending January 31, 2007 are delivered to the lenders. We must also pay customary letter of credit fees.
 
Maturity
 
Principal amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility are due and payable on December 1, 2011. As of July 31, 2006, we have not borrowed against the revolving credit facility, although we had $11 million of letters of credit outstanding under the facility.
 
Guarantee and Security
 
All obligations under the senior credit agreement are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed jointly and severally by Holdings and Holdings’ current and future material subsidiaries.
 
All obligations under the revolving credit facility, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured by substantially all of the following assets of us, the subsidiary co-issuers and each subsidiary guarantor, subject to certain exceptions:
 
  •  a pledge of 100% of our capital stock and 100% of the capital stock of each of our material subsidiaries; and
 
  •  a security interest in substantially all of our tangible and intangible assets and the tangible and intangible assets of each guarantor.


83


Table of Contents

 
Certain Covenants and Events of Default
 
The senior credit agreement contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability to:
 
  •  incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred shares;
 
  •  create liens on assets;
 
  •  enter into sale-leaseback transactions;
 
  •  engage in mergers or consolidations;
 
  •  sell assets;
 
  •  pay dividends and distributions or repurchase our capital stock;
 
  •  make investments, loans or advances;
 
  •  make capital expenditures;
 
  •  repay subordinated indebtedness (including the senior subordinated notes);
 
  •  make certain acquisitions;
 
  •  amend material agreements governing our subordinated indebtedness (including the senior subordinated notes);
 
  •  change our lines of business; and
 
  •  change the status of Holdings as a passive holding company.
 
In addition, the senior credit agreement requires us to maintain a maximum senior secured leverage ratio. The senior credit agreement also contain certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.


84


Table of Contents

 
THE EXCHANGE OFFERS
 
Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offers
 
Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. and the subsidiary co-issuers and guarantors of the notes have entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes in which they agreed, under certain circumstances, to use their reasonable best efforts to file a registration statement relating to offers to exchange the outstanding notes for exchange notes and thereafter cause the registration statement to become effective under the Securities Act and complete the exchange offers no later than 360 days following the closing date of the issuance of the outstanding notes. The exchange notes will have terms identical in all material respects to the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest for failure to observe certain obligations in the registration rights agreement. The outstanding notes were issued on December 1, 2005.
 
Under the circumstances set forth below, Avago and the subsidiary co-issuers and guarantors will use their reasonable best efforts to cause the SEC to declare effective a shelf registration statement with respect to the resale of the outstanding notes within the time periods specified in the registration rights agreement and keep the registration statement effective for up to two years after its effective date. These circumstances include:
 
  •  if any changes in law, SEC rules or regulations or applicable interpretations thereof by the SEC do not permit us to effect the exchange offers as contemplated by the registration rights agreement; or
 
  •  if any holder of the outstanding notes notifies us within 30 days after such holder becomes aware of the following restrictions:
 
  •  such holder is prohibited by applicable law or SEC rules or regulations from participating in any exchange offer,
 
  •  such holder may not resell the exchange notes acquired by it in the exchange offers to the public without delivering a prospectus and that this prospectus is not appropriate or available for such resales by such holder, or
 
  •  such holder is a broker-dealer who elects to exchange the outstanding notes acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities for the exchange notes, and holds outstanding note acquired directly from us or one of our affiliates.
 
Under the registration rights agreement, if we fail to complete the applicable exchange offer (other than in the event we file a shelf registration statement) or the shelf registration statement, if required thereby, is not declared effective, in either case on or prior to 360 days after the issue date (the “target registration date”), the interest rate on the outstanding notes will be increased by (x) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the target registration date and (y) an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, in each case, until the applicable exchange offer is completed or the shelf registration statement, if required, is declared effective by the SEC or the outstanding notes cease to constitute transfer restricted notes, up to a maximum of 1.00% per annum of additional interest. A copy of the registration rights agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
 
If you wish to exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offers, you will be required to make the following written representations:
 
  •  you are not our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act;
 
  •  you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the exchange notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act;
 
  •  you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the exchange notes; and


85


Table of Contents

 
  •  you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.
 
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where the broker-dealer acquired the outstanding notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. Please see “Plan of Distribution.”
 
Resale of Exchange Notes
 
Based on interpretations by the SEC staff set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that you may resell or otherwise transfer exchange notes issued in the exchange offers without complying with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, if:
 
  •  you are not our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
 
  •  you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes;
 
  •  you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the exchange notes; and
 
  •  you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.
 
If you are our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor, or are engaging in, or intend to engage in, or have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes, or are not acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business:
 
  •  you cannot rely on the position of the SEC set forth in Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC’s letter to Shearman & Sterling, dated July 2, 1993, or similar no-action letters; and
 
  •  in the absence of an exception from the position stated immediately above, you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.
 
This prospectus may be used for an offer to resell, resale or other transfer of exchange notes only as specifically set forth in this prospectus. With regard to broker-dealers, only broker-dealers that acquired the outstanding notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities may participate in the exchange offer. Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where such outstanding notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. Please see “Plan of Distribution” for more details regarding the transfer of exchange notes.
 
Terms of the Exchange Offers
 
On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letters of transmittal, Avago will accept for exchange in the applicable exchange offer any outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the applicable expiration date. Outstanding notes may only be tendered with a minimum denomination of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Avago will issue the principal amount of exchange notes in exchange for the principal amount of outstanding notes surrendered in the applicable exchange offer.
 
The form and terms of the exchange notes will be identical in all material respects to the form and terms of the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act, will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not provide for any additional interest upon our failure to fulfill our obligations under the registration rights agreement to complete the exchange offer, or file, and cause to be effective, a shelf registration statement, if required thereby, within the specified time period. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding notes. The exchange fixed rate senior notes, the exchange


86


Table of Contents

floating rate senior notes and the exchange senior subordinated notes will be issued under, and entitled to the benefits of, the same indentures that authorized the issuance of the outstanding fixed rate senior notes, the outstanding floating rate senior notes and the outstanding senior subordinated notes. For a description of the indentures, see “Description of Exchange Senior Notes” and “Description of Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes.”
 
The exchange offers are not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes being tendered for exchange.
 
As of the date of this prospectus, $500 million aggregate principal amount of the 10 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2013 are outstanding, $250 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2013 are outstanding and $250 million aggregate principal amount of the 11 7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 are outstanding. This prospectus and the letters of transmittal are being sent to all registered holders of outstanding notes. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of outstanding notes entitled to participate in the exchange offers. Avago intends to conduct the exchange offers in accordance with the provisions of the registration rights agreement, the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Outstanding notes that are not tendered for exchange in the exchange offers will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest and will be entitled to the rights and benefits such holders have under the indentures relating to such holders’ series of outstanding notes and the registration rights agreement, except we will not have any further obligation to you to provide for the registration of the outstanding notes under the registration rights agreement.
 
Avago will be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly tendered outstanding notes when it has given oral or written notice of the acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purposes of receiving the exchange notes from us and delivering exchange notes to holders. Subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, Avago expressly reserves the right to amend or terminate the applicable exchange offer and to refuse to accept the occurrence of any of the conditions specified below under “— Conditions to the Exchange Offers.”
 
If you tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offers, you will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the applicable letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of outstanding notes. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes described below in connection with the exchange offers. It is important that you read “— Fees and Expenses” below for more details regarding fees and expenses incurred in the exchange offers.
 
Expiration Date; Extensions, Amendments
 
As used in this prospectus, the term “expiration date” means 12:00 a.m. midnight, New York City time, on          , 2006. However, if we, in our sole discretion, extend the period of time for which the applicable exchange offer is open, the term “expiration date” will mean the latest time and date to which we shall have extended the expiration of such exchange offer.
 
To extend the period of time during which an exchange offer is open, we will notify the exchange agent of any extension by oral or written notice, followed by notification by press release or other public announcement to the registered holders of the outstanding notes no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.
 
Avago reserves the right, in its sole discretion:
 
  •  to delay accepting for exchange any outstanding notes (if we amend or extend the applicable exchange offer);
 
  •  to extend any exchange offer or to terminate any exchange offer if any of the conditions set forth below under “— Conditions to the Exchange Offers” have not been satisfied, by giving oral or written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent; and


87


Table of Contents

 
  •  subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, to amend the terms of any exchange offer in any manner, provided that in event of a material change in the terms of any exchange offer, including the waiver of a material condition, we will extend the applicable offer period if necessary so that at least five business days remain in the applicable exchange offer following notice of the material change;
 
provided that we will at all times comply with applicable securities laws, including our obligation to issue the exchange notes or return the outstanding notes deposited by or on behalf of security holders promptly after expiration or withdrawal of the exchange offers.
 
Any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice to the registered holders of the outstanding notes. If we amend an exchange offer in a manner that we determine to constitute a material change, we will promptly disclose the amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the holders of applicable outstanding notes of that amendment.
 
Conditions to the Exchange Offers
 
Despite any other term of the exchange offers, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue exchange notes in exchange for, any outstanding notes and we may terminate or amend any of the exchange offers as provided in this prospectus prior to the expiration date if in our reasonable judgment:
 
  •  the exchange offers or the making of any exchange by a holder violates any applicable law or interpretation of the SEC; or
 
  •  any action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offers that, in our judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offers.
 
In addition, Avago will not be obligated to accept for exchange the outstanding notes of any holder that has not made to us:
 
  •  the representations described under “— Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” and “Plan of Distribution;” or
 
  •  any other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations, or interpretations to make available to us an appropriate form for registration of the exchange notes under the Securities Act.
 
We expressly reserve the right at any time or at various times to extend the period of time during which the exchange offers are open. Consequently, we may delay acceptance of any outstanding notes by giving oral or written notice of such extension to their holders. We will return any outstanding notes that we do not accept for exchange for any reason without expense to their tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the applicable exchange offer.
 
We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate any exchange offer and to reject for exchange any outstanding notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the exchange offers specified above. We will give oral or written notice of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the holders of the outstanding notes as promptly as practicable. In the case of any extension, such notice will be issued no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.
 
These conditions are for our sole benefit and we may assert them regardless of the circumstances that may give rise to them or waive them in whole or in part at any or at various times prior to the expiration date in our sole discretion. If we fail at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights, this failure will not constitute a waiver of such right. Each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that we may assert at any time or at various times prior to the expiration date.


88


Table of Contents

In addition, we will not accept for exchange any outstanding notes tendered, and will not issue exchange notes in exchange for any such outstanding notes, if at such time any stop order is threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indentures under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “TIA”).
 
Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes
 
To tender your outstanding notes in the applicable exchange offer, you must comply with either of the following:
 
  •  complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, have the signature(s) on the letter of transmittal guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal and mail or deliver such letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof to the exchange agent at the address set forth below under “— Exchange Agent” prior to the expiration date; or
 
  •  comply with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program procedures described below.
 
  •  In addition, either:
 
  •  the exchange agent must receive certificates for outstanding notes along with the applicable letter of transmittal prior to the expiration date;
 
  •  the exchange agent must receive a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC according to the procedures for book-entry transfer described below or a properly transmitted agent’s message prior to the expiration date; or
 
  •  you must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.
 
Your tender, if not withdrawn prior to the expiration date, constitutes an agreement between us and you upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus and in the applicable letter of transmittal.
 
The method of delivery of outstanding notes, letters of transmittal, and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at your election and risk. We recommend that instead of delivery by mail, you use an overnight or hand delivery service, properly insured. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure timely delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date. You should not send letters of transmittal or certificates representing outstanding notes to us. You may request that your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or nominee effect the above transactions for you.
 
If you are a beneficial owner whose outstanding notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee and you wish to tender your outstanding notes, you should promptly contact the registered holder and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender the outstanding notes yourself, you must, prior to completing and executing the applicable letter of transmittal and delivering your outstanding notes, either:
 
  •  make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the outstanding notes in your name; or
 
  •  obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder of outstanding notes.
 
The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be able to be completed prior to the expiration date.
 
Signatures on the applicable letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or another “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17A(d)-15 under the Exchange Act unless the outstanding notes surrendered for exchange are tendered:
 
  •  by a registered holder of the outstanding notes who has not completed the box entitled “Special Registration Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the applicable letter of transmittal; or


89


Table of Contents

 
  •  for the account of an eligible guarantor institution.
 
If the applicable letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any outstanding notes listed on the outstanding notes, such outstanding notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power. The bond power must be signed by the registered holder as the registered holder’s name appears on the outstanding notes and an eligible guarantor institution must guarantee the signature on the bond power.
 
If the applicable letter of transmittal or any certificates representing outstanding notes, or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations, or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, those persons should also indicate when signing and, unless waived by us, they should also submit evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act.
 
The exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s system may use DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program to tender. Participants in the program may, instead of physically completing and signing the applicable letter of transmittal and delivering it to the exchange agent, electronically transmit their acceptance of the exchange by causing DTC to transfer the outstanding notes to the exchange agent in accordance with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an agent’s message to the exchange agent. The term “agent’s message” means a message transmitted by DTC, received by the exchange agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that:
 
  •  DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in its Automated Tender Offer Program that is tendering outstanding notes that are the subject of the book-entry confirmation;
 
  •  the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the applicable letter of transmittal, or in the case of an agent’s message relating to guaranteed delivery, that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the applicable notice of guaranteed delivery; and
 
  •  we may enforce that agreement against such participant.
 
DTC is referred to herein as a “book-entry transfer facility.”
 
Acceptance of Exchange Notes
 
In all cases, we will promptly after expiration of the exchange offers issue exchange notes for outstanding notes that we have accepted for exchange under the applicable exchange offer only after the exchange agent timely receives:
 
  •  outstanding notes or a timely book-entry confirmation of such outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility; and
 
  •  a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents or a properly transmitted agent’s message.
 
By tendering outstanding notes pursuant to the applicable exchange offer, you will represent to us that, among other things:
 
  •  you are not our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
 
  •  you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes; and
 
  •  you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.
 
In addition, each broker-dealer that is to receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes must represent that such outstanding notes were acquired by that broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus that meets the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. The


90


Table of Contents

applicable letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. See “Plan of Distribution.”
 
We will interpret the terms and conditions of the exchange offers, including the letters of transmittal and the instructions to the letters of transmittal, and will resolve all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, and acceptance of outstanding notes tendered for exchange. Our determinations in this regard will be final and binding on all parties. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of any particular outstanding notes not properly tendered or to not accept any particular outstanding notes if the acceptance might, in our or our counsel’s judgment, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any defects or irregularities as to any particular outstanding notes prior to the expiration date.
 
Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of outstanding notes for exchange must be cured within such reasonable period of time as we determine. Neither we, the exchange agent, nor any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of outstanding notes for exchange, nor will any of them incur any liability for any failure to give notification. Any outstanding notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the applicable letter of transmittal, promptly after the expiration date.
 
Book-Entry Delivery Procedures
 
Promptly after the date of this prospectus, the exchange agent will establish an account with respect to the outstanding notes at DTC and, as the book-entry transfer facility, for purposes of the exchange offers. Any financial institution that is a participant in the book-entry transfer facility’s system may make book-entry delivery of the outstanding notes by causing the book-entry transfer facility to transfer those outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at the facility in accordance with the facility’s procedures for such transfer. To be timely, book-entry delivery of outstanding notes requires receipt of a confirmation of a book-entry transfer, a “book-entry confirmation,” prior to the expiration date. In addition, although delivery of outstanding notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility, the applicable letter of transmittal or a manually signed facsimile thereof, together with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, or an “agent’s message,” as defined below, in connection with a book-entry transfer, must, in any case, be delivered or transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at its address set forth on the cover page of the applicable letter of transmittal prior to the expiration date to receive exchange notes for tendered outstanding notes, or the guaranteed delivery procedure described below must be complied with. Tender will not be deemed made until such documents are received by the exchange agent. Delivery of documents to the book-entry transfer facility does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.
 
Holders of outstanding notes who are unable to deliver confirmation of the book-entry tender of their outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility or all other documents required by the applicable letter of transmittal to the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date must tender their outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.
 
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures
 
If you wish to tender your outstanding notes but your outstanding notes are not immediately available or you cannot deliver your outstanding notes, the applicable letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent or comply with the procedures under DTC’s Automatic Tender Offer Program in the case of outstanding notes, prior to the expiration date, you may still tender if:
 
  •  the tender is made through an eligible guarantor institution;
 
  •  prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from such eligible guarantor institution either a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, by facsimile transmission, mail, or hand delivery or a properly transmitted agent’s message and notice of guaranteed delivery, that (1) sets


91


Table of Contents

  forth your name and address, the certificate number(s) of such outstanding notes and the principal amount of outstanding notes tendered; (2) states that the tender is being made thereby; and (3) guarantees that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the letter of transmittal, or facsimile thereof, together with the outstanding notes or a book-entry confirmation, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal, will be deposited by the eligible guarantor institution with the exchange agent; and
 
  •  the exchange agent receives the properly completed and executed letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof, as well as certificate(s) representing all tendered outstanding notes in proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation of transfer of the outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC all other documents required by the letter of transmittal within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.
 
Upon request, the exchange agent will send to you a notice of guaranteed delivery if you wish to tender your outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures.
 
Withdrawal Rights
 
Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender of outstanding notes at any time prior to 12:00 a.m. midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date.
 
For a withdrawal to be effective:
 
  •  the exchange agent must receive a written notice, which may be by telegram, telex, facsimile or letter, of withdrawal at its address set forth below under “— Exchange Agent”; or
 
  •  you must comply with the appropriate procedures of DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program system.
 
  •  Any notice of withdrawal must:
 
  •  specify the name of the person who tendered the outstanding notes to be withdrawn;
 
  •  identify the outstanding notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate numbers and principal amount of the outstanding notes; and
 
  •  where certificates for outstanding notes have been transmitted, specify the name in which such outstanding notes were registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder.
 
If certificates for outstanding notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the exchange agent, then, prior to the release of such certificates, you must also submit:
 
  •  the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn; and
 
  •  a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an eligible institution unless your are an eligible guarantor institution.
 
If outstanding notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the withdrawn outstanding notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of the facility. We will determine all questions as to the validity, form, and eligibility, including time of receipt of notices of withdrawal and our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any outstanding notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offers. Any outstanding notes that have been tendered for exchange but that are not exchanged for any reason will be promptly returned to their holder, without cost to the holder, or, in the case of book-entry transfer, the outstanding notes will be promptly credited to an account at the book-entry transfer facility, after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the applicable exchange offer. Properly withdrawn outstanding notes may be retendered by following the procedures described under “— Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” above at any time on or prior to the expiration date.


92


Table of Contents

Exchange Agent
 
The Bank of New York has been appointed as the exchange agent for the exchange offers. The Bank of New York also acts as trustee under the indentures governing the notes. You should direct all executed letters of transmittal and all questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letters of transmittal, and requests for notices of guaranteed delivery to the exchange agent addressed as follows:
 
         
By Registered Mail or
Overnight Carrier:


The Bank of New York
Reorganization Section
101 Barclay Street, 7E
New York, New York 10286
Attn: Bernard Arsenec
 
By Facsimile Transmission:

(212) 235-2261

To Confirm by Telephone:

(212) 235-2356

For Information Call:

(212) 235-2356
 
By Hand Delivery:

The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street
Corporate Trust Services Window
Ground level
New York, New York 10286
Attn: Bernard Arsenec
Reorganization Section
 
If you deliver the letter of transmittal to an address other than the one set forth above or transmit instructions via facsimile other than the one set forth above, that delivery or those instructions will not be effective.
 
Fees and Expenses
 
The registration rights agreement provides that we will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of our obligations relating to the registration of the exchange notes and the conduct of the exchange offers. These expenses include registration and filing fees, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others. We will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. We will also reimburse brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for customary mailing and handling expenses incurred by them in forwarding this prospectus and related documents to their clients that are holders of outstanding notes and for handling or tendering for such clients.
 
We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offers and will not pay any fee or commission to any broker, dealer, nominee or other person, other than the exchange agent, for soliciting tenders of outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offers.
 
Accounting Treatment
 
We will record the exchange notes in our accounting records at the same carrying value as the outstanding notes, which is the aggregate principal amount as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchanges. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the consummation of the exchange offers. We will record the expenses of the exchange offers as incurred.
 
Transfer Taxes
 
We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchanges of outstanding notes under the exchange offers. The tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:
 
  •  certificates representing outstanding notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of outstanding notes tendered;
 
  •  tendered outstanding notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the letter of transmittal; or
 
  •  a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of outstanding notes under the exchange offers.


93


Table of Contents

 
If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed to that tendering holder.
 
Holders who tender their outstanding notes for exchange will not be required to pay any transfer taxes. However, holders who instruct us to register exchange notes in the name of, or request that outstanding notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offers be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder will be required to pay any applicable transfer tax.
 
Consequences of Failure to Exchange
 
If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes under the exchange offers, your outstanding notes will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer of such outstanding notes:
 
  •  as set forth in the legend printed on the outstanding notes as a consequence of the issuance of the outstanding notes pursuant to the exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; and
 
  •  as otherwise set forth in the prospectus distributed in connection with the private offerings of the outstanding notes.
 
In general, you may not offer or sell your outstanding notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act or if the offer or sale is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.
 
Other
 
Participating in the exchange offers is voluntary, and you should carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your own decision on what action to take.
 
We may in the future seek to acquire untendered outstanding notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no present plans to acquire any outstanding notes that are not tendered in the exchange offers or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any untendered outstanding notes.


94


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF EXCHANGE SENIOR NOTES
 
General
 
Certain terms used in this description are defined under the subheading “Certain Definitions.” In this description, the term the “Company” refers to Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd., a Singapore limited company, and not any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries, the term “subsidiary co-issuers” refers collectively to Avago Technologies U.S. Inc. and Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc., and not any of their respective Affiliates or Subsidiaries, and the term “Issuers” refers collectively to the Company and the subsidiary co-issuers.
 
The Issuers issued the outstanding senior notes, and will issue the exchange senior notes, under an indenture, dated December 1, 2005 (the “Senior Note Indenture” ), among the Issuers, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee” ). The outstanding senior notes were issued in a private transaction that was not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The terms of the exchange senior notes are substantially identical to the outstanding senior notes, except that upon completion of the exchange offers, the exchange senior notes will be registered under the Securities Act and free of any covenants regarding registration rights.
 
The exchange senior notes are new issues of securities and will not be listed on any securities exchange or included in any automated quotation system. The Senior Note Indenture contains provisions which define your rights under the senior notes. The terms of the senior notes include those stated in the Senior Note Indenture and those made part of the Senior Note Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Senior Note Indenture and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of that agreement, including the definitions therein of certain terms used below. You should read the Senior Note Indenture because it, not this description, defines your rights as Holders of the senior notes. You may request copies of the Senior Note Indenture at our address set forth under the heading “Prospectus Summary.”
 
The registered holder of a senior note is treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered holders have rights under the Senior Note Indenture.
 
Brief Description of Senior Notes
 
The senior notes are:
 
  •  unsecured senior obligations of the Issuers;
 
  •  pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future senior Indebtedness of the Issuers;
 
  •  effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness (including the Senior Credit Facilities) of the Issuers;
 
  •  senior in right of payment to any future Subordinated Indebtedness (as defined with respect to the senior notes) of the Issuers; and
 
  •  initially guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees the obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities.
 
Subsidiary Co-Issuers and Guarantors
 
The Issuers are joint and several obligors under the Senior Note Indenture and the senior notes. The Guarantors, as primary obligors and not merely as sureties, initially jointly and severally irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, on a senior unsecured basis, the performance and full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuers under the Senior Note Indenture and the senior notes, whether for payment of principal of or interest on or Additional Interest in respect of the senior notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, on the terms set forth in the Senior Note Indenture.


95


Table of Contents

Each of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that initially Guaranteed the Obligations under Senior Credit Facilities (other than the subsidiary co-issuers) initially guaranteed the senior notes. Each of the Guarantees of the senior notes is a general unsecured Obligation of each Guarantor. The Guarantees are pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Indebtedness of such entity that is not expressly subordinated to such Guarantees, are effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness of each such entity and are senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of each such entity. The senior notes are structurally subordinated to Indebtedness of Subsidiaries of the Issuers that do not Guarantee the senior notes.
 
The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantees are limited as necessary to prevent the Guarantees from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.
 
Any entity that makes a payment under its Guarantee is entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the Senior Note Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
If a Guarantee was rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Guarantor’s liability on its Guarantee could be reduced to zero. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Exchange Notes — The subsidiary co-issuers’ obligations under the exchange notes or the subsidiary guarantees could be deemed a fraudulent conveyance under certain circumstances and a court may subordinate or void them.”
 
The Senior Note Indenture provides that the Obligations of each subsidiary co-issuer under the Senior Note Indenture, and a Guarantee by each Guarantor provides by its terms that it, shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:
 
(1) (a) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the applicable subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of such subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Senior Note Indenture;
 
(b) in the case of a Guarantee, the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;
 
(c) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a subsidiary co-issuer or a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or
 
(d) the Issuers’ exercising the legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or the Issuers’ obligations under the Senior Note Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Senior Note Indenture; and
 
(2) the Company delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Senior Note Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.
 
Ranking
 
The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the senior notes and the payment of any Guarantee rank pari passu in right of payment to all senior Indebtedness of the Issuers or the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be, including the obligations of the Issuers and such Guarantor under the Senior Credit Facilities.
 
The senior notes are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ existing and future secured Indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness.


96


Table of Contents

As of July 31, 2006, the Company had $11 million of secured Indebtedness, consisting entirely of secured Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities.
 
Although the Senior Note Indenture contains limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that the Issuers and the Guarantors may incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such Indebtedness could be substantial and, in any case, such Indebtedness may be senior Indebtedness. See “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”
 
Paying Agent and Registrar for the Senior Notes
 
The Issuers maintain one or more paying agents for the senior notes in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. The initial paying agent for the senior notes is the Trustee.
 
The Issuers also maintain a registrar with offices in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. The initial registrar is the Trustee. The registrar maintains a register reflecting ownership of the senior notes outstanding from time to time and makes payments on and facilitates transfer of senior notes on the Issuers’ behalf.
 
The Issuers may change the paying agents or the registrars without prior notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as a paying agent or registrar.
 
Transfer and Exchange
 
A Holder may transfer or exchange senior notes in accordance with the Senior Note Indenture. The registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of senior notes. Holders are required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Issuers are not required to transfer or exchange any senior note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuers are not required to transfer or exchange any senior note for a period of 15 days before a selection of senior notes to be redeemed.
 
Principal and Maturity
 
The Issuers issued $750 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding senior notes, $500 million aggregate principal amount of which are outstanding fixed rate senior notes and $250 million aggregate principal amount of which are outstanding floating rate senior notes. The outstanding fixed rate senior notes and the exchange fixed rate senior notes (together, the “fixed rate senior notes” ) will mature on December 1, 2013 and the outstanding floating rate senior notes and the exchange floating rate senior notes (together, the “floating rate senior notes” ) will mature on June 1, 2013. Subject to compliance with the covenant described below under the caption “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” the Issuers may issue additional fixed rate senior notes and/or floating rate senior notes from time to time under the Senior Note Indenture (the “Additional Notes” ). The fixed rate senior notes and the floating rate senior notes are each separate series of senior notes but are treated as a single class of securities under the Senior Note Indenture, except as otherwise stated herein. As a result, Holders of each series of senior notes do not have separate rights to, among other things, give notice of Defaults or to direct the Trustee to exercise remedies during Event of Default or otherwise. The senior notes and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under the Senior Note Indenture are treated as a single class for all purposes under the Senior Note Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “senior notes” for all purposes of the Senior Note Indenture and this “Description of Exchange Senior Notes” include any Additional Notes that are actually issued.
 
Interest
 
Fixed Rate Senior Notes
 
Interest on the fixed rate senior notes accrues at the rate of 10 1 / 8 % per annum and is payable semiannually in arrears on June 1 and December 1, commencing on June 1, 2006, to the Holders of fixed rate senior notes


97


Table of Contents

of record on the immediately preceding May 15 and November 15. Interest on the fixed rate senior notes accrues from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including the Issue Date. Interest on the fixed rate senior notes is computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
 
Floating Rate Senior Notes
 
The floating rate senior notes bear interest at a rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 5.50%, as determined by the calculation agent (the “Calculation Agent” ), which is initially the Trustee. Interest on the floating rate senior notes is payable quarterly in arrears on March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1 to the Holders of floating rate senior notes of record on the immediately preceding February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15. Interest on the floating rate senior notes accrues from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including the Issue Date.
 
Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the Senior Note Indenture relating solely to the floating rate senior notes.
 
“Determination Date,” with respect to an Interest Period, is the second London Banking Day preceding the first day of the Interest Period.
 
“Interest Period” means the period commencing on and including an interest payment date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding interest payment date, with the exception that the first Interest Period commenced on and include the Issue Date and ended on and included February 28, 2006.
 
“LIBOR,” with respect to an Interest Period, is the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in United States dollars for a three-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the Determination Date that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the Determination Date. If Telerate Page 3750 does not include such a rate or is unavailable on a Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of four major banks in the London interbank market, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank’s offered quotation (expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Determination Date, to prime banks in the London interbank market for deposits in a Representative Amount in U.S. dollars for a three-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the Determination Date. If at least two such offered quotations are so provided, LIBOR for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two such quotations are so provided, the Calculation Agent will request each of three major banks in New York City, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank’s rate (expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such Determination Date, for loans in a Representative Amount in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the Determination Date. If at least two such rates are so provided, LIBOR for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such rates. If fewer than two such rates are so provided, then LIBOR for the Interest Period will be LIBOR in effect with respect to the immediately preceding Interest Period.
 
“London Banking Day” is any day in which dealings in U.S. dollars are transacted or, with respect to any future date, are expected to be transacted in the London interbank market.
 
“Representative Amount” means a principal amount of not less than $1.0 million for a single transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time.
 
“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Moneyline Telerate service (or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service).
 
The amount of interest for each day that the floating rate senior notes are outstanding (the “Daily Interest Amount” ) is calculated by dividing the interest rate in effect for such day by 360 and multiplying the result by the principal amount of the floating rate senior notes. The amount of interest to be paid on the floating rate


98


Table of Contents

senior notes for each Interest Period is calculated by adding the Daily Interest Amounts for each day in the Interest Period.
 
All percentages resulting from any of the above calculations are rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point being rounded upwards (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655)) and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculations are rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upwards).
 
The interest rate on the floating rate senior notes will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law.
 
Additional Amounts
 
All payments of, or in respect of, principal of, and premium and interest on, the senior notes or under the Guarantees are made without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed or levied by or on behalf of the Republic of Singapore, including any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, or any other jurisdiction in which any Guarantor is organized or resident for tax purposes or from or through which payment is made, other than the United States or any State or taxing authority thereof (including, in each case, any political subdivision thereof) (the “Relevant Jurisdiction” ) or any authority thereof or therein having power to tax unless these taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges are required to be withheld or deducted. In that event, the Issuers (or the Guarantor, as the case may be), jointly and severally, agree to pay such additional amount as will result (after deduction of such taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges and any additional taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of the Relevant Jurisdiction) in the payment to each holder of a senior note of the amounts that would have been payable in respect of such senior notes or under the Guarantees had no withholding or deduction been required (such amounts, “Additional Amounts” ), except that no Additional Amounts shall be payable for or on account of:
 
(1) any tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charge that would not have been imposed but for the fact that such holder:
 
(a) is or has been a domiciliary, national or resident of, engages or has been engaged in business, maintains or has maintained a permanent establishment, or is or has been physically present in Singapore or the other jurisdiction, or otherwise has or has had some connection with the Relevant Jurisdiction other than the mere ownership of, or receipt of payment under, such senior note or under the Guarantees (including, without limitation, the holder being a resident in the Relevant Jurisdiction for tax purposes); or
 
(b) presented such senior note more than 30 days after the date on which the payment in respect of such senior note first became due and payable or provided for, whichever is later, except to the extent that the holder would have been entitled to such Additional Amounts if it had presented such note for payment on any day within such period of 30 days;
 
(2) any estate, inheritance, gift, sale, transfer, personal property or similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge;
 
(3) any tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charge which is payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from payment of interest, principal or premium on the senior notes or under the Guarantees;
 
(4) any tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charge that is imposed or withheld by reason of the failure to duly and timely comply by the holder or the beneficial owner of a senior note with a request by the Company addressed to the holder (A) to provide information concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the Relevant Jurisdiction of the holder or such beneficial owner or connection with the Relevant Jurisdiction or (B) to make any declaration or other similar claim or satisfy any information or reporting requirement, which, in the case of (A) and (B), is required or imposed by a


99


Table of Contents

statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of the taxing jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from all or part of such tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charge;
 
(5) any payment of the principal of or premium or interest on any senior note to any holder who is a fiduciary or partnership or person other than the sole beneficial owner of the payment to the extent that, if the beneficial owner had held the senior note directly, such beneficial owner would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts;
 
(6) except in the case of a winding up of the Company, any tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charge which would not have been imposed but for the presentation of a senior note for payment (where presentation is required) in the Relevant Jurisdiction (unless by reason of the Company’s actions, presentment could not have been made elsewhere); or
 
(7) any combination of the items listed above.
 
Such Additional Amounts are also not payable where, had the beneficial owner of the senior note been the Holder, it would not have been entitled to payment of Additional Amounts by reason of clauses (1) through (7) above.
 
If any taxes are required to be deducted or withheld from payments on the senior notes or under the Guarantees, the Company shall promptly provide a receipt of the payment of such taxes (or if such receipt is not available, any other evidence of payment reasonably acceptable to the Trustee).
 
Any reference herein to the payment of the principal or interest on any senior note shall be deemed to include the payment of Additional Amounts provided for in the Senior Note Indenture to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable under the Senior Note Indenture.
 
Additional Interest
 
Additional Interest may accrue on the senior notes in certain circumstances pursuant to the registration rights agreement relating to the senior notes. All references in the Senior Note Indenture, in any context, to any interest or other amount payable on or with respect to the senior notes shall be deemed to include any Additional Interest pursuant to the registration rights agreement. Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the senior notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the senior notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided, however, that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the senior notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Issuers, the Issuers’ office or agency in New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.
 
Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases
 
The Issuers are not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the senior notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase senior notes as described under the caption “Repurchase at the Option of Holders.” The Issuers may at any time and from time to time purchase senior notes in the open market or otherwise.
 
Optional Redemption
 
Fixed Rate Senior Notes
 
At any time prior to December 1, 2009, the Issuers may redeem all or a part of the fixed rate senior notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address or otherwise delivered in accordance with the procedures of DTC, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the fixed rate senior notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date, subject to the right


100


Table of Contents

of Holders of record of fixed rate senior notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.
 
On and after December 1, 2009, the Issuers may redeem the fixed rate senior notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under the heading “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Selection and Notice,” at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the fixed rate senior notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of Holders of record of fixed rate senior notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the 12 month period beginning on December 1 of each of the years indicated below:
 
         
Year
  Percentage  
 
2009
    105.063 %
2010
    102.531 %
2011 and thereafter
    100.000 %
 
In addition, until December 1, 2008, the Issuers may, at their option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of fixed rate senior notes at a redemption price equal to 110.125% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of Holders of record of fixed rate senior notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings and redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the fixed rate senior notes at a redemption price equal to 110.125% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of the Holders of record of fixed rate senior notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net proceeds of one or more Designated Asset Sales; provided, however, that at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of fixed rate senior notes originally issued under the Senior Note Indenture and any Additional Notes that are fixed rate senior notes issued under the Senior Note Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further, however , that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering or Designated Asset Sale, as the case may be.
 
Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering or Designated Asset Sale may be given prior to the completion thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at their discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering or Designated Asset Sale.
 
If the Issuers redeem less than all outstanding fixed rate senior notes, the Trustee shall select the fixed rate senior notes to be redeemed in the manner described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Selection and Notice.”
 
Floating Rate Senior Notes
 
At any time prior to December 1, 2007 the Issuers may redeem all or a part of the floating rate senior notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first class mail to each Holder’s registered address or otherwise delivered in accordance with the procedures of DTC, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of floating rate senior notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of record of floating rate senior notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.
 
On and after December 1, 2007, the Issuers may redeem the floating rate senior notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under the heading “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Selection and Notice” at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the floating rate senior notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of Holders of record of floating rate senior notes on the


101


Table of Contents

relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the 12 month period beginning on December 1 of each of the years indicated below:
 
         
Year
  Percentage  
 
2007
    102.000 %
2008
    101.000 %
2009 and thereafter
    100.000 %
 
In addition, until December 1, 2007, the Issuers may, at their option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of floating rate senior notes issued by the Issuers’ at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus a premium equal to the rate per annum on the floating rate senior notes applicable on the date on which notice of redemption is given, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of Holders of record of floating rate senior notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings and redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the floating rate senior notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus a premium equal to the rate per annum on the floating rate senior notes applicable on the date on which notice of redemption is given, plus any unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of the Holders of record of floating rate senior notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net proceeds of one or more Designated Asset Sales; provided, however , that at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of floating rate senior notes originally issued under the Senior Note Indenture and any Additional Notes that are floating rate senior notes issued under the Senior Note Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further, however , that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering or Designated Asset Sale, as the case may be.
 
Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering or Designated Asset Sale may be given prior to the completion thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at their discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering or Designated Asset Sale.
 
If the Issuers redeem less than all outstanding floating rate senior notes, the Trustee shall select the floating rate senior notes to be redeemed in the manner described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Selection and Notice.”
 
Redemption Upon Changes in Withholding Taxes
 
If, as a result of:
 
(1) any amendment after the date of the Senior Note Indenture to, or change after the date of the Senior Note Indenture in, the laws or regulations of any Relevant Jurisdiction, or
 
(2) any change after the date of the Senior Note Indenture in the general application or general or official interpretation of the laws, treaties or regulations of any Relevant Jurisdiction applicable to the Company or any Guarantor,
 
the Issuers or any Guarantor would be obligated to pay, on the next date for any payment and as a result of that change, Additional Amounts as described above under “— Additional Amounts” with respect to the Relevant Jurisdiction, which the Company or any Guarantor cannot avoid by the use of reasonable measures available to it, then the Issuers may redeem all or part of the senior notes, at any time thereafter, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date. Such redemption shall also be permitted if the Company or any Guarantor determines that, as a result of any action take by any legislative body of, taxing authority of, or any action brought in a court of competent jurisdiction, in any Relevant Jurisdiction, which action is taken or brought on or after the Issue Date, there is a substantial probability that


102


Table of Contents

any Issuer or any Guarantor would be required to pay Additional Amounts. Prior to the giving of any notice of redemption described in this paragraph, the Company will deliver an Officer’s Certificate stating that:
 
(1) the obligation to pay such Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by any Issuer or any Guarantor taking reasonable measures available to it; and
 
(2) any Issuer or any Guarantor has or will become, or there is a substantial probability that it will become, obligated to pay such Additional Amounts as a result of an amendment or change in the laws, treaties or regulations of any Relevant Jurisdiction or a change in the application or interpretation of the laws, treaties or regulations of the Relevant Jurisdiction.
 
Repurchase at the Option of Holders
 
Change of Control
 
The senior notes provide that if a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding senior notes as described under “Optional Redemption,” the Issuers will make an offer to purchase all of the senior notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer” ) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment” ) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers will send notice of such Change of Control Offer, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of senior notes by first-class mail to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:
 
(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled “Change of Control,” and the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control;
 
(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date of such notice (the “Change of Control Payment Date” );
 
(3) that all senior notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by us, that any senior note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest, and that unless the Issuers default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all senior notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date; and
 
(4) the instructions, as determined by us, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow in connection with the Change of Control Offer.
 
The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of senior notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Senior Note Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in the Senior Note Indenture by virtue thereof.
 
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent permitted by law,
 
(1) accept for payment all senior notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,
 
(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all senior notes or portions thereof so tendered, and
 
(3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the senior notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such senior notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by us.


103


Table of Contents

The Senior Credit Facilities presently do, and future credit agreements to which the Issuers become parties may, provide that certain change of control events with respect to them (including a Change of Control under the Senior Note Indenture) would constitute a default thereunder. If the Issuers experience a change of control that triggers a default under the Senior Credit Facilities, the Issuers could seek a waiver of such default or seek to refinance the Senior Credit Facilities. In the event the Issuers do not obtain such a waiver or refinance the Senior Credit Facilities, such default could result in amounts outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities being declared due and payable.
 
The Issuers’ ability to pay cash to the Holders of senior notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by their then-existing financial resources. Sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.
 
The Change of Control purchase feature of the senior notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of the Company and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Initial Purchasers and the Issuers. The Issuers have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that the Issuers could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, the Issuers could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Senior Note Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect the Issuers’ capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on the Issuers’ ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “Certain Covenants — Liens.” Such restrictions in the Senior Note Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the senior notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Senior Note Indenture does not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders of the senior notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.
 
The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Senior Note Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all senior notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon completion of the transaction constituting such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.
 
The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the Company’s assets. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder of senior notes may require the Issuers to make an offer to repurchase the senior notes as described above.
 
The provisions under the Senior Note Indenture relative to the Issuers’ obligation to make an offer to repurchase the senior notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the senior notes.


104


Table of Contents

Asset Sales
 
The Senior Note Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless:
 
(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and
 
(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided, however , that, for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose, each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:
 
(a) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the senior notes, that are assumed by the transferee of such assets and with respect to which the Company and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,
 
(b) any securities received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale to the extent of the cash received in such conversion, and
 
(c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company), taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $150.0 million and 6% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.
 
Within 450 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,
 
(1) to permanently reduce:
 
(a) Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;
 
(b) Obligations under Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) that is secured by a Lien, which Lien is permitted by the Senior Note Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;
 
(c) Obligations under other Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided, however , that the Company shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the senior notes as provided under “Optional Redemption,” through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their senior notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of senior notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or
 
(d) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; or
 
(2) to:
 
(a) make capital expenditures;


105


Table of Contents

(b) either (i) make Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (17) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments” or (ii) redeem Notes in accordance with “Optional Redemption,” in each case with the proceeds of Designated Asset Sales;
 
(c) make an Investment in any one or more businesses; provided, however , that any such Investment is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in such business becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; or
 
(d) acquire properties or other assets,
 
that, in the case of each of clauses (c) and (d), are either used or useful in a Similar Business or replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; provided further, however , that a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Company or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment” ) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment” ) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided, however , that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.
 
Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Issuers shall make an offer to all Holders of the senior notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the senior notes (“Pari Passu Indebtedness”) , to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “Asset Sale Offer” ), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of the senior notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is an integral multiple of $1,000 that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Senior Note Indenture. The Issuers will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $25.0 million by delivering the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Senior Note Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee.
 
To the extent that the aggregate amount of senior notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuers may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Senior Note Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of senior notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the senior notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the senior notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
 
Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Senior Note Indenture.
 
The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the senior notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Senior Note Indenture, the Issuers will


106


Table of Contents

comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in the Senior Note Indenture by virtue thereof.
 
On February 28, 2006, we sold our Storage Business to PMC-Sierra, Inc. for $420 million in cash. We used the net proceeds from the sale of our Storage Business to permanently repay borrowings under our term loan facility. On May 1, 2006, we sold our Printer ASICs Business to Marvell Technology Group Ltd. (“Marvell”). Our agreement with Marvell also provides for up to $35 million in additional performance-based payments by Marvell to us upon the achievement of certain revenue targets by the acquired business. We used $245 million of net proceeds from the sale of our Printer ASICs Business to permanently repay borrowings under our term loan facility.
 
Selection and Notice
 
If the Issuers are redeeming less than all of the senior notes outstanding at any time, the Trustee will select the senior notes to be redeemed (a) if the senior notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the senior notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. No senior notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part.
 
Notices of purchase or redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of senior notes, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the senior notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Senior Note Indenture. If any senior note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such senior note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed.
 
The Issuers will issue a new senior note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original senior note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original senior note. Senior notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on senior notes or portions of them called for redemption.
 
Certain Covenants
 
Set forth below are summaries of certain covenants contained in the Senior Note Indenture. During any period of time that: (i) the notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Senior Note Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event” ), the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the following provisions of the Senior Note Indenture:
 
(1) “— Limitation on Restricted Payments,”
 
(2) “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,”
 
(3) “— Transactions with Affiliates,”
 
(4) “— Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries,”
 
(5) “— Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries,”
 
(6) “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales,” and
 
(7) clause (4) of the first paragraph of “Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets”
 
(collectively, the “Suspended Covenants” ). Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be reset at zero. In addition, the Guarantees of the Guarantors


107


Table of Contents

will be suspended as of such date (the “Suspension Date” ). In the event that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date” ) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraws its Investment Grade Rating or downgrades the rating assigned to the notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events and the Guarantees will be reinstated. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this description as the “Suspension Period.” Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred as a result of a failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period (or upon termination of the Suspension Period or after that time based solely on events that occurred during the Suspension Period).
 
During any Suspension Period, the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction; provided, however , that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction if:
 
(a) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred a Lien to secure the Indebtedness attributable to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction pursuant to “— Liens” below without equally and ratably securing the senior notes pursuant to the covenant described under such covenant; and
 
(b) the consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in that Sale and Lease-Back Transaction is at least equal to the fair market value of the property sold and otherwise complies with “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales” above;
 
provided further , that the foregoing provisions shall cease to apply on and subsequent to the Reversion Date following such Suspension Period.
 
On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to clause (3) of the second paragraph of “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock.” Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” will be made as though the covenant described under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” had been in effect since the Issue Date and prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period.
 
Limitation on Restricted Payments
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
 
(I) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:
 
(a) dividends or distributions by the Company payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or
 
(b) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of Equity Interests issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of Equity Interests;
 
(II) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;


108


Table of Contents

(III) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or Stated Maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:
 
(a) with respect to Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (7) and (8) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;” or
 
(b) a payment of interest, principal or related Obligations at Stated Maturity; or
 
(c) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation or principal installment at Stated Maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, redemption, defeasance or acquisition or retirement; or
 
(IV) make any Restricted Investment;
 
(each such payment or other action set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above being referred to as a “Restricted Payment” ), unless, at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
 
(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;
 
(2) the Company would have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;” and
 
(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to clause (b) thereof only), (6)(c) and (9) of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of (without duplication):
 
(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning November 1, 2005, to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus
 
(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property received by the Company after the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been relied upon to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) from the issue or sale of:
 
(i) (A) Equity Interests of the Company, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding such proceeds and such fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:
 
(x) Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any direct or indirect parent company of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to make Restricted Payments in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph; and
 
(y) Designated Preferred Stock; and
 
(B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the


109


Table of Contents

sale of Designated Preferred Stock of any such parent company or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to make Restricted Payments in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph); or
 
(ii) debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests of the Company;
 
provided, however , that the calculation set forth in this clause (b) shall not include the net cash proceeds or fair market value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of (W) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (X) Equity Interests or debt securities of the Company that are convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Company, in each case sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus
 
(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Company after the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds (A) to the extent such net cash proceeds have been relied upon to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” (B) contributed by a Restricted Subsidiary and (C) constituting an Excluded Contribution); plus
 
(d) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property received from:
 
(i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or
 
(ii) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case after the Issue Date (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment); plus
 
(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Company in good faith or if such fair market value exceeds $25.0 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of such redesignation (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment).
 
The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:
 
(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Senior Note Indenture;
 
(2) (a) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests (“Treasury Capital Stock” ) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent contributed to the Company (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock” ) and (b) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and


110


Table of Contents

payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this paragraph, the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company) in an aggregate amount in any calendar year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;
 
(3) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Refinancing Indebtedness of the Issuers or a Guarantor, as the case may be that is incurred in compliance with the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;”
 
(4) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided, however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) shall not exceed in any calendar year $20.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $40.0 million in any calendar year); provided further, however , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:
 
(a) the net cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent such net cash proceeds have not otherwise been applied to make Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; plus
 
(b) the net cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less
 
(c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);
 
provided, further , that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company from members of management of the Company, any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Senior Note Indenture;
 
(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with and to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges;”
 
(6) the declaration and payment of dividends:
 
(a) to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Company after the Issue Date;
 
(b) to a direct or indirect parent company of the Company, to the extent that the proceeds of which are used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent company issued after the Issue Date; provided, however , that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the


111


Table of Contents

aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Company from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock;
 
(c) to holders of Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock and that was exchanged for, or the proceeds of which were used to purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, any Preferred Stock (other than Preferred Stock of the Company outstanding on the Issue Date) in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph;
 
provided, however , in the case of each of clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of declaration of any such dividends, after giving effect to such declaration on a pro forma basis, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;
 
(7) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 2% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being determined in good faith by the Company at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
 
(8) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;
 
(9) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company to fund a payment of dividends on such company’s common stock), following the consummation of an underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Company in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to common stock registered on Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;
 
(10) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;
 
(11) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11), not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 2% of Total Assets at the time made;
 
(12) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;
 
(13) any Restricted Payment used to fund the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “— Transactions with Affiliates;”
 
(14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to provisions similar to those described under the captions “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control” and “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales;” provided that all senior notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been purchased, redeemed, defeased or acquired for value;
 
(15) the declaration and payment of dividends by the Company to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication:
 
(a) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;


112


Table of Contents

(b) federal, state and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided, however , that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent company;
 
(c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company the Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(d) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and
 
(e) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Company related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent company;
 
(16) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
 
(17) at any time on or prior to the third anniversary of the Issue Date, Restricted Payments that are made with the proceeds from Designated Asset Sales; or
 
(18) at any time on or prior to July 31, 2006, Restricted Payments that are made with the proceeds from any Tranche B-2 Term Loan Commitment (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) to the extent permitted by the Senior Credit Facilities;
 
provided, however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (11), (17) and (18) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.
 
As of the date of this prospectus, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries (including the subsidiary co-issuers) are Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or under clause (7), (10) or (11) of the second paragraph of this covenant, or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Senior Note Indenture.
 
Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur” and collectively, an “incurrence” ) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Company will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided, however , that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a


113


Table of Contents

consolidated basis for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided, however , that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate of $125.0 million of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors is outstanding pursuant to this paragraph at such time.
 
The foregoing limitations will not apply to:
 
(1) the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount of $975.0 million outstanding at any one time, less up to $215.0 million in the aggregate of mandatory principal payments actually made by the borrower thereunder in respect of Indebtedness thereunder with the proceeds of the Storage Sale;
 
(2) the incurrence by the Issuers and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the senior notes and the Subordinated Notes (including any Guarantee) (other than any Additional Notes) and any notes and guarantees issued in exchange for the senior notes, the Subordinated Notes and Guarantees pursuant to a registration rights agreement;
 
(3) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2));
 
(4) (a) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, in an aggregate principal amount at the date of such incurrence (including all Refinancing Debt Incurred to refinance any other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4)(a)) not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 4% of Total Assets; provided, however , that such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase or transaction, or is created within 270 days thereafter, and (b) other Indebtedness under Capitalized Lease Obligations in a principal amount that does not exceed $50.0 million in the aggregate at any time outstanding, together with other Indebtedness under Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred under this clause (4)(b) (including all Refinancing Debt Incurred to refinance any other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4)(b));
 
(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however , that upon the drawing of such letter of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;
 
(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or the Capital Stock of a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Capital Stock for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however , that the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time


114


Table of Contents

received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;
 
(7) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness; provided further, however, that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a subsidiary co-issuer or a Guarantor shall be expressly subordinated in right of payment to the senior notes;
 
(8) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however , that if a subsidiary co-issuer or a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a subsidiary co-issuer or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes in the case of a subsidiary co-issuer or the Guarantee of the senior notes of such a Guarantor; provided further, however, that any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness;
 
(9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary, provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;
 
(10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this covenant, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;
 
(11) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
 
(12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Company after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or cash contributed to the capital of the Company (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to the second paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof) and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $175.0 million;
 
(13) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, clauses (2), (3), (4) or (12)(a) above, this clause (13) or clause (14) below or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”); provided, however , that:
 
(a) the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the


115


Table of Contents

Indebtedness being so refunded or refinanced, plus the amount of any premium (including any tender premium and any defeasance costs, fees and premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing such Indebtedness) and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;
 
(b) such Refinancing Indebtedness shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced;
 
(c) if such Refinancing Indebtedness constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness, such Refinancing Indebtedness shall have a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced;
 
(d) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refunds or refinances (i) Subordinated Indebtedness, such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the senior notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively; and
 
(e) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include:
 
(i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a subsidiary co-issuer or a Guarantor that refunds or refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of either an Issuer or a Guarantor; or
 
(ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refunds or refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
 
(14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Senior Note Indenture; provided, however , that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either
 
(a) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of this covenant, or
 
(b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;
 
(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;
 
(16) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;
 
(17) (a) any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the Senior Note Indenture, or
 
(b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company; provided, however , that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with the covenant described below under “— Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries;” and
 
(18) Indebtedness owed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case


116


Table of Contents

to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent described in clause (4) of the second paragraph under the caption “— Limitation on Restricted Payments.”
 
For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:
 
(1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (18) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify, and may thereafter reclassify, such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses; provided, however , that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities after the application of the net proceeds from the sale of the senior notes shall first be applied to clause (1) of the preceding paragraph; and
 
(2) at the time of incurrence, the Company will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs above (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to clause (12)(b) or clause (4) of the second paragraph of this covenant shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of first, clause (12)(b) and second, clause (4) and shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which, and to the extent that, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on clause (12)(b) or (4), as applicable).
 
Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.
 
For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided, however , that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.
 
The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.
 
The Senior Note Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Company or such subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the senior notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company or such subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor, as the case may be.
 
The Senior Note Indenture does not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) as


117


Table of Contents

subordinated or junior to any other such Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.
 
Liens
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related Guarantee, on any asset or property of the Company or any subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:
 
(1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the senior notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or
 
(2) in all other cases, the senior notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured, except that the foregoing shall not apply to (a) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” and (b) Liens securing Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;” provided that, with respect to Liens securing Obligations incurred pursuant to this clause (b), at the time of incurrence of and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 3.5 to 1.0.
 
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
 
The Company may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
 
(1) the Company is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Company or the laws of the Republic of Singapore or of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company” );
 
(2) the Successor Company, if other than the Company, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company under the senior notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
 
(3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;
 
(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,
 
(a) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” or
 
(b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;
 
(5) each subsidiary co-issuer and Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (b) of the second succeeding paragraph shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its obligations under the Senior Note Indenture and the senior


118


Table of Contents

notes or Guarantee, as the case may be, shall apply to such Person’s obligations under the Senior Note Indenture, the senior notes and any registration rights agreement relating to the senior notes;
 
(6) if the merging corporation is organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of Singapore and the Successor Company is organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or if the merging corporation is organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof and the Successor Company is organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of Singapore, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel that the holders of the senior notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the transaction and will be taxed for U.S. federal income tax purposes on the same amounts and at the same times as would have been the case if the transaction had not occurred;
 
(7) in the event that the Successor Company is organized and existing under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the merging corporation’s jurisdiction and an opinion is not delivered pursuant to clause (6) above, the Successor Company shall agree to withhold any taxes, duties, assessments or similar charges that arise as a consequence of such consolidation, merger or sale with respect to the payment of principal, premium or interest on the senior notes or Guarantees and to pay such additional amounts as may be necessary to ensure that the net amounts receivable by holders of the senior notes after any such withholding or deduction will equal the respective amounts of principal, premium and interest which would have been receivable in respect of the senior notes in the absence of such consolidation, merger or sale, to the extent that such additional amounts would be required by and subject to the terms (including all relevant exceptions) contained in “— Additional Amounts;” and
 
(8) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Senior Note Indenture.
 
The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for the Company, as the case may be, under the Senior Note Indenture, the Guarantees and the senior notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4),
 
(1) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company, and
 
(2) the Company may merge with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in a state of the United States, the District of Columbia, any territory thereof or the Republic of Singapore so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
 
Subject to certain limitations described in the Senior Note Indenture governing release of a subsidiary co-issuer from its obligations under the Senior Note Indenture and senior notes and a Guarantor from its Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a guarantor, no subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor will, and the Company will not permit any subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not an Issuer or Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
 
(1) (a) such subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the Republic of Singapore, the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person” );


119


Table of Contents

(b) the Successor Person, if other than such subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor under the Senior Note Indenture and such related Guarantor’s Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
 
(c) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and
 
(d) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Senior Note Indenture; or
 
(2) the transaction is made in compliance with the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales.”
 
Subject to certain limitations described in the Senior Note Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor under the Senior Note Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor or the Company.
 
Transactions with Affiliates
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction” ) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless:
 
(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to Company or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and
 
(2) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20.0 million, the Company delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Company approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.
 
The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:
 
(1) transactions between or among the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(2) Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the Senior Note Indenture described above under the covenant “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” and the definition of “Permitted Investments;”
 
(3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses to the Investors pursuant to the Sponsor Advisory Agreement;
 
(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(5) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Company or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;


120


Table of Contents

(6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Company when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);
 
(7) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole;
 
(8) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, in each case as disclosed in the this prospectus;
 
(9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Senior Note Indenture, which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Company or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as are reasonably likely to have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;
 
(10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Company to any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant;
 
(11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;
 
(12) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors for financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved in good faith by a majority of the board of directors of the Company;
 
(13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved in good faith by the Company; and
 
(14) investments by the Investors in securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities.
 
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is not a subsidiary co-issuer or a Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:
 
(1) (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or
 
(b) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or


121


Table of Contents

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
 
except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
 
(a) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation;
 
(b) the Senior Note Indenture, the senior notes, the indenture governing the Subordinated Notes and the Subordinated Notes;
 
(c) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above on the property so acquired;
 
(d) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;
 
(e) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;
 
(f) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;
 
(g) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “— Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
 
(h) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
(i) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not subsidiary co-issuers or Guarantors permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;”
 
(j) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements relating solely to such joint venture;
 
(k) customary provisions contained in leases or licenses of intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
(l) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (k) above; provided, however , that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and
 
(m) restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Company are necessary or advisable to effect transactions contemplated under such Receivables Facility.


122


Table of Contents

Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries
 
The Company will not permit any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other Indebtedness) other than a subsidiary co-issuer or a Guarantor, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless:
 
(1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Senior Note Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of any Issuer or any Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the senior notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the senior notes;
 
(2) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee; and
 
(3) such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that:
 
(a) such Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized; and
 
(b) such Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, except insofar as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity;
 
provided, however , that this covenant shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.
 
Reports and Other Information
 
Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Senior Note Indenture requires the Company to file with the SEC (and make available to the Trustee and Holders of the senior notes (without exhibits), without cost to any Holder, within 15 days after it files them with the SEC) from and after the Issue Date,
 
(1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year (or such shorter period that would be applicable to the company if it were a U.S. company that is not a foreign private issuer and that is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (a “U.S. Filer” ) as the SEC may in the future prescribe), an annual report on Form 10-K (or any successor form) or Form 20-F (or any successor form) containing substantially the same information (including applicable certifications) that the Company would be required to include in Form 10-K (or any successor form) if the Company were a U.S. Filer; provided , that the financial statements included therein shall be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP; provided, further , that if any annual report is filed on Form 20-F, the certifications required by Form 10-K, but not Form 20-F, shall be made to the Holders of the senior notes and the Trustee as if such report had been made on Form 10-K and provided to the Trustee and made available to Holders, in lieu of being filed with the SEC;
 
(2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (or such shorter period that would be applicable to the Company if it were a U.S. Filer as the SEC may in the future prescribe), a report containing substantially the same information (including applicable certifications) required to be contained in Form 10-Q (or any successor form) that would be required if the


123


Table of Contents

Company were a U.S. Filer; provided , that the financial statements included therein shall be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP; provided, further , that if any quarterly report is filed on Form 6-K, the certifications required by Form 10-Q, but not Form 6-K, shall be made to the Holders of the senior notes and the Trustee as if such report had been made on Form 10-Q and provided to the Trustee and made available to Holders, in lieu of being filed with the SEC;
 
(3) within the time periods specified on Form 8-K after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on the appropriate form for reporting current events containing substantially the same information required to be contained in Form 8-K (or any successor form) that would be required if the Company were a U.S. Filer; provided , that such reports may be furnished, rather than filed, to the extent U.S. Filers are permitted to do so by the SEC; and
 
(4) any other information, documents and other reports which the Company would be required to file with the SEC if it were a U.S. Filer; provided , that such reports may be furnished, rather than filed, to the extent U.S. Filers are permitted to do so by the SEC;
 
in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided, however , that the Company shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Company will make available such information to prospective purchasers of senior notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the senior notes, in each case within 15 days after the time the Company would be required to file such information with the SEC, if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Company will agree that, for so long as any senior notes are outstanding, it will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
 
In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Company becomes a guarantor of the senior notes, the Senior Note Indenture permits the Company to satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided, however , that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement by (1) the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act or (2) by posting on its website or providing to the Trustee within 15 days of the time periods after the Company would have been required to file annual and interim reports with the SEC, the financial information (including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section) that would be required to be included in such reports, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the Offering Memorandum.
 
Events of Default and Remedies
 
The Senior Note Indenture provides that each of the following is an Event of Default:
 
(1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the senior notes;
 
(2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest on or with respect to the senior notes;
 
(3) failure by any Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 30% in principal amount of the senior notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in the Senior Note Indenture or the senior notes;


124


Table of Contents

(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the senior notes, if both:
 
(a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and
 
(b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $50.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;
 
(5) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;
 
(6) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; or
 
(7) the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the related Senior Note Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with the Senior Note Indenture.
 
If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) above) occurs and is continuing under the Senior Note Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then total outstanding senior notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding senior notes to be due and payable immediately.
 
Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) of the first paragraph of this section, all outstanding senior notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. The Senior Note Indenture provides that the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. In addition, the Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the senior notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the senior notes.
 
The Senior Note Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding senior notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the senior notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Senior Note Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any senior note held by a non-consenting Holder. In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the senior notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:
 
(1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or


125


Table of Contents

(2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or
 
(3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.
 
Subject to the provisions of the Senior Note Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee thereunder, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Senior Note Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the senior notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of a senior note may pursue any remedy with respect to the Senior Note Indenture or the senior notes unless:
 
(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
 
(2) Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the total outstanding senior notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
 
(3) Holders of the senior notes have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;
 
(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and
 
(5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding senior notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.
 
Subject to certain restrictions, under the Senior Note Indenture the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding senior notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Senior Note Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a senior note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.
 
The Senior Note Indenture provides that the Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Senior Note Indenture, and the Company is required, within five Business Days, upon becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.
 
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
 
No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of any Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies has any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the senior notes, the Guarantees or the Senior Note Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting senior notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the senior notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.
 
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
 
The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have all of their obligations discharged with respect to the senior notes and to have each Guarantor’s obligation discharged with respect to its Guarantee (“Legal Defeasance”) , and cure all then existing Events of Default, except for:
 
(1) the rights of Holders of senior notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the senior notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to the Senior Note Indenture;


126


Table of Contents

(2) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to senior notes concerning issuing temporary senior notes, registration of such senior notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen senior notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
 
(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuers’ obligations in connection therewith; and
 
(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Senior Note Indenture.
 
In addition, the Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have their obligations and those of each Guarantor released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Senior Note Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default with respect to the senior notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events pertaining to the Issuers) described under “Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the senior notes.
 
In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the senior notes:
 
(1) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the senior notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the senior notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such senior notes and the Issuers must specify whether such senior notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;
 
(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee (x) an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, (a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (b) since the issuance of the senior notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the senior notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred and (y) an opinion of Singapore counsel and of any other jurisdiction in which the Issuers are organized, resident or engaged in business for tax purposes that (a) Holders of the outstanding senior notes who are not resident or engaged in business in that jurisdiction will not become subject to tax in the jurisdiction as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject for purposes of the tax laws of that jurisdiction to income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if Legal Defeasance had not occurred and (b) payments from the defeasance trust will be free or exempt from any and all withholding and other taxes of whatever nature of such jurisdiction or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, except in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
 
(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee (x) an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the senior notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred and (y) an opinion of Singapore counsel and of any other jurisdiction in which the Issuers are organized, resident or engaged in business for tax purposes that (a) Holders of the outstanding senior notes who are not resident or engaged in business in that jurisdiction will not become subject to tax in the jurisdiction as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject for purposes of the tax laws of that jurisdiction to income tax on the same amounts, in the same


127


Table of Contents

manner and at the same times as would have been the case if Covenant Defeasance had not occurred and (b) payments from the defeasance trust will be free or exempt from any and all withholding and other taxes of whatever nature of such jurisdiction or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, except in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
 
(4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;
 
(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Senior Note Indenture) to which, any Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which any Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;
 
(6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuers or any Guarantor or others; and
 
(7) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
 
Satisfaction and Discharge
 
The Senior Note Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all senior notes, when either:
 
(1) all senior notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed senior notes which have been replaced or paid and senior notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
 
(2) (a) all senior notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by such Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers and the Issuers or any Guarantor have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the senior notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the senior notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;
 
(b) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit) with respect to the Senior Note Indenture or the senior notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Senior Note Indenture) to which any Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which any Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;
 
(c) the Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Senior Note Indenture; and
 
(d) the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the senior notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.


128


Table of Contents

In addition, the Company must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
 
Amendment, Supplement and Waiver
 
Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Senior Note Indenture, any Guarantee and the senior notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the senior notes then outstanding, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, senior notes, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Senior Note Indenture or the senior notes issued thereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding senior notes, other than senior notes beneficially owned by any Issuer or its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the senior notes).
 
The Senior Note Indenture provides that, without the consent of each affected Holder of senior notes, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any senior notes held by a non-consenting Holder:
 
(1) reduce the principal amount of such senior notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
 
(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such senior note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such senior notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under the caption “Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);
 
(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any senior note;
 
(4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the senior notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the senior notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the senior notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in the Senior Note Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;
 
(5) make any senior note payable in money other than that stated therein;
 
(6) make any change in the provisions of the Senior Note Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the senior notes;
 
(7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;
 
(8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s senior notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s senior notes;
 
(9) make any change to or modify the ranking of the senior notes that would adversely affect the Holders;
 
(10) except as expressly permitted by the Senior Note Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the Holders of the senior notes; or
 
(11) amend or modify the provisions described under “— Additional Amounts.”
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or the Senior Note Indenture to which it is a party) and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Senior Note Indenture and any Guarantee or senior notes without the consent of any Holder;
 
(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
 
(2) to provide for uncertificated senior notes of such series in addition to or in place of certificated senior notes;


129


Table of Contents

(3) to comply with the covenant relating to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets;
 
(4) to provide the assumption of the Issuers’ or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;
 
(5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Senior Note Indenture of any such Holder;
 
(6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon any Issuer or any Guarantor;
 
(7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Senior Note Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
 
(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Senior Note Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;
 
(9) to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable;
 
(10) to add a Guarantor under the Senior Note Indenture;
 
(11) to conform the text of the Senior Note Indenture, Guarantees or the senior notes to any provision of this “Description of Exchange Senior Notes” to the extent that such provision in this “Description of Exchange Senior Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Senior Note Indenture, Guarantee or senior notes;
 
(12) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Senior Note Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of senior notes as permitted by the Senior Note Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the senior notes; provided, however , that (i) compliance with the Senior Note Indenture as so amended would not result in senior notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer senior notes; or
 
(13) to make any other modifications to the senior notes or the Senior Note Indenture of a formal, minor or technical nature or necessary to correct a manifest error or upon Opinion of Counsel to comply with mandatory provisions of the law of Singapore or other foreign law requirement, so long as such modification does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder of the senior notes in any material respect.
 
The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Senior Note Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.
 
Notices
 
Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.
 
Enforceability of Judgments
 
Since a majority of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries are outside the United States, any judgment obtained in the United States against the Company or a Guarantor, including judgments relating to the payment of principal, interest, Additional Interest, Additional Amounts, redemption price and any purchase price of the senior notes, may not be entirely collectible, or collectible at all, within the United States.
 
The Company has been advised that the applicable laws of Singapore permit an action for debt to be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in Singapore on a final and conclusive judgment in personam on merits properly obtained against the Company in a United States federal court or a court of the State of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, respecting the enforcement of the senior notes, the Senior Note Indenture or the registration rights agreement relating to the senior notes that is not impeachable as void or voidable under the laws of the State of New York and that is for a specified sum in


130


Table of Contents

money and which could be enforced by execution against the Company in the jurisdiction of the relevant court and has not been stayed or satisfied in whole if:
 
  •  the relevant court that rendered the judgment has jurisdiction over the Company, as recognized by the courts of Singapore and in compliance with Singapore’s conflict of laws rules and submission by the Company in the Senior Note Indenture to the jurisdiction of the New York court will be sufficient for this purpose;
 
  •  the judgment was not obtained by fraud or in a manner contrary to natural justice and the enforcement thereof would not be inconsistent with public policy, as that term is understood under the applicable laws of Singapore;
 
  •  the enforcement of the judgment does not constitute, directly or indirectly, the enforcement of foreign revenue, expropriatory, public or penal laws; and
 
  •  the action to enforce the judgment is commenced within the applicable limitation period.
 
Concerning the Trustee
 
The Senior Note Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee thereunder, should it become a creditor of the Issuers, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.
 
The Senior Note Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding senior notes have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Senior Note Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Senior Note Indenture at the request of any Holder of the senior notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
 
Governing Law
 
The Senior Note Indenture, the senior notes and any Guarantee are governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
 
Certain Definitions
 
Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Senior Note Indenture. For purposes of the Senior Note Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.
 
“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person,
 
(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and
 
(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
 
“Additional Amounts” shall have the definition set forth under “— Additional Amounts.” All references in this prospectus to payments of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the senior notes shall be deemed to include any applicable Additional Amounts that may become payable in respect of the senior notes.


131


Table of Contents

“Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to a registration rights agreement.
 
“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.
 
“Agilent” means Agilent Technologies, Inc.
 
“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any senior note on any redemption date, the greater of:
 
(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such senior note; and
 
(2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such senior note at December 1, 2007 (with respect to any floating rate senior note) or December 1, 2009 (with respect to any fixed rate senior note) (each such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under the caption “Optional Redemption”), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such senior note through December 1, 2007 (with respect to any floating rate senior note, assuming that the rate of interest on the floating rate senior notes for the period from the Redemption Date through December 1, 2007 will be equal to the rate of interest on the floating rate senior notes in effect on the date on which the applicable notice of redemption is given) or December 1, 2009 (with respect to any fixed rate senior note) (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of such senior note.
 
“Asset Sale” means:
 
(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition” ); or
 
(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;
 
in each case, other than:
 
(a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business;
 
(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under “Certain Covenants — Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Senior Note Indenture;
 
(c) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described above under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments;”
 
(d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $15.0 million;
 
(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;


132


Table of Contents

(f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or comparable law or regulation, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;
 
(g) the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;
 
(h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
 
(i) foreclosures on assets;
 
(j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility; and
 
(k) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by the Senior Note Indenture.
 
“Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.
 
“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.
 
“Capital Stock” means:
 
(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;
 
(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;
 
(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
 
(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.
 
“Cash Equivalents” means:
 
(1) United States dollars;
 
(2) (a) euro or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or (b) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
 
(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof, the government of the Republic of Singapore, the World Bank or the Asian Development Bank, the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of any such government or entity with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
 
(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;
 
(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;


133


Table of Contents

(6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
 
(7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
 
(8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above;
 
(9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and
 
(10) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.
 
“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
 
(1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or
 
(2) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company.
 
“Company” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph under “General,” provided that when used in the context of determining the fair market value of an asset or liability under the Senior Note Indenture, “Company” shall be deemed to mean the board of directors of the Company when the fair market value is equal to or in excess of $50.0 million (unless otherwise expressly stated).
 
“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:
 
(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative


134


Table of Contents

instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (t) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities other than Indebtedness, (u) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition, (v) any Additional Interest and any comparable “Additional Interest” with respect to the Subordinated Notes or other securities (w) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (x) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (y) interest with respect to Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent of such Person appearing upon the balance sheet of such Person solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP, and (z) Receivables Fees and any other commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to a Receivables Facility); plus
 
(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less
 
(3) interest income for such period.
 
For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
 
“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however , that, without duplication,
 
(1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual expenses, severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans and, to the extent incurred on or prior to April 30, 2007, other expenses (including start-up and transition costs) relating to the Transactions, shall be excluded,
 
(2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded,
 
(3) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded,
 
(4) any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Company, shall be excluded,
 
(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided, however , that Consolidated Net Income of the Company shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,
 
(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of the first paragraph of “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any subsidiary co-issuer or any Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the


135


Table of Contents

Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,
 
(7) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the property and equipment, inventory, intangible assets, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off (including the write-off of in-process research and development in connection with the Transactions) of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,
 
(8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,
 
(9) any impairment charge or asset write-off, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,
 
(10) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights shall be excluded,
 
(11) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, disposition, recapitalization, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded, and
 
(12) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP or changes as a result of adoption of or modification of accounting policies, in each case, within twelve months after the Issue Date, shall be excluded.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments” only (other than clause (3)(d) thereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (3)(d) thereof.
 
“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the total amount of assets (less applicable reserves and other properly deductible items) after deducting (i) all current liabilities (excluding the amount of those which are by their terms extendable or renewable at the option of the obligor to a date more than 12 months after the date as of which the amount is being determined) and (2) all goodwill, tradenames, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other intangible assets, all as set forth on the most recent balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries and determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
“Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio” as of any date of determination means, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is secured by Liens as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur to (2) the Company’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.


136


Table of Contents

“Consolidated Senior Credit Facilities Debt Ratio” as of any date of determination means, the ratio of (1) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities (other than any second lien tranche of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities issued subsequent to the Issue Date) as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, minus the aggregate cash included in the cash accounts listed on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in excess of $15.0 million and undrawn letters of credit to (2) the Company’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to (a) Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and (b) cash accounts, after giving pro forma effect to any Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (17) of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments.”
 
“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, all obligations relating to Receivables Facilities) and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Company and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Senior Note Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Company.
 
“Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio” as of any date of determination means, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur to (2) the Company’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.
 
“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor” ) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,
 
(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,
 
(2) to advance or supply funds
 
(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or
 
(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or


137


Table of Contents

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.
 
“Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.
 
“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
 
“Designated Asset Sales” means Asset Sales of business units or product lines and related assets (other than the Electronics Components Business Unit), in each case substantially as an entirety, which are designated as “Designated Asset Sales,” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company on the date of sale, the net proceeds of which shall be permitted to be used to redeem the senior notes in accordance with the covenant described under “Optional Redemption” or to make Restricted Payments set forth in clause (17) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments;” provided, however , (i) that after giving pro forma effect to any such Designated Asset Sale and the application of such net proceeds, the Company’s Consolidated Senior Credit Facilities Debt Ratio would be less than or equal to (x) the Company’s Consolidated Senior Credit Facilities Debt Ratio immediately prior to such asset sale and (y) 1.5 to 1.0, (ii) after giving pro forma effect to any such Designated Asset Sale and the application of such net proceeds, the Company’s Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall be less than or equal to (x) the Company’s Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such asset sale and (y) 3.0 to 1.0, and (iii) at the time of such Designated Asset Sale, at least $250.0 million of outstanding term Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities outstanding on the Issue Date or subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the Tranche B-2 Term Loan Commitment (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date) shall have been repaid since the Issue Date; provided further, however , that the Company will not be required to satisfy the conditions under clause (2) of the first paragraph of “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales” if the Company intends in good faith at the time such Designated Asset Sale is consummated, as evidenced in the Officer’s Certificate, to use any non-cash consideration in excess of the amount otherwise permitted by the provisions of such clause (2) to make Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (17) of the second paragraph of “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments.”
 
“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.
 
“Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any parent corporation thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company or the applicable parent corporation thereof, as the case may be, on the


138


Table of Contents

issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph of the “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant.
 
“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the senior notes or the date the senior notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.
 
“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period
 
(1) increased (without duplication) by:
 
(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
 
(b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period including (x) net losses or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus
 
(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
 
(d) the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus
 
(e) any other non-cash charges, including any write off or write downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus
 
(f) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus
 
(g) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under “Certain Covenants — Transactions with Affiliates;” plus
 
(h) for any period that includes a fiscal quarter occurring prior to the fifth fiscal quarter after the Issue Date, the excess of (A) any expenses allocated by Agilent to the historical financial statements of its Semiconductor Products Business segment for services and other items provided previously by Agilent, and any expenses of the type previously allocated by Agilent that are incurred by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on or after the Issue Date and prior to the fifth fiscal quarter after the Issue Date, over (B) the portion of the $157 million of annual stand-alone expenses allocated in lieu of the expenses described in clause (A) applicable to such period (which


139


Table of Contents

adjustments may be incremental to, but not duplicative of, pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the second paragraph of the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” ); plus
 
(i) commencing with the fifth fiscal quarter following the Issue Date, the amount of net cost savings projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided, however , that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (y) such actions are taken on or prior to the third anniversary of the Issue Date and (z) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed $15.0 million for any four consecutive quarter period (which adjustments may be incremental to, but not duplicative of, pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the second paragraph of the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”); plus
 
(j) any costs or expense incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments;”
 
(2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period, and
 
(3) increased or decreased by (without duplication):
 
(a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133; plus or minus, as applicable,
 
(b) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).
 
“Electronics Components Business Unit” means only the Company’s optocoupler, optoelectronic/LED, optical mouse sensor, infrared transceiver and motion controller product lines.
 
“EMU” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.
 
“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.
 
“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale for cash of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:
 
(1) public offerings with respect to the Company’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8;
 
(2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Company; and
 
(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution. “euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.
 
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
 
“Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Company from
 
(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and


140


Table of Contents

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company,
 
in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an officer’s certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments.”
 
“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, defeases, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date” ), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, defeasance, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
 
For purposes of making the computation referred to above, the disposition of the Company’s camera module business and any other Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including the Transactions, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
 
For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.
 
“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:
 
(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;


141


Table of Contents

(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; and
 
(3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.
 
“Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.
 
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date.
 
“Government Securities” means securities that are:
 
(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or
 
(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided, however , that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.
 
“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.
 
“Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Company’s Obligations under the Senior Note Indenture.
 
“Guarantor” means, each Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the senior notes in accordance with the terms of the Senior Note Indenture.
 
“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.
 
“Holder” means the Person in whose name a senior note is registered on the registrar’s books.
 
“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:
 
(1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:
 
(a) in respect of borrowed money;
 
(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);
 
(c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of


142


Table of Contents

business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
 
(d) representing any Hedging Obligations; or
 
(e) during a Suspension Period only, obligations in respect of Sale and Leaseback Transactions in an amount equal to the present value of such obligations during the remaining term of the lease using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction determined in accordance with GAAP, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided, however , that Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent of the Company appearing upon the balance sheet of the Company solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP, shall be excluded;
 
(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of the such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and
 
(3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;
 
provided, however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities.
 
“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.
 
“Initial Purchasers” means Lehman Brothers Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Singapore Pte. Ltd. and Credit Suisse First Boston (Singapore) Limited.
 
“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.
 
“Investment Grade Securities” means:
 
(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);
 
(2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and its Subsidiaries;
 
(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and
 
(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.
 
“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Company in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the


143


Table of Contents

transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments:”
 
(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:
 
(b) the Company “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less
 
(c) the portion (proportionate to the Company equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and
 
(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Company.
 
“Investors” means Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., Silver Lake Partners, and each of their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.
 
“Issue Date” means December 1, 2005.
 
“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.
 
“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided, however , that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
 
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.
 
“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.
 
“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) required (other than required by clause (1) of the second paragraph of “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales”) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.
 
“Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal,


144


Table of Contents

interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
 
“Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated November 25, 2005, relating to the outstanding notes.
 
“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company.
 
“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer of the Company, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements set forth in the Senior Note Indenture.
 
“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee.
 
“Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided, however , that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with the “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales” covenant.
 
“Permitted Holders” means each of the Investors and members of management of the Company (or its direct or indirect parent companies) who are holders of Equity Interests of the Company (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) on the Issue Date and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided, however , that in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.
 
“Permitted Investments” means:
 
(1) any Investment in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;
 
(3) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:
 
(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or
 
(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided, however , that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;
 
(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;
 
(5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date;
 
(6) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:
 
(a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the Company of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or


145


Table of Contents

(b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;
 
(7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of the covenant described in “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;”
 
(8) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Company, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided, however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments;”
 
(9) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;”
 
(10) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Transactions with Affiliates” (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of such paragraph);
 
(11) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Company are necessary or advisable to effect transactions contemplated under the Receivables Facility;
 
(12) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
 
(13) any Investment in a Qualified Joint Venture having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $50.0 million and 2.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
 
(14) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $15.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate; and
 
(15) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company thereof.
 
“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:
 
(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
 
(2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;


146


Table of Contents

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
 
(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;
 
(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;
 
(6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4) or (12)(b) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;”
 
(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
 
(8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however , such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(9) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;”
 
(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under the Senior Note Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;
 
(12) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
 
(13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;
 
(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
 
(15) Liens in favor of any Issuer or any Guarantor;
 
(16) Liens on equipment of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the Company’s clients;
 
(17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;


147


Table of Contents

(18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9); provided, however , that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the Senior Note Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;
 
(19) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;
 
(20) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $25.0 million at any one time outstanding;
 
(21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under the caption “Events of Default and Remedies” so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
 
(22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
 
(23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code, or any successor or comparable provision, on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
 
(24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;” provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;
 
(25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
 
(26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and
 
(27) during a Suspension Period only, Liens securing Indebtedness, and Indebtedness represented by Sale and Leaseback Transactions in an amount that does not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries at any one time outstanding.
 
For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness. Additionally, solely for purposes of this definition and the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Liens,” any Indebtedness incurred during a Suspension Period shall be deemed to have been incurred in compliance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Incurrence of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”


148


Table of Contents

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
 
“Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.
 
“Qualified Joint Venture” means a Person (i) at least 50% of the Voting Stock of which is beneficially owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) which engages in only a Similar Business.
 
“Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided, however , that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Company in good faith.
 
“Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the senior notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.
 
“Receivables Facility” means one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.
 
“Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.
 
“Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.
 
“registration rights agreement” means the registration rights agreement dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, with respect to the senior notes, and any similar registration rights agreement governing Additional Notes, unless the context indicates otherwise.
 
“Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided, however , that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.
 
“Relevant Jurisdiction” shall have the definition set forth in “Additional Amounts.”
 
“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
 
“Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company (including the subsidiary co-issuers) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”
 
“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.
 
“Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.


149


Table of Contents

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.
 
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
 
“Senior Credit Facilities” means the Credit Facility under the credit agreement to be entered into as of the Issue Date by and among Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. and certain of its subsidiaries, as Borrowers, Avago Technologies Holding Pte. Ltd., Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as joint lead arranger and joint lead bookrunner, Lehman Brothers Inc., as joint lead arranger, joint lead bookrunner and syndication agent, and Credit Suisse, as documentation agent, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith.
 
“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
 
“Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.
 
“Sponsor Advisory Agreement” means the Sponsor Advisory Agreement between certain of the management companies associated with the Investors as in effect on the Issue Date.
 
“Stated Maturity” means, except as otherwise provided, with respect to any Indebtedness, the dates specified in such Indebtedness as the fixed dates on which the principal and/or interest of such Indebtedness are due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase or repayment of such Indebtedness at the option of the holder thereof or the lender thereunder upon the happening of any contingency unless such contingency has occurred).
 
“Storage Sale” means the sale by the Company of the storage products business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as described in the Offering Memorandum.
 
“Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to a series of senior notes,
 
(1) any Indebtedness of any Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the senior notes, including the Subordinated Notes, and
 
(2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the senior notes.
 
“Subordinated Notes” means the 11 7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 of the Issuers.
 
“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:
 
(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or is consolidated under GAAP with such Person at such time; and
 
(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which
 
(a) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and


150


Table of Contents

(b) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.
 
“Total Assets” means the total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company or such other Person as may be expressly stated.
 
“Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the issuance of the senior notes and the Subordinated Notes and the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date.
 
“Transaction Agreement” means the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2005, between Agilent and Argos Acquisition Pte. Ltd.
 
“Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to December 1, 2007 (in the case of floating rate senior notes) or December 1, 2009 (in the case of fixed rate senior notes); provided, however , that if the period from the redemption date to December 1, 2007 (in the case of floating rate senior notes) or December 1, 2009 (in the case of fixed rate senior notes) is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
 
“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C §§ 77aaa-777bbbb).
 
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:
 
(1) any Subsidiary of the Company which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Company, as provided below); and
 
(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided, however , that
 
(1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company;
 
(2) such designation complies with the covenants described under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments;” and
 
(3) each of:
 
(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and
 
(b) its Subsidiaries
 
has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.


151


Table of Contents

The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:
 
(1) the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;” or
 
(2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.
 
Any such designation by the Company shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Company or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
 
“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.
 
“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:
 
(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by
 
(2) the sum of all such payments.
 
“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.


152


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF EXCHANGE SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES
 
General
 
Certain terms used in this description are defined under the subheading “Certain Definitions.” In this description, the term “the Company” refers to Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd, a Singapore limited company, and not any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries, the term “subsidiary co-issuers” refers collectively to Avago Technologies U.S. Inc. and Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc., and not any of their respective Affiliates or Subsidiaries, and the term “Issuers” refers collectively to the Company and the subsidiary co-issuers.
 
The Issuers issued the outstanding senior subordinated notes, and will issue the exchange senior subordinated notes under an indenture, dated December 1, 2005 (the “Senior Subordinated Note Indenture” ) among the Issuers, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee” ). The outstanding senior subordinated notes were issued in a private transaction that was not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The terms of the exchange senior subordinated notes are substantially identical to the outstanding senior subordinated notes, except that upon the completion of the exchange offers, the exchange senior subordinated notes will be registered under the Securities Act and free of any covenants regarding registration rights.
 
The exchange senior subordinated notes are new issues of securities and will not be listed on any securities exchange or included in any automated quotation system. The Senior Subordinated Note Indenture contains provisions which define your rights under the senior subordinated notes. The terms of the senior subordinated notes include those stated in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and those made part of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of that agreement, including the definitions therein of certain terms used below. You should read the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture because it, not this description, defines your rights as Holders of the senior subordinated notes. You may request copies of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture at our address set forth under the heading “Prospectus Summary.”
 
The registered holder of a senior subordinated note is treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered holders have rights under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.
 
Brief Description of Senior Subordinated Notes
 
The senior subordinated notes are:
 
  •  unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Issuers;
 
  •  subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness (including the Senior Credit Facilities and the senior notes) of the Issuers;
 
  •  pari passu in right of payment with any future senior subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers;
 
  •  effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness of the Issuers; and
 
  •  initially guaranteed on a senior subordinated unsecured basis by each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees the obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities.
 
Subsidiary Co-Issuers and Guarantors
 
The Issuers are joint and several obligors under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and the senior subordinated notes. The Guarantors, as primary obligors and not merely as sureties, initially jointly and severally irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, on a senior subordinated unsecured basis, the performance and full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuers under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and the senior subordinated notes, whether for


153


Table of Contents

payment of principal of or interest on or Additional Interest in respect of the senior subordinated notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, on the terms set forth in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.
 
Each of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that initially Guaranteed the Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities (other than the subsidiary co-issuers) initially guaranteed the senior subordinated notes. Each of the Guarantees of the senior subordinated notes is a general unsecured Obligation of each Guarantor. The Guarantees are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such entity, are pari passu in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of each such entity and are effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness of each such entity. The senior subordinated notes are structurally subordinated to Indebtedness of Subsidiaries of the Issuers that do not Guarantee the senior subordinated notes.
 
The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantees are limited as necessary to prevent the Guarantees from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.
 
Any entity that makes a payment under its Guarantee is entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
If a Guarantee was rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Guarantor’s liability on its Guarantee could be reduced to zero. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Exchange Notes — The subsidiary co-issuers’ obligations under the exchange notes on the subsidiary guarantees could be deemed a fraudulent conveyance under certain circumstances and a court may subordinate or void them.”
 
The Senior Subordinated Note Indenture provides that the Obligations of each subsidiary co-issuer under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, and a Guarantee by each Guarantor provides by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:
 
(1) (a) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the applicable subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of such subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture;
 
(b) in the case of a Guarantee, the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;
 
(c) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a subsidiary co-issuer or a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or
 
(d) the Issuers’ exercising the legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or the Issuers’ obligations under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture; and
 
(2) the Company delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.


154


Table of Contents

Subordination of Senior Subordinated Notes
 
The payment of principal, interest and premium and Additional Interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the senior subordinated notes are subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers or the relevant Guarantor, including the senior subordinated notes, the Senior Credit Facilities and Senior Indebtedness incurred after the date of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.
 
Only Indebtedness of the Issuers or a Guarantor that is Senior Indebtedness ranks senior to the senior subordinated notes and the Guarantees in accordance with the provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture. The senior subordinated notes and Guarantees in all respects rank pari passu with all other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers and the relevant Guarantor, respectively.
 
The Issuers agreed in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture that the Issuers and the Guarantors will not incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Senior Indebtedness of such Person, unless such Indebtedness is Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the applicable Person or is expressly subordinated in right of payment to Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of such Person. The Senior Subordinated Note Indenture does not treat (i) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (ii) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.
 
Neither any Issuer nor any Guarantor is permitted to pay principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the senior subordinated notes (or pay any other obligations relating to the senior subordinated notes, including Additional Interest, fees, costs, expenses, indemnities and rescission or damage claims) or make any deposit pursuant to the provisions described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or “Satisfaction and Discharge” below and may not purchase, redeem or otherwise retire any senior subordinated notes (collectively, “pay the notes” ) (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) if either of the following occurs (a “Payment Default” ):
 
(1) any Obligation on any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers is not paid in full in cash when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace period); or
 
(2) any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms;
 
unless, in either case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash. Regardless of the foregoing, the Issuers are permitted to pay the senior subordinated notes if the Company and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representatives of all Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is continuing.
 
During the continuance of any default (other than a Payment Default) (a “Non-Payment Default” ) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, the Issuers are not permitted to pay the senior subordinated notes (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) for a period (a “Payment Blockage Period” ) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to the Company) of written notice (a “Blockage Notice” ) of such Non-Payment Default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. The Payment Blockage Period will end earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated:
 
(1) by written notice to the Trustee and the Company from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice;
 
(2) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing; or
 
(3) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or repaid in full in cash.


155


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the provisions described above, unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, the Company and related Guarantors are permitted to resume paying the senior subordinated notes after the end of such Payment Blockage Period. The senior subordinated notes shall not be subject to more than one Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness during such period; provided that if any Blockage Notice is delivered to the Trustee by or on behalf of the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers (other than the holders of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities), a Representative of holders of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities may give another Blockage Notice within such period. However, in no event may the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods on the senior subordinated notes is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any consecutive 360-day period, and there must be at least 181 days during any consecutive 360-day period during which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Blockage Notice to the Trustee will be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Blockage Notice unless such default has been waived for a period of not less than 90 days (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants during the period after the date of delivery of a Blockage Notice, that, in either case, would give rise to a Non-Payment Default pursuant to any provisions under which a Non-Payment Default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new Non-Payment Default for this purpose).
 
In connection with the senior subordinated notes, in the event of any payment or distribution of the assets of the Issuers upon a total or partial liquidation or dissolution or reorganization of or similar proceeding relating to the Issuers or their property:
 
(1) the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior Indebtedness before the Holders of the senior subordinated notes are entitled to receive any payment;
 
(2) until the Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers is paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which Holders of the senior subordinated notes would be entitled but for the subordination provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture will be made to holders of such Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear, except that Holders of senior subordinated notes may receive Permitted Junior Securities; and
 
(3) if a distribution is made to Holders of the senior subordinated notes that, due to the subordination provisions, should not have been made to them, such Holders of the senior subordinated notes are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.
 
The subordination and payment blockage provisions described above will not prevent a Default from occurring under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture upon the failure of the Issuers to pay interest or principal with respect to the senior subordinated notes when due by their terms. If payment of the senior subordinated notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Issuers must promptly notify the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of the acceleration. So long as there shall remain outstanding any Senior Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities, a Blockage Notice may be given only by the administrative agent thereunder unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the requisite lenders named therein. If any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company is outstanding, neither any Issuer nor any Guarantor may pay the senior subordinated notes until five Business Days after the Representatives of all the issuers of such Designated Senior Indebtedness receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, may pay the senior subordinated notes only if the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture otherwise permits payment at that time.
 
Each Guarantor’s obligations under its Guarantee are senior subordinated obligations of that Guarantor. As such, the rights of Holders to receive payment pursuant to such Guarantee will be subordinated in right of payment to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor. The terms of the subordination and


156


Table of Contents

payment blockage provisions described above with respect to the Company’s obligations under the senior subordinated notes apply equally to the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee.
 
A Holder by its acceptance of senior subordinated notes agrees to be bound by such provisions and authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee, on its behalf, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided for in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and appoints the Trustee its attorney-in-fact for such purpose.
 
By reason of the subordination provisions contained in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, in the event of a liquidation or insolvency proceeding, creditors of an Issuer or a Guarantor who are holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, may recover more, ratably, than the Holders of the senior subordinated notes, and creditors who are not holders of Senior Indebtedness may recover less, ratably, than holders of Senior Indebtedness and may recover more, ratably, than the Holders of the senior subordinated notes.
 
The terms of the subordination provisions described above will not apply to payments from money or the proceeds of Government Securities held in trust by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the senior subordinated notes pursuant to the provisions described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or “Satisfaction and Discharge,” if the foregoing subordination provisions were not violated at the time the applicable amounts were deposited in trust pursuant to such provisions.
 
Paying Agent and Registrar for the Senior Notes
 
The Issuers maintain one or more paying agents for the senior subordinated notes in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. The initial paying agent for the senior subordinated notes is the Trustee.
 
The Issuers maintain a registrar with offices in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. The initial registrar is the Trustee. The registrar maintains a register reflecting ownership of the senior subordinated notes outstanding from time to time makes payments on and facilitates transfer of senior subordinated notes on the Issuers’ behalf.
 
The Issuers may change the paying agents or the registrars without prior notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as a paying agent or registrar.
 
Transfer and Exchange
 
A Holder may transfer or exchange senior subordinated notes in accordance with the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture. The registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of senior subordinated notes. Holders are required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Issuers are not required to transfer or exchange any senior subordinated note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuers are not required to transfer or exchange any senior subordinated note for a period of 15 days before a selection of senior subordinated notes to be redeemed.
 
Principal and Maturity
 
The Issuers issued $250 million aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated notes. The outstanding senior subordinated notes will mature on December 1, 2015. Subject to compliance with the covenant described below under the caption “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” the Issuers may issue additional senior subordinated notes from time to time after this offering under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture (the “Additional Notes” ). The senior subordinated notes and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture are treated as a single class for all purposes under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “senior subordinated notes” for all purposes of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and this “Description of Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes” include any Additional Notes that are actually issued.


157


Table of Contents

Interest
 
Interest on the senior subordinated notes accrues at the rate of 11 7 / 8 % per annum and is payable semiannually in arrears on June 1 and December 1, commencing on June 1, 2006, to the Holders of senior subordinated notes of record on the immediately preceding May 15 and November 15. Interest on the senior subordinated notes accrues from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including the Issue Date. Interest on the senior subordinated notes is computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
 
Additional Amounts
 
All payments of, or in respect of, principal of, and premium and interest on, the senior subordinated notes or under the Guarantees are made without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed or levied by or on behalf of the Republic of Singapore, including any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, or any other jurisdiction in which any Guarantor is organized or resident for tax purposes or from or through which payment is made, other than the United States or any State or taxing authority thereof (including, in each case, any political subdivision thereof) (the “Relevant Jurisdiction” ) or any authority thereof or therein having power to tax unless these taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges are required to be withheld or deducted. In that event, the Issuers (or the Guarantor, as the case may be), jointly and severally, agree to pay such additional amount as will result (after deduction of such taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges and any additional taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of the Relevant Jurisdiction) in the payment to each holder of a senior subordinated note of the amounts that would have been payable in respect of such senior subordinated notes or under the Guarantees had no withholding or deduction been required (such amounts, “Additional Amounts” ), except that no Additional Amounts shall be payable for or on account of:
 
(1) any tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charge that would not have been imposed but for the fact that such holder:
 
(a) is or has been a domiciliary, national or resident of, engages or has been engaged in business, maintains or has maintained a permanent establishment, or is or has been physically present in Singapore or the other jurisdiction, or otherwise has or has had some connection with the Relevant Jurisdiction other than the mere ownership of, or receipt of payment under, such senior subordinate note or under the Guarantees (including, without limitation, the holder being a resident in the Relevant Jurisdiction for tax purposes); or
 
(b) presented such senior subordinate noted more than 30 days after the date on which the payment in respect of such senior subordinated note first became due and payable or provided for, whichever is later, except to the extent that the holder would have been entitled to such Additional Amounts if it had presented such note for payment on any day within such period of 30 days;
 
(2) any estate, inheritance, gift, sale, transfer, personal property or similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge;
 
(3) any tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charge which is payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from payment of interest, principal or premium on the senior subordinated notes or under the Guarantees;
 
(4) any tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charge that is imposed or withheld by reason of the failure to duly and timely comply by the holder or the beneficial owner of a senior subordinated note with a request by the Company addressed to the holder (A) to provide information concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the Relevant Jurisdiction of the holder or such beneficial owner or connection with the Relevant Jurisdiction r (B) to make any declaration or other similar claim or satisfy any information or reporting requirement, which, in the case of (A) and (B), is required or imposed by a statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of the taxing jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from all or part of such tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charge;


158


Table of Contents

(5) any payment of the principal of or premium or interest on any senior subordinated note to any holder who is a fiduciary, partnership or person other than the sole beneficial owner of the payment to the extent that, if the beneficial owner had held the senior subordinated note directly, such beneficial owner would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts;
 
(6) except in the case of a winding up of the Company, any tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charge which would not have been imposed but for the presentation of a senior subordinated note for payment (where presentation is required) in the Relevant Jurisdiction (unless by reason of the Company’s actions, presentment could not have been made elsewhere); or
 
(7) any combination of the items listed above.
 
Such Additional Amounts are also not be payable where, had the beneficial owner of the senior subordinated note been the Holder, it would not have been entitled to payment of Additional Amounts by reason of clauses (1) through (7) above.
 
If any taxes are required to be deducted or withheld from payments on the senior subordinated notes or under the Guarantees, the Company shall promptly provide a receipt of the payment of such taxes (or if such receipt is not available, any other evidence of payment reasonably acceptable to the Trustee).
 
Any reference herein to the payment of the principal or interest on any senior subordinated note shall be deemed to include the payment of Additional Amounts provided for in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.
 
Additional Interest
 
Additional Interest may accrue on the senior subordinated notes in certain circumstances pursuant to the registration rights agreement relating to the senior subordinated notes. All references in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, in any context, to any interest or other amount payable on or with respect to the senior subordinated notes shall be deemed to include any Additional Interest pursuant to the registration rights agreement. Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the senior subordinated notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the senior subordinated notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided, however , that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the senior subordinated notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Issuers, the Issuers’ office or agency in New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.
 
Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases
 
The Issuers are not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the senior subordinated notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase senior subordinated notes as described under the caption “Repurchase at the Option of Holders.” The Issuers may at any time and from time to time purchase senior subordinated notes in the open market or otherwise.
 
Optional Redemption
 
At any time prior to December 1, 2010, the Issuers may redeem all or a part of the senior subordinated notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address or otherwise delivered in accordance with the procedures of DTC, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the senior subordinated notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date, subject


159


Table of Contents

to the right of Holders of record of senior subordinated notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.
 
On and after December 1, 2010, the Issuers may redeem the senior subordinated notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under the heading “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Selection and Notice,” at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the senior subordinated notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of Holders of record of senior subordinated notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the 12 month period beginning on December 1 of each of the years indicated below:
 
         
Year
  Percentage  
 
2010
    105.938 %
2011
    103.958 %
2012
    101.979 %
2013 and thereafter
    100.000 %
 
In addition, until December 1, 2008, the Issuers may, at their option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated notes at a redemption price equal to 111.875% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of Holders of record of senior subordinated notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings and redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Subordinated Notes at a redemption price equal to 111.875% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of the Holders of record of senior subordinated notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net proceeds of one or more Designated Asset Sales; provided, however , that at least $150 million aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated notes and at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated notes originally issued under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and any Additional Notes issued under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further, however , that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering or Designated Asset Sales, as the case may be.
 
Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering or Designated Asset Sale may be given prior to the completion thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering or Designated Asset Sale.
 
If the Issuers redeem less than all outstanding senior subordinated notes, the Trustee shall select the senior subordinated notes to be redeemed in the manner described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Selection and Notice.”
 
Redemption Upon Changes in Withholding Taxes
 
If, as a result of:
 
(1) any amendment after the date of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture to, or change after the date of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture in, the laws or regulations of any Relevant Jurisdiction, or
 
(2) any change after the date of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture in the general application or general or official interpretation of the laws, treaties or regulations of any Relevant Jurisdiction applicable any Issuer or any Guarantor,
 
any Issuer or any Guarantor would be obligated to pay, on the next date for any payment and as a result of that change, Additional Amounts as described above under “— Additional Amounts” with respect to the Relevant Jurisdiction, which any Issuer or any Guarantor cannot avoid by the use of reasonable measures


160


Table of Contents

available to it, then the Company may redeem all or part of the senior subordinated notes, at any time thereafter, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date. Such redemption shall also be permitted if any Issuer or any Guarantor determines that, as a result of any action take by any legislative body of, taxing authority of, or any action brought in a court of competent jurisdiction, in any Relevant Jurisdiction, which action is taken or brought on or after the Issue Date, there is a substantial probability that any Issuer or any Guarantor would be required to pay Additional Amounts. Prior to the giving of any notice of redemption described in this paragraph, the Company will deliver an Officer’s Certificate stating that:
 
(1) the obligation to pay such Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by any Issuer or any Guarantor taking reasonable measures available to it; and
 
(2) any Issuer or any Guarantor has or will become, or there is a substantial probability that it will become obligated to pay such Additional Amounts as a result of an amendment or change in the laws, treaties or regulations of any Relevant Jurisdiction or a change in the application or interpretation of the laws, treaties or regulations of the Relevant Jurisdiction.
 
Repurchase at the Option of Holders
 
Change of Control
 
The senior subordinated notes provide that if a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding senior subordinated notes as described under “Optional Redemption,” the Issuers will make an offer to purchase all of the senior subordinated notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer” ) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment” ) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers will send notice of such Change of Control Offer, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of senior subordinated notes by first-class mail to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:
 
(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled “Change of Control,” and the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control;
 
(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date of such notice (the “Change of Control Payment Date” );
 
(3) that all senior subordinated notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by us, that any senior subordinated note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest, and that unless the Issuers default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all senior subordinated notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date; and
 
(4) the instructions, as determined by us, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow in connection with the Change of Control Offer.
 
The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of senior subordinated notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture by virtue thereof.
 
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent permitted by law,


161


Table of Contents

(1) accept for payment all senior subordinated notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,
 
(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all senior subordinated notes or portions thereof so tendered, and
 
(3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the senior subordinated notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such senior subordinated notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by us.
 
The Senior Credit Facilities presently do, and future credit agreements to which the Issuers become a party may, provide that certain change of control events with respect to us (including a Change of Control under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture) would constitute a default thereunder. If the Issuers experience a change of control that triggers a default under the Senior Credit Facilities, the Issuers could seek a waiver of such default or seek to refinance the Senior Credit Facilities. In the event the Issuers do not obtain such a waiver or refinance the Senior Credit Facilities, such default could result in amounts outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities being declared due and payable. In such circumstances, the subordination provisions in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture would likely restrict payments to the holders of the senior subordinated notes.
 
The Issuers’ ability to pay cash to the Holders of senior subordinated notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by their then-existing financial resources. Sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.
 
The Change of Control purchase feature of the senior subordinated notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of the Company and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Initial Purchasers and the Issuers. The Issuers have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that the Issuers could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, the Issuers could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect the Issuers’ capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on the Issuers’ ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “Certain Covenants — Liens.” Such restrictions in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the senior subordinated notes then outstanding. Except for the imitations contained in such covenants, however, the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture does not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders of the senior subordinated notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.
 
The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by us and purchases all senior subordinated notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon completion of the transaction constituting such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.
 
The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the Issuers’ assets to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the Issuers’ assets. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a


162


Table of Contents

Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder of senior subordinated notes may require us to make an offer to repurchase the senior subordinated notes as described above.
 
The provisions under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture relative to the Issuers’ obligation to make an offer to repurchase the senior subordinated notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the senior subordinated notes.
 
Asset Sales
 
The Senior Subordinated Note Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless:
 
(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and
 
(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided, however , that, for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose, each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:
 
(a) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the senior subordinated notes, that are assumed by the transferee of such assets and with respect to which the Company and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,
 
(b) any securities received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale to the extent of the cash received in such conversion, and
 
(c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company), taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $150.0 million and 6% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.
 
Within 450 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,
 
(1) to permanently reduce:
 
(a) Obligations under the Senior Indebtedness, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;
 
(b) Obligations under other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto), provided, however , that the Company shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the senior subordinated notes as provided under “Optional Redemption, “through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their senior subordinated notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of senior subordinated notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or


163


Table of Contents

(c) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a subsidiary co-issuer or a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; or
 
(2) to:
 
(a) make capital expenditures,
 
(b) either (i) make Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (17) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments,” or (ii) redeem senior notes and senior subordinated notes in accordance with “Optional Redemption,” in each case with the proceeds of Designated Asset Sales;
 
(c) make an Investment in any one or more businesses; provided, however , that any such Investment is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in such business becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, or
 
(d) acquire properties or other assets
 
that, in the case of each of clauses (c) and (d), are either used or useful in a Similar Business or replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; provided further, however , that a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Company or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment” ) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment” ) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided, however , that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.
 
Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Issuers shall make an offer to all Holders of the senior subordinated notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the senior subordinated notes (“Pari Passu Indebtedness” ), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “Asset Sale Offer” ), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of the senior subordinated notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is an integral multiple of $1,000 that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture. The Issuers will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $25.0 million by delivering the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee.
 
To the extent that the aggregate amount of senior subordinated notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuers may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the senior subordinated notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the senior subordinated notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
 
Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving


164


Table of Contents

credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.
 
The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the senior subordinated notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture by virtue thereof.
 
On February 28, 2006, we sold our Storage Business to PMC-Sierra, Inc. for $420 million in cash. We used the net proceeds from the sale of our Storage Business to permanently repay borrowings under our term loan facility. On May 1, 2006, we sold our Printer ASICs Business to Marvell Technology Group Ltd. (“Marvell”). Our agreement with Marvell also provides for up to $35 million in additional performance-based payments by Marvell to us upon the achievement of certain revenue targets by the acquired business. We used $245 million of net proceeds from the sale of our Printer ASICs Business to permanently repay borrowings under our term loan facility.
 
Selection and Notice
 
If the Issuers are redeeming less than all of the senior subordinated notes outstanding at any time, the Trustee will select the senior subordinated notes to be redeemed (a) if the senior subordinated notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the senior subordinated notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. No senior subordinated notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part.
 
Notices of purchase or redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of senior subordinated notes, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the senior subordinated notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture. If any senior subordinated note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such senior subordinated note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed.
 
The Issuers will issue a new senior subordinated note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original senior subordinated note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original senior subordinated note. senior subordinated notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on senior subordinated notes or portions of them called for redemption.
 
Certain Covenants
 
Set forth below are summaries of certain covenants contained in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture. During any period of time that: (i) the notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event” ), the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the following provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture:
 
(1) “— Limitation on Restricted Payments,”
 
(2) ‘‘— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,”


165


Table of Contents

(3) “— Transactions with Affiliates,”
 
(4) “— Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries,”
 
(4) “— Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries,”
 
(5) “— Limitation on Layering;”
 
(6) “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales,” and
 
(7) clause (4) of the first paragraph of “Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets”
 
(collectively, the “Suspended Covenants” ). Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be reset at zero. In addition, the Guarantees of the Guarantors will be suspended as of such date (the “Suspension Date” ). In the event that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date” ) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraws its Investment Grade Rating or downgrades the rating assigned to the notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events and the Guarantees will be reinstated. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this description as the “Suspension Period.” Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred as a result of a failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period (or upon termination of the Suspension Period or after that time based solely on events that occurred during the Suspension Period).
 
On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to clause (3) of the second paragraph of “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock.” Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” will be made as though the covenant described under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” had been in effect since the Issue Date and prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period.
 
Limitation on Restricted Payments
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
 
(I) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:
 
(a) dividends or distributions by the Company payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or
 
(b) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of Equity Interests issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of Equity Interests;
 
(II) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;


166


Table of Contents

(III) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or Stated Maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:
 
(a) with respect to Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (7) and (8) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;”
 
(b) a payment of interest, principal or related Obligations at Stated Maturity;
 
(c) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation or principal installment at Stated Maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, redemption, defeasance or acquisition or retirement; or
 
(IV) make any Restricted Investment;
 
(each such payment or other action set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above being referred to as a “Restricted Payment” ), unless, at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
 
(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;
 
(2) the Company would have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;” and
 
(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to clause (b) thereof only), (6)(c) and (9) of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of (without duplication):
 
(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning November 1, 2005, to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus
 
(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property received by the Company after the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been relied upon to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) from the issue or sale of:
 
(i) (A) Equity Interests of the Company, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding such proceeds and such fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:
 
(x) Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any direct or indirect parent company of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to make Restricted Payments in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph; and
 
(y) Designated Preferred Stock; and
 
(B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of any such parent company or


167


Table of Contents

contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to make Restricted Payments in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph); or
 
(ii) debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests of the Company;
 
provided, however , that the calculation set forth in this clause (b) shall not include the net cash proceeds or fair market value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of (W) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (X) Equity Interests or debt securities of the Company that are convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Company, in each case sold to a Restricted Subsidiary (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus
 
(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Company after the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds (A) to the extent such net cash proceeds have been relied upon to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” (B) contributed by a Restricted Subsidiary and (C) constituting an Excluded Contribution); plus
 
(d) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property received from:
 
(i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or
 
(ii) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case after the Issue Date (other than in each case to the extent the investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment); plus
 
(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Company in good faith or if such fair market value exceeds $25.0 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of such redesignation (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment).
 
The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:
 
(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture;
 
(2) (a) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests (“Treasury Capital Stock” ) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent contributed to the Company (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital


168


Table of Contents

Stock” ) and (b) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this paragraph, the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company) in an aggregate amount in any calendar year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;
 
(3) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Refinancing Indebtedness of the Issuers or a Guarantor, as the case may be that is incurred in compliance with the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;”
 
(4) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided, however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) shall not exceed in any calendar year $20.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $40.0 million in any calendar year); provided further, however , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:
 
(a) the net cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent such net cash proceeds have not otherwise been applied to make Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; plus
 
(b) the net cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less
 
(c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);
 
provided, further , that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company from members of management of the Company, any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture;
 
(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with and to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges;”
 
(6) the declaration and payment of dividends:
 
(a) to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Company after the Issue Date;
 
(b) to a direct or indirect parent company of the Company, to the extent that the proceeds of which are used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated


169


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent company issued after the Issue Date, provided, however , that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Company from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock;
 
(c) to holders of Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock and that was exchanged for, or the proceeds of which were used to purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, any Preferred Stock (other than Preferred Stock of the Company outstanding on the Issue Date) in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph;
 
provided, however , in the case of each of clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of declaration of any such dividends, after giving effect to such declaration on a pro forma basis, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;
 
(7) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 2% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being determined in good faith by the Company at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
 
(8) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;
 
(9) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company to fund a payment of dividends on such company’s common stock), following the consummation of an underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Company in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to common stock registered on Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;
 
(10) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;
 
(11) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11), not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 2% of Total Assets at the time made;
 
(12) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;
 
(13) any Restricted Payment used to fund the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “— Transactions with Affiliates;”
 
(14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to provisions similar to those described under the captions “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control” and “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales;” provided that all senior subordinated notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been purchased, redeemed, defeased or acquired for value;
 
(15) the declaration and payment of dividends by the Company to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication:
 
(a) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;


170


Table of Contents

(b) federal, state and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided, however , that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent company;
 
(c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company the Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(d) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and
 
(e) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Company related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent company;
 
(16) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
 
(17) at any time on or prior to the third anniversary of the Issue Date, Restricted Payments that are made with the proceeds from Designated Asset Sales; or
 
(18) at any time on or prior to July 31, 2006, Restricted Payments that are made with the proceeds from any Tranche B-2 Term Loan Commitment (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) to the extent permitted by the Senior Credit Facilities;
 
provided, however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (11), (17) and (18) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.
 
As of the date of this prospectus, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries (including the subsidiary co-issuers) are Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or under clause (7), (10) or (11) of the second paragraph of this covenant, or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.
 
Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur” and collectively, an “incurrence” ) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Company will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided, however , that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a


171


Table of Contents

consolidated basis for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided, however , that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate of $125.0 million of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors is outstanding pursuant to this paragraph at such time.
 
The foregoing limitations will not apply to:
 
(1) the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount of $975.0 million outstanding at any one time, less up to $215.0 million in the aggregate of mandatory principal payments actually made by the borrower thereunder in respect of Indebtedness thereunder with the proceeds of the Storage Sale;
 
(2) the incurrence by the Issuers and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the senior subordinated notes and the senior notes (including any Guarantee) (other than any Additional Notes) and any notes and guarantees issued in exchange for the senior subordinated notes, the senior notes and Guarantees pursuant to a registration rights agreement;
 
(3) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2));
 
(4) (a) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, in an aggregate principal amount at the date of such incurrence (including all Refinancing Debt Incurred to refinance any other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4)(a)) not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 4% of Total Assets; provided, however , that such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase or transaction, or is created within 270 days thereafter, and (b) other Indebtedness under Capitalized Lease Obligations in a principal amount that does not exceed $50.0 million in the aggregate at any time outstanding, together with other Indebtedness under Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred under this clause (4)(b) (including all Refinancing Debt Incurred to refinance any other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4)(b));
 
(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however , that upon the drawing of such letter of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;
 
(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or the Capital Stock of a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Capital Stock for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however , that the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time


172


Table of Contents

received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;
 
(7) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness; provided further, however , that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a subsidiary co-issuer or a Guarantor shall be expressly subordinated in right of payment to the senior subordinated notes;
 
(8) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that if a subsidiary co-issuer or a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a subsidiary co-issuer or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes in the case of a subsidiary co-issuer or the Guarantee of the senior subordinated notes of a Guarantor; provided further, however, that any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness;
 
(9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary, provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;
 
(10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this covenant, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;
 
(11) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
 
(12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Company after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or cash contributed to the capital of the Company (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to the second paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof) and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $175.0 million;
 
(13) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, clauses (2), (3), (4) or (12)(a) above, this clause (13) or clause (14) below or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”); provided, however, that:
 
(a) the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the


173


Table of Contents

Indebtedness being so refunded or refinanced, plus the amount of any premium (including any tender premium and any defeasance costs, fees and premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing such Indebtedness) and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;
 
(b) such Refinancing Indebtedness shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced;
 
(c) if such Refinancing Indebtedness constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness, such Refinancing Indebtedness shall have a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced;
 
(d) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refunds or refinances (i) Indebtedness that is subordinated to or pari passu with the senior subordinated notes, such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinated to or pari passu with the senior subordinated notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively; and
 
(e) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include:
 
(i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a subsidiary co-issuer or a Guarantor that refunds or refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of either an Issuer or a Guarantor; or
 
(ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refunds or refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
 
provided further, however , that subclause (b) of this clause (13) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Indebtedness outstanding under Senior Indebtedness;
 
(14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture; provided, however , that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either
 
(a) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of this covenant, or
 
(b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;
 
(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided, however , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;
 
(16) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;
 
(17) (a) any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, or


174


Table of Contents

(b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company; provided, however, that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with the covenant described below under “— Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries;” and
 
(18) Indebtedness owed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent described in clause (4) of the second paragraph under the caption “— Limitation on Restricted Payments.”
 
For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:
 
(1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (18) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify, and may thereafter reclassify, such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses; provided, however , that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities after the application of the net proceeds from the sale of the senior subordinated notes shall first be applied to clause (1) of the preceding paragraph; and
 
(2) at the time of incurrence, the Company will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs above (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to clause (12)(b) or clause (4) of the second paragraph of this covenant shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of first, clause (12)(b) and second, clause (4) and shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which, and to the extent that, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on clause (12)(b) or (4), as applicable).
 
Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.
 
For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided, however , that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.
 
The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.
 
Liens
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness ranking pari passu with or subordinated to the senior subordinated notes or any related


175


Table of Contents

Guarantee, on any asset or property of the Company or any subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:
 
(1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the senior subordinated notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or
 
(2) in all other cases, the senior subordinated notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured, except that the foregoing shall not apply to (a) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” and (b) Liens securing Obligations in respect of any Senior Indebtedness.
 
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
 
The Company may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
 
(1) the Company is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Company or the laws of the Republic of Singapore or of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company” );
 
(2) the Successor Company, if other than the Company, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company under the senior subordinated notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
 
(3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;
 
(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,
 
(a) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” or
 
(b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;
 
(5) each subsidiary co-issuer and Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (b) of the second succeeding paragraph shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its obligations under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and the senior notes or Guarantee, as the case may be, shall apply to such Person’s obligations under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, the senior subordinated notes and any registration rights agreement relating to the senior subordinated notes;
 
(6) if the merging corporation is organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of Singapore and the Successor Company is organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or if the merging corporation is organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof and the Successor Company is organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of Singapore, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel that


176


Table of Contents

the holders of the senior subordinated notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the transaction and will be taxed for U.S. federal income tax purposes on the same amounts and at the same times as would have been the case if the transaction had not occurred;
 
(7) in the event that the Successor Company is organized and existing under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the merging corporation’s jurisdiction and an opinion is not delivered pursuant to clause (6) above, the Successor Company shall agree to withhold any taxes, duties, assessments or similar charges that arise as a consequence of such consolidation, merger or sale with respect to the payment of principal, premium or interest on the senior subordinated notes or Guarantees and to pay such additional amounts as may be necessary to ensure that the net amounts receivable by holders of the senior subordinated notes after any such withholding or deduction will equal the respective amounts of principal, premium and interest which would have been receivable in respect of the senior subordinated notes in the absence of such consolidation, merger or sale, to the extent that such additional amounts would be required by and subject to the terms (including all relevant exceptions) contained in “— Additional Amounts;” and
 
(8) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.
 
The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for the Company, as the case may be, under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, the Guarantees and the senior subordinated notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4),
 
(1) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company, and
 
(2) the Company may merge with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in a state of the United States, the District of Columbia, any territory thereof or the Republic of Singapore so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
 
Subject to certain limitations described in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture governing release of a subsidiary co-issuer from its obligations under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and senior notes and a Guarantor from its Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a guarantor, no subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor will, and the Company will not permit any subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not an Issuer or Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
 
(1) (a) such subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the Republic of Singapore, the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person” );
 
(b) the Successor Person, if other than such subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and such related Guarantor’s Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
 
(c) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and


177


Table of Contents

(d) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture; or
 
(2) the transaction is made in compliance with the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales.”
 
Subject to certain limitations described in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another subsidiary co-issuer or Guarantor or the Company.
 
Transactions with Affiliates
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction” ) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless:
 
(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to Company or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and
 
(2) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20.0 million, the Company delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Company approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.
 
The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:
 
(1) transactions between or among the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(2) Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture described above under the covenant “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” and the definition of “Permitted Investments;”
 
(3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses to the Investors pursuant to the Sponsor Advisory Agreement;
 
(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(5) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Company or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;
 
(6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Company when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);
 
(7) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or


178


Table of Contents

purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole;
 
(8) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, in each case as disclosed in this prospectus;
 
(9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Company or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as are reasonably likely to have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;
 
(10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Company to any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant;
 
(11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;
 
(12) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors for financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved in good faith by a majority of the board of directors of the Company;
 
(13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved in good faith by the Company; and
 
(14) investments by the Investors in securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities.
 
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is not a subsidiary co-issuer or a Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:
 
(1) (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or
 
(b) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
 
(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
 
except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
 
(a) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation;


179


Table of Contents

(b) the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, the senior subordinated notes, the indenture governing the senior notes and the senior notes;
 
(c) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above on the property so acquired;
 
(d) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;
 
(e) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;
 
(f) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;
 
(g) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “— Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
 
(h) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
(i) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not subsidiary co-issuers or Guarantors permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;”
 
(j) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements relating solely to such joint venture;
 
(k) customary provisions contained in leases or licenses of intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
(l) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (j) above; provided, however, that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and
 
(m) restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Company are necessary or advisable to effect transactions contemplated under such Receivables Facility.
 
Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries
 
The Company will not permit any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other Indebtedness), other


180


Table of Contents

than a subsidiary co-issuer or a Guarantor, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless:
 
(1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of any Issuer or any Guarantor:
 
(a) if the senior subordinated notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment to such Indebtedness, the Guarantee under the supplemental indenture shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the senior subordinated notes are subordinated to such Indebtedness; and
 
(b) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the senior subordinated notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the senior subordinated notes;
 
(2) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee; and
 
(3) such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that:
 
(a) such Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized; and
 
(b) such Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, except insofar as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity; provided, however , that this covenant shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.
 
Limitation on Layering
 
The Senior Subordinated Note Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is either:
 
(1) equal in right of payment with the senior subordinated notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the senior subordinated notes, as the case may be; or
 
(2) expressly subordinated in right of payment to the senior subordinated notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the senior subordinated notes, as the case may be.
 
The Senior Subordinated Note Indenture does not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.
 
Reports and Other Information
 
Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture requires the Company to file with the SEC (and make available to the Trustee


181


Table of Contents

and Holders of the senior subordinated notes (without exhibits), without cost to any Holder, within 15 days after it files them with the SEC) from and after the Issue Date,
 
(1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year (or such shorter period that would be applicable to the Company if it were a U.S. company that is not a foreign private issuer and that is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (a “U.S. Filer”) as the SEC may in the future prescribe), an annual report on Form 10-K (or any successor form) or Form 20-F (or any successor form) containing substantially the same information (including applicable certifications) that the Company would be required to include in Form 10-K (or any successor form) if the Company were a U.S. Filer; provided , that the financial statements included therein shall be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP; provided, further , that if any annual report is filed on Form 20-F, the certifications required by Form 10-K, but not Form 20-F, shall be made to the Holders of the senior subordinated notes and the Trustee as if such report had been made on Form 10-K and provided to the Trustee and made available to Holders, in lieu of being filed with the SEC;
 
(2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (or such shorter period that would be applicable to the Company if it were a U.S. filer as the SEC may in the future prescribe), a report containing substantially the same information (including applicable certifications) required to be contained in Form 10-Q (or any successor form) that would be required if the Company were a U.S. Filer; provided , that the financial statements included therein shall be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP; provided, further, that if any quarterly report is filed on Form 6-K, the certifications required by Form 10-Q, but not Form 6-K, shall be made to the Holders of the senior subordinated notes and the Trustee as if such report had been made on Form 10-Q and provided to the Trustee and made available to Holders, in lieu of being filed with the SEC;
 
(3) within the time periods specified on Form 8-K after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on the appropriate form for reporting current events containing substantially the same information required to be contained in Form 8-K (or any successor form) that would be required if the Company were a U.S. Filer; provided, that such reports may be furnished, rather than filed, to the extent U.S. Filers are permitted to do so by the SEC; and
 
(4) any other information, documents and other reports which the Company would be required to file with the SEC if it were a U.S. Filer; provided, that such reports may be furnished, rather than filed, to the extent U.S. Filers are permitted to do so by the SEC;
 
in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that the Company shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Company will make available such information to prospective purchasers of senior subordinated notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the senior subordinated notes, in each case within 15 days after the time the Company would be required to file such information with the SEC, if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Company will agree that, for so long as any senior subordinated notes are outstanding, it will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
 
In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Company becomes a guarantor of the senior subordinated notes, the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture permits the Company to satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided, however , that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement by (1) the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement, and any amendments thereto, with


182


Table of Contents

such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act or (2) by posting on its website or providing to the Trustee within 15 days of the time periods after the Company would have been required to file annual and interim reports with the SEC, the financial information (including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section) that would be required to be included in such reports, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the Offering Memorandum.
 
Events of Default and Remedies
 
The Senior Subordinated Note Indenture provides that each of the following is an Event of Default:
 
(1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the senior subordinated notes (whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture);
 
(2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest on or with respect to the senior subordinated notes (whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture);
 
(3) failure by any Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 30% in principal amount of the senior subordinated notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture or the senior subordinated notes;
 
(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the senior subordinated notes, if both:
 
(a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and
 
(b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $50.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;
 
(5) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;
 
(6) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; or
 
(7) the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the related Senior Subordinated Note Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.


183


Table of Contents

If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) above) occurs and is continuing under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then total outstanding senior subordinated notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding senior subordinated notes to be due and payable immediately; provided, however , that so long as any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture as part of the Senior Credit Facilities shall be outstanding, no such acceleration shall be effective until the earlier of:
 
(1) acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities; or
 
(2) five Business Days after the giving of written notice of such acceleration to the Issuer and the administrative agent under the Senior Credit Facilities.
 
Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) of the first paragraph of this section, all outstanding senior subordinated notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. The Senior Subordinated Note Indenture provides that the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. In addition, the Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the senior subordinated notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the senior subordinated notes.
 
The Senior Subordinated Note Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding senior subordinated notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the senior subordinated notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any senior subordinated note held by a non-consenting Holder. In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the senior subordinated notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:
 
(1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or
 
(2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or
 
(3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.
 
Subject to the provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee thereunder, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the senior subordinated notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of a senior subordinated note may pursue any remedy with respect to the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture or the senior subordinated notes unless:
 
(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
 
(2) Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the total outstanding senior subordinated notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
 
(3) Holders of the senior subordinated notes have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;
 
(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and


184


Table of Contents

(5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding senior subordinated notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.
 
Subject to certain restrictions, under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding senior subordinated notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a senior subordinated note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.
 
The Senior Subordinated Note Indenture provides that the Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, and the Company is required, within five Business Days, upon becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.
 
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
 
No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of any Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the senior subordinated notes, the Guarantees or the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting senior subordinated notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the senior subordinated notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.
 
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
 
The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have all of their obligations discharged with respect to the senior subordinated notes and to have each Guarantor’s obligation discharged with respect to its Guarantee (“Legal Defeasance”) , and cure all then existing Events of Default, except for:
 
(1) the rights of Holders of senior subordinated notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the senior subordinated notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture;
 
(2) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to senior subordinated notes concerning issuing temporary senior subordinated notes, registration of such senior subordinated notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen senior subordinated notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
 
(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuers’ obligations in connection therewith; and
 
(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.
 
In addition, the Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have their obligations and those of each Guarantor released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default with respect to the senior subordinated notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events pertaining to the Issuers) described under “Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the senior subordinated notes.


185


Table of Contents

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the senior subordinated notes:
 
(1) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the senior subordinated notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the senior subordinated notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such senior subordinated notes and the Issuers must specify whether such senior subordinated notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;
 
(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee (x) an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, (a) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (b) since the issuance of the senior subordinated notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the senior subordinated notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred and (y) an opinion of Singapore counsel and of any other jurisdiction in which the Issuers are organized, resident or engaged in a business for tax purposes that (a) Holders of the outstanding senior subordinated notes who are not resident or engaged in a business in that jurisdiction will not become subject to tax in the jurisdiction as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject for purposes of the tax laws of that jurisdiction to income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if Legal Defeasance had not occurred and (b) payments from the defeasance trust will be free or exempt from any and all withholding and other taxes of whatever nature of such jurisdiction or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein except in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
 
(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee (x) an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the senior subordinated notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred and (y) an opinion of Singapore counsel and of any other jurisdiction in which the Issuers are organized, resident or engaged in business for tax purposes that (a) Holders of the outstanding senior subordinated notes who are not resident or engaged in business in that jurisdiction will not become subject to tax in the jurisdiction as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject for purposes of the tax laws of that jurisdiction to income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if Covenant Defeasance had not occurred and (b) payments from the defeasance trust will be free or exempt from any and all withholding and other taxes of whatever nature of such jurisdiction or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein except in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
 
(4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;
 
(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture) to which, any Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which any Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;


186


Table of Contents

(6) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of any Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and
 
(7) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
 
Satisfaction and Discharge
 
The Senior Subordinated Note Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all senior subordinated notes, when either:
 
(1) all senior subordinated notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed senior subordinated notes which have been replaced or paid and senior subordinated notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
 
(2) (a) all senior subordinated notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by such Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of any Issuer or any Guarantor have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the senior subordinated notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the senior subordinated notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;
 
(b) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit) with respect to the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture or the senior subordinated notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture) to which any Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which any Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;
 
(c) the Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture; and
 
(d) the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the senior subordinated notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.
 
In addition, the Issuers must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
 
Amendment, Supplement and Waiver
 
Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, any Guarantee and the senior subordinated notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the senior subordinated notes then outstanding, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, senior subordinated notes, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture or the senior subordinated notes issued thereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding senior subordinated notes, other than senior subordinated notes beneficially


187


Table of Contents

owned by any Issuer or its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the senior subordinated notes).
 
The Senior Subordinated Note Indenture provides that, without the consent of each affected Holder of senior subordinated notes, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any senior subordinated notes held by a non-consenting Holder:
 
(1) reduce the principal amount of such senior subordinated notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
 
(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such senior subordinated note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such senior subordinated notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under the caption “Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);
 
(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any senior subordinated note;
 
(4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the senior subordinated notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the senior subordinated notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the senior subordinated notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;
 
(5) make any senior subordinated note payable in money other than that stated therein;
 
(6) make any change in the provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the senior subordinated notes;
 
(7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;
 
(8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s senior subordinated notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s senior subordinated notes;
 
(9) except as expressly permitted by the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the Holders of the senior subordinated notes;
 
(10) amend or modify the provisions described under “— Additional Amounts;” or
 
(11) make any change to the subordination provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture (including applicable definitions) that would adversely affect the Holders of the senior subordinated notes.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture to which it is a party) and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and any Guarantee or senior subordinated notes without the consent of any Holder;
 
(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
 
(2) to provide for uncertificated senior subordinated notes of such series in addition to or in place of certificated senior subordinated notes;
 
(3) to comply with the covenant relating to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets;
 
(4) to provide the assumption of the Issuers’ or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;
 
(5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture of any such Holder;


188


Table of Contents

(6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon any Issuer or any Guarantor;
 
(7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
 
(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;
 
(9) to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable;
 
(10) to add a Guarantor under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture;
 
(11) to conform the text of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, Guarantees or the senior subordinated notes to any provision of this “Description of Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes” to the extent that such provision in this “Description of Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, Guarantee or senior subordinated notes;
 
(12) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of senior subordinated notes as permitted by the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the senior subordinated notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture as so amended would not result in senior subordinated notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer senior subordinated notes; or
 
(13) to make any other modifications to the senior subordinated notes or the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture of a formal, minor or technical nature or necessary to correct a manifest error or upon Opinion of Counsel to comply with mandatory provisions of the law of Singapore or other foreign law requirement, so long as such modification does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder of the senior subordinated notes in any material respect.
 
The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.
 
Notices
 
Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.
 
Enforceability of Judgments
 
Since a majority of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries are outside the United States, any judgment obtained in the United States against the Company or a Guarantor, including judgments relating to the payment of principal, interest, Additional Interest, Additional Amounts, redemption price and any purchase price of the senior subordinated notes, may not be entirely collectible, or collectible at all, within the United States.
 
The Company has been advised that the applicable laws of Singapore permit an action for debt to be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in Singapore on a final and conclusive judgment in personam on merits properly obtained against the Company in a United States federal court or a court of the State of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, respecting the enforcement of the senior subordinated notes, the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture or the registration rights agreement relating to the senior subordinated notes that is not impeachable as void or voidable under the laws of the State of New York


189


Table of Contents

and that is for a specified sum in money and which could be enforced by execution against the Company in the jurisdiction of the relevant court and has not been stayed or satisfied in whole if:
 
  •  the relevant court that rendered the judgment has jurisdiction over the Company, as recognized by the courts of Singapore and in compliance with Singapore’s conflict of laws rules and submission by the Company in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture to the jurisdiction of the New York court will be sufficient for this purpose;
 
  •  the judgment was not obtained by fraud or in a manner contrary to natural justice and the enforcement thereof would not be inconsistent with public policy, as that term is understood under the applicable laws of Singapore;
 
  •  the enforcement of the judgment does not constitute, directly or indirectly, the enforcement of foreign revenue, expropriatory, public or penal laws; and
 
  •  the action to enforce the judgment is commenced within the applicable limitation period.
 
Concerning the Trustee
 
The Senior Subordinated Note Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee thereunder, should it become a creditor of the Issuers, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.
 
The Senior Subordinated Note Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding senior subordinated notes have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Senior Subordinated Note Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture at the request of any Holder of the senior subordinated notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
 
Governing Law
 
The Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, the senior subordinated notes and any Guarantee are governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
 
Certain Definitions
 
Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture. For purposes of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.
 
“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person,
 
(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and
 
(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
 
“Additional Amounts” shall have the definition set forth under “— Additional Amounts.” All references in this prospectus to payments of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the senior subordinated notes


190


Table of Contents

shall be deemed to include any applicable Additional Amounts that may become payable in respect of the senior subordinated notes.
 
“Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to a registration rights agreement.
 
“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.
 
“Agilent” means Agilent Technologies, Inc.
 
“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any senior subordinate note on any redemption date, the greater of:
 
(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such senior subordinated note; and
 
(2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such senior subordinated note at December 1, 2010 (each such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under the caption “Optional Redemption”), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such senior subordinated note through December 1, 2010 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of such senior subordinated note.
 
“Asset Sale” means:
 
(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition” ); or
 
(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;
 
in each case, other than:
 
(a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business;
 
(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under “Certain Covenants — Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture;
 
(c) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described above under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments;”
 
(d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $15.0 million;
 
(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;


191


Table of Contents

(f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or comparable law or regulation, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;
 
(g) the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;
 
(h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
 
(i) foreclosures on assets;
 
(j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility; and
 
(k) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.
 
“Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.
 
“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.
 
“Capital Stock” means:
 
(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;
 
(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;
 
(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
 
(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.
 
“Cash Equivalents” means:
 
(1) United States dollars;
 
(2) (a) euro or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or (b) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
 
(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof, the government of the Republic of Singapore, the World Bank or the Asian Development Bank, the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of any such government or entity with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
 
(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;
 
(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;


192


Table of Contents

(6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
 
(7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
 
(8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above;
 
(9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and
 
(10) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.
 
“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
 
(1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or
 
(2) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company.
 
“Company” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph under “General ,” provided that when used in the context of determining the fair market value of an asset or liability under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, “Company” shall be deemed to mean the board of directors of the Company when the fair market value is equal to or in excess of $50.0 million (unless otherwise expressly stated).
 
“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:
 
(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative


193


Table of Contents

instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (t) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities other than Indebtedness, (u) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition, (v) any Additional Interest and any comparable “Additional Interest” with respect to the senior notes or other securities (w) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (x) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (y) interest with respect to Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent of such Person appearing upon the balance sheet of such Person solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP, and (z) Receivables Fees and any other commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to a Receivables Facility); plus
 
(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less
 
(3) interest income for such period.
 
For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
 
“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however , that, without duplication,
 
(1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual expenses, severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans and, to the extent incurred on or prior to April 30, 2007, other expenses (including start-up and transition costs) relating to the Transactions, shall be excluded,
 
(2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded,
 
(3) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded,
 
(4) any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Company, shall be excluded,
 
(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided, however , that Consolidated Net Income of the Company shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,
 
(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of the first paragraph of “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any subsidiary co-issuer or any Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided, however , that Consolidated Net Income of the Company will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the


194


Table of Contents

Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,
 
(7) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the property and equipment, inventory, intangible assets, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off (including the write-off of in-process research and development in connection with the Transactions) of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,
 
(8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,
 
(9) any impairment charge or asset write-off, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,
 
(10) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights shall be excluded,
 
(11) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, disposition, recapitalization, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded, and
 
(12) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP or changes as a result of adoption of or modification of accounting policies, in each case, within twelve months after the Issue Date, shall be excluded.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments” only (other than clause (3)(d) thereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (3)(d) thereof.
 
“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the total amount of assets (less applicable reserves and other properly deductible items) after deducting (i) all current liabilities (excluding the amount of those which are by their terms extendable or renewable at the option of the obligor to a date more than 12 months after the date as of which the amount is being determined) and (2) all goodwill, tradenames, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other intangible assets, all as set forth on the most recent balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries and determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
“Consolidated Senior Credit Facilities Debt Ratio” as of any date of determination means, the ratio of (1) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities (other than any second lien tranche of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities issued subsequent to the Issue Date) as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, minus the aggregate cash included in the cash accounts listed on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in excess of $15.0 million and undrawn letters of credit to (2) the Company’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to (a) Indebtedness under the Senior


195


Table of Contents

Credit Facilities and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and (b) cash accounts, after giving pro forma effect to any Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (17) of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments.”
 
“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, all obligations relating to Receivables Facilities) and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Company and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Company.
 
“Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio” as of any date of determination means, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur to (2) the Company’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.
 
“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations” ) of any other Person (the “primary obligor” ) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,
 
(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,
 
(2) to advance or supply funds
 
(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or
 
(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or
 
(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.
 
“Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities


196


Table of Contents

or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.
 
“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
 
“Designated Asset Sales” means Asset Sales of business units or product lines and related assets (other than the Electronics Components Business Unit), in each case substantially as an entirety, which are designated as “Designated Asset Sales,” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company on the date of sale, the net proceeds of which shall be permitted to be used to redeem the senior subordinated notes in accordance with the covenant described under “Optional Redemption” or to make Restricted Payments set forth in clause (17) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments;” provided, however , (i) that after giving pro forma effect to any such Designated Asset Sale and the application of such net proceeds, the Company’s Consolidated Senior Credit Facilities Debt Ratio would be less than or equal to (x) the Company’s Consolidated Senior Credit Facilities Debt Ratio immediately prior to such asset sale and (y) 1.5 to 1.0, (ii) after giving pro forma effect to any such Designated Asset Sale and the application of such net proceeds, the Company’s Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall be less than or equal to (x) the Company’s Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such asset sale and (y) 3.0 to 1.0, and (iii) at the time of such Designated Asset Sale, at least $250.0 million of outstanding term Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities outstanding on the Issue Date or subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the Tranche B-2 Term Loan Commitment (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date) shall have been repaid since the Issue Date; provided further, however , that the Company will not be required to satisfy the conditions under clause (2) of the first paragraph of “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales” if the Company intends in good faith at the time such Designated Asset Sale is consummated, as evidenced in the Officer’s Certificate, to use any non-cash consideration in excess of the amount otherwise permitted by the provisions of such clause (2) to make Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (17) of the second paragraph of “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments.”
 
“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.
 
“Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any parent corporation thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company or the applicable parent corporation thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph of the “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant.
 
“Designated Senior Indebtedness” means (i) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities and (ii) any other Senior Indebtedness permitted hereunder the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and that has been designated by the Company as “Designated Senior Debt.”
 
“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the senior subordinated


197


Table of Contents

notes or the date the senior subordinated notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.
 
“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period
 
(1) increased (without duplication) by:
 
(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
 
(b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period including (x) net losses or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus
 
(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
 
(d) the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus
 
(e) any other non-cash charges, including any write off or write downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus
 
(f) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus
 
(g) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under “Certain Covenants — Transactions with Affiliates;” plus
 
(h) for any period that includes a fiscal quarter occurring prior to the fifth fiscal quarter after the Issue Date, the excess of (A) any expenses allocated by Agilent to the historical financial statements of its Semiconductor Products Business segment for services and other items provided previously by Agilent, and any expenses of the type previously allocated by Agilent that are incurred by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on or after the Issue Date and prior to the fifth fiscal quarter after the Issue Date, over (B) the portion of the $157 million of annual stand-alone expenses allocated in lieu of the expenses described in clause (A) applicable to such period (which adjustments may be incremental to, but not duplicative of, pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the second paragraph of the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” ); plus
 
(i) commencing with the fifth fiscal quarter following the Issue Date, the amount of net cost savings projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided, however , that (x) such cost savings are


198


Table of Contents

reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (y) such actions are taken on or prior to the third anniversary of the Issue Date and (z) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed $15.0 million for any four consecutive quarter period (which adjustments may be incremental to, but not duplicative of, pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the second paragraph of the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”); plus
 
(j) any costs or expense incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments;”
 
(2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period, and
 
(3) increased or decreased by (without duplication):
 
(a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133; plus or minus, as applicable,
 
(b) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).
 
“Electronics Components Business Unit” means only the Company’s optocoupler, optoelectronic/LED, optical mouse sensor, infrared transceiver and motion controller product lines.
 
“EMU” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.
 
“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.
 
“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale for cash of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:
 
(1) public offerings with respect to the Company’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8;
 
(2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Company; and
 
(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.
 
“euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.
 
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
 
“Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Company from
 
(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and
 
(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company,
 
in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an officer’s certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity


199


Table of Contents

Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments.”
 
“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, defeases, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date” ), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, defeasance, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
 
For purposes of making the computation referred to above, the disposition of the Company’s camera module business and any other Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including the Transactions, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
 
For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.
 
“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:
 
(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;
 
(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; and
 
(3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.


200


Table of Contents

“Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.
 
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date.
 
“Government Securities” means securities that are:
 
(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or
 
(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided, however , that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.
 
“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.
 
“Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Company’s Obligations under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.
 
“Guarantor” means, each Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the senior subordinated notes in accordance with the terms of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.
 
“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.
 
“Holder” means the Person in whose name a senior subordinated note is registered on the registrar’s books.
 
“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:
 
(1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:
 
(a) in respect of borrowed money;
 
(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);
 
(c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or
 
(d) representing any Hedging Obligations;


201


Table of Contents

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided, however , Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent of the Company appearing on the balance sheet of the Company solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP, shall be excluded;
 
(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of the such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and
 
(3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;
 
provided, however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities.
 
“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.
 
“Initial Purchasers” means Lehman Brothers Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Singapore Pte. Ltd. and Credit Suisse First Boston (Singapore) Limited.
 
“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.
 
“Investment Grade Securities” means:
 
(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);
 
(2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and its Subsidiaries;
 
(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and
 
(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.
 
“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Company in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments:”
 
(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however , that upon a redesignation of


202


Table of Contents

such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:
 
(a) the Company “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less
 
(b) the portion (proportionate to the Company equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and
 
(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Company.
 
“Investors” means Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., Silver Lake Partners and each of their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.
 
“Issue Date” means December 1, 2005.
 
“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.
 
“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided, however , that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
 
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.
 
“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.
 
“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness required (other than required by clause (1) of the second paragraph of “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales”) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.
 
“Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
 
“Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated November 25, 2005, relating to the outstanding notes.


203


Table of Contents

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company.
 
“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer of the Company, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements set forth in the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.
 
“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee.
 
“Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided, however , that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with the “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales” covenant.
 
“Permitted Holders” means each of the Investors and members of management of the Company (or its direct or indirect parent companies) who are holders of Equity Interests of the Company (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) on the Issue Date and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided, however , that in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.
 
“Permitted Investments” means:
 
(1) any Investment in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;
 
(3) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:
 
(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or
 
(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided, however , that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;
 
(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;
 
(5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date;
 
(6) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:
 
(a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the Company of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or
 
(b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;


204


Table of Contents

(7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of the covenant described in “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;”
 
(8) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Company, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided, however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments;”
 
(9) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;”
 
(10) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Transactions with Affiliates” (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of such paragraph);
 
(11) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Company are necessary or advisable to effect transactions contemplated under the Receivables Facility;
 
(12) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
 
(13) any Investment in a Qualified Joint Venture having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $50.0 million and 2.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
 
(14) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $15.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate; and
 
(15) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company thereof.
 
“Permitted Junior Securities” means:
 
(1) Equity Interests in any Issuer, any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; or
 
(2) debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior Indebtedness and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Indebtedness to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the senior subordinated notes and the related Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.
 
“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:
 
(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;


205


Table of Contents

(2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
 
(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
 
(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;
 
(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;
 
(6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4) or (12)(b) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;”
 
(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
 
(8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however , such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(9) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;”
 
(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;
 
(12) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
 
(13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;
 
(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;


206


Table of Contents

(15) Liens in favor of any Issuer or any Guarantor;
 
(16) Liens on equipment of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the Company’s clients;
 
(17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;
 
(18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9); provided, however , that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;
 
(19) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;
 
(20) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $25.0 million at any one time outstanding;
 
(21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under the caption “Events of Default and Remedies” so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
 
(22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
 
(23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code, or any successor or comparable provision, on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
 
(24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;” provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;
 
(25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; and
 
(26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.
 
For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.


207


Table of Contents

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
 
“Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.
 
“Qualified Joint Venture” means a Person (i) at least 50% of the Voting Stock of which is beneficially owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) which engages in only a Similar Business.
 
“Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided, however , that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Company in good faith.
 
“Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the senior subordinated notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.
 
“Receivables Facility” means one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.
 
“Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.
 
“Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.
 
“registration rights agreement” means the registration rights agreement dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, with respect to the senior subordinated notes, and any similar registration rights agreement governing Additional Notes, unless the context indicates otherwise.
 
“Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided, however , that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.
 
“Relevant Jurisdiction” shall have the definition set forth in “Additional Amounts.”
 
“Representative” means any trustee, agent or representative (if any) for an issue of Senior Indebtedness of the Company.
 
“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
 
“Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company (including the subsidiary co-issuers) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”
 
“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.


208


Table of Contents

“Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.
 
“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.
 
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
 
“Senior Credit Facilities” means the Credit Facility under the credit agreement to be entered into as of the Issue Date by and among Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. and certain of its subsidiaries, as Borrowers, Avago Technologies Holding Pte. Ltd., Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as joint lead arranger and joint lead bookrunner, Lehman Brothers Inc., as joint lead arranger, joint lead bookrunner and syndication agent, and Credit Suisse, as documentation agent, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith.
 
“Senior Indebtedness” means:
 
(1) all Indebtedness of any Issuer or any Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities or senior notes and related Guarantees (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of any Issuer or any Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of any Issuer or any Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;
 
(2) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into); provided that such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture;
 
(3) any other Indebtedness of any Issuer or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the senior subordinated notes or any related Guarantee; and
 
(4) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3); provided, however , that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:
 
(a) any obligation of such Person to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
 
(b) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;
 
(c) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;
 
(d) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or
 
(e) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.
 
“Senior Subordinated Indebtedness” means


209


Table of Contents

(1) with respect to the Company, Indebtedness which ranks equal in right of payment to the senior subordinated notes issued by the Company; and
 
(2) with respect to any Guarantor, Indebtedness which ranks equal in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of senior subordinated notes.
 
“senior notes” means the 10 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2013 and the Floating Rate Notes due 2013 of the Issuers.
 
“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
 
“Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.
 
“Sponsor Advisory Agreement” means the Advisory Agreement between certain of the management companies associated with the Investors as in effect on the Issue Date.
 
“Stated Maturity” means, except as otherwise provided, with respect to any Indebtedness, the dates specified in such Indebtedness as the fixed dates on which the principal of and/or interest on such Indebtedness are due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase or repayment of such Indebtedness at the option of the holder thereof or the lender thereunder upon the happening of any contingency unless such contingency has occurred).
 
“Storage Sale” means the sale by the Company of the storage products business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as described in the Offering Memorandum.
 
“Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to a series of senior subordinated notes,
 
(1) any Indebtedness of any Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the senior subordinated notes, and
 
(2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the senior subordinated notes.
 
“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:
 
(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or is consolidated under GAAP with such Person at such time; and
 
(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which
 
(x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and
 
(y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.
 
“Total Assets” means the total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company or such other Person as may be expressly stated.


210


Table of Contents

“Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the issuance of the senior subordinated notes and the senior notes and the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date.
 
“Transaction Agreement” means the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2005, between Agilent and Argos Acquisition Pte. Ltd.
 
“Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to December 1, 2010; provided, however , that if the period from the redemption date to December 1, 2010 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
 
“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C §§ 77aaa-777bbbb).
 
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:
 
(1) any Subsidiary of the Company which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Company, as provided below); and
 
(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided, however , that
 
(1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company;
 
(2) such designation complies with the covenants described under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments;” and
 
(3) each of:
 
(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and
 
(b) its Subsidiaries
 
has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.
 
The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:
 
(1) the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;” or
 
(2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.


211


Table of Contents

Any such designation by the Company shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Company or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
 
“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.
 
“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:
 
(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by
 
(2) the sum of all such payments.
 
“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.


212


Table of Contents

 
TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXCHANGE OFFERS
 
United States Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange Offers
 
The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to the exchange of the outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offers, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, U.S. Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, Internal Revenue Service rulings and pronouncements and judicial decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change at any time. Any such change may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a holder of the notes. This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances or to holders subject to special rules, such as certain financial institutions, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, U.S. expatriates, insurance companies, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities, U.S. Holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, holders subject to alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, tax deferred or other retirement accounts and persons holding the notes as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction” or other integrated transaction. In addition, the effect of any applicable state, local, foreign or other tax laws, including gift and estate tax laws is not discussed. The discussion deals only with notes held as “capital assets” (generally, property for investment) within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.
 
As used herein, “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of the notes who or that is:
 
  •  an individual that is a citizen or resident of the United States, including an alien individual who is a lawful permanent resident of the United States or meets the “substantial presence” test under Section 7701(b) of the Code;
 
  •  a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof;
 
  •  an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or
 
  •  a trust, if a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons can control all substantial trust decisions, or, if the trust was an existence on August 20, 1996, a trust that has elected to continue to be treated as a United States person.
 
If a partnership or other entity taxable as a partnership holds notes, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding the notes, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of the notes.
 
We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a different position concerning the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership or disposition of the notes or that any such position would not be sustained.
 
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH REGARD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE TAX CONSEQUENCES DISCUSSED BELOW TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS THE APPLICATION OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER TAX LAWS, INCLUDING GIFT AND ESTATE TAX LAWS, AND ANY TAX TREATIES.
 
The exchange of the outstanding notes for the exchange notes will not constitute a taxable exchange because the exchange notes will not be considered to differ materially in kind or extent from the outstanding notes. As a result, (1) a U.S. Holder will not recognize taxable gain or loss as a result of exchanging such holder’s notes; (2) the holding period of the exchange notes will include the holding period of the outstanding notes exchanged therefor; and (3) the adjusted tax basis of the exchange notes received will be the same as the adjusted tax basis of the outstanding notes exchanged therefor immediately before such exchange.


213


Table of Contents

Singapore Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange Offers
 
The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes will not constitute a taxable event to holders as no gain or loss will be recognized on receipt of the exchange notes.
 
So long as the exchange notes continue to qualify as “qualifying debt securities” as defined in the Singapore Income Tax Act (Chapter 134), the tax position of the outstanding notes will continue to be similarly applicable to the exchange notes, including the exemption from the withholding of tax on any interest on the exchange notes payable by the Issuers.


214


Table of Contents

 
CERTAIN ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
 
The following is a summary of certain considerations associated with the purchase of the exchange notes by employee benefit plans that are subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), plans, individual retirement accounts and other arrangements that are subject to Section 4975 of the Code or provisions under any federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws, rules or regulations that are similar to such provisions of ERISA or the Code (collectively, “Similar Laws”), and entities whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” (within the meaning of ERISA) of such plans, accounts and arrangements (each, a “Plan”).
 
General Fiduciary Matters
 
ERISA and the Code impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of a Plan subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (an “ERISA Plan”) and prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of an ERISA Plan and its fiduciaries or other interested parties. Under ERISA and the Code, any person who exercises any discretionary authority or control over the administration of such an ERISA Plan or the management or disposition of the assets of such an ERISA Plan, or who renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation to such an ERISA Plan, is generally considered to be a fiduciary of the ERISA Plan.
 
In considering an investment in the exchange notes of a portion of the assets of any Plan, a fiduciary should determine whether the investment is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or any Similar Law relating to a fiduciary’s duties to the Plan including, without limitation, the prudence, diversification, delegation of control and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other applicable Similar Laws.
 
Prohibited Transaction Issues
 
Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit ERISA Plans from engaging in specified transactions involving “plan assets” with persons or entities who are “parties in interest,” within the meaning of ERISA, or “disqualified persons,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the ERISA Plan that engages in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. The acquisition and/or holding of exchange notes by an ERISA Plan with respect to which we or the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes are considered a party in interest or disqualified person may constitute or result in a direct or indirect prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code, unless the investment is acquired and is held in accordance with an applicable statutory, class or individual prohibited transaction exemption. In this regard, the statutory exemption at Section 408(b)(17) of ERISA with respect to the lending of money or other extension of credit between a Plan and a party in interest or one of the prohibited transaction class exemptions issued by the United States Department of Labor (“PTCEs”) may apply to the acquisition and holding of the exchange notes. These class exemptions include, without limitation, PTCE 84-14, respecting transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers, PTCE 90-1, respecting insurance company pooled separate accounts, PTCE 91-38, respecting bank collective investment funds, PTCE 95-60, respecting life insurance company general accounts and PTCE 96-23, respecting transactions determined by in-house asset managers, although there can be no assurance that all the conditions of any such exemption will be satisfied.
 
Because of the foregoing, the exchange notes should not be purchased or held by any person investing “plan assets” of any Plan, unless such purchase and holding (and the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes) will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA and the Code or similar violation of any applicable Similar Laws.


215


Table of Contents

Representation
 
Accordingly, by acceptance of an exchange note, each purchaser and subsequent transferee will be deemed to have represented and warranted that either (i) no portion of the assets used by such purchaser or transferee to acquire and hold the exchange notes constitutes assets of any Plan or (ii) the purchase and holding of the outstanding notes or the exchange notes (and the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes) by such purchaser or transferee will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or any similar violation under any applicable Similar Laws.
 
The foregoing discussion is general in nature and is not intended to be all-inclusive. Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties that may be imposed upon persons involved in non-exempt prohibited transactions, it is particularly important that fiduciaries or other persons considering purchasing the outstanding notes or the exchange notes (and holding or disposing the outstanding notes or the exchange notes) on behalf of, or with the assets of, any Plan, consult with their counsel regarding the potential applicability of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code and any Similar Laws to such transactions and whether an exemption would be applicable to the purchase and holding and disposition of the outstanding notes or the exchange notes (and the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes).


216


Table of Contents

 
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to an exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where such outstanding notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of one year after the consummation of the exchange offers, they will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.
 
We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to an exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or through brokers or dealers. who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to an exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit of any such resale of exchange notes and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
 
For a period of 180 days after the consummation of the registered exchange offers we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendments or supplements to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offers (including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the outstanding notes) other than commissions or concessions of any broker-dealers and will indemnify you (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.


217


Table of Contents

 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
The validity and enforceability of the exchange notes will be passed upon for us by WongPartnership, Singapore as to Singapore law matters and Latham & Watkins LLP, Menlo Park, California as to U.S. law matters. The due authorization by certain subsidiaries of their obligations under the laws of their respective jurisdictions will be passed upon for us by WongPartnership, Singapore, Latham & Watkins LLP, Menlo Park, California, Zaid Ibrahim & Co., Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, Loyens & Loeff, Amsterdam, Netherlands, Stikeman Elliot LLP, Toronto, Canada, Latham & Watkins LLP, Hamburg, Germany, Pavia E Ansaldo, Milan, Italy, Latham & Watkins LLP, Tokyo, Japan, Kuri Breña, Sánchez Ugarte, Corcuera y Azner, S.C., Mexico City, Mexico and Latham & Watkins, London, United Kingdom.
 
EXPERTS
 
The financial statements of Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of Avago Technologies Limited, as of July 31, 2006 and for the nine-month period then ended and the financial statements of the Semiconductor Products Business, a business segment of Agilent Technologies, Inc. as of October 31, 2005, the one month period ended November 30, 2005, the nine month period ended July 31, 2005 and for each of the two years in the period ended October 31, 2005, included in this Registration Statement have been so included in reliance on the audit reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
We and our subsidiary co-issuers and guarantors have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-4 under the Securities Act with respect to the exchange notes being offered hereby. This prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us, our subsidiary co-issuers and guarantors and the exchange notes, reference is made to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete. We, our subsidiary co-issuers and guarantors are not currently subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. As a result of the offering of the exchange notes, we and our subsidiary co-issuers and guarantors will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance therewith, will file reports and other information with the SEC. The registration statement, such reports and other information can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. Copies of such materials, including copies of all or any portion of the registration statement, can be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at prescribed rates. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Such materials may also be accessed electronically by means of the SEC’s home page on the Internet (http://www.sec.gov).
 
So long as we and our subsidiary co-issuers and guarantors are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, we and our subsidiary co-issuers and guarantors are required to make available the information required to be filed with the SEC to the trustee and the holders of the outstanding notes. We and our subsidiary co-issuers and guarantors have agreed that, even if they are not required under the Exchange Act to furnish such information to the SEC, they will nonetheless continue to furnish information that would be required to be furnished by them by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as provided in the indentures.


218


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page
 
Consolidated Financial Statements:
   
  F-2
  F-4
  F-5
  F-6
  F-7
  F-8
  F-9


F-1


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Avago Technologies Limited:
 
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholder’s equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of Avago Technologies Limited, and its subsidiaries at July 31, 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the nine months then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
 
San Jose, California
September 29, 2006


F-2


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Agilent Technologies, Inc.:
 
In our opinion, the accompanying combined balance sheet and the related statements of operations, invested equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Semiconductor Products Business (SPG or the Business), a business segment of Agilent Technologies, Inc., at October 31, 2005, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the one month ended November 30, 2005, for the nine months ended July 31, 2005 and for each of the two years in the period ended October 31, 2005 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Business management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
As discussed in Note 4, the Business and its parent, Agilent Technologies, Inc., engage in extensive intercompany transactions, and the Business relies on its parent for substantially all of its operational and administrative support for which it is allocated costs on a basis that management believes is appropriate in the circumstances. The amounts recorded for these transactions and allocations are not necessarily representative of the amounts that would have been reflected in the financial statements had the Business been an entity operated independently of the parent.
 
As discussed in Note 3, on December 1, 2005 Agilent Technologies, Inc. sold substantially all of the assets and transferred certain liabilities of the Business to Avago Technologies Limited (formerly known as Argos Acquisition Pte. Ltd.) pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement dated August 14, 2005.
 
As discussed in Note 2, the Business changed its method of accounting for share-based payments as of November 1, 2005.
 
 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
 
San Jose, California
June 5, 2006, except for the effects of discontinued operations discussed in Note 17, as to which the date is September 29, 2006


F-3


Table of Contents

AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(IN MILLIONS)
 
                                           
    Predecessor       Company  
          Nine Months
    One Month
      Nine Months
 
    Year Ended     Ended     Ended       Ended  
    October 31,     July 31     November 30,       July 31,  
    2004     2005     2005     2005       2006  
Net revenue
  $ 1,783     $ 1,559     $ 1,126     $ 125       $ 1,073  
Costs and expenses:
                                         
Cost of products sold:
                                         
Cost of products sold
    1,249       1,037       749       96         701  
Amortization of intangible assets
                              41  
                                           
Total cost of products sold
    1,249       1,037       749       96         742  
Research and development
    207       218       161       24         147  
Selling, general and administrative
    250       256       181       28         178  
Amortization of intangible assets
                              56  
Acquired in-process research and development
                              2  
                                           
Total costs and expenses
    1,706       1,511       1,091       148         1,125  
                                           
Income (loss) from operations
    77       48       35       (23 )       (52 )
Interest expense
                              114  
Other income, net
    4       7       10               8  
                                           
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    81       55       45       (23 )       (158 )
Provision for income taxes
    25       33       13       2         3  
                                           
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    56       22       32       (25 )       (161 )
Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
    17       9       14       1         12  
                                           
Net income (loss)
  $ 73     $ 31     $ 46     $ (24 )     $ (149 )
                                           
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
                   
    Predecessor       Company  
    October 31,
      July 31,
 
    2005       2006  
 
                 
ASSETS
Current assets:
                 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $       $ 200  
Trade accounts receivable, net
    219         195  
Inventory
    178         178  
Other current assets
    38         54  
                   
Total current assets
    435         627  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    263         433  
Goodwill
    95         116  
Intangible assets, net
            998  
Other long-term assets
    47         48  
                   
Total assets
  $ 840       $ 2,222  
                   
 
LIABILITIES, INVESTED EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY
Current liabilities:
                 
Accounts payable
    124         162  
Accrued interest
            18  
Employee compensation and benefits
    80         64  
Income taxes payable
    90         7  
Capital lease obligations — current
            2  
Other current liabilities
    12         29  
                   
Total current liabilities
    306         282  
Long-term liabilities:
                 
Long-term debt
            1,000  
Capital lease obligations — non-current
            4  
Other long-term liabilities
    5         28  
                   
Total liabilities
    311         1,314  
Commitments and contingencies (Note 20)
                 
Invested equity:
                 
Invested equity, net of accumulated deficit
    518          
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    11          
                   
Total invested equity
    529          
                   
Shareholder’s equity:
                 
Redeemable convertible preference shares, no par value; none issued and outstanding on July 31, 2006
             
Ordinary shares, no par value; 210,460,262 shares issued and outstanding on July 31, 2006
            1,057  
Accumulated deficit
            (149 )
                   
Total shareholder’s equity
            908  
                   
Total liabilities, invested equity and shareholder’s equity
  $ 840       $ 2,222  
                   
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-5


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(IN MILLIONS)
 
                                           
    Predecessor       Company  
          Nine Months
    One Month
      Nine Months
 
    Year Ended     Ended     Ended       Ended  
    October 31,     July 31     November 30,       July 31,  
    2004     2005     2005     2005       2006  
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 73     $ 31     $ 46     $ (24 )     $ (149 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                         
Depreciation and amortization
    74       63       46       6         159  
Amortization of debt issuance costs
                              21  
Acquired in-process research and development
                              2  
Excess and obsolete inventory-related charges, net
    17       11       10       5         1  
Non-cash restructuring and asset impairment charges
    7       9       6                
Net (gain) loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
    1       (13 )     (13 )             1  
Goodwill adjustment charge
          1       1                
Share-based compensation
          8             4         2  
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions and dispositions:
                                         
Trade accounts receivable
    (39 )     37       45       1         128  
Inventory
    (61 )     28       22       (8 )       18  
Accounts payable
    (4 )     (11 )     (29 )     (6 )       29  
Employee compensation and benefits
                              49  
Income taxes payable
    16       44       14       (2 )       7  
Other current assets and current liabilities
    11       (2 )     (30 )     (17 )       8  
Other long-term assets and long-term liabilities
    (23 )     5       6       2         20  
                                           
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    72       211       124       (39 )       296  
                                           
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                         
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (34 )     (59 )     (32 )     (6 )       (47 )
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
          (9 )     (9 )             (2,707 )
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
    2       14       14               1  
Proceeds from disposition of businesses
          3       2               665  
                                           
Net cash used in investing activities
    (32 )     (51 )     (25 )     (6 )       (2,088 )
                                           
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                         
Proceeds from borrowings, net of financing costs
                              1,666  
Debt repayments
                              (725 )
Issuance of ordinary shares, net of issuance costs
                              1,051  
Issuance of redeemable convertible preference shares, net of issuance costs
                              250  
Redemption of redeemable convertible preference shares
                              (249 )
Dividend paid on redeemable convertible preference shares
                              (1 )
Net invested equity — Predecessor
    (40 )     (160 )     (99 )     45          
                                           
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (40 )     (160 )     (99 )     45         1,992  
                                           
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
                              200  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
                               
                                           
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $     $     $     $       $ 200  
                                           
 
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing
and financing activities:
 
                                           
    Predecessor       Company  
          Nine Months
    One Month
      Nine Months
 
    Year Ended     Ended     Ended       Ended  
    October 31,     July 31     November 30,       July 31,  
    2004     2005     2005     2005       2006  
Cash paid for interest
  $     $     $     $       $ 75  
Cash paid for income taxes
                              1  
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment under capital leases
                              6  
Issuance of share options in connection with the Acquisition
                              4  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-6


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY
(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
                                                 
    Redeemable
                         
    Convertible Cumulative
                      Total
 
    Preference Shares     Ordinary Shares     Accumulated
    Shareholder’s
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Deficit     Equity  
 
Balance as of November 1, 2005
        $           $     $     $  
Issuance of ordinary shares to Holdings
                1                    
Issuance of redeemable convertible cumulative preference shares
    250,000       250                         250  
Issuance of ordinary shares to Holdings
                209,840,061       1,049             1,049  
Redemption of redeemable convertible cumulative preference shares and issuance of ordinary shares
    (248,853 )     (249 )     1,500                   (249 )
Dividend on redeemable convertible cumulative preference shares
                      (1 )           (1 )
Conversion of redeemable convertible cumulative preference shares to ordinary shares
    (1,147 )     (1 )     229,400       1              
Issuance of ordinary shares to Holdings
                389,300       2             2  
Issuance of options in connection with the Acquisition
                      4             4  
Share based compensation, net of taxes
                      2             2  
Net loss and comprehensive loss
                            (149 )     (149 )
                                                 
Balance as of July 31, 2006
        $       210,460,262     $ 1,057     $ (149 )   $ 908  
                                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-7


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INVESTED EQUITY — PREDECESSOR
(IN MILLIONS)
 
                         
          Accumulated Other
       
    Agilent’s Net
    Comprehensive
       
    Investment     Income/(Loss)     Total  
 
Invested equity as of November 1, 2003
    598       11       609  
Components of comprehensive income:
                       
Net income
    73             73  
Foreign currency translation, net of taxes
          7       7  
Unrealized gain on derivatives, net of taxes
          1       1  
                         
Total comprehensive income
                    81  
Net return of investment to Agilent
    (40 )           (40 )
Invested equity as of October 31, 2004
  $ 631     $ 19     $ 650  
Components of comprehensive income:
                       
Net income
    31             31  
Foreign currency translation, net of taxes
          (9 )     (9 )
Unrealized gain on derivatives, net of taxes
          1       1  
                         
Total comprehensive income
                    23  
Stock-based compensation, net of taxes
    8             8  
Net book value of assets transferred by Agilent
    8             8  
Net return of investment to Agilent
    (160 )           (160 )
                         
Invested equity as of October 31, 2005
    518       11       529  
Components of comprehensive loss:
                       
Net loss
    (24 )           (24 )
Foreign currency translation, net of taxes
          (2 )     (2 )
                         
Total comprehensive loss
                    (26 )
Stock-based compensation, net of taxes
    4             4  
Net return of investment to Agilent
    45             45  
                         
Invested equity as of November 30, 2005
  $ 543     $ 9     $ 552  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-8


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.   Overview and Basis of Presentation
 
Overview
 
Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. (“we,” the “Company,” “Avago Finance” or “Successor,”) was organized under the laws of the Republic of Singapore in September 2005. We are the successor to the Semiconductor Products Group business segment (“SPG” or “Predecessor”) of Agilent Technologies, Inc. (“Agilent”). On December 1, 2005, we acquired substantially all of the assets of SPG from Agilent for $2.7 billion (the “Acquisition”) — see Note 3. “The Acquisition.”
 
Avago Finance is a wholly owned subsidiary of Avago Technologies Holding Pte. Ltd. (“Holdings”), which is wholly owned by Avago Technologies Limited (“Parent”) (formerly known as Argos Acquisition Pte. Ltd. and Avago Technologies Pte. Limited). All three of these companies were formed for the purpose of facilitating the Acquisition and are collectively referred to as the “Holding Companies.”
 
We are a global supplier of a broad range of mostly analog semiconductors that enable digital semiconductors to effectively interpret and interface with users in the real world. We apply our design expertise and system level knowledge to serve four primary target markets: wireless communications, wired infrastructure, industrial/automotive electronics and computing peripherals.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The Company
 
The accompanying consolidated balance sheets, statements of operations, cash flows and shareholder’s equity are presented as Predecessor and Company/Successor, which relate to the period preceding the Acquisition and the period succeeding the Acquisition, respectively.
 
We did not have any significant operating activity prior to December 1, 2005. All annual fiscal periods ended on or prior to October 31, 2005 and the one month period ended November 30, 2005 represent solely the activities of the Predecessor. The Predecessor’s combined financial statements were prepared using Agilent’s historical cost bases for the assets and liabilities. The Predecessor financial statements include allocations of certain Agilent corporate expenses, including centralized research and development, legal, accounting, employee benefits, real estate, insurance services, information technology services, treasury and other Agilent corporate and infrastructure costs. The expense allocations were determined on bases that Agilent considered to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided to or the benefit received by Predecessor. These internal allocations by Agilent ended on November 30, 2005. From and after December 1, 2005, we acquired select services on a transitional basis from Agilent under a Master Separation Agreement (“MSA”). From the Acquisition date to July 31, 2006, we have progressively reduced the services that we have been sourcing from Agilent under the MSA as we have been bringing on line substitute services either provided internally or through outsourcing vendors retained by us. Agilent’s obligations under the MSA terminated on August 31, 2006. Therefore, the financial information presented in the Predecessor’s financial statements is not necessarily indicative of what our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows would have been had we been a separate, stand-alone entity. Further, our interim results to date in fiscal 2006 reflect a changing combination of Agilent-sourced and internally-sourced services and do not necessarily represent our cost structure that will apply in future periods when all such services are sourced solely by us. All references herein to the nine months ended July 31, 2006 represent the operations since the Acquisition (eight months).
 
The Predecessor financial information is presented on the historical basis of accounting compared to the Successor financial information, which reflects the fair value of the net assets acquired on the acquisition date rather than their historical cost (See Note 3. “The Acquisition”).


F-9


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The Subsidiaries and Holdings Guarantors
 
We and our material subsidiaries are issuers or guarantors of the notes and our senior credit facilities (See Note 9. “Senior Credit Facilities and Borrowings”). Financial statements of the subsidiaries excluded from the guarantee have not been presented because they are minor.
 
Holdings is a guarantor of our senior credit facilities but is not a guarantor of the notes. Financial statements of Holdings have not been presented as it has no independent assets, liabilities or operations and the guarantees are full and unconditional and joint and several.
 
Fiscal Periods
 
Agilent operated with a fiscal year ending on each October 31, and we have retained that annual fiscal period. Accordingly our fiscal quarters end on January 31, April 30, July 31 and October 31.
 
Principles of Consolidation — Successor
 
Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Avago Finance and our wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
Principles of Combination — Predecessor
 
Predecessor’s financial statements include the global historical assets, liabilities and operations for which management was responsible. All intra-company transactions within Predecessor have been eliminated in preparing and reporting the combined results. Certain assets and liabilities of Predecessor, which were included in Predecessor’s financial statements, may, or may not, be indicative of Predecessor on a stand-alone basis.
 
For presentation purposes, the Predecessor’s combined financial statements are referred to as consolidated financial statements.
 
2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Use of estimates.   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences could affect the results of operations reported in future periods.
 
Revenue recognition.   We recognize revenue, net of trade discounts and allowances, provided that (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred, (3) the price is fixed or determinable and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured. Delivery is considered to have occurred when title and risk of loss have transferred to the customer. We consider the price to be fixed or determinable when the price is not subject to refund or adjustments or when any such adjustments are accounted for. We evaluate the creditworthiness of our customers to determine that appropriate credit limits are established prior to the acceptance of an order. We recognize revenue from sales of our products to distributors upon delivery of products to the distributors. An allowance for distributor credits covering price adjustments and scrap allowances is made based on our estimate of historical experience rates as well as considering economic conditions and contractual terms. Actual distributor claim activity have been materially consistent with the provisions we have made based on our historical estimates.
 
Cash and cash equivalents.   We consider all highly liquid investment securities with original or remaining maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. We determine the appropriate classification of our cash and cash equivalents at the time of purchase.


F-10


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Trade accounts receivable, net.   Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Such accounts receivable have been reduced by an allowance for doubtful accounts, which is our best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in our existing accounts receivable. We determine the allowance based on customer specific experience and the aging of such receivables, among other factors. We do not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to our customers. Accounts receivable are also recorded net of sales returns and distributor allowances. These amounts are recorded when it is both probable and estimable that discounts will be granted or products will be returned. Aggregate accounts receivable allowances at October 31, 2005 and July 31, 2006 were $18 million and $19 million, respectively.
 
Share-based compensation.   We account for employee share-based compensation in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion (“APB”) No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and with the disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.
 
During the nine months ended July 31, 2006, we recorded $1 million of compensation expense resulting from variable accounting of performance-based share options granted to our employees by our parent company.
 
Had we recognized compensation expense using the fair value method as prescribed under the provisions of SFAS 123, our net loss would have been increased as presented below:
 
         
    July 31, 2006  
    (In millions)  
 
Net loss — as reported
  $ (149 )
APB 25 share-based compensation, net of tax
    1  
SFAS 123 compensation expense, net of tax
    (2 )
         
Net loss — pro forma
  $ (150 )
         
 
The fair value of options granted was estimated at grant date using the minimum value method with the following weighted-average assumptions:
 
         
    Share Option Plans
 
    Nine Months Ended
 
    July 31, 2006  
 
Risk-free interest rate
    5.04 %
Dividend yield
    0.0 %
Volatility
    0.0 %
Expected term (in years)
    6.5  
 
See Note 21. “Predecessor Changes in Accounting Policies” for accounting for share-based compensation by Predecessor.
 
Shipping and handling costs.   Our shipping and handling costs charged to customers are included in net revenue and the associated expense is recorded in cost of products sold in the statements of operations for all periods presented.
 
Goodwill and purchased intangible assets.   Our accounting complies with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed annually (or more frequently if impairment indicators arise) for impairment. Purchased intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the economic lives of the respective assets, generally 6 months to 20 years for the Company and generally 5 to 20 years for Predecessor. On a quarterly basis, we monitor factors and changes in circumstances that could indicate carrying amounts of long-lived assets, including goodwill and intangible assets, may not be recoverable. Factors we consider important which


F-11


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

could trigger an impairment review include (i) significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results, (ii) significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, and (iii) significant negative industry or economic trends. An impairment loss is recognized if the sum of the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and before interest) from the use of the asset is less than the net book value of the asset. The amount of the impairment loss will generally be measured as the difference between the net book values of the asset and its estimated fair value. We intend to perform an annual impairment review of goodwill during the fourth fiscal quarter of each year, or more frequently if we believe indicators of impairment exist.
 
Advertising.   Business specific advertising costs are expensed as incurred and amounted to $2 million for the nine months ended July 31, 2006, were $1 million for each of the years ended October 31, 2004 and 2005, less than $1 million for the nine months ended July 31, 2005 and insignificant for the one month ended November 30, 2005. Some corporate advertising expenses were allocated to Predecessor by Agilent as part of corporate allocations described in Note 4. “Transactions with Agilent” but are not separately identifiable.
 
Research and development.   Costs related to research, design and development of our products are charged to research and development expense as they are incurred.
 
Taxes on income.   We record a tax provision for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results of operations. In accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , the provision for income taxes is computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized or settled. We record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is believed more likely than not to be realized. Predecessor income tax provision is based on income or loss before taxes and was calculated on a separate return basis although SPG was included in Agilent’s U.S. Federal and State tax returns and non-U.S. jurisdiction tax returns.
 
Concentration of credit risk.   We sell our products through our direct sales force and distributors. Two of our customers accounted for 14% and 11%, respectively, of the accounts receivable balance at October 31, 2005, and one of our customers accounted for 13% of the accounts receivable balance at July 31, 2006.
 
Credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is generally diversified due to the large number of entities comprising our customer base and their dispersion across many different industries and geographies. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial conditions, and require collateral, such as letters of credit and bank guarantees, in certain circumstances.
 
For the year ended October 31, 2004, three customers each represented 10% of net revenue from continuing operations. For the year ended October 31, 2005, two customers represented 13% and 11% of net revenue from continuing operations. For the nine months ended July 31, 2005, two customers represented 13% and 12% of net revenue from continuing operations. For the one month ended November 30, 2005, two customers represented 12% and 10% of net revenue from continuing operations. Three customers represented 15%, 15% and 10% of our net revenue from continuing operations during the nine months ended July 31, 2006.
 
Derivative instruments.   We have not entered directly into any derivative instrument contracts. However, Agilent used such instruments and allocated to the Predecessor part of their gain or loss. Agilent entered into foreign exchange contracts, primarily forward contracts and purchased options. These contracts were designated at inception as hedges of the related foreign currency exposures, which include committed and anticipated intercompany revenue and expense transactions and assets and liabilities that are denominated in


F-12


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

currencies other than the functional currency of the subsidiary which has the exposure. For option contracts, Agilent excluded time value from the measurement of effectiveness.
 
Inventory.   We value our inventory at the lower of the actual cost of the inventory or the current estimated market value of the inventory, with cost being determined under the first-in, first-out method. We record a provision for excess and obsolete inventory based primarily on our estimated forecast of product demand and production requirements. The excess balance determined by this analysis becomes the basis for our excess inventory charge and the written-down value of the inventory becomes its cost. Written-down inventory is not written up if market conditions improve.
 
Investments.   Investments consist of non-marketable equity securities accounted for using the cost method. Investments are evaluated for impairment quarterly. Such analysis requires significant judgment to identify events or circumstances that would likely have a significant other than temporary adverse effect on the carrying value of the investment.
 
Property, plant and equipment.   Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Additions, improvements and major renewals are capitalized, and maintenance, repairs and minor renewals are expensed as incurred. When assets are retired or disposed of, the assets and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from our records and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in the statement of operations. Buildings and leasehold improvements are generally depreciated over 15 to 40 years, or over the lease period, whichever is shorter, and machinery and equipment are generally depreciated over 3 to 10 years. We use the straight-line method of depreciation for all property, plant and equipment.
 
Earnings per share.   Because we are a private company, information on earnings (loss) per share is not required.
 
Foreign currency translation.   We are primarily located in Singapore, Malaysia and the United States. These business units operate in a U.S. dollar functional environment. As such, foreign currency assets and liabilities are remeasured into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates except for non-monetary items such as inventory, property, plant and equipment and other assets, which are remeasured at historical exchange rates.
 
For those business units that operate in a local currency functional environment, all assets and liabilities are remeasured into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates. Revenue and expenses are generally remeasured at monthly exchange rates which approximate average exchange rates in effect during each period. Resulting translation adjustments are reported as a separate component of accumulative comprehensive income (loss).
 
Capitalized software development cost.   We capitalize eligible costs related to the application development phase of software developed internally or obtained for internal use in accordance with Statement of Position No. 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use . During the nine months ended July 31, 2006, we capitalized $22 million, including $6 million of internal-use costs, in connection with the implementation of an enterprise resource planning system which are included in property, plant and equipment. We will begin amortizing the costs associated with software developed for internal use at the time the software is ready for its intended use.
 
New Accounting Pronouncements
 
In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Qualifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statement , which provides interpretive guidance on the consideration of the effects of prior year misstatements in quantifying current year misstatements for the purpose of a materiality assessment. SAB No. 108 is effective for companies with fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006 and is required to be adopted by us in our fiscal year ending October 31, 2007. However, early application is


F-13


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

encouraged in any report for an interim period of the first fiscal year ending after November 15, 2006, filed after the publication of the guidance. We are currently assessing the impact of the adoption of SAB No. 108.
 
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements . SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, the FASB having previously concluded in those accounting pronouncements that fair value is the relevant measurement attribute. Accordingly, SFAS No. 157 does not require any new fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. SFAS No. 157 is required to be adopted by the Company in the first quarter of its fiscal year 2009. We are currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this Statement.
 
In July 2006, FASB issued FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 , which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. FIN No. 48 requires that we recognize in our financial statements the impact of a tax position if that position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The provisions of FIN No. 48 are effective as of the beginning of our 2008 fiscal year, with the cumulative effect, if any, of the change in accounting principle recorded as an adjustment to opening retained earnings. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting FIN No. 48 on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS No. 123(R)”), which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense based on estimated fair value for all share-based payment awards including stock options, employee stock purchases under employee stock purchase plans, non-vested share awards (restricted stock) and stock appreciation rights. SFAS No. 123(R) supersedes APB No. 25. In March 2005, the SEC issued SAB No. 107, which provides the Staff’s views regarding implementation issues related to SFAS No. 123(R).
 
We will adopt SFAS No. 123(R) effective November 1, 2006 under the modified-prospective method. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS No. 123(R) on our consolidated financial statements (See Note 21. “Predecessor Changes in Accounting Policies” for Predecessor’s adoption of SFAS No. 123(R).
 
3.   The Acquisition
 
On August 14, 2005, Agilent entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with our ultimate parent, Avago Technologies Limited (formerly Argos Acquisition Pte. Ltd.) (“Parent”), a newly-formed limited company organized under the laws of the Republic of Singapore, providing for the sale of substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities of SPG. The Acquisition closed on December 1, 2005. The purchase price was $2,715 million and was determined as follows (in millions):
 
         
Cash
  $ 2,660  
Transaction costs
    51  
Options assumed
    4  
         
    $ 2,715  
         
 
The Acquisition was accounted for by the purchase method of accounting for business combinations. Under the purchase method of accounting, the acquisition cost of $2,715 million was allocated to the net


F-14


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

assets acquired based on estimates of their respective fair values as of the date of acquisition as follows (in millions):
 
         
Current and other tangible assets:
       
Cash
  $ 4  
Trade accounts receivable, net
    323  
Inventory
    214  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    452  
Other assets
    72  
Goodwill
    193  
Assets held for sale — Storage Business, including purchased intangibles and goodwill of $404 million
    421  
Amortizable intangible assets:
       
Purchased technology
    843  
Customer relationships
    323  
Distributor relationships
    24  
Order backlog
    43  
         
Total assets acquired
    2,912  
Liabilities assumed
    (196 )
Liabilities held for sale
    (1 )
         
Net assets acquired
  $ 2,715  
         
 
The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill.
 
The identified intangible assets acquired were assigned fair values in accordance with the guidelines established in SFAS No. 141 , Business Combinations , FIN No. 4, Applicability of FASB Statement No. 2 to Business Combinations Accounted for by the Purchase Method (“FIN 4”), and other relevant guidance.
 
Amortizable Acquired Intangible Assets
 
Purchased Technology:   Existing technology comprises core and developed technology. This represents technical processes, intellectual property and products that have been completed and that will aid in the development of future products as well as the technology that currently exists in our current product offering. We valued the technology assets utilizing a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) model, which uses forecasts of future revenues and expenses related to the intangible asset. We utilized a discount rate ranging from 14% to 20% for technology. We are amortizing these intangible assets on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of 5 to 20 years.
 
Customer Relationships:   The customer relationships asset relates to the ability to sell existing and future versions of products to existing customers and has been estimated using the income method. We valued customer relationships utilizing a DCF model and discount rates ranging from 14% to 20%. We are amortizing these intangible assets on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of 3 to 15 years.
 
Distributor Relationships:   The distributor relationships asset relates to the ability to sell existing and future versions of products to existing distributors and has been estimated using the income method. We valued customer relationships utilizing a DCF model and discount rates ranging from 14% to 20%. We are amortizing these intangible assets on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life of three years.


F-15


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Order Backlog:   The order backlog asset represents the value of the sales and marketing costs required to establish the order backlog and was valued using the income method. We valued order backlog utilizing the DCF model and discount rates ranging from 11% to 15%. These orders were delivered and billed within three to six months of the Acquisition. Consequently, the order backlog was fully amortized as of July 31, 2006.
 
Goodwill
 
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, goodwill resulting from business combinations is not amortized but instead is tested for impairment at least annually (more frequently if certain indicators are present). In the event that management determines that the value of goodwill has become impaired, we will incur an accounting charge for the amount of impairment during the fiscal quarter in which the determination is made (See Note 6. “Goodwill”).
 
The following table summarizes the unaudited pro forma financial information, assuming the Acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, after giving effect to certain purchase accounting adjustments:
 
                 
    Nine Months Ended
    Year Ended
 
    July 31, 2006     October 31, 2005  
    (unaudited)  
    (In millions)  
 
Pro forma net revenue
  $ 1,198     $ 1,559  
Proforma loss from continuing operations
    (202 )     (268 )
 
These results are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the actual operating results that would have occurred if the transactions had been consummated on November 1, 2005.
 
4.   Transactions with Agilent
 
As a business segment within Agilent, Predecessor shared and operated under numerous agreements executed by Agilent with third parties, including but not limited to purchasing, manufacturing, supply, and distribution agreements; use of facilities owned, leased, and managed by Agilent; and software, technology and other intellectual property agreements. In conjunction with the Acquisition, Agilent cooperated with us to novate, convey, transfer, assign or sublease certain specific agreements to us.
 
Allocated costs included in the accompanying Predecessor statement of operations are as follows:
 
                                 
    Predecessor  
    Year Ended
    Nine Months
    One Month
 
    October 31,     Ended
    Ended
 
    2004     2005     July 31, 2005     November 30, 2005  
    (In millions)  
 
                                 
Cost of products sold
  $ 82     $ 80     $ 58     $ 8  
Research and development
    71       80       58       8  
Selling, general and administrative
    146       146       106       15  
Other income, net
    (4 )           (1 )      
                                 
Total allocated costs
  $ 295     $ 306     $ 221     $ 31  
                                 
 
Predecessor Accounting
 
Predecessor derived revenue from the sales of products to other Agilent businesses of $7 million, $6 million and $1 million for the years ended October 31, 2004 and 2005 and the one month ended


F-16


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

November 30, 2005, respectively. The revenue was recorded using a cost plus methodology and may not necessarily represent a price an unrelated third party would pay.
 
Predecessor purchased materials from other Agilent businesses of $9 million, $10 million, $8 million and $1 million for the years ended October 31, 2004 and 2005, the nine months ended July 31, 2005 and the one month ended November 30, 2005, respectively. All purchases were at cost and were recorded in cost of products or inventory for the respective periods.
 
Allocated Costs
 
The Predecessor statement of operations includes direct expenses for cost of products sold, research and development, sales and marketing, distribution, and administration as well as allocations of expenses arising from shared services and infrastructure provided by Agilent. These allocated expenses include costs of centralized research and development, legal and accounting services, employee benefits, real estate and facilities, corporate advertising, insurance services, information technology, treasury and other corporate and infrastructure services. These expenses were allocated using estimates that Predecessor considered to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided to or benefits received by Predecessor relative to Agilent’s total costs. The allocation methods include headcount, square footage, actual consumption and usage of services, adjusted invested capital and others.
 
5.   Balance Sheet Components
 
Inventory
 
Inventory consists of the following (in millions):
 
                   
    Predecessor       Company  
    October 31,
      July 31,
 
    2005       2006  
               
Finished goods
  $ 51       $ 38  
Work in progress
    48         122  
Raw materials
    79         18  
                   
Total inventory
  $ 178       $ 178  
                   
 
                 
 
Other Current Assets
 
Other current assets consist of the following (in millions):
 
                   
    Predecessor       Company  
    October 31,
      July 31,
 
    2005       2006  
               
Non-U.S. transaction tax receivable
  $ 12       $ 3  
Prepayments
    15         20  
Other
    11         31  
                   
Total other current assets
  $ 38       $ 54  
                   
 
                 


F-17


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net
 
Property, plant and equipment, net consist of the following (in millions):
 
                   
    Predecessor       Company  
    October 31,
      July 31,
 
    2005       2006  
               
Land
  $ 1       $ 12  
Buildings and leasehold improvements
    226         164  
Machinery and equipment
    921         313  
                   
Total property, plant and equipment
    1,148         489  
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (885 )       (56 )
                   
Total property, plant and equipment
  $ 263       $ 433  
                   
 
                 
 
Depreciation expense was $67 million, $57 million, $42 million, $5 million and $56 million for the years ended October 31, 2004 and 2005, the nine months ended July 31, 2005, the one month ended November 30, 2005 and the nine months ended July 31, 2006, respectively.
 
As of July 31, 2006, we had $6 million of assets under capital leases, net of accumulated amortization of $1 million.
 
Other Current Liabilities
 
Other current liabilities consist of the following (in millions):
 
                   
    Predecessor       Company  
    October 31,
      July 31,
 
    2005       2006  
Deferred revenue
  $ 1       $ 6  
Camera Module accrual at sale (see Note 16, “Sale of Camera Module Business”)
    5         2  
Restructuring
    1         2  
Supplier liabilities
    2          
Due to Parent
            11  
Other
    3         8  
                   
Total other current liabilities
  $ 12       $ 29  
                   
 
Warranty
 
We accrue for the estimated costs of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. Product warranty costs are estimated based upon our historical experience and specific identification of the products requirements, which may fluctuate based on product mix.


F-18


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table presents changes in the warranty accrual included in our balance sheets (in millions):
 
                   
    Predecessor       Company  
    Year Ended
      Nine Months Ended
 
    October 31, 2005       July 31, 2006  
Beginning balance
  $ 2       $ 2  
Payments
    (27 )       (12 )
Charged to cost of products sold
    27         11  
                   
Ending balance
  $ 2       $ 1  
                   
 
6.   Goodwill
 
The following table summarizes changes in goodwill (in millions):
 
         
Predecessor
       
Balance as of October 31, 2004
  $ 98  
Foreign currency translation impact
    (7 )
Goodwill arising from acquisitions
    5  
Adjustments to goodwill
    (1 )
         
Balance at October 31, 2005
    95  
Adjustments to goodwill
     
         
Balance at November 30, 2005
  $ 95  
         
Company
       
Balance as of October 31, 2005
  $  
2006 acquisitions:
       
Semiconductor Products Group (Note 3. “The Acquisition”)
    348  
2006 divestitures:
       
Storage Business (Note 17. “Discontinued Operations”)
    (155 )
Printer ASICs Business (Note 17. “Discontinued Operations”)
    (77 )
         
Balance as of July 31, 2006
  $ 116  
         


F-19


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

7.   Intangible Assets

 
The components of amortizable purchased intangibles as of October 31, 2005 and July 31, 2006 are shown in the table below:
 
                         
    Gross Carrying
    Accumulated
       
    Amount     Amortization     Net Book Value  
    (In millions)  
 
Predecessor
                       
As of October 31, 2005:
                       
Purchased technology
  $ 10     $ (8 )   $ 2  
Customer relationships
    1             1  
                         
Total
  $ 11     $ (8 )   $ 3  
                         
Company
                       
As of July 31, 2006:
                       
Purchased technology
  $ 796     $ (41 )   $ 755  
Customer and distributor relationships
    266       (24 )     242  
Order backlog
    31       (31 )      
Other
    2       (1 )     1  
                         
Total
  $ 1,095     $ (97 )   $ 998  
                         
 
Other intangible assets as of October 31, 2005 are included in other long-term assets in the Predecessor balance sheet.
 
Amortization of intangible assets included in continuing operations was $3 million, $2 million, $2 million, $0, and $97 million for the for the years ended October 31, 2004 and 2005, the nine months ended July 31, 2005, the one month ended November 30, 2005 and the nine months ended July 31, 2006.
 
Based on the amount of intangible assets subject to amortization at July 31, 2006, the expected amortization expense for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter is as follows:
 
         
Fiscal Year
  Amount  
    (In millions)  
 
2006 (remaining 3 months)
  $ 25  
2007
    98  
2008
    91  
2009
    82  
2010
    82  
2011
    80  
Thereafter
    540  
         
    $ 998  
         
 
The weighted average amortization periods remaining by intangible asset category at July 31, 2006 were as follows:
 
         
    Years
 
Amortizable intangible assets:
       
Purchased technology
    13.2  
Customer and distributor relationships
    10.5  


F-20


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
8.   Retirement Plans and Post-Retirement Benefits
 
Company
 
Assumed Plans.   Under the Asset Purchase Agreement with Agilent, the only defined benefit plans we were required to assume were for certain employees located in Taiwan, Korea and Germany. Generally, for each defined benefit plan we assumed, Agilent was required to transfer assets equal to the aggregate Accumulated Benefit Obligation, or ABO, of such plan on the date of Acquisition. We did not assume any other Agilent plans. These plans cover approximately 5% of our total employees.
 
401(k) Defined Contribution Plan.   Our U.S. eligible employees participate in the Avago Technologies U.S. Inc. 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”). Enrollment in the 401(k) Plan is automatic for employees who meet eligibility requirements unless they decline participation. Under the 401(k) Plan, we provide matching contributions to employees up to a maximum of 4% of an employee’s annual eligible compensation. The maximum contribution to the 401(k) Plan is 50% of an employee’s annual eligible compensation, subject to regulatory and plan limitations. The 401(k) Plan expense is included in the corporate employee overhead rate allocation.
 
U.S. Post-Retirement Medical Benefit Plans.   Substantially all U.S. employees who meet retirement eligibility requirements as of their termination dates and who did not elect to receive retiree medical benefits from Agilent may receive post-retirement medical benefits under our retiree medical account program. Under our retiree medical account program, eligible retirees are allocated a spending account of either $40,000 or $55,000, depending on the retiree’s age as of January 1, 2005, from which the retiree can receive reimbursement for premiums paid for supplemental Medicare coverage through age 65. Certain U.S. employees who were age 50 or over on January 1, 2005 but did not satisfy Agilent’s eligibility requirements for its traditional retiree medical plan when they terminated employment with Agilent pursuant to the Acquisition may be eligible for our traditional retiree medical plan upon meeting certain eligibility requirements. Once participating in the traditional retiree medical plan, retirees are reimbursed for health insurance premiums and provided with access to group health insurance plans until age 65 with individual contributions determined based on the type of coverage chosen and the retiree’s combined length of service with us, Agilent and Hewlett-Packard. At Acquisition date, the actuarial obligation for retiree medical benefits was approximately $20 million, which was recorded in purchase accounting.
 
Non-U.S. Retirement Benefit Plans.   In addition to the defined benefit plan for certain employees in Taiwan, Korea, Japan, Italy and Germany, other eligible employees outside of the U.S. receive retirement benefits under various defined contribution retirement plans. Eligibility is generally determined based on the terms of our plans and local statutory requirements.
 
The net pension plan costs of our non-U.S defined benefit plans and post-retirement medical plan costs for the nine months ended July 31, 2006 were $1 million and $1 million, respectively.
 
An actuarial valuation of our plans will be performed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, as the measurement date for those plans will occur then.
 
Predecessor
 
General.   Substantially all of Predecessor’s employees were covered under various defined benefit and/or defined contribution plans. Additionally, the Predecessor sponsored post-retirement health care benefit plans for Predecessor’s eligible U.S. employees.
 
U.S. Retirement-Related Plans.   Predecessor provided U.S. employees who met eligibility criteria under the retirement and deferred profit-sharing plans, which were generally based on an employee’s highest five consecutive years’ average pay during the years of employment and on length of service.


F-21


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
401(k) Defined Contribution Plan.   Predecessor’s U.S. eligible employees participated in Agilent’s 401(k) Plan (the “Predecessor’s 401(k) Plan”). Under the Predecessor’s 401(k) Plan, Predecessor provided matching contributions to employees up to a maximum of 4% of an employee’s annual eligible compensation. The Predecessor’s 401(k) Plan expense is included in the corporate employee overhead rate allocation for Predecessor and not separately identifiable.
 
Post-Retirement Benefit Plans.   U.S. employees who met retirement eligibility requirements as of their termination dates may have participated in Agilent’s Non-Medicare Medical or Medicare Medical Plans (the “Post-retirement Medical Plans”) under Agilent’s traditional retiree medical plan.
 
Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003.   In December 2003, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “Act”) was passed which expands Medicare to include an outpatient prescription drug benefit beginning in 2006. In May 2004, the FASB issued FSP 106-2, Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 , which provides guidance on how companies should account for the impact of the Act on its postretirement healthcare plans. Beginning in 2006, the federal government will provide a non-taxable subsidy to employers that sponsor prescription drug benefits to retirees that are “actuarially equivalent” to Medicare Part D benefits. Agilent has determined that the prescription drug benefits offered under the plans qualify for this subsidy. Effective in fourth quarter 2004, assuming that Agilent would continue to offer these benefits, Agilent has reflected the expected subsidy according to the guidance in FSP 106-2 prospectively in Agilent’s financial statements. The adoption of FSP 106-2 had no material impact on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation or net plan costs.
 
Non-U.S. Retirement Benefit Plans.   Eligible Predecessor employees outside the U.S. generally received retirement benefits under various retirement plans based upon factors such as years of service and employee compensation levels. Eligibility was generally determined in accordance with local statutory requirements.
 
For the years ended October 31, 2004 and 2005, the nine months ended July 31, 2005 and the one month ended November 30, 2005, the net pension costs of non-U.S. defined benefit plans transferred to Avago were $1 million, $1 million, $1 million and $0 million, respectively.
 
Funded Status.   As of October 31, 2005, the funded status of the non-U.S. defined benefit plans was:
 
         
    Predecessor  
    Non-U.S Defined Benefit Plans  
    Year Ended
 
    October 31, 2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Change in fair value of plan assets:
       
Fair value — beginning of period
  $ 9  
Actual return on plan assets
    1  
Employer contributions
     
Participants’ contributions
     
Benefits paid
     
Currency impact
     
         
Fair value — end of period
  $ 10  
         


F-22


Table of Contents

AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

         
    Predecessor  
    Non-U.S Defined Benefit Plans  
    Year Ended
 
    October 31, 2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Change in benefit obligation:
       
Projected Benefit obligation — beginning of period
  $ 10  
Service cost
    1  
Interest cost
    1  
Participants’ contributions
     
Plan amendment
     
Actuarial loss
    0  
Benefits paid
    0  
Currency impact
    0  
         
Projected Benefit obligation — end of period
  $ 12  
         
Plan assets less than benefit obligation
  $ (2 )
Unrecognized net actuarial loss
    1  
Unrecognized net transition obligation
     
         
Net accrued costs
  $ (1 )
         
Amounts recognized in the balance sheet as of October 31, 2005 consist of:
       
Prepaid defined benefit plan costs
  $ 0  
Accrued defined benefit plan costs
    (2 )
Deferred tax asset
    0  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    1  
         
Net accrued costs
  $ (1 )
         

 
As of October 31, 2005, the non-U.S. defined benefit plans transferred, in aggregate, had projected benefit obligations (“PBO”) that were in excess of the fair value of the plan assets. The amounts of the obligations and assets for the plans were:
 
         
    Predecessor  
    October 31, 2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Aggregate accumulated benefit obligation (“ABO”)
  $ 9  
Aggregate projected benefit obligation (“PBO”)
    12  
Aggregate fair value of plan assets
    10  
 
Assumptions.   The assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations and expense for Predecessor’s defined benefit and post-retirement benefit plans are presented in the table below. The expected long-term return on assets below represents an estimate of long-term returns on investment portfolios consisting of a mixture of equities, fixed income and alternative investments in proportion to the asset allocations of each of the plans. Predecessor considered long-term rates of return, which are weighted based, on the asset classes (both historical and forecasted) in which Predecessor expected its pension and post-retirement funds to be invested. Discount rates reflect the current rate at which pension and post-retirement obligations could be settled based on the measurement dates of the plans (October 31). Both U.S. and non-U.S. rates are generally

F-23


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

based on published rates for high-quality corporate bonds. The range of assumptions that are used for non-U.S. defined benefit plans reflects the different economic environments within various countries.
 
         
    Predecessor  
    Year Ended
 
    October 31, 2005  
 
Non-U.S. defined benefit plans:
       
Discount rate
    2.25-6.0%  
Average increase in compensation levels
    0-5.0%  
Expected long-term return on assets
    4.75-7.0%  
U.S. post-retirement benefits plans:
       
Discount rate
    5.75%  
Expected long-term return on assets
    8.50%  
Current medical cost trend rate
    10.00%  
Ultimate medical cost trend rate
    5.00%  
Medical cost trend rate decreases to ultimate rate in year
    2010  
 
Assumptions used to calculate the benefit obligations and the resulting additional minimum pension liabilities were as follows:
 
         
    Predecessor  
    October 31, 2005  
 
Non-U.S. defined benefit plans:
       
Discount rate
    5.50%  
Average increase in compensation levels
    3.25%  
Expected long-term return on assets
    6.75%  
 
9.   Senior Credit Facilities and Borrowings
 
Our senior credit facilities and borrowings consist of the following (in millions):
 
         
    Company  
    July 31, 2006  
 
Senior credit facilities:
       
Term loan facility
  $  
Revolving credit facility
     
Notes:
       
10 1 / 8 % senior notes due 2013
  $ 500  
Senior floating rates notes due 2013
    250  
11 7 / 8 % senior subordinated notes due 2015
    250  
         
Total long-term borrowings
  $ 1,000  
         
 
Senior Credit Facilities
 
In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a senior credit agreement with a syndicate of financial institutions. The senior secured credit facilities initially consisted of (i) a seven-year $725 million term loan facility and (ii) a six-year, $250 million revolving credit facility for general corporate purposes.


F-24


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The revolving credit facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for borrowings on same-day or one-day notice referred to as swingline loans and is available to us and certain of our subsidiaries in U.S. dollars and other currencies. As of July 31, 2006, we have not borrowed under the revolving credit facility, although we had $11 million of letters of credits outstanding under the facility. The term loan credit facility was available for drawdown until April 30, 2006. We drew $475 million under our term loan facility to finance a portion of the Acquisition. On January 26, 2006, as permitted by our senior credit agreement and the indentures governing the outstanding notes, we drew the full $250 million under the delayed-draw portion of our term loan facility to retire all of our redeemable convertible preference shares. We used the net proceeds from the sale of our Storage Business and Printer ASICs Business to permanently repay borrowings under our term loan facility. As of July 31, 2006, the term loan facility had been permanently repaid. Costs of approximately $19 million incurred in relation to the term loan facility were initially capitalized as debt issuance costs, amortized over the expected term as additional interest expense and unamortized costs were written off in conjunction with the repayment of the term loan facility.
 
Interest Rate and Fees:   Borrowings under the senior credit agreement bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the United States prime rate and (2) the federal funds rate plus 0.5% (or an equivalent base rate for loans originating outside the United States, to the extent available) or (b) a LIBOR rate (or the equivalent thereof in the relevant jurisdiction) determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits in the currency of such borrowing for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs. The applicable margin for borrowings under the revolving credit facility is 1.5% with respect to base rate borrowings and 2.5% with respect to LIBOR borrowings. At July 31, 2006, the lender’s base rate was 8.25% and the one-month LIBOR rate was 5.39%. The applicable margin for borrowings under the revolving credit facility may be reduced subject to us attaining certain leverage ratios after the date on which the financial statements for the quarter ending January 31, 2007 are delivered to the lenders.
 
We are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility with respect to any unutilized commitments thereunder. The commitment fee on the revolving credit facility is 0.5% per annum, which may be reduced subject to us attaining certain leverage ratios after the date on which the financial statements for the quarter ending January 31, 2007 are delivered to the lenders. We must also pay customary letter of credit fees. The commitment fee is expensed as additional interest expense.
 
Maturity:   Principal amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility are due and payable in full on December 1, 2011. As of July 31, 2006 we have not borrowed against the revolving credit facility, although we had $11 million of letters of credit outstanding under the facility.
 
Certain Covenants and Events of Default:   The senior credit agreement contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability to:
 
  •  incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares;
 
  •  create liens on assets;
 
  •  enter into sale-leaseback transactions;
 
  •  engage in mergers or consolidations;
 
  •  sell assets;
 
  •  pay dividends and distributions, or repurchase our capital stock or make other restrictive payments;
 
  •  make investments, loans or advances;
 
  •  make capital expenditures;
 
  •  repay subordinated indebtedness (including the senior subordinated notes);


F-25


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
  •  make certain acquisitions;
 
  •  amend material agreements governing our subordinated indebtedness (including the senior subordinated notes);
 
  •  change our lines of business; and
 
  •  change the status of Holdings as a passive holding company.
 
All obligations under the senior credit facilities, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured by substantially all of our following assets and that of each guarantor, subject to certain exceptions:
 
  •  a pledge of 100% of our capital stock and 100% of the capital stock of each of our material subsidiaries; and
 
  •  a security interest in substantially all of our tangible and intangible assets and the tangible and intangible assets of each guarantor.
 
In addition, the senior credit agreement requires us to maintain a senior secured leverage ratio below a certain amount.
 
We were in compliance with all financial and non-financial covenants relating to the senior secured credit facilities as of July 31, 2006.
 
Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes
 
In connection with the Acquisition, we completed a private placement of $1,000 million principal amount of unsecured debt consisting of (i) $500 million principal amount of 10 1 / 8 % senior notes due December 1, 2013 (the “Senior Fixed Rate Notes”), (ii) $250 million principal amount of senior floating rate notes due June 1, 2013 (the “Senior Floating Rate Notes” and, together with the Senior Fixed Rate Notes, the “Senior Notes”), and (iii) $250 million principal amount of 11 7 / 8 % senior subordinated notes due December 1, 2015 (the “Senior Subordinated Notes”). The Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes are collectively referred to as the “Notes.” We received proceeds of $966 million, net of $34 million of related transaction expenses. Such transaction expenses are deferred as debt issuance costs and are being amortized over the life of the loans as incremental interest expense.
 
Interest is payable on the Senior Fixed Rate Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes on a semi-annual basis at a fixed rate of 10.125% and 11.875%, respectively, per annum. Interest is payable on the Senior Floating Rate Notes on a quarterly basis at a rate of three-month LIBOR plus 5.5%. The rate for the Senior Floating Rate Notes was 10.73% at July 31, 2006.
 
We may redeem all or any part of the Senior Floating Rate Notes (i) at any time prior to December 1, 2007 and the Senior Fixed Rate Notes at any time prior to December 1, 2009 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus a defined premium and accrued but unpaid interest through the redemption date, and (ii) on or after such dates at fixed redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed) set forth in the indenture governing the Senior Notes (the “Senior Notes Indenture”). The Senior Notes Indenture also provides certain limited optional redemption rights upon qualifying asset sales or equity offerings at a redemption price set forth in the Senior Notes Indenture that generally includes a premium. In addition, upon a change of control of the Company, we generally will be required to make an offer to redeem the Senior Notes from the holders at 101% of the principal amount plus accrued but unpaid interest through the redemption date.
 
The Senior Notes are unsecured and effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured debt (including obligations under our senior credit facilities), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such


F-26


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

debt. Certain of our subsidiaries have guaranteed the obligations under the senior credit facilities, and have guaranteed the obligations under the Senior Notes on a senior unsecured basis.
 
The Senior Notes Indenture limits our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries: to incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares; to pay dividends on or make other distributions in respect of its capital stock or make other restricted payments; to make certain investments; to sell certain assets; to create liens on certain assets to secure debt; to enter into certain transactions with affiliates; and to consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets.
 
We may redeem all or any part of the Senior Subordinated Notes (i) at any time prior to December 1, 2010 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus a defined premium and accrued but unpaid interest through the redemption date, and (ii) on or after such dates at fixed redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed) set forth in the indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Notes (the “Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture”) plus accrued but unpaid interest through the redemption date. The Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture also provides certain limited optional redemption rights upon qualifying asset sales or equity offerings at a redemption price set forth in the Senior Note Indenture that generally includes a premium. In addition, upon a change of control of the Company, generally will be required to make an offer to redeem the Senior Subordinated Notes from the holders at 101% of the principal amount plus accrued but unpaid interest through the redemption date.
 
The Senior Subordinated Notes are unsecured and subordinated to all of our existing and future senior indebtedness, including our senior credit facilities and the Senior Notes. Certain of our subsidiaries have guaranteed the obligations under the senior credit facilities, and have guaranteed the obligations under the Senior Subordinated Notes on a senior subordinated unsecured basis.
 
The Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture limits our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to: incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares; to pay dividends on or make other distributions in respect of its capital stock or make other restricted payments; to make certain investments; to sell certain assets; to create liens on certain assets to secure debt; to enter into certain transactions with affiliates; and to consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets.
 
In conjunction with issuance of the Notes, we agreed to exchange the Notes for freely tradable notes with substantially identical terms that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. If we fail to consummate the exchange offer by November 25, 2006, the annual interest rate on the notes will increase by 0.25% for each subsequent 90-day period during which the registration default continues up to a maximum increase of 1.00% over the interest rate that would otherwise apply to the applicable notes.
 
Debt Issuance Costs
 
Unamortized debt issuance costs associated with the Notes and the secured senior credit facility were $38 million at July 31, 2006 and are included in other assets on the balance sheet. Amortization of debt issuance costs is classified as interest expense in the statement of operations.
 
Predecessor
 
The Predecessor had no borrowings during any period presented.


F-27


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

10.   Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 
The following table presents the carrying amounts and fair values of financial instruments as of July 31, 2006:
 
                 
    Company
    July 31, 2006
    Carrying
  Fair
    Value   Value
    (In millions)
 
Variable rate debt
  $ 250     $ 262  
Fixed rate debt
    750       791  
 
The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, to the extent the underlying liability will be settled in cash, approximating carrying values because of the short-term nature of these instruments. The fair value of our long-term debt is based on quoted market rates.
 
11.   Shareholder’s Equity
 
Company
 
Effective January 30, 2006, the Singapore Companies Act was amended to, among other things, allow Singapore companies to repurchase outstanding ordinary shares subject to certain requirements and eliminate the concepts of par value, additional paid-in capital and authorized share capital. As a result of the Companies Act amendments, effective January 30, 2006, our outstanding shares have no par value, and we have combined the par value of our ordinary shares together with additional paid-in-capital into one ordinary shares account for all periods presented.
 
Ordinary and Redeemable Convertible Preference Shares
 
In December 2005, we issued 209,840,061 ordinary shares for proceeds of $1,049 million and 250,000 shares of redeemable convertible cumulative preference shares (“preference shares”) for $250 million. In January 2006, we redeemed 248,853 shares of preference shares for cash and the remaining balance was converted into 229,400 ordinary shares. A pro-rata 3% dividend was paid on the shares redeemed in accordance with the terms of the preference shares.
 
Share Option Plans
 
Effective December 1, 2005, Parent adopted two equity-based compensation plans, the Equity Incentive Plan for Executive Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries (the “Executive Plan”) and the Equity Incentive Plan for Senior Management Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries (the “Senior Management Plan” and together with the Executive Plan, the “Equity Incentive Plans”), which have been amended, to authorize the grant of options and share purchase rights covering up to 30 million ordinary shares of Parent.
 
Under the Executive Plan, options generally vest at a rate of 20% per year based on the passage of time and attaining certain performance criteria, in each case subject to continued employment. Those options subject to vesting based on the passage of time may accelerate by one year upon certain terminations of employment. Under the Senior Management Plan, options generally vest at a rate of 20% per year based on the passage of time and continued employment.


F-28


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Under the Equity Incentive Plans, options generally expire ten years following the date of grant unless granted to a non-employee, in which case the options generally expire five years following the date of grant and are granted at a price equal to the fair market value.
 
A summary of option activity follows (in millions, except per-share amounts).
 
                         
    Options Outstanding  
    Options
          Weighted-Average
 
    Available for
    Number
    Exercise Price
 
    Grant     Outstanding     Per Share  
 
Balance as of October 31, 2005
              $  
Shares authorized
    30              
Issues as part of the Acquisition
(see Note 3. ‘‘The Acquisition”)
    (1 )     1       1.25  
Granted
    (17 )     17       5.00  
Cancelled
    1       (1 )     4.93  
                         
Balance as of July 31, 2006
    13       17       4.76  
                         
 
The following table summarizes significant ranges of outstanding and exercisable options as of July 31, 2006 (in millions, except per share amounts):
 
                                         
    Options Outstanding              
          Weighted-
    Weighted-
    Options Exercisable  
          Average
    Average
          Weighted-
 
          Remaining
    Exercise
          Average
 
    Number
    Contractual
    Price Per
    Number
    Exercise Price
 
Exercise Prices
  Outstanding     Life (in years)     Share     Exercisable     Per Share  
 
$1.25
    1       6.44     $ 1.25       1     $ 1.25  
$5.00
    16       9.44       5.00              
                                         
Total
    17       9.25       4.76       1       1.25  
                                         
 
We account for awards to employees which vest based on the passage of time using the intrinsic value method of accounting in accordance with APB No. 25 and related interpretations. Under the intrinsic value method, generally, we record compensation expense related to share options based on the difference, if any, on the date of grant between the fair market value of our shares and the amount an employee must pay to acquire the shares. Options that vest based on performance are subject to variable accounting.
 
In the nine months ended July 31, 2006 we recorded aggregate compensation expense of $2 million relating to options granted to employees that vest based on performance and options granted to non-employees.
 
12.   Restructuring and Asset Impairment
 
Company
 
During the nine months ended July 31, 2006, we initiated a new restructuring plan to reduce our workforce by approximately 70 employees related to certain product line rationalizations. In addition, we continued to incur charges related to the Predecessor restructuring plans assumed by us as part of the Acquisition. Total charges incurred during this period were $4 million, $1 million of which were recorded under cost of products sold and the remainder of which were recorded under research and development. As of July 31, 2006, we have paid $2 million in cash in conjunction with the new restructuring plan, and the remaining $2 million was included in other current liabilities. We expect to substantially complete these Predecessor and Successor restructuring plans by the end of fiscal 2006.


F-29


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Predecessor
 
Agilent has had several restructuring plans that have affected SPG, These plans were designed to reduce costs and expenses in order to return Agilent to profitability. The three main components of these plans were workforce reductions, consolidation of excess facilities and evaluating and restructuring property, plant, and equipment, which included recording the impairment of some assets.
 
Overall, Agilent reduced SPG’s workforce through attrition and involuntary terminations. Agilent also consolidated excess facilities resulting in charges for lease termination fees and losses anticipated from sub-lease agreements. In addition, Agilent closed production, research and development and support and sales facilities in the United States, the United Kingdom and other countries. As a result of these site closures, significant asset impairment charges were incurred.
 
The discussion below summarizes the actions taken in fiscal 2004 and 2005.
 
During the second half of 2004, Agilent initiated actions to resize its Fort Collins production facility to reflect the shift of volume to an external foundry related to the camera module divestiture; to reduce its overall cost structure; and to move its facilities to lower cost regions. Predecessor incurred approximately $16 million in work force management charges and $6 million for asset impairment related to these actions in fiscal 2004. Additional costs allocated to us by Predecessor were approximately $14 million (approximately $7 million for work force management and $7 million for asset impairment and consolidation of excess facilities — see additional description below).
 
In the first half of 2005, Predecessor continued to incur charges related to the actions that were taken to scale back the Fort Collins facility. In the second half of 2005, Predecessor shut down its existing research and development site at the Ipswich facility and the San Jose production facility in order to continue to reduce our overall cost structure. Predecessor incurred approximately $7 million in work force management charges and $2 million for asset impairment charges related to these actions for the year ended October 31, 2005. Total additional costs allocated to Predecessor by Agilent were approximately $7 million for work force management and $4 million for asset impairment and consolidation of excess facilities — see additional description below.
 
A summary of the restructuring activity (including restructuring costs allocated by Agilent) by period is shown below:
 
                                 
    Predecessor  
    Year Ended
    Nine Months
    One Month
 
    October 31,     Ended
    Ended
 
    2004     2005     July 31, 2005     November 30, 2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Workforce management
  $ 23     $ 14     $ 6     $ 1  
Asset impairment
    7       3       2        
Consolidation of facilities
    6       3       3        
                                 
Total restructuring and asset impairment charges
  $ 36     $ 20     $ 11     $ 1  
                                 
 
With respect to the charges for asset impairment and consolidation of facilities, Predecessor had no accrued balances at the end of the respective reporting periods. Predecessor did have accrued liabilities for


F-30


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

workforce management restructuring costs and a summary of the activity and accrued balances for the periods presented are shown in the table below:
 
         
    Predecessor
 
    Workforce
 
    Management  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance as of October 31, 2004
  $ 3  
Total charge
    7  
Cash payments
    (9 )
         
Balance as of October 31, 2005
    1  
Total charge
    1  
Cash payments
    (2 )
         
Balance as of November 30, 2005
  $  
         
 
A summary of the statement of operations impact of the charges resulting from all Predecessor restructuring plans is shown below.
 
                                 
    Predecessor  
    Year Ended
    Nine Months
    One Month
 
    October 31,     Ended
    Ended
 
    2004     2005     July 31, 2005     November 30, 2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Cost of products
  $ 10     $ 4     $ 3     $  
Research and development
    7       7       5        
Selling, general and administrative
    19       9       3       1  
                                 
Total restructuring and asset impairment charges
  $ 36     $ 20     $ 11     $ 1  
                                 
 
As described above, in addition to the actions that directly impacted Predecessor, Agilent allocated certain restructuring costs to Predecessor for their actions to reduce their costs associated with its support services such as finance, information technology, and workplace services. These cost reductions were achieved by moving global shared services operations sites to lower cost regions, reducing the number of properties, particularly sales and administrative sites, and by reducing their workforce through involuntary terminations and selected outsourcing of manufacturing and administrative functions. Portions of these costs were allocated to Predecessor by Agilent and are included in the Predecessor financial statements. The costs were paid directly by Agilent so they are not included in Predecessor’s accrued liability for restructuring.
 
The restructuring costs allocated to Predecessor by Agilent that are included in the table above are shown separately below:
 
                                 
    Predecessor  
    Year Ended
    Nine Months
    One Month
 
    October 31,     Ended
    Ended
 
    2004     2005     July 31, 2005     November 30, 2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Cost of products sold
  $ 3     $     $     $  
Research and development
    1       4       2        
Selling, general and administrative
    10       7       1        
                                 
Total restructuring and asset impairment charges
  $ 14     $ 11     $ 3     $  
                                 


F-31


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

13.   Income Taxes

 
Predecessor
 
Our Predecessor operating results have historically been included in Agilent’s consolidated U.S. federal and state income tax returns and non-U.S. jurisdiction tax returns. Provision for income taxes in the financial statements have been determined on a separate return basis. Predecessor is required to assess the realization of its net deferred tax assets and the need for a valuation allowance on a separate return basis, and exclude from that assessment any utilization of those losses by Agilent. This assessment requires that Predecessor’s management make judgments about benefits that could be realized from future taxable income, as well as other positive and negative factors influencing the realization of deferred tax assets. Due to the cumulative losses incurred in the U.S. and certain non-U.S. locations, Predecessor recorded a valuation allowance against any deferred assets in these jurisdictions as of October 31, 2005. All tax return attributes Predecessor generated, as calculated on a separate return methodology not used by Agilent historically, were retained by Agilent.
 
Company
 
Due to the fact that Parent and its material operating subsidiaries are organized under the laws of Singapore, domestic operations for us reflect the results of operations based in Singapore. Domestic operations for Predecessor reflect the results of operations based in the United States.
 
Components of Income Before Taxes from Continuing Operations
 
For financial reporting purposes, “Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes” included the following components (in millions):
 
                                           
    Predecessor       Company  
    Year Ended
    Nine Months
    One Month
      Nine Months
 
    October 31,     Ended
    Ended
      Ended
 
    2004     2005     July 31, 2005     November 30, 2005       July 31, 2006  
Domestic loss
  $ (330 )   $ (287 )   $ (228 )   $ (17 )     $ (155 )
Foreign income (loss)
    411       342       273       (6 )       (3 )
                                           
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes:
  $ 81     $ 55     $ 45     $ (23 )     $ (158 )
                                           
 
Components of Provision for Income Taxes
 
Predecessor
 
Agilent had negotiated tax holidays on earnings in certain foreign jurisdictions in which Predecessor operated which expire in various fiscal years beginning in 2008. The tax holidays provide lower rates of taxation on certain classes of income and are conditional upon Agilent meeting certain employment and investment thresholds.
 
Income taxes payable at October 31, 2005 were $83 million. This amount is included within income taxes payable and represents amounts that had not been settled through the Agilent invested equity account at the end of the period.


F-32


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Company
 
We have negotiated tax holidays on earnings in Singapore and Malaysia which expire in various fiscal years beginning in 2010. The tax holidays provide lower rates of taxation on certain classes of income and are conditional upon our meeting certain employment and investment thresholds.
 
Significant components of the provision for income taxes from continuing operations are as follows (in millions):
 
                                           
    Predecessor       Company  
    Year Ended
    Nine Months
    One Month
      Nine Months
 
    October 31,     Ended
    Ended
      Ended
 
    2004     2005     July 31, 2005     November 30, 2005       July 31, 2006  
Current tax expense:
                                         
Domestic
  $     $ 17     $     $       $ 3  
Foreign
    28       16       12       2         2  
                                           
    $ 28     $ 33     $ 12     $ 2       $ 5  
                                           
Deferred tax expense (benefit)
                                         
Domestic
  $ (3 )   $     $     $       $  
Foreign
                1               (2 )
                                           
    $ (3 )   $     $ 1     $       $ (2 )
                                           
Total provision for income taxes
  $ 25     $ 33     $ 13     $ 2       $ 3  
                                           
 
Rate Reconciliation
 
A reconciliation of the expected statutory tax rate (computed at the Predecessor’s U.S. statutory income tax rate of 35% and the Company’s Singapore statutory tax rate of 20%) to the actual tax rate on income from continuing operations is as follows:
 
                                           
    Predecessor       Company  
    Year Ended
    Nine Months
    One Month
      Nine Months
 
    October 31,     Ended
    Ended
      Ended
 
    2004     2005     July 31, 2005     November 30, 2005       July 31, 2006  
Expected statutory tax rate
    35.0%       35.0%       35.0%       (35.0)%         (20.0)%  
Homeland Investment Act Dividend Repatriation
    0.0       30.7       0.0       0.0         0.0  
Foreign income taxed at different rates
    (112.1)       (137.1)       (132.0)       14.9         1.1  
Nondeductible goodwill
    1.5       1.1       1.0       0.3         0.0  
R&D credits
    (3.4)       (4.5)       (4.0)       (1.3)         0.0  
Tax Holidays and Concessions
    0.0       0.0       0.0       0.0         20.6  
Other, net
    (6.1)       (4.6)       (4.0)       (1.6)         0.0  
Valuation Allowance
    115.6       139.0       132.0       30.2         0.0  
                                           
Actual tax rate on income from continuing operations
    30.5%       59.6%       28.0%       7.5%         1.7%  
                                           


F-33


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Summary of Deferred Income taxes
 
Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their basis for income tax purposes and the tax effects of net operating losses and tax credit carry forwards. The significant components of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities included on the balance sheets were as follows (in millions):
 
                         
    Predecessor     Company  
    Year Ended
    Nine Months
 
    October 31,     Ended
 
    2004     2005     July 31, 2006  
Deferred income tax assets:
                       
Inventory
  $ 1     $     $  
Employee benefits, other than retirement
    11       11       2  
Net operating loss carryovers and credit carryovers
    327       423       13  
Depreciation and amortization
                4  
Other deferred income tax assets
    3       4        
                         
Gross deferred tax assets
  $ 342     $ 438     $ 19  
Less valuation allowance
    (198 )     (293 )     (17 )
                         
Deferred income tax assets
  $ 144     $ 145     $ 2  
                         
Deferred income tax liabilities
                       
Depreciation and amortization
  $ 31     $ 31     $  
Foreign earnings not permanently reinvested
    114       114        
Other deferred income tax liability
                1  
                         
Deferred income tax liabilities
  $ 145     $ 145     $ 1  
                         
Net deferred income tax asset (liability)
  $ (1 )   $     $ 1  
                         
 
The above net deferred income tax asset (liability) has been reflected in the accompanying balance sheets as follows (in millions):
 
                         
    Predecessor     Company  
    Year Ended
    Nine Months
 
    October 31,     Ended
 
    2004     2005     July 31, 2006  
Non-current asset
  $ 144     $ 145     $ 2  
Non-current liability
    (145 )     (145 )     (1 )
                         
Net non-current income tax asset (liability)
  $ (1 )   $     $ 1  
                         
 
As of July 31, 2006, we had Singapore net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $5 million available to offset concessionary income and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $52 million. The Singapore net operating losses have no limitation on utilization. The foreign net operating loss carryforwards will expire by 2010.
 
We consider all operating income of foreign subsidiaries not to be permanently reinvested outside Singapore. We have provided $50,000 for foreign taxes that may result from future remittances of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries, the cumulative amount of which is approximately $44 million as of July 31, 2006.


F-34


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

14.   Interest Expense

 
Interest expense of $114 million for the nine months ended July 31, 2006 consisted primarily of (i) interest expense of $93 million with respect to the Senior Notes, Senior Subordinated Notes, and previously outstanding debt under the senior secured credit facilities, all issued or incurred in connection with the Acquisition including commitment fees for expired credit facilities; and (ii) amortization of debt issuance costs of $21 million.
 
15.   Other Income, net
 
The following table presents the detail of other income, net:
 
                                           
    Predecessor       Company  
    Year Ended
    Nine Months
    One Month
      Nine Months
 
    October 31,     Ended
    Ended
      Ended
 
    2004     2005     July 31, 2005     November 30, 2005       July 31, 2006  
    (In millions)       (In millions)  
Other income
  $ 4     $ 18     $ 18             $ 5  
Interest income
                              4  
Other expense
          (11 )     (8 )             (1 )
                                           
Other income, net
  $ 4     $ 7     $ 10             $ 8  
                                           
 
Predecessor other income, net included a gain of $12 million on the sale of the Camera Module Division (See Note 16. “Sale of the Camera Module Business”), for both periods ended July 31, 2005 and October 31, 2005, and a charge of $4 million and $6 million for impairment of an investment in the nine months ended July 31, 2005 and year ended October 31, 2005, respectively.
 
16.   Sale of the Camera Module Business
 
On February 3, 2005, Predecessor completed the sale of the Camera Module Business to Flextronics International Ltd. (“Flextronics”) pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement dated October 27, 2004 as amended. Flextronics agreed to purchase the fixed assets, inventory and Intellectual Property (IP) and assume operating liabilities. Flextronics paid approximately $13 million upon closing and will pay an additional $12 million (in twelve equal quarterly installments) to be paid each fiscal quarter following the sale closing date, which was recorded as receivable by us as part of purchase accounting. In addition to the consideration above, if Camera Module Business future revenue thresholds specified in the Asset Purchase Agreement are met, Flextronics will pay up to an additional $13 million over a three-year period. For the year ended October 31, 2005, Predecessor recognized a gain of $12 million related to this sale which was recorded in other income, net.


F-35


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table shows the results of operations of Predecessor’s Camera Module Business for the years ended October 31, 2004 and 2005. Because the sale was on February 3, 2005, the results for the year ended October 31, 2005 includes operations for only one quarter. The table below includes direct expenses for costs of products sold, research and development, sales and marketing, distribution, and administration as well as allocations of expenses arising from shared services and infrastructure provided by Agilent to the Camera Module Business. The amounts allocated to the Camera Module Business by Agilent were $35 million, $6 million and $6 million for the years ended October 31, 2004 and 2005 and for the nine months ended July 31, 2005, respectively. In addition, also included are $18 million, $8 million and $8 million of charges for the years ended October 31, 2004 and 2005 and for the nine months ended July 31, 2005, respectively, for the write-down of inventory, goodwill adjustment and recording of other accruals related to the sale of this business.
 
                         
    Predecessor  
    Year Ended
    Nine Months
 
    October 31,     Ended
 
    2004     2005     July 31, 2005  
    (In millions)  
 
                         
Net revenue
  $ 296     $ 69     $ 69  
Costs of products sold
    (316 )     (66 )     (66 )
Total operating expenses
    (43 )     (10 )     (10 )
                         
Operating loss
  $ (63 )   $ (7 )   $ (7 )
                         
 
Certain Camera Module Business resources and business expenses remained in Predecessor’s cost structure after the sale and have not been included in the table above. These resources and costs were redeployed within SPG and included resources and costs related to sales and marketing, general finance and administration and order management and logistics functions. These expenses were $10 million and $2 million for the years ended October 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
 
17.   Discontinued Operations
 
Storage Business
 
On October 28, 2005, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell our Storage Business to PMC-Sierra Inc. (“PMC”) subject to certain conditions, including our completion of the Acquisition from Agilent. This transaction closed on February 28, 2006, resulting in $420 million of net proceeds to us. The assets and liabilities of the Storage Business were classified as held for sale in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets in the purchase price allocation (See Note 3. “The Acquisition”) and no gain or loss was recorded on the sale. In March 2006, we used the net proceeds from this sale to permanently repay a portion of the term loan facility described in Note 9, “ Senior Credit Facilities and Borrowings.”
 
The following table summarizes the results of operations of the Storage Business, included in discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended October 31, 2004 and 2005,


F-36


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

the nine months ended July 31, 2005, the one month ended November 30, 2005 and the nine months ended July 31, 2006:
 
                                           
    Predecessor       Company  
                Nine Months
    One Month
      Nine Months
 
    Year Ended October 31,     Ended
    Ended
      Ended
 
    2004     2005     July 31, 2005     November 30, 2005       July 31, 2006  
    (In millions)  
Net revenue
  $ 113     $ 112     $ 82     $ 8       $ 28  
Costs, expenses and other income, net
    101       102       68       6         19  
                                           
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes
  $ 12     $ 10     $ 14     $ 2       $ 9  
                                           
 
The following table presents the Storage Business’s assets and liabilities that were sold:
 
         
    Company  
    (In millions)  
 
Assets:
       
Inventory
  $ 5  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    8  
Other current assets
    4  
Goodwill and intangible assets, net
    404  
         
Total assets of discontinued operations
    421  
     
Liabilities:
       
Current liabilities
    1  
         
Net assets
  $ 420  
         
 
Printer ASICs Business
 
On February 17, 2006, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell our Printer ASICs Business to Marvell International Technology Ltd. (“Marvell”). Our agreement with Marvell also provides for up to $35 million in additional performance-based payments by Marvell to us upon the achievement of certain revenue targets by the acquired business. This transaction closed on May 1, 2006 resulting in $245 million of net proceeds to us. There was no gain or loss on the sale as the fair value of the assets and liabilities was reflected in the purchase price allocation for the Acquisition. In May 2006, we used the net proceeds, together with other available cash, to permanently repay a portion of the term loan facility described in Note 9, “Senior Credit Facilities and Borrowings.”
 
The following table summarizes the results of operations of the Printer ASICs Business:
 
                                           
    Predecessor       Company  
                Nine Months
    One Month
      Nine Months
 
    Year Ended October 31,     Ended
    Ended
      Ended
 
    2004     2005     July 31, 2005     November 30, 2005       July 31, 2006  
    (In millions)  
Net revenue
  $ 132     $ 131     $ 99     $ 10       $ 71  
Costs, expenses and other income, net
    127       132       99       11         68  
                                           
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes
  $ 5     $ (1 )   $     $ (1 )     $ 3  
                                           


F-37


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table presents the Printer ASICs Business’s assets and liabilities that were sold:
 
         
    Company  
    (In millions)  
 
Assets:
       
Inventory
  $ 17  
Other current assets
    10  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    15  
Goodwill and intangible assets, net
    207  
         
Total assets of discontinued operations
    249  
         
     
Liabilities:
       
Current liabilities
    4  
         
Net assets
  $ 245  
         
 
18.   Segment Information
 
SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information (“SFAS No. 131”), establishes standards for the way public business enterprises report information about operating segments in annual consolidated financial statements and requires that those enterprises report selected information about operating segments in interim financial reports. SFAS No. 131 also establishes standards for related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas and major customers. We have aggregated our operating segments into one reportable segment based on the nature of our products. In aggregating our operating segments, we have considered the following factors: sales of semiconductors represents our only material source of revenue; substantially all products offered incorporate analog functionality and are manufactured under similar manufacturing processes; we use an integrated approach in developing our products in that discrete technologies developed are frequently integrated across many of our products; we use a common order fulfillment process and similar distribution approach for our products; and broad distributor networks are typically utilized while large accounts are serviced by a direct sales force. The Chief Executive Officer has been identified as the Chief Operating Decision Maker as defined by SFAS No. 131.


F-38


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table presents net revenue and long-lived asset information based on geographic region. Net revenue is based on the destination of the shipments and long-lived assets are based on the physical location of the assets (in millions):
 
                                         
    Malaysia and
    United
    Rest of the
    Discontinued
       
    Singapore     States     World     Operations     Total  
 
Company
                                       
Net revenue:
                                       
Nine months ended July 31, 2005:
  $ 757     $ 236     $ 80           $ 1,073  
Long-lived assets:
                                       
As of July 31, 2006
    174       245       14             433  
                     
Predecessor
                                       
Net revenue:
                                       
One month ended November 30, 2005:
    84       31       28       (18 )     125  
Nine months ended July 31, 2005:
    699       315       293       (181 )     1,126  
Year ended October 31, 2005
    952       462       388       (243 )     1,559  
Year ended October 31, 2004
    1,093       459       476       (245 )     1,783  
Long-lived assets:
                                       
As of October 31, 2005
    100       158       5             263  
 
19.   Related-Party Transactions
 
In connection with the Acquisition, Parent and Avago Technologies International Sales Pte Limited entered into an Advisory Agreement with affiliates of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. (“KKR”) and Silver Lake Partners (“Silver Lake,” and together with KKR, the “Sponsors”) for ongoing consulting and management advisory services. Affiliates of the Sponsors, through their investments in Bali Investments S.àr.l., indirectly own over eighty percent of our shares. The Advisory Agreement requires us to pay each of the Sponsors a quarterly fee of $625,000, which is subject to a 5% increase each fiscal year during the agreement’s term. The Advisory Agreement has a 12-year term (See Note 20, “Commitments and Contingencies”). For the nine months ended July 31, 2006, we recorded $3.8 million of expenses in connection with the Advisory Agreement.
 
In connection with the closing of the Acquisition and the related financings (collectively known as the “Transactions”), we paid to each of the Sponsors an advisory fee of $18 million for services provided to us in evaluating, negotiating, documenting, financing and closing the Transactions. In addition, in connection with the closing of any subsequent change of control transaction, acquisition, disposition or divestiture, spin-off, split-off or financing completed during the term of the Advisory Agreement (or after, if contemplated during the term) in each case with an aggregate value in excess of $25 million, we will pay each of the Sponsors a fee of 0.5% based on the aggregate value of such transaction. For the Storage and Printer ASICs business sales (discussed in Note 17, “Discontinued Operations”), we paid the Sponsors each $3 million in advisory fees, which were charged to expense.
 
In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a management consulting agreement for post-acquisition support activities with Capstone Consulting (“Capstone”), a consulting company affiliated with KKR. Under this agreement, we paid $1 million to Capstone during the nine months ended July 31, 2006. An affiliate of Capstone has been granted options to purchase 800,000 ordinary shares of Parent with an exercise price of $5 per share. One half of these options vests over four years, and the other half vests upon the achievement of certain company financial performance metrics defined in the Share Option Agreement, dated


F-39


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

February 3, 2006. These options are subject to variable accounting and we recorded a $1 million charge for the nine months ended July 31, 2006 related to the issuance of these options.
 
Funds affiliated with Silver Lake are investors in Flextronics International Ltd., a Singapore limited company (“Flextronics”), and Mr. Marks, a director, was the Chief Executive Officer of Flextronics until December 2005, and remains chairman of the board of Flextronics. Mr. Davidson, a director, also serves as a director of Flextronics. Agilent sold its Camera Module Business to Flextronics in February 2005. In the ordinary course of business, we continue to sell sensors to Flextronics, which in the nine months ended July 31, 2006, accounted for $38 million of net revenue from continuing operations and the trade accounts receivable due from Flextronics as of July 31, 2006 was $5 million. Flextronics continues to pay the deferred purchase price in connection with its acquisition of the Camera Module Business at the rate of $1 million per quarter.
 
Pursuant to an Amended and Restated Shareholder Agreement dated as of February 3, 2006 among Parent and participants in the Investor Group and certain other persons, three representatives of each Sponsor serve on Parent’s Board of Directors. In April 2006, Parent granted each member of its Board of Directors, including these individuals, an option to purchase 50,000 ordinary shares of Parent, with an exercise price of $5 per share (the fair market value on the date of the grant as determined by Parent’s Board of Directors), a term of 5 years and vesting at a rate of 20% per year from December 1, 2005. In addition, we will pay these individuals $50,000 per year for service on Parent’s Board of Directors, quarterly in arrears and prorated for any partial quarter.
 
20.   Commitments and Contingencies
 
Commitments
 
Operating Lease Commitments.   We lease certain real property and equipment from Agilent and unrelated third parties under non-cancelable operating leases. Our future minimum lease payments under these leases at July 31, 2006 were $3 million for the remaining portion of 2006, $12 million for 2007, $10 million for 2008, $5 million for 2009, $4 million for 2010, $1 million for 2011, and $1 million thereafter.
 
Rent expense was $23 million, $19 million, $9 million, $2 million and $10 million for the years ended October 31, 2004 and 2005, the nine months ended July 31, 2005, the one month ended November 30, 2005 and the nine months ended July 31, 2006, respectively.
 
Capital Lease Commitments.   We lease a portion of our equipment from unrelated third parties under non-cancelable capital leases. Our future minimum lease payments under these leases at July 31, 2006 were $1 million for the remaining portion of 2006, $2 million for 2007, $2 million for 2008, $1 million for 2009, $1 million for 2010, and less than $1 million for 2011, and none thereafter.
 
Related Party Commitments.   In the event that the advisory agreement described in Note 19, “Related Party Transactions,” is terminated, KKR and Silver Lake will receive a lump sum payment equal to the present value of the annual advisory fees that would have been payable for the remainder of the term of the advisory agreement. The initial term of the advisory agreement is 12 years, and it extends annually for one year unless the advisory agreement is terminated through written notice by either party. Our future minimum advisory fees under the agreement at July 31, 2006 were $1 million for the remaining portion of 2006, $3 million for 2007, $3 million for 2008, $3 million for 2009, $3 million for 2010, $3 million for 2011, and $24 million thereafter.
 
Purchase Commitments.   At July 31, 2006, we had unconditional purchase obligations of $51 million. These unconditional purchase obligations include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding on us and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions and the approximate timing of the transaction. Purchase obligations exclude agreements that are cancelable without penalty. Our future unconditional purchase obligations at July 31, 2006 were $51 million for the remaining portion of 2006 and none thereafter.


F-40


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Other Contractual Commitments.   We entered into several agreements related to IT, human resources and financial infrastructure outsourcing and other services agreements. At July 31, 2006, our commitments under agreements were $39 million for the remaining portion of 2006, $37 million for 2007, $33 million for 2008, $31 million for 2009, $27 million for 2010, $25 million for 2011, and $91 million thereafter.
 
Long-Term Debt.   At July 31, 2006, we had debt obligations of $1 billion, none of which the principal is due before fiscal year 2013. Estimated future interest expense payments, related to debt obligations at July 31, 2006 were $27 million for the remaining portion of 2006, $109 million for 2007, $109 million for 2008, $109 million for 2009, $109 million for 2010, $109 million for 2011, and $272 million thereafter.
 
Contingencies
 
We are subject to certain routine legal proceedings, as well as demands, claims and threatened litigation, that arise in the normal course of our business, including assertions that we may be infringing patents or other intellectual property rights of others. We currently believe the ultimate amount of liability, if any, for any pending claims of any type (either alone or combined) will not materially affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. We also believe we would be able to obtain any necessary licenses or other rights to disputed intellectual property rights on commercially reasonable terms. However, the ultimate outcome of any litigation is uncertain and, regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense costs, negative publicity, timing of adverse resolutions, diversion of management resources and other factors. Our failure to obtain necessary license or other rights, or litigation arising out of intellectual property claims, could adversely affect our business.
 
Indemnifications to Hewlett-Packard
 
Agilent has given multiple indemnities to Hewlett-Packard Company in connection with its activities prior to its spin-off from Hewlett-Packard in June 1999 for the businesses that constituted Agilent prior to the spin-off. As the successor to the SPG business, we may acquire responsibility for indemnifications related to assigned intellectual property agreements. In our opinion, the fair value of these indemnifications is not material.
 
Other Indemnifications
 
As is customary in our industry and as provided for in local law in the U.S. and other jurisdictions, many of our standard contracts provide remedies to our customers and others with whom we enter into contracts, such as defense, settlement, or payment of judgment for intellectual property claims related to the use of our products. From time to time, we indemnify customers, as well as our suppliers, contractors, lessors, lessees, companies that purchase our businesses or assets and others with whom we enter into contracts, against combinations of loss, expense, or liability arising from various triggering events related to the sale and the use of our products, the use of their goods and services, the use of facilities and state of our owned facilities, the state of the assets and businesses that we sell and other matters covered by such contracts, usually up to a specified maximum amount. In addition, from time to time we also provide protection to these parties against claims related to undiscovered liabilities, additional product liability or environmental obligations. In our experience, claims made under such indemnifications are rare and the associated estimated fair value of the liability is not material.
 
21.   Predecessor Change in Accounting Policies
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
Predecessor’s employees participated in Agilent’s stock-based compensation plans. Prior to November 1, 2005, Predecessor accounted for stock-based awards (based on Agilent’s stock) to employees using the


F-41


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

intrinsic value method of accounting in accordance with APB No. 25 and related interpretations. In August 2005, Agilent’s Board of Directors approved the acceleration of vesting of the options of its employees transferred to Parent and Parent’s subsidiaries including us. The options became fully vested on December 1, 2005, the date that the transaction closed. In accordance with APB No. 25, Predecessor recorded a charge for the accelerated vesting of $8 million during the year ended October, 31, 2005.
 
Pro forma information.   Pro forma net income (loss) information, as required by SFAS No. 123 has been determined as if Predecessor had accounted for the employee stock options Agilent granted, including shares issuable to Predecessor’s employees under Agilent’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “423(b) Plan”), Agilent Long-Term Performance Program (the “LTPP”) and the Option Exchange Program described below, under SFAS No. 123’s fair value method.
 
Had Predecessor recognized compensation expense using the fair value method as prescribed under the provisions of SFAS No. 123, Predecessor’s net income (loss) would have been as presented below:
 
                         
    Predecessor  
    Year Ended
    Nine
 
    October 31,     Months Ended
 
    2004     2005     July 31, 2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Net income — as reported
  $ 73     $ 31     $ 46  
APB 25 based compensation
          8          
SFAS No. 123 stock based compensation(1)
    (41 )     (44 )     (25 )
Tax impact(2)
    3       2       2  
                         
Net income (loss) — pro forma
  $ 35     $ (3 )   $ 23  
                         
 
 
(1) The pro forma results for the years ended October 31, 2004 and 2005 include approximately $11 million and $5 million, respectively, of compensation expense relating to Agilent’s Option Exchange Program (see below). The remainder of the expense for those periods related to options granted over the past five years.
 
(2) Due to the valuation allowance provided on Predecessor’s net deferred tax assets as described in Note 13, “Income Taxes” Predecessor has not recorded any tax benefits attributable to pro forma stock option expenses for employees in the U.S. and certain non-U.S. jurisdictions in all periods presented.
 
On November 1, 2005, Predecessor adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) using the modified prospective transition method. As a result, stock based compensation of $4 million was recorded in Predecessor statement of operations for the one month ended November 30, 2005, and therefore pro forma disclosure in accordance with SFAS No. 123 was not applicable for this period.


F-42


Table of Contents

 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The fair value of options granted prior to and post adoption of SFAS No. 123 (R) was estimated at grant date using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:
 
                                 
    Predecessor  
    Year Ended October 31,     Nine Months Ended     One Month Ended  
    2004     2005     July 31, 2005     November 30, 2005  
 
Risk-free interest rate for options
    2.75-3.95 %     3.55 %     3.5 %     4.3 %
Risk-free interest rate for the 423(b) Plan
    1.04-1.31 %     2.42 %     2.4 %     4.3 %
Dividend yield
    0 %     0 %     0 %     0 %
Volatility for options(1)
    53-64 %     39 %     39 %     29 %
Volatility for the 423(b) Plan(1)
    36-61 %     37 %     37 %     30 %
Expected option life(2)
    5.5 years       4 years       4 years       4.25 years  
Expected life for the 423(b) Plan(2)
    6 months – 1 yr.       6 months – 2 yrs.       6 months – 2 yrs.       6 months – 1 yr.  
 
 
(1) During 2004, Predecessor used historical volatility to estimate expected stock price volatility in the computation of stock-based compensation under the fair value method. During 2005, for Predecessor’s employee stock options, Predecessor used a 4-year period, of equally weighted historical volatility and market-based implied volatility for the computation of stock-based compensation. For the year ended October 31, 2005, for the 423(b) Plan, Predecessor used a market-based implied volatility of the same term as the expected life.
 
(2) In 2005, Predecessor refined the assumption for expected option life to 4 years, from Predecessor’s previous estimate of 5.5 years. In determining the estimate, Predecessor considered several factors, including the expected lives used by a peer group of companies and the historical option exercise behavior of Predecessor’s employees.
 
SFAS No. 123 requires the use of highly subjective assumptions within option pricing models to determine the value of employee stock options. For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the options is amortized to expense based upon the accelerated vesting of the stock plans.
 
During fiscal 2004, Predecessor recorded $7.6 million of deferred stock-based compensation related to the exchange of stock options with employees of companies acquired during fiscal 2004 pursuant to the Agilent Option Exchange Program. Such deferred stock-based compensation is being amortized using an accelerated method over the remaining vesting periods of the options. No deferred stock-based compensation was recorded during fiscal 2005.


F-43


Table of Contents

Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd.
 
Offers to Exchange
 
$500,000,000 principal amount of its 10 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2013, $250,000,000 principal amount of its Senior Floating Rate Notes 2013 and $250,000,000 principal amount of its 11 7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, each of which has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for any and all of its outstanding 10 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2013, Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2013 and 11 7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, respectively.
 
Until the date that is 90 days from the date of this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 20.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
 
(a) Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd., Avago Technologies ECBU IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Avago Technologies Enterprise IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Avago Technologies Fiber IP (Singapore), Avago Technologies General IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Avago Technologies International Sales Pte. Limited, Avago Technologies Manufacturing (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Avago Technologies Sensor IP Pte. Ltd. and Avago Technologies Wireless IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. are each incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Singapore.
 
The Singapore Companies Act specifically provides that a company is allowed to:
 
  •  purchase and maintain for any officer insurance against any liability which by law would otherwise attach to him in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which he may be guilty in relation to the company; or
 
  •  indemnify such officer or auditor against any liability incurred by him:
 
  •  in defending any proceedings (whether civil or criminal) in which judgment is given in his favor or in which he is acquitted; or
 
  •  in connection with any application under specified portions of the Singapore Companies Act.
 
In cases where a director is sued by the company, the Singapore Companies Act gives the court the power to relieve directors from the consequences of their negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust. However, this does not apply to excuse directors who have received the company’s property in breach of trust. In order for relief to be obtained, it must be shown that (i) the director acted reasonably and honestly; and (ii) having regard to all the circumstances of the case including those connected with his appointment, he ought fairly to be excused.
 
The articles of association of each of Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. and the subsidiary guarantors incorporated in the Republic of Singapore and listed above provide that subject to the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act, every director, secretary or other officer of our company and our subsidiaries and affiliates will be entitled to be indemnified by us against any costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him in the execution and discharge of his duties or in relation thereto. No director, secretary or other officer of our company will be liable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other director or officer or for joining in any receipt or other act for conformity or for any loss or expense happening to us through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired by order of the directors for or on our behalf or for the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of our funds are invested or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortious act of any person with whom any funds, securities or effects shall be deposited or left or for any other loss, damage or misfortune whatever which shall happen in the execution of the duties of his office or in relation thereto unless the same happen through his own negligence, willful default, breach of duty or breach of trust.
 
(b) Avago Technologies US Inc., Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc., (Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Inc.), Avago Technologies Sensor (U.S.A.) Inc. and Avago Technologies U.S. R&D Inc.) are each incorporated under the laws of Delaware.
 
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) grants each corporation organized thereunder the power to indemnify any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation or enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of being or having been in any such capacity, if he acted in good faith in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.


II-1


Table of Contents

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL enables a corporation in its certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders of monetary damages for violations of the directors’ fiduciary duty of care, except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions) or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
In accordance with these provisions, the articles of incorporation and/or the bylaws of each of Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd.’s subsidiary co-issuers and guarantors incorporated in Delaware and listed above provide that no director of the company shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholder, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
In addition, Avago maintains customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. Avago has or will enter into agreements to indemnify its directors, executive officers and certain other employees.
 
      (c) Avago Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. is incorporated under the laws of Malaysia.
 
Under the Malaysian Companies Act 1965 and the articles of association of Avago Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd., every director, managing director, agent, auditor, secretary and other officer of the company will be indemnified out of the assets of the company against any liability incurred by him in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in his favor or in which he is acquitted or in connection with any application under the Malaysian Companies Act 1965 in which relief is granted to him by the court in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust. Further, the Malaysian Companies Act 1965 further gives the court the power to relieve, inter alia, directors, officers, secretaries or other employees of a company from the consequences of their negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, if he has acted honestly and reasonably, and that giving regard to all the circumstances of the case including those connected with his appointment, he ought fairly to be excused.
 
      (d) Avago Technologies Canada Corporation is incorporated under the laws of Canada.
 
Under the Canada Business Corporations Act and the by-laws of Avago Technologies Canada Corporation, Avago Technologies Canada Corporation will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the Canada Business Corporations Act, a director or officer of the company, a former director or officer of the company or another individual who acts or acted at the company’s request as a director or officer, or an individual acting in a similar capacity, of another entity, against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by him in respect of any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other proceeding in which he is involved because of that association with the company or another entity, if he (a) acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company, or as the case may be, to the best interests of the other entity for which the individual acted as director or officer or in a similar capacity at the company’s request; and (b) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, he had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.
 
      (e) Avago Technologies México, S. de R.L. de C.V. is incorporated under the laws of Mexico.
 
Under Mexican law, there are no statutory provisions that oblige or expressly permit Mexican limited liability companies, such as Avago Technologies México, S. de R.L. de C.V., to indemnify, or purchase insurance for, their directors or officers with regard to liabilities they could incur in performance of their duties. The Mexican Commercial Companies Act provides that, if determined by the equity holders, directors and officers of limited liability companies will post appropriate guarantees to secure payment of any liabilities in which they could incur in the performance of their duties. In practice, however, (i) no company requests its


II-2


Table of Contents

directors or officers to post any such guarantees, and (ii) some companies agree to indemnify their directors or officers through provisions in their by-laws or expressly when appointing them, and/or purchase officer liability insurance.
 
The by-laws of Avago Technologies México, S. de R.L. de C.V. (i) provide that no director or officer shall be required to post appropriate guarantees to secure payment of any liabilities derived from the performance of his or her duties, and (ii) do not contain any provision purported to post an obligation on the company to indemnify any of its directors or officers; however, Avago Technologies México, S. de R.L. de C.V. has expressly agreed to indemnify the secretary of the company and some attorneys-in-fact, at the time of their appointment, with regard to all liabilities in which they could incur in performance of their duties, provided that they act in good faith.
 
(f) Avago Technologies Enterprise Holding (Labuan) Corporation, Avago Technologies Fiber Holding (Labuan) Corporation, Avago Technologies Imaging Holding (Labuan) Corporation, Avago Technologies Storage Holding (Labuan) Corporation and Avago Technologies Wireless Holding (Labuan) Corporation are each incorporated under the laws of Labuan.
 
The Labuan Offshore Companies Act 1990 contains no provision or restriction for indemnification. The articles of association of Avago Technologies Enterprise Holding (Labuan) Corporation, Avago Technologies Fiber Holding (Labuan) Corporation, Avago Technologies Imaging Holding (Labuan) Corporation, Avago Technologies Storage Holding (Labuan) Corporation and Avago Technologies Wireless Holding (Labuan) Corporation provide that subject to the provisions of the Offshore Companies Act 1990 and any other statute for the time being in force, every director or other officer of the company shall be entitled to be indemnified out of the assets of the company against all losses or liabilities which he may sustain or incur in the execution of the duties of his office or otherwise in relation thereto provided that such losses or liabilities are not sustained or incurred by reason of bad faith, negligence or other default of such director or officer, and no director or other officer shall be liable for any liabilities incurred by the company in the execution of the duties of his office or in relation thereof.
 
(g) Avago Technologies Italy S.r.l. is incorporated under the laws of Italy.
 
The Italian Civil Code contains no specific provisions regarding the undertaking of liability by a company in favor of its directors or managers (or its taking of insurance accordingly) against civil liability the directors or managers may incur for negligence, default, breach of duty, etc. Avago Technologies Italy S.r.l.’s articles of incorporation and subsequent resolutions make no reference to the company entering into specific agreements for the indemnification of liability in cases of negligence or breach of duty in connection with the directors or managers’ activities.
 
The general principles of Italian civil and corporate law provide for liability of directors (and general managers not members of the board) in claims bought by the company or its shareholders in cases of breach of duty. With regards to third parties, whenever the director or manager is vested with representation powers, the company is liable for actions within the limits of such powers as recorded in the Companies’ Register. A company may purchase insurance to cover itself and/or the directors against risks and damages that may occur in such cases, and there is no requirement to communicate to the Company Register regarding the existence of such insurance policies. Special legislation enables companies to resolve to undertake liability (otherwise attributed to directors or managers personally) and purchase insurance accordingly with regard to non-material tax violations, and this is normally done to the extent the same do not derive from willful misconduct, and the director or manager has not acted intentionally to the prejudice of the company or personally benefited from such violation. The foregoing does not cover claims arising out of willful misconduct or gross negligence of the director or manager. No undertaking of liability or taking of insurance is permitted, as a general principle, for criminal or quasi-criminal violations, which remain personal to the individuals.
 
(h) Avago Technologies Japan Ltd. is a joint stock corporation ( Kabushiki Kaisha ; a “KK”) organized and existing under the laws of Japan.


II-3


Table of Contents

 
With respect to the liability of a director or statutory auditor to a KK, the Japanese Company Law specifically provides as follows:
 
(a) In general, if any director or statutory auditor breaches his or her fiduciary duty to the KK through negligence or willful misconduct, he shall be liable to a KK for damages incurred by the KK due to such breach, provided, however, that in the case of a transaction involving a conflict of interest with respect to the KK, a director or statutory auditor who directly engages in such a transaction shall be held strictly liable, and such strict liability shall not be subject to the limitations described in (i) to (iii) below.
 
(b) In general, if a director engages in, or, at a shareholders or board of directors meeting, approves, consents to or, proposes, the granting of any interest in KK property to any shareholder in order to induce such shareholder to exercise its rights as a shareholder, he shall be liable to the KK for such interest, unless he can prove the absence of negligence or willful misconduct with respect to his conduct. However, a director who grants such an interest acting on his own shall be held strictly liable.
 
(c) If a director engages in, or, at a shareholders or board of directors meeting, approves, consents to, or proposes, the payment of dividends or redemption of his shares in excess of the distributable surplus, he shall be liable to the KK for the amount paid in either case, unless he can prove the absence of negligence or willful misconduct in his conduct.
 
In general, the types of liability to a KK described above may be voided through the unanimous consent of all shareholders, provided, however, that the monetary value of a release from the liability described in (c) above may be limited to the amount of the distributable surplus. In addition, in the case of a director or statutory auditor not guilty of gross negligence or willful misconduct, liability under (a) above may be limited to a “certain multiple” of the annual compensation of such a director or statutory by either of (i) a post-facto special shareholders resolution with two-thirds or more of the voting rights of the shareholders present at the shareholders meeting voting in favor of the resolution or (ii) a post-facto resolution of the board of directors if such a resolution is permitted in the Articles of Incorporation. The aforementioned “certain multiple” used to calculate the limit of a director and statutory auditor’s liability is six years for a representative director, four years for a non-outside director and two years for an outside director and statutory auditor. Further, if the Articles of Incorporation so permit, the KK and outside director or outside statutory auditor may (iii) enter into a liability limitation agreement, whereby the amount of liability of such outside director or outside statutory auditor may be capped at the higher of two years of annual compensation or an amount provided in the Articles of Incorporation of the KK.
 
The Articles of Incorporation of Avago Technologies Japan, Ltd. include provisions for limiting liability by resolution of the board of directors (as discussed in (ii) above) and by entering into liability limitation agreements with outside directors (as discussed in (iii) above).
 
Under the Japanese Company Law, a director and statutory auditor are liable for damages to third parties, including creditors of a KK, resulting from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of such director or statutory auditor in the performance of his duties. This liability may not be voided or limited without the consent of each affected third party.
 
The Japanese Company Law contains few specific provisions relating to the liability of officers or other controlling persons, the exceptions being certain specified persons such as directors and statutory auditors.
 
(i) Avago Technologies UK Limited is incorporated under the laws of England.
 
Pursuant to the English Companies Act 1985, an English company may not generally exempt a director from, or indemnify him against, liability in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him in relation to the company. This means that a company cannot exempt a director from liability for breach of one or more of his duties to the company or limit his liability for such a breach (it may, however, indemnify other officers, such as the company secretary). The English courts may relieve directors from liability if they acted honestly and reasonably but will only do so if, in their opinion, the relevant director ought fairly to be excused.


II-4


Table of Contents

 
This prohibition is subject to a relaxation which allows companies to provide a qualifying third party indemnity provision (QTPIP), that is the company may:
 
  •  Indemnify its directors in respect of proceedings brought by third parties (covering both legal costs and the financial costs of any adverse judgment, except for the legal costs of unsuccessful defense of criminal proceedings, fines imposed in criminal proceedings and penalties imposed by regulatory bodies such as the Financial Services Authority). For example, companies may, therefore, indemnify directors against third party actions such as class actions or actions in relation to mergers and acquisitions or share issues.
 
  •  Pay directors’ defense costs as they are incurred, even if the action is brought by the company itself. The director would still be liable to pay any damages awarded to the company and to repay his defense costs to the company if his defense were unsuccessful (other than where the company chooses to indemnify him in respect of legal costs incurred in civil third party proceedings).
 
Where a QTPIP is in force for one or more directors (or was in force for the previous financial year), the company must disclose this fact in the directors’ report. Shareholders have the right to inspect any indemnification agreement and may, under common law, by ordinary resolution, ratify a director’s breach of duty, where there is no fraud on the minority.
 
The articles of association of Avago Technologies UK Limited provide that, subject to the provisions of the English Companies Act 1985, every director or other officer or auditor of the company shall be indemnified out of the assets of the company against any liability incurred by him in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in his favor or in which he is acquitted or in connection with any application in which relief is granted to him by the court in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the affairs of the company.
 
Item 21.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
 
(a) Exhibits
 
         
  2 .1†   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated August 14, 2005, between Agilent Technologies, Inc. and Argos Acquisition Pte. Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to the Exhibits filed with Agilent Technologies, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 12, 2005 and filed August 15, 2005 (Commission File No. 001-15405)).
  3 .1†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. (formerly Jumbo Portfolio Sdn. Bhd.)
  3 .2†   Certificate and Articles of Incorporation of Avago Technologies Canada Corporation
  3 .3†   Bylaws of Avago Technologies Canada Corporation
  3 .4†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies ECBU IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
  3 .5†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies Enterprise Holding (Labuan) Corporation
  3 .6†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies Enterprise IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
  3 .7†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies Fiber Holding (Labuan) Corporation
  3 .8†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies Fiber IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
  3 .9†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd.
  3 .10†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies General IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
  3 .11†   Articles of Association of Avago Technologies GmbH
  3 .12†   Translation of Commercial Register record of Avago Technologies GmbH
  3 .13†   Translation of Deed of Incorporation of Argos Netherlands B.V.
  3 .14†   Translation of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Avago Technologies Holdings B.V. (formerly Argos Netherlands B.V.), dated August 30, 2006
  3 .15†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies Imaging Holding (Labuan) Corporation


II-5


Table of Contents

         
  3 .16†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies International Sales Pte. Limited (formerly Argos Sales (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.)
  3 .17   Incorporation Deed and Bylaws of Avago Technologies Italy S.r.l.
  3 .18†   Translation of Articles of Incorporation of Avago Technologies Japan, Ltd.
  3 .19†   Translation of Corporate Registry of Avago Technologies Japan, Ltd.
  3 .20†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies Manufacturing Pte. Ltd.
  3 .21†   Public Instrument Containing the Incorporation of “Argos Operating Mexico,” Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada de Capital Variable
  3 .22†   Public Instrument Containing Change of the Corporate Name of “Argos Operating Mexico,” Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada de Capital Variable to “Avago Technologies Mexico,” Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada de Capital Variable and Amendment to the bylaws of “Avago Technologies Mexico,” Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada de Capital Variable
  3 .23†   Certificate of Incorporation of Avago Technologies Sensor (U.S.A.) Inc.
  3 .24†   Bylaws of Avago Technologies Sensor (U.S.A.) Inc.
  3 .25†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies Sensor IP Pte. Ltd.
  3 .26†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies Storage Holding (Labuan) Corporation
  3 .27†   Translation of Deed of Incorporation of Argos Storage Netherlands B.V.
  3 .28†   Translation of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Avago Technologies Storage Holdings B.V. (formerly Argos Storage Netherlands B.V.), dated October 13, 2005
  3 .29†   Certificate and Memorandum and Articles of Association Avago Technologies UK Limited
  3 .30†   Certificate of Incorporation of Argos Sales Company (Delaware) Inc.
  3 .31†   Certificate of Amendment of “Argos Sales Company (Delaware) Inc.” changing its name from “Argos Sales Company (Delaware) Inc.” to “Avago Technologies U.S. Inc.”
  3 .32†   Bylaws of Avago Technologies U.S. Inc. (formerly Argos Sales Company (Delaware), Inc.)
  3 .33†   Certificate of Incorporation of Argos Operating Company (Delaware) Inc.
  3 .34†   Certificate of Amendment of “Argos Operating Company (Delaware) Inc.” changing its name from “Argos Operating Company (Delaware) Inc.” to “Avago Technologies U.S. R&D Inc.”
  3 .35†   Bylaws of Avago Technologies U.S. R&D Inc. (formerly Argos Operating Company (Delaware) Inc.)
  3 .36†   Certificate of Incorporation of Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Inc.
  3 .37†   Bylaws of Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Inc.
  3 .38†   Certificate of Incorporation of Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc.
  3 .39†   Bylaws of Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc.
  3 .40†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies Wireless Holding (Labuan) Corporation
  3 .41†   Translation of Deed of Incorporation of Argos Wireless Netherlands B.V.
  3 .42†   Translation of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Avago Technologies Wireless Holdings B.V. (formerly Argos Wireless Netherlands B.V.), dated August 30, 2006
  3 .43†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies Wireless IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
  4 .1†   Indenture, dated December 1, 2005, among Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd., Avago Technologies U.S. Inc., Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc., Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, governing the 10 1 / 8 % Senior Notes and Senior Floating Rate Notes.
  4 .2†   Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated April 11, 2006, among Avago Technologies Sensor IP Pte. Ltd., Avago Technologies Sensor (U.S.A.) Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, relating to the 10 1 / 8 % Senior Notes and Senior Floating Rate Notes.
  4 .3†   Indenture, dated December 1, 2005, among Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd., Avago Technologies U.S. Inc., Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc., Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, governing the 11 7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes.

II-6


Table of Contents

         
  4 .4†   Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated April 11, 2006, among Avago Technologies Sensor IP Pte. Ltd., Avago Technologies Sensor (U.S.A.) Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, relating to the 11 7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes.
  4 .5†   Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 1, 2005, among Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd., Avago Technologies U.S. Inc., Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc., Guarantors named therein and Lehman Brothers Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Singapore Pte. Ltd., and Credit Suisse First Boston (Singapore) Limited, as Initial Holders, relating to the 10 1 / 8 % Senior Notes, the Senior Floating Rate Notes and the 11 7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes.
  5 .1*   Opinion of WongPartnership, Singapore
  5 .2*   Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, Menlo Park, California
  5 .3*   Opinion of Zaid Ibrahim & Co., Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
  5 .4*   Opinion of Loyens & Loeff, Amsterdam, the Netherlands
  5 .5*   Opinion of Stikeman Elliot LLP, Toronto, Canada
  5 .6*   Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, Hamburg, Germany
  5 .7*   Opinion of Pavia E Ansaldo, Milan, Italy
  5 .8*   Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, Tokyo, Japan
  5 .9*   Opinion of Kuri Breña, Sánchez Ugarte, Corcuera y Aznar, S.C., Mexico City, Mexico
  5 .10*   Opinion of Latham & Watkins, London, United Kingdom
  10 .1†   Sublease Agreement, dated December 1, 2005, between Agilent Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd. and Avago Technologies Manufacturing (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., relating to Avago’s facility at 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923.
  10 .2   Lease No.I/33183P issued by Singapore Housing and Development Board to Compaq Asia Pte Ltd in respect of the land and structures comprised in Lot 1935X of Mukim 19, dated September 26, 2000, and includes the Variation of Lease I/49501Q registered January 15, 2002, relating to Avago’s facility at 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923.
  10 .3   Lease No.I/31607P issued by Singapore Housing and Development Board to Compaq Asia Pte Ltd in respect of the land and structures comprised in Lot 1937C of Mukim 19, dated September 26, 2000, and includes the Variation of Lease I/49499Q registered January 15, 2002, relating to Avago’s facility at 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923.
  10 .4   Lease No.I/33182P issued by Singapore Housing and Development Board to Compaq Asia Pte Ltd in respect of the land and structures comprised in Lot 2134N of Mukim 19, dated September 26, 2000, and includes the Variation of Lease I/49500Q registered January 15, 2002, relating to Avago’s facility at 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923.
  10 .5   Lease No.I/33160P issued by Singapore Housing and Development Board to Compaq Asia Pte Ltd in respect of the land and structures comprised in Lot 1975P of Mukim 19, dated September 26, 2000, and includes the Variation of Lease I/49502Q registered January 15, 2002, relating to Avago’s facility at 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923.
  10 .6   Tenancy Agreement, dated October 24, 2005, between Agilent Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. and Avago Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. (f/k/a Jumbo Portfolio Sdn. Bhd.), relating to Avago’s facility at Bayan Lepas Free Industrial Zone, 11900 Penang, Malaysia.
  10 .7   Supplemental Agreement to Tenancy Agreement, dated December 1, 2005, between Agilent Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. and Avago Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. (f/k/a Jumbo Portfolio Sdn. Bhd.), relating to Avago’s facility at Bayan Lepas Free Industrial Zone, 11900 Penang, Malaysia.
  10 .8   Subdivision and Use Agreement, dated December 1, 2005, between Agilent Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. and Avago Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. (f/k/a Jumbo Portfolio Sdn. Bhd.), relating to Avago’s facility at Bayan Lepas Free Industrial Zone, 11900 Penang, Malaysia.
  10 .9   Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated December 1, 2005, between Agilent Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. and Avago Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. (f/k/a Jumbo Portfolio Sdn. Bhd.), relating to Avago’s facility at Bayan Lepas Free Industrial Zone, 11900 Penang, Malaysia.
  10 .10†   Lease Agreement, dated December 1, 2005, between Agilent Technologies, Inc. and Avago Technologies U.S. Inc., relating to Avago’s facility at 350 West Trimble Road, San Jose, California 95131.

II-7


Table of Contents

         
  10 .11†   Credit Agreement, dated December 1, 2005, among Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd., Avago Technologies Finance S.àr.l., Avago Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. (f/k/a Jumbo Portfolio Sdn. Bhd.), Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc. and Avago Technologies U.S. Inc., as borrowers, Avago Technologies Holding Pte. Ltd., each lender from time to time parties thereto, Citicorp International Limited (Hong Kong), as Asian Administrative Agent, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Tranche B-1 Term Loan Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Lead Bookrunner, Lehman Brothers Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger, Joint Lead Bookrunner and Syndication Agent, and Credit Suisse, as Documentation Agent (“Credit Agreement”).
  10 .12†   Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated December 23, 2005.
  10 .13†   Amendment No. 2, Consent and Waiver under Credit Agreement, date April 16, 2006.
  10 .14   Guarantee, dated December 1, 2005, among the subsidiaries signatory thereto in favor of Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (“Guarantee”).
  10 .15   Supplement No. 1 to Guarantee, dated May 1, 2006, among Avago Technologies Sensor IP Pte. Ltd., Avago Technologies Sensor (U.S.A.) Inc. and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent.
  10 .16†   Security Agreement, dated December 1, 2005, among Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc., Avago Technologies U.S. Inc., each of the subsidiaries signatory thereto and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (“Security Agreement”).
  10 .17†   Supplement No. 1 to Security Agreement, dated May 1, 2006, among Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc., Avago Technologies U.S. Inc., Avago Technologies Sensor (U.S.A.) Inc. and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent.
  10 .18†   Equity Incentive Plan for Executive Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries (Amended and Restated Effective as of April 14, 2006).
  10 .19†   Equity Incentive Plan for Senior Management Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries (Amended and Restated Effective as of April 14, 2006).
  10 .20†   Form of Management Shareholders Agreement
  10 .21†   Form of Nonqualified Share Option Agreement Under the Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan for Executive Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries for U.S. employees
  10 .22†   Form of Nonqualified Share Option Agreement Under the Equity Incentive Plan for Executive Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries for employees in Singapore
  10 .23†   Form of Nonqualified Share Option Agreement Under the Equity Incentive Plan for Executive Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries for U.S. employees granted rollover options
  10 .24†   Form of Nonqualified Share Option Agreement Under the Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan for Senior Management Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries for U.S. non-employee directors
  10 .25†   Form of Nonqualified Share Option Agreement Under the Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan for Senior Management Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries for non-employee directors in Singapore
  10 .26†   Offer Letter Agreement, dated March 28, 2006, between Avago Technologies Limited and Hock E. Tan.
  10 .27†   Severance Benefits Agreement, dated June 14, 2004, between Avago Technologies Limited and Mercedes Johnson.
  10 .28†   Form of Indemnity Agreement between Avago with its directors and certain officers
  10 .29†   Amended and Restated Shareholder’s Agreement, dated February 3, 2006, Avago Technologies Limited, Silver Lake Partners II Cayman, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors II Cayman, L.P., Integral Capital Partners VII, L.P., KKR Millennium Fund (Overseas), Limited Partnership, KKR European Fund, Limited Partnership, KKR European Fund II, Limited Partnership, KKR Partners (International), Limited Partnership, Capstone Equity Investors LLC, Avago Investment Partners, Limited Partnership, Bali Investments S.àr.l., Seletar Investments Pte. Ltd., Geyser Investment Pte Ltd and certain other Persons.

II-8


Table of Contents

         
  10 .30†   Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 1, 2005, among Avago Technologies Limited, Silver Lake Partners II Cayman, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors II Cayman, L.P., Integral Capital Partners VII, L.P., KKR Millennium Fund (Overseas), Limited Partnership, KKR European Fund, Limited Partnership, KKR European Fund II, Limited Partnership, KKR Partners (International), Limited Partnership, Capstone Equity Investors LLC, Avago Investment Partners, Limited Partnership, Bali Investments S.àr.l., Seletar Investments Pte. Ltd., Geyser Investment Pte Ltd and certain other Persons.
  10 .31†   Advisory Agreement, dated December 1, 2005, among Avago Technologies Limited, Avago Technologies International Sales Pte. Limited, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., L.P. and Silver Lake Management Company, LLC.
  10 .32†   Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated October 28, 2005, among Avago Technologies Pte. Limited, Avago Technologies Storage Holding (Labuan) Corporation, other sellers, PMC-Sierra, Inc. and Palau Acquisition Corporation (“PMC Purchase and Sale Agreement”) (incorporated herein by reference to the Exhibits filed with PMC-Sierra, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 28, 2005 and filed November 3, 2005 (Commission File No. 001-19084)).
  10 .33†   Amendment to PMC Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated March 1, 2006.
  10 .34†   Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated February 17, 2006, among Avago Technologies Limited, Avago Technologies Imaging Holding (Labuan) Corporation, other sellers, Marvell Technology Group Ltd. and Marvell International Technology Ltd. (“Marvell Purchase and Sale Agreement”) (incorporated herein by reference to the Exhibits filed with Marvell Technology Group Ltd. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 filed on April 13, 2006 (Commission File No. 000-30877)).
  10 .35†   Amendment No. 1 to Marvell Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated April 11, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to the Exhibits filed with Marvell Technology Group Ltd. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 filed on April 13, 2006 (Commission File No. 000-30877)).
  12 .1†   Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
  21 .1†   List of Subsidiaries
  23 .1*   Consent of WongPartnership, Singapore (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto).
  23 .2*   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP, Menlo Park, California (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.2 hereto)
  23 .3*   Consent of Zaid Ibrahim & Co., Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.3 hereto)
  23 .4*   Consent of Loyens & Loeff, Amsterdam, the Netherlands (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.4 hereto)
  23 .5*   Consent of Stikeman Elliot LLP, Toronto, Canada (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.5 hereto)
  23 .6*   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP, Hamburg, Germany (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.6 hereto)
  23 .7*   Consent of Pavia E Ansaldo, Milan, Italy (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.7 hereto)
  23 .8*   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP, Tokyo, Japan (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.8 hereto)
  23 .9*   Consent of Kuri Breña, Sánchez Ugarte, Corcuera y Aznar, S.C., Mexico City, Mexico (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.9 hereto)
  23 .10*   Consent of Latham & Watkins, London, United Kingdom (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.10 hereto)
  23 .11   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23 .12   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  24     Powers of Attorney (included in signature pages of initial filing)
  25 .1†   Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of The Bank of New York with respect to the Indenture governing the 10 1 / 8 % Senior Notes and Senior Floating Rate Notes.
  25 .2†   Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of The Bank of New York with respect to the Indenture governing the 11 7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes.
  99 .1   Form of Letter of Transmittal

II-9


Table of Contents

         
  99 .2   Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees
  99 .3   Form of Letter to Clients
  99 .4   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
 
 
To be filed by amendment.
 
†  Previously filed.
 
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
 
None.
 
Item 22.    Undertakings.
 
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
 
  (1)  to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
  (i)  to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
 
  (ii)  to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amend) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more that a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and
 
  (iii)  to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;
 
  (2)  that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and
 
  (3)  to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
 
  (4)  That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:
 
The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
 
  (i)  Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
 
  (ii)  Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

II-10


Table of Contents

 
  (iii)  The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
 
  (iv)  Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
 
(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b) 11 or 13 of Form F-4, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.
 
(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.
 
(d) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.


II-11


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
  By: 
/s/  Hock E. Tan
Name:  Hock E. Tan
  Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Hock E. Tan

Hock E. Tan
  President and Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive
Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Senior Vice President, Finance and
Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Karen H. Briggs

Karen H. Briggs
  Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Dick Chang

Dick Chang
  Chairman of the Board of Directors   November 15, 2006
         
*

Adam H. Clammer
  Director   November 15, 2006
         
*

James A. Davidson
  Director   November 15, 2006
         
*

James Diller, Sr.
  Director   November 15, 2006
         
*

James H. Greene Jr.
  Director   November 15, 2006
         
*

Kenneth Y. Hao
  Director   November 15, 2006
         
*

John R. Joyce
  Director   November 15, 2006


II-12


Table of Contents

             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
*

Michael E. Marks
  Director   November 15, 2006
         
*

Bock Seng Tan
  Director   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Authorized Representative in the
United States
  November 15, 2006
             
*By:  
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
Attorney-in-Fact
       

II-13


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES U.S. INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Hock E. Tan
Name:  Hock E. Tan
  Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Hock E. Tan

Hock E. Tan
  President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Senior Vice President, Finance and
Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Karen H. Briggs

Karen H. Briggs
  Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Dick Chang

Dick Chang
  Director   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Senior Vice President, General Counsel
and Director
  November 15, 2006


II-14


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES WIRELESS (U.S.A.) MANUFACTURING INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson
Name:  Rex S. Jackson
  Title:  President and Secretary
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  President and Secretary and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Senior Vice President, Finance and
Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Karen H. Briggs

Karen H. Briggs
  Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  November 15, 2006


II-15


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Republic of Singapore, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES ECBU IP (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.
 
  By: 
/s/  Pe-Wynn Kin
Name:  Pe-Wynn Kin
  Title:  Secretary
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  President and Director (Principal
Executive Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Senior Vice President, Finance
and Chief Financial Officer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Karen H. Briggs

Karen H. Briggs
  Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Tan Bian-Ee

Tan Bian-Ee
  Director   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Authorized Representative in the
United States
  November 15, 2006


II-16


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Republic of Singapore, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES ENTERPRISE IP
(SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.
 
  By: 
/s/   Pe-Wynn Kin
Name:  Pe-Wynn Kin
  Title:  Secretary
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  President and Director (Principal
Executive Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Senior Vice President, Finance and
Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Karen H. Briggs

Karen H. Briggs
  Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Tan Bian-Ee

Tan Bian-Ee
  Director   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Authorized Representative in the
United States
  November 15, 2006


II-17


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Republic of Singapore, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FIBER IP
(SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.
 
  By: 
/s/  Pe-Wynn Kin
Name:  Pe-Wynn Kin
  Title:  Secretary
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  President and Director (Principal
Executive Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Senior Vice President, Finance and
Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Karen H. Briggs

Karen H. Briggs
  Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Tan Bian-Ee

Tan Bian-Ee
  Director   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Authorized Representative in the
United States
  November 15, 2006


II-18


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Republic of Singapore, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES GENERAL IP
(SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.
 
  By: 
/s/  Pe-Wynn Kin
Name:  Pe-Wynn Kin
  Title:  Secretary
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  President and Director (Principal
Executive Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Karen H. Briggs

Karen H. Briggs
  Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Tan Bian-Ee

Tan Bian-Ee
  Director   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Authorized Representative in the
United States
  November 15, 2006


II-19


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Republic of Singapore, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES INTERNATIONAL SALES PTE. LIMITED
 
  By: 
/s/  Pe-Wynn Kin
Name:  Pe-Wynn Kin
  Title:  Secretary
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  President and Director (Principal
Executive Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Senior Vice President, Finance and
Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Karen H. Briggs

Karen H. Briggs
  Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Tan Bian-Ee

Tan Bian-Ee
  Director   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Authorized Representative in the
United States
  November 15, 2006


II-20


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Republic of Singapore, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES MANUFACTURING
(SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.
 
  By: 
/s/  Pe-Wynn Kin
Name:  Pe-Wynn Kin
  Title:  Secretary
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  President and Director (Principal
Executive Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Senior Vice President, Finance and
Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Karen H. Briggs

Karen H. Briggs
  Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Tan Bian-Ee

Tan Bian-Ee
  Director   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Authorized Representative in the
United States
  November 15, 2006


II-21


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Republic of Singapore, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES SENSOR IP PTE. LTD.
 
  By: 
/s/  Pe-Wynn Kin
Name:  Pe-Wynn Kin
  Title:  Secretary
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  President and Director (Principal
Executive Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Senior Vice President, Finance and
Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Karen H. Briggs

Karen H. Briggs
  Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Tan Bian-Ee

Tan Bian-Ee
  Director   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Authorized Representative in the
United States
  November 15, 2006


II-22


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Republic of Singapore, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES WIRELESS IP
(SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.
 
  By: 
/s/  Pe-Wynn Kin
Name: Pe-Wynn Kin
  Title:  Secretary
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  President and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Senior Vice President, Finance and
Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Karen H. Briggs

Karen H. Briggs
  Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Tan Bian-Ee

Tan Bian-Ee
  Director   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Authorized Representative in the
United States
  November 15, 2006


II-23


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES SENSOR (U.S.A.) INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson
Name: Rex S. Jackson
  Title:  President and Secretary
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  President and Secretary and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Karen H. Briggs

Karen H. Briggs
  Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  November 15, 2006


II-24


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES U.S. R&D INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson
Name: Rex S. Jackson
  Title:  President and Secretary
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  President and Secretary and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Senior Vice President, Finance and
Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Karen H. Briggs

Karen H. Briggs
  Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  November 15, 2006


II-25


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES WIRELESS (U.S.A.) INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson
Name: Rex S. Jackson
  Title:  President and Secretary
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  President and Secretary and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Karen H. Briggs

Karen H. Briggs
  Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  November 15, 2006


II-26


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Republic of Singapore, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD.
 
  By: 
/s/  Tan Bian-Ee
Name: Tan Bian-Ee
  Title:  President
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Tan Bian-Ee

Tan Bian-Ee
  President and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Karen H. Briggs

Karen H. Briggs
  Vice President and Controller and Director
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Azhar bin Mohd Amin

Azhar bin Mohd Amin
  Director   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Saw Kong Beng

Saw Kong Beng
  Director   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Senior Vice President, General Counsel
and Director
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Authorized Representative in the
United States
  November 15, 2006


II-27


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES ENTERPRISE HOLDING (LABUAN) CORPORATION
 
  By: 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson
Name: Rex S. Jackson
  Title:  President and Secretary
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  President and Secretary and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Senior Vice President, Finance and
Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Karen H. Briggs

Karen H. Briggs
  Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Authorized Representative in the
United States
  November 15, 2006


II-28


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FIBER HOLDING
(LABUAN) CORPORATION
 
  By: 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Name: Rex S. Jackson
  Title:  President and Secretary
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  President and Secretary and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Senior Vice President, Finance and
Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Karen H. Briggs

Karen H. Briggs
  Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Authorized Representative in the
United States
  November 15, 2006


II-29


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES IMAGING HOLDING
(LABUAN) CORPORATION
 
  By: 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson
Name:  Rex S. Jackson
Title:  President and Secretary
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  President and Secretary and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Karen H. Briggs

Karen H. Briggs
  Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Authorized Representative in the
United States
  November 15, 2006


II-30


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Menlo Park, State of California, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES STORAGE HOLDING
(LABUAN) CORPORATION
 
  By: 
/s/  Kenneth Y. Hao
Name: Kenneth Y. Hao
Title: Director
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Kenneth Y. Hao

Kenneth Y. Hao
  Director (Principal Executive Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
*

Adam H. Clammer
  Director (Principal Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Authorized Representative in the
United States
  November 15, 2006
             
*By:  
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
Attorney-in-Fact
       


II-31


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES WIRELESS HOLDING
(LABUAN) CORPORATION
 
  By: 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson
Name: Rex S. Jackson
Title: President and Secretary
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  President and Secretary and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Karen H. Briggs

Karen H. Briggs
  Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Authorized Representative in the
United States
  November 15, 2006


II-32


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Versailles, France, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS B.V.
 
  By: 
/s/  Jean-Marc Pesnel
Name: Jean-Marc Pesnel
  Title:  Managing Director
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Managing Director (Principal Executive Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Managing Director (Principal Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Jean-Marc Pesnel

Jean-Marc Pesnel
  Managing Director   November 15, 2006
         
*

Europe Management Company B.V.
  Managing Director   November 15, 2006
         
*

Management Company Strawinsky B.V.
  Managing Director   November 15, 2006
         
*

Trust International Management (T.I.M.) B.V.
  Managing Director   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Authorized Representative in the United States   November 15, 2006
             
*By:  
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
Attorney-in-Fact
       


II-33


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Versailles, France, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES STORAGE HOLDINGS B.V.
 
  By: 
/s/  Jean-Marc Pesnel
Name: Jean-Marc Pesnel
Title: Managing Director
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Jean-Marc Pesnel

Jean-Marc Pesnel
  Managing Director (Principal Executive Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
*

Adam H. Clammer
  Managing Director (Principal Financial Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
*

Kenneth Y. Hao
  Managing Director (Principal Accounting Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Authorized Representative in the
United States
  November 15, 2006
             
*By:  
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
Attorney-in-Fact
       


II-34


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Versailles, France, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES WIRELESS
HOLDINGS B.V.
 
  By: 
/s/  Jean-Marc Pesnel
Name: Jean-Marc Pesnel
  Title:  Managing Director
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
   
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Managing Director (Principal Executive
Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Managing Director (Principal Financial
Officer, Principal Accounting Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Jean-Marc Pesnel

Jean-Marc Pesnel
  Managing Director   November 15, 2006
         
*

Europe Management Company B.V.
  Managing Director   November 15, 2006
         
*

Management Company Strawinsky B.V.
  Managing Director   November 15, 2006
         
*

Trust International Management (T.I.M.) B.V.
  Managing Director   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Authorized Representative in the
United States
  November 15, 2006
             
*By:  
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
Attorney-in-Fact
       


II-35


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Mississauga, Ontario, Canada, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES CANADA CORPORATION
 
  By: 
/s/  William Peter Visee
Name: William Peter Visee
  Title:  Director
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  President and Secretary and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Senior Vice President, Finance and
Chief Financial Officer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Karen H. Briggs

Karen H. Briggs
  Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  William Peter Visee

William Peter Visee
  Director   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Authorized Representative in the
United States
  November 15, 2006


II-36


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Böblingen, Germany, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES GMBH
 
  By: 
/s/  Christian Wolf

Name: Christian Wolf
Title:   Managing Director
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
   
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Managing Director (Principal Executive Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Managing Director (Principal Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Dietmar Welz

Dietmar Welz
  Managing Director   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Christian Wolf

Christian Wolf
  Managing Director   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Authorized Representative in the
United States
  November 15, 2006


II-37


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Turin, Italy, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES ITALY S.R.L.
 
  By: 
/s/  Marco Cocito

Name: Marco Cocito
Title: Managing Director,
Chairman of the Board
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
   
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Marco Cocito

Marco Cocito
  Managing Director and
Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive Officer)
  November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Managing Director (Principal Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Managing Director   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Authorized Representative in the
United States
  November 15, 2006


II-38


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Tokyo, Japan, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES JAPAN, LTD.
 
  By: 
/s/  Masaaki Koike

Name: Masaaki Koike
  Title:  President and Representative Director
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
   
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Masaaki Koike

Masaaki Koike
  President and Representative Director (Principal Executive Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Karen H. Briggs

Karen H. Briggs
  Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Director   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Authorized Representative in the United States   November 15, 2006


II-39


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES MEXICO S. DE R.L. DE C.V.
 
  By: 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Name: Rex S. Jackson
  Title:  President and Secretary
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
   
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  President and Secretary and Member of Board of Managers (Principal Executive Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer and Member of Board of Managers (Principal Financial Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Karen H. Briggs

Karen H. Briggs
  Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Authorized Representative in the United States   November 15, 2006


II-40


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California, on November 15, 2006.
 
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES UK LIMITED
 
  By: 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Name: Rex S. Jackson
  Title:  Director
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
   
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Director (Principal Executive Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Mercedes Johnson

Mercedes Johnson
  Director (Principal Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer)   November 15, 2006
         
/s/  Rex S. Jackson

Rex S. Jackson
  Authorized Representative in the
United States
  November 15, 2006


II-41


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
         
  2 .1†   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated August 14, 2005, between Agilent Technologies, Inc. and Argos Acquisition Pte. Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to the Exhibits filed with Agilent Technologies, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 12, 2005 and filed August 15, 2005 (Commission File No. 001-15405)).
  3 .1†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. (formerly Jumbo Portfolio Sdn. Bhd.)
  3 .2†   Certificate and Articles of Incorporation of Avago Technologies Canada Corporation
  3 .3†   Bylaws of Avago Technologies Canada Corporation
  3 .4†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies ECBU IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
  3 .5†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies Enterprise Holding (Labuan) Corporation
  3 .6†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies Enterprise IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
  3 .7†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies Fiber Holding (Labuan) Corporation
  3 .8†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies Fiber IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
  3 .9†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd.
  3 .10†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies General IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
  3 .11†   Articles of Association of Avago Technologies GmbH
  3 .12†   Translation of Commercial Register record of Avago Technologies GmbH
  3 .13†   Translation of Deed of Incorporation of Argos Netherlands B.V.
  3 .14†   Translation of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Avago Technologies Holdings B.V. (formerly Argos Netherlands B.V.), dated August 30, 2006
  3 .15†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies Imaging Holding (Labuan) Corporation
  3 .16†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies International Sales Pte. Limited (formerly Argos Sales (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.)
  3 .17   Incorporation Deed and Bylaws of Avago Technologies Italy S.r.l.
  3 .18†   Translation of Articles of Incorporation of Avago Technologies Japan, Ltd.
  3 .19†   Translation of Corporate Registry of Avago Technologies Japan, Ltd.
  3 .20†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies Manufacturing Pte. Ltd.
  3 .21†   Public Instrument Containing the Incorporation of “Argos Operating Mexico,” Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada de Capital Variable
  3 .22†   Public Instrument Containing Change of the Corporate Name of “Argos Operating Mexico,” Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada de Capital Variable to “Avago Technologies Mexico,” Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada de Capital Variable and Amendment to the bylaws of “Avago Technologies Mexico,” Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada de Capital Variable
  3 .23†   Certificate of Incorporation of Avago Technologies Sensor (U.S.A.) Inc.
  3 .24†   Bylaws of Avago Technologies Sensor (U.S.A.) Inc.
  3 .25†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies Sensor IP Pte. Ltd.
  3 .26†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies Storage Holding (Labuan) Corporation
  3 .27†   Translation of Deed of Incorporation of Argos Storage Netherlands B.V.
  3 .28†   Translation of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Avago Technologies Storage Holdings B.V. (formerly Argos Storage Netherlands B.V.), dated October 13, 2005
  3 .29†   Certificate and Memorandum and Articles of Association Avago Technologies UK Limited
  3 .30†   Certificate of Incorporation of Argos Sales Company (Delaware) Inc.
  3 .31†   Certificate of Amendment of “Argos Sales Company (Delaware) Inc.” changing its name from “Argos Sales Company (Delaware) Inc.” to “Avago Technologies U.S. Inc.”
  3 .32†   Bylaws of Avago Technologies U.S. Inc. (formerly Argos Sales Company (Delaware), Inc.)
  3 .33†   Certificate of Incorporation of Argos Operating Company (Delaware) Inc.


II-42


Table of Contents

         
  3 .34†   Certificate of Amendment of “Argos Operating Company (Delaware) Inc.” changing its name from “Argos Operating Company (Delaware) Inc.” to “Avago Technologies U.S. R&D Inc.”
  3 .35†   Bylaws of Avago Technologies U.S. R&D Inc. (formerly Argos Operating Company (Delaware) Inc.)
  3 .36†   Certificate of Incorporation of Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Inc.
  3 .37†   Bylaws of Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Inc.
  3 .38†   Certificate of Incorporation of Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc.
  3 .39†   Bylaws of Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc.
  3 .40†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies Wireless Holding (Labuan) Corporation
  3 .41†   Translation of Deed of Incorporation of Argos Wireless Netherlands B.V.
  3 .42†   Translation of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Avago Technologies Wireless Holdings B.V. (formerly Argos Wireless Netherlands B.V.), dated August 30, 2006
  3 .43†   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Avago Technologies Wireless IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
  4 .1†   Indenture, dated December 1, 2005, among Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd., Avago Technologies U.S. Inc., Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc., Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, governing the 10 1 / 8 % Senior Notes and Senior Floating Rate Notes.
  4 .2†   Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated April 11, 2006, among Avago Technologies Sensor IP Pte. Ltd., Avago Technologies Sensor (U.S.A.) Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, relating to the 10 1 / 8 % Senior Notes and Senior Floating Rate Notes.
  4 .3†   Indenture, dated December 1, 2005, among Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd., Avago Technologies U.S. Inc., Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc., Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, governing the 11 7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes.
  4 .4†   Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated April 11, 2006, among Avago Technologies Sensor IP Pte. Ltd., Avago Technologies Sensor (U.S.A.) Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, relating to the 11 7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes.
  4 .5†   Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 1, 2005, among Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd., Avago Technologies U.S. Inc., Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc., Guarantors named therein and Lehman Brothers Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Singapore Pte. Ltd., and Credit Suisse First Boston (Singapore) Limited, as Initial Holders, relating to the 10 1 / 8 % Senior Notes, the Senior Floating Rate Notes and the 11 7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes.
  5 .1*   Opinion of WongPartnership, Singapore
  5 .2*   Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, Menlo Park, California
  5 .3*   Opinion of Zaid Ibrahim & Co., Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
  5 .4*   Opinion of Loyens & Loeff, Amsterdam, the Netherlands
  5 .5*   Opinion of Stikeman Elliot LLP, Toronto, Canada
  5 .6*   Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, Hamburg, Germany
  5 .7*   Opinion of Pavia E Ansaldo, Milan, Italy
  5 .8*   Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, Tokyo, Japan
  5 .9*   Opinion of Kuri Breña, Sánchez Ugarte, Corcuera y Aznar, S.C., Mexico City, Mexico
  5 .10*   Opinion of Latham & Watkins, London, United Kingdom
  10 .1†   Sublease Agreement, dated December 1, 2005, between Agilent Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd. and Avago Technologies Manufacturing (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., relating to Avago’s facility at 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923.
  10 .2   Lease No.I/33183P issued by Singapore Housing and Development Board to Compaq Asia Pte Ltd in respect of the land and structures comprised in Lot 1935X of Mukim 19, dated September 26, 2000, and includes the Variation of Lease I/49501Q registered January 15, 2002, relating to Avago’s facility at 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923.


II-43


Table of Contents

         
  10 .3   Lease No.I/31607P issued by Singapore Housing and Development Board to Compaq Asia Pte Ltd in respect of the land and structures comprised in Lot 1937C of Mukim 19, dated September 26, 2000, and includes the Variation of Lease I/49499Q registered January 15, 2002, relating to Avago’s facility at 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923.
  10 .4   Lease No.I/33182P issued by Singapore Housing and Development Board to Compaq Asia Pte Ltd in respect of the land and structures comprised in Lot 2134N of Mukim 19, dated September 26, 2000, and includes the Variation of Lease I/49500Q registered January 15, 2002, relating to Avago’s facility at 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923.
  10 .5   Lease No.I/33160P issued by Singapore Housing and Development Board to Compaq Asia Pte Ltd in respect of the land and structures comprised in Lot 1975P of Mukim 19, dated September 26, 2000, and includes the Variation of Lease I/49502Q registered January 15, 2002, relating to Avago’s facility at 1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore 768923.
  10 .6   Tenancy Agreement, dated October 24, 2005, between Agilent Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. and Avago Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. (f/k/a Jumbo Portfolio Sdn. Bhd.), relating to Avago’s facility at Bayan Lepas Free Industrial Zone, 11900 Penang, Malaysia.
  10 .7   Supplemental Agreement to Tenancy Agreement, dated December 1, 2005, between Agilent Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. and Avago Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. (f/k/a Jumbo Portfolio Sdn. Bhd.), relating to Avago’s facility at Bayan Lepas Free Industrial Zone, 11900 Penang, Malaysia.
  10 .8   Subdivision and Use Agreement, dated December 1, 2005, between Agilent Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. and Avago Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. (f/k/a Jumbo Portfolio Sdn. Bhd.), relating to Avago’s facility at Bayan Lepas Free Industrial Zone, 11900 Penang, Malaysia.
  10 .9   Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated December 1, 2005, between Agilent Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. and Avago Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. (f/k/a Jumbo Portfolio Sdn. Bhd.), relating to Avago’s facility at Bayan Lepas Free Industrial Zone, 11900 Penang, Malaysia.
  10 .10†   Lease Agreement, dated December 1, 2005, between Agilent Technologies, Inc. and Avago Technologies U.S. Inc., relating to Avago’s facility at 350 West Trimble Road, San Jose, California 95131.
  10 .11†   Credit Agreement, dated December 1, 2005, among Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd., Avago Technologies Finance S.àr.l., Avago Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. (f/k/a Jumbo Portfolio Sdn. Bhd.), Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc. and Avago Technologies U.S. Inc., as borrowers, Avago Technologies Holding Pte. Ltd., each lender from time to time parties thereto, Citicorp International Limited (Hong Kong), as Asian Administrative Agent, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Tranche B-1 Term Loan Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Lead Bookrunner, Lehman Brothers Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger, Joint Lead Bookrunner and Syndication Agent, and Credit Suisse, as Documentation Agent (“Credit Agreement”).
  10 .12†   Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated December 23, 2005.
  10 .13†   Amendment No. 2, Consent and Waiver under Credit Agreement, date April 16, 2006.
  10 .14   Guarantee, dated December 1, 2005, among the subsidiaries signatory thereto in favor of Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (“Guarantee”).
  10 .15   Supplement No. 1 to Guarantee, dated May 1, 2006, among Avago Technologies Sensor IP Pte. Ltd., Avago Technologies Sensor (U.S.A.) Inc. and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent.
  10 .16†   Security Agreement, dated December 1, 2005, among Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc., Avago Technologies U.S. Inc., each of the subsidiaries signatory thereto and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (“Security Agreement”).
  10 .17†   Supplement No. 1 to Security Agreement, dated May 1, 2006, among Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc., Avago Technologies U.S. Inc., Avago Technologies Sensor (U.S.A.) Inc. and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent.
  10 .18†   Equity Incentive Plan for Executive Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries (Amended and Restated Effective as of April 14, 2006).
  10 .19†   Equity Incentive Plan for Senior Management Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries (Amended and Restated Effective as of April 14, 2006).
  10 .20†   Form of Management Shareholders Agreement


II-44


Table of Contents

         
  10 .21†   Form of Nonqualified Share Option Agreement Under the Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan for Executive Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries for U.S. employees
  10 .22†   Form of Nonqualified Share Option Agreement Under the Equity Incentive Plan for Executive Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries for employees in Singapore
  10 .23†   Form of Nonqualified Share Option Agreement Under the Equity Incentive Plan for Executive Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries for U.S. employees granted rollover options
  10 .24†   Form of Nonqualified Share Option Agreement Under the Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan for Senior Management Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries for U.S. non-employee directors
  10 .25†   Form of Nonqualified Share Option Agreement Under the Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan for Senior Management Employees of Avago Technologies Limited and Subsidiaries for non-employee directors in Singapore
  10 .26†   Offer Letter Agreement, dated March 28, 2006, between Avago Technologies Limited and Hock E. Tan.
  10 .27†   Severance Benefits Agreement, dated June 14, 2004, between Avago Technologies Limited and Mercedes Johnson.
  10 .28†   Form of Indemnity Agreement between Avago with its directors and certain officers
  10 .29†   Amended and Restated Shareholder’s Agreement, dated February 3, 2006, Avago Technologies Limited, Silver Lake Partners II Cayman, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors II Cayman, L.P., Integral Capital Partners VII, L.P., KKR Millennium Fund (Overseas), Limited Partnership, KKR European Fund, Limited Partnership, KKR European Fund II, Limited Partnership, KKR Partners (International), Limited Partnership, Capstone Equity Investors LLC, Avago Investment Partners, Limited Partnership, Bali Investments S.àr.l., Seletar Investments Pte. Ltd., Geyser Investment Pte Ltd and certain other Persons.
  10 .30†   Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 1, 2005, among Avago Technologies Limited, Silver Lake Partners II Cayman, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors II Cayman, L.P., Integral Capital Partners VII, L.P., KKR Millennium Fund (Overseas), Limited Partnership, KKR European Fund, Limited Partnership, KKR European Fund II, Limited Partnership, KKR Partners (International), Limited Partnership, Capstone Equity Investors LLC, Avago Investment Partners, Limited Partnership, Bali Investments S.àr.l., Seletar Investments Pte. Ltd., Geyser Investment Pte Ltd and certain other Persons.
  10 .31†   Advisory Agreement, dated December 1, 2005, among Avago Technologies Limited, Avago Technologies International Sales Pte. Limited, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., L.P. and Silver Lake Management Company, LLC.
  10 .32†   Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated October 28, 2005, among Avago Technologies Pte. Limited, Avago Technologies Storage Holding (Labuan) Corporation, other sellers, PMC-Sierra, Inc. and Palau Acquisition Corporation (“PMC Purchase and Sale Agreement”) (incorporated herein by reference to the Exhibits filed with PMC-Sierra, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 28, 2005 and filed November 3, 2005 (Commission File No. 001-19084)).
  10 .33†   Amendment to PMC Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated March 1, 2006.
  10 .34†   Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated February 17, 2006, among Avago Technologies Limited, Avago Technologies Imaging Holding (Labuan) Corporation, other sellers, Marvell Technology Group Ltd. and Marvell International Technology Ltd. (“Marvell Purchase and Sale Agreement”) (incorporated herein by reference to the Exhibits filed with Marvell Technology Group Ltd. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 filed on April 13, 2006 (Commission File No. 000-30877)).
  10 .35†   Amendment No. 1 to Marvell Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated April 11, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to the Exhibits filed with Marvell Technology Group Ltd. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 filed on April 13, 2006 (Commission File No. 000-30877)).
  12 .1†   Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
  21 .1†   List of Subsidiaries
  23 .1*   Consent of WongPartnership, Singapore (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto).
  23 .2*   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP, Menlo Park, California (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.2 hereto)
  23 .3*   Consent of Zaid Ibrahim & Co., Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.3 hereto)


II-45


Table of Contents

         
  23 .4*   Consent of Loyens & Loeff, Amsterdam, the Netherlands (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.4 hereto)
  23 .5*   Consent of Stikeman Elliot LLP, Toronto, Canada (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.5 hereto)
  23 .6*   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP, Hamburg, Germany (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.6 hereto)
  23 .7*   Consent of Pavia E Ansaldo, Milan, Italy (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.7 hereto)
  23 .8*   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP, Tokyo, Japan (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.8 hereto)
  23 .9*   Consent of Kuri Breña, Sánchez Ugarte, Corcuera y Aznar, S.C., Mexico City, Mexico (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.9 hereto)
  23 .10*   Consent of Latham & Watkins, London, United Kingdom (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.10 hereto)
  23 .11   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23 .12   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  24     Powers of Attorney (included in signature pages of initial filing)
  25 .1†   Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of The Bank of New York with respect to the Indenture governing the 10 1 / 8 % Senior Notes and Senior Floating Rate Notes.
  25 .2†   Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of The Bank of New York with respect to the Indenture governing the 11 7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes.
  99 .1   Form of Letter of Transmittal
  99 .2   Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees
  99 .3   Form of Letter to Clients
  99 .4   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
 
 
To be filed by amendment.
 
†  Previously filed.


II-46

 

Exhibit- 3.17
N. 228918 Repertorio                                                                                                          N. 33816 Raccolta
COSTITUZIONE DI SOCIETA’ A RESPONSABILITA’ LIMITATA CON SOCIO UNICO
REPUBBLICA ITALIANA
L’anno 2005 duemilacinque, il giorno 4 quattro del mese di ottobre. In Milano, nel mio studio sito in Via Vittor Pisani n. 9. Avanti a me Dott. Pasquale Lebano, Notaio in Milano, iscritto al Collegio Notarile del Distretto di Milano
si costituisce:
<MIGONE DE AMICIS Agostino, nato a Rosignano Marittimo il 18 maggio 1951, domiciliato a Milano, Via del Lauro n. 7, Avvocato, il quale interviene al presente contratto non in proprio ma nella sua qualità di procuratore della Società costituita in Singapore:
ARGOS GENERAL IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., con sede in Singapore, 8 Cross Street, 11-00 PWC Building
a quanto infra autorizzato in forza di procura speciale autenticata nella sottoscrizione dal Notaio Wendy Tienken dello Stato della California, Contea di San Mateo, in data 23 settembre 2005, debitamente apostillata in data 26 settembre 2005 al N.ro 257136 che, in originale, unitamente alla sua traduzione dall’inglese in italiano eseguita da me Notaio che conosco detta lingua, si allega al presente atto sotto la lettera “A”, omessane la lettura da parte di me Notaio per espressa dispensa avutane dal Costituito.
>Il Costituito, della cui identità personale io Notaio sono certo, rinuncia con il mio consenso all’intervento dei testimoni a questo Atto con il quale conviene e stipula quanto segue
1) La Società’ ARGOS GENERAL IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., così come sopra rappresentata, costituisce, una società a responsabilità limitata unipersonale sotto la denominazione:
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES ITALY S.R.L.
<avente l’organizzazione fissata nello Statuto che, scritto su cinque fogli, viene allegato al presente Atto sotto la lettera “B”, previa lettura data al Costituito da parte di me Notaio.>
<2) La Società ha per oggetto:
- la produzione, l’acquisto, la vendita e relative trattative, anche in qualità di agente o distributore, di prodotti e soluzioni hardware e software, attrezzature tecniche e scientifiche e in generale prodotti a semiconduttore e materiale elettrico ed elettronico di qualsiasi tipo (i “Prodotti”);
- la prestazione di servizi di assistenza tecnica relativamente ai Prodotti, sia di produzione propria che di terzi, provvedendo eventualmente anche all’installazione ed al collaudo degli stessi;
- studiare, ricercare, sviluppare, realizzare, sperimentare, acquistare, garantire, e concedere in licenza i Prodotti, sistemi e servizi nel campo delle tecnologie ottiche a semiconduttore per applicazioni nelle telecomunicazioni, per le aziende di esercizio delle telecomunicazioni ed in generale ogni procedimento, soluzione, know-how e/o strumento, brevettato o meno, concernente i Prodotti ed materiali di cui sopra. Al fine di realizzare l’oggetto sociale e, quindi, quale attività non prevalente, la Società potrà:
- compiere tutte le operazioni commerciali, industriali, finanziarie, mobiliari ed immobiliari ritenute dall’Organo Amministrativo necessarie od utili;
- prestare avalli, fideiussioni ed ogni altra garanzia, anche reale;
- assumere, sia direttamente che indirettamente, interessenze e partecipazioni

 


 

in altre società od imprese aventi oggetto analogo, connesso od affine al proprio, nonché in altre società.
Tutte le attività finanziarie, qualificate tali dalla Legge, non saranno comunque svolte nei confronti del pubblico.
E’ espressamente esclusa la raccolta del risparmio, la locazione finanziaria attiva e l’acquisto di crediti d’impresa.
La Società ha facoltà di raccogliere, presso i propri soci e nel rispetto delle leggi e dei regolamenti vigenti, i fondi necessari per il conseguimento dell’oggetto sociale.
La Società può acquistare o cedere, concedere od accettare licenze d’uso di brevetti industriali, know-how e diritti di proprietà industriale e commerciale in genere.
E’ escluso lo svolgimento delle attività professionali di cui alla Legge 1815/1939.>
3) La società ha sede in Torino, Via Schiaparelli n. 12-14 (indirizzo indicato solo ai fini dell’iscrizione al Registro delle Imprese).
<4) Il capitale sociale è fissato in Euro 10.000 (diecimila). Esso viene assunto e sottoscritto integralmente dall’unico socio <ARGOS GENERAL IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. >>
5) Dichiara il Costituito che il capitale é stato interamente versato in buona valuta legale da parte della ARGOS GENERAL IP (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. presso la Filiale di Milano della Cassa di Risparmio di Parma & Piacenza S.p.a. in data odierna siccome risulta da ricevuta rilasciata dalla Banca stessa in pari data. Il capitale sociale risulta essere pertanto di Euro 10.000 (diecimila) interamente sottoscritto e versato.
<6) La durata della Società è fissata da oggi sino al giorno 31 dicembre 2050 salvo proroga o anticipato scioglimento.>
7) <Gli esercizi sociali si chiudono il 31 dicembre di ogni anno; il primo si chiuderà il 31 dicembre 2005.>
<8) A comporre il primo consiglio di amministrazione della Società che sarà formato da tre membri, vengono chiamati i signori:
HAO KENNETH YEH-KANG, nato a New York ( U.S.A.) l’11 settembre 1968, residente a Hillsborough (U.S.A) 16 Farm Lane, Codice Fiscale HAO KNT 68P11 Z404R -
CLAMMER Adam Herbert, nato a Laguna Beach (California, U.S.A.) il 20 agosto 1970, residente a San Francisco (U.S.A.), Green Street 1450 Codice Fiscale CLM DHR 70M20 Z404W -
COCITO MARCO, nato a Asti (AT) il 30 dicembre 1947, residente a Caprie (TO), Via Peroldrado n. 41, Codice Fiscale CCT MRC 47T30 A479K -
Alla carica di Presidente del Consiglio di Amministrazione viene chiamato il Signor HAO KENNETH YEH-KANG, mentre il Signor CLAMMER Adam Herbert assume la veste di Vice-Presidente, agli stessi spetta altresì la legale rappresentanza della Società.
Essi resteranno in carica sino a revoca o dimissioni.
Al Consiglio di Amministrazione testé nominato vengono conferiti tutti i poteri di ordinaria e straordinaria amministrazione della società. >
<9) Le spese del presente Atto, approssimativamente indicate in Euro 2600 (duemilaseicento) sono a carico della Società.><>
 E
richiesto io Notaio ho ricevuto questo Atto che, unitamente all’allegato “B”, ho letto al Costituito il quale a mia interpellanza li approva e, confermandoli, li

 


 

sottoscrive, con me Notaio, che omisi la lettura dell’allegato “A”, per espressa dispensa avutane.-
Questo Atto, scritto in parte con elaboratore elettronico da persona di mia fiducia e sotto la mia direzione e completato a mano da me Notaio, occupa di due fogli cinque facciate intere, e quanto alla sesta scritta sin qui.
F.to Agostino Migone De Amicis
F.to Dott. Pasquale Lèbano – Notaro

 


 

Translation -
DEED OF INCORPORATION
OF A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
REPUBLIC OF ITALY
This day 4 th of October 2005 in Milan, in my office located in Via Vittor Pisani no. 9 before me Mr. Pasquale Lebano, Notary in Milan, enrolled in the Board of Notaries of the District of Milan
APPEARED
MIGONE DE AMICIS Agostino, born in Rosignano Marittimo on May 18, 1951, domiciled in Milan, Via del Lauro n. 7, lawyer, who acts herein not on his own but in his capacity as attorney-in-fact of the company established in Singapore:
ARGOS GENERAL IP (Singapore) Pte.Ltd., with registered offices in Singapore, 8 Cross Street, 11-00 PWC Building authorized by virtue of a special power of attorney legalized in its signature by Notary Wendy Tienken of the State of California, County of San Mateo, on September 23, 2005, duly apostilled on September 26, 2005 under No. 257136 and enclosed, together with the relevant Italian translation made by me, Notary, fluent in the English language, to the present deed under letter “A”, without public reading thereof by express waiver of the appearant.
The appearing attorney-in-fact, of whose identity I, Notary, am certain, waives, with my consent, the presence of witnesses to this Deed and states and agrees as follows:
1) The Company ARGOS GENERAL IP (Singapore) Pte.Ltd, as above represented, hereby incorporates a limited liability company under the name
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES ITALY S.r.l.
regulated by the by-laws which, consists of 5 sheets and is attached hereto under letter “B”, having been read by me, the Notary, to the appearing attorney-in-fact.
2) The corporate purpose shall be:
- production, purchase, sale and related bargaining, also as agent or distributor, of products and hardware and software solutions, technical and scientific equipment and generally any and all semi-conductor products, electrical and electronic materials (the “Products”);
- technical assistance services related to the Products, be they manufactured by the Company or third parties, including installation, testing and maintenance of the same;

 


 

- studies, research, development, tests, trials on the Products, acquire, guarantee and license Products, systems and services, particularly (without limitation) in the field of semi-conductor optical technologies for application to telecommunication, for telecommunication service undertakings and generally any procedure, solution, instrument or know-how, patented or not, concerning the same. For the achievement of the corporate purpose, but not as a main activity, the company may:
- perform all commercial, industrial, personal and real property transactions considered necessary or useful by the Management;
- grant sureties and other kind of guarantees, also on real property;
- acquire, either directly or indirectly, interests and participations in other companies or businesses which have analogous or related corporate purposes.
All activities which, according to law, are financial activities, shall not be performed by the Company vis-à-vis the public.
The Company shall not solicit public savings, perform active financial leasing and acquire business receivables.
The Company may collect from its quotaholders, in compliance with laws and regulations in force, the funds necessary for the achievement of its corporate purposes.
The Company may acquire or sell, grant or accept licenses for the use of industrial patents, know-how and more generally , industrial and commercial property rights.
The Company may not carry out the professional activities outlined by Law 1815/1939.
3) The company’s registered office shall be in Turin, Via Schiapparelli n. 12-14 (address indicated only for purpose of registration in the Companies Register).
4) The corporate capital shall be of Euro10.000 and wholly undertaken and subscribed by the Sole Quotaholder ARGOS GENERAL IP (Singapore) Pte.Ltd.
5) The appearing attorney-in-fact states that the corporate capital has fully paid in, this same day, in good and valuable currency by ARGOS GENERAL IP (Singapore) Pte.Ltd. at the Milan Agency of the Cassa di Risparmio di Parma & Piacenza, as per receipt issued on the same date by the Bank itself.
Therefore, the corporate capital consists of Euro 10,000
6) The duration of the Company shall be from today until December 31, 2050, save extension or prior termination.

 


 

7) The Company’s fiscal years shall end on December 31 of every year; the first fiscal year shall end on December 31, 2005
8) The first Board of Directors of the Company shall be composed by 3 members, namely Messrs:
HAO KENNETH YEH-KANG, born in New York (USA) on September 11, 1968, residing in Hillsborough (USA) 16 Farm Lane, fiscal code HAO KNT 68P11 Z404R CLAMMER Adam Herbert, born in Laguna Beach (California, USA) on August 20, 1970, residing in San Francisco (SA); Green Street 1450, fiscal code CLM DHR 70M20 Z404W COCITO Marco, born in Asti (AT), on December 30, 1947, residing in Caprie (TO), Via Peroldrano n. 41, fiscal code CCT MRC 47T30 A479K Mr. HAO KENNETH YEH-KANG will be the Chairman of the Board of Directors, while Mr. CLAMMER Adam Herbert will hold the office of Vice-Chairmann. Both shall legally represent the Company.
They will be in charge until revocation or resignation.
The Board of Directors so appointed shall be entitled to exercise all ordinary and extraordinary management powers of the Company.
9) The expenses arising out of the present approximately amount to approximately Euro 2,600 and shall be borne by the Company.
I, Notary, have received and read this Deed, together with Attachment “B” to the appearing attorney-in-fact (who confirmed, approved and undersigned them with me, Notary) and omitted reading Attachment “A”, having been so allowed.
This Deed, partly written through a computer by a person of my trust under my supervision and completed by hand by me, Notary, consists of five full pages, and until here on the sixth, on two sheets of paper.
Signed Agostino Migone de Amicis
Signed Pasquale Lebano- Notary

 


 

ALLEGATO “B” AL N. 228918 REPERTORIO AL N. 33816 RACCOLTA
STATUTO
DENOMINAZIONE — OGGETTO — SEDE — DURATA
Art. 1. E’ costituita una società a responsabilità limitata con la denominazione
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES ITALY S.R.L.
Art. 2. La Società ha per oggetto le seguenti attività:
(i)   la produzione, l’acquisto, la vendita e relative trattative, anche in qualità di agente o distributore, di prodotti e soluzioni hardware e software, attrezzature tecniche e scientifiche e in generale prodotti a semiconduttore e materiale elettrico ed elettronico di qualsiasi tipo (i “Prodotti”);
 
(ii)   la prestazione di servizi di assistenza tecnica relativamente ai Prodotti, sia di produzione propria che di terzi, provvedendo eventualmente anche all’installazione ed al collaudo degli stessi;
 
(iii)   studiare, ricercare, sviluppare, realizzare, sperimentare, acquistare, garantire, e concedere in licenza i Prodotti, sistemi e servizi nel campo delle tecnologie ottiche a semiconduttore per applicazioni nelle telecomunicazioni, per le aziende di esercizio delle telecomunicazioni ed in generale ogni procedimento, soluzione, know-how e/o strumento, brevettato o meno, concernente i Prodotti ed materiali di cui sopra.
Al fine di realizzare l’oggetto sociale e, quindi, quale attività non prevalente, la Società potrà:
- compiere tutte le operazioni commerciali, industriali, finanziarie, mobiliari ed immobiliari ritenute dall’Organo Amministrativo necessarie od utili;
- prestare avalli, fideiussioni ed ogni altra garanzia, anche reale;
- assumere, sia direttamente che indirettamente, interessenze e partecipazioni in altre società od imprese aventi oggetto analogo, connesso od affine al proprio, nonché in altre società.
Tutte le attività finanziarie, qualificate tali dalla Legge, non saranno comunque svolte nei confronti del pubblico.
E’ espressamente esclusa la raccolta del risparmio, la locazione finanziaria attiva e l’acquisto di crediti d’impresa.
La Società ha facoltà di raccogliere, presso i propri soci e nel rispetto delle leggi e dei regolamenti vigenti, i fondi necessari per il conseguimento dell’oggetto sociale.
La Società può acquistare o cedere, concedere od accettare licenze d’uso di brevetti industriali, know-how e diritti di proprietà industriale e commerciale in genere.
E’ escluso lo svolgimento delle attività professionali di cui alla Legge 1815/1939.
Art. 3. La Società ha la sede legale in Torino all’indirizzo risultante dall’apposita iscrizione effettuata presso il Registro delle Imprese.
La società ha facoltà di istituire, sia in Italia che all’estero, sedi secondarie e di sopprimerle.

 


 

Art. 4. Il domicilio dei soci, per quel che concerne i loro rapporti con la Società, è quello che risulta dal libro dei soci.
Art. 5. La durata della Società è stabilita sino al 31 dicembre 2050 e può essere prorogata.
CAPITALE
Art. 6. Il capitale sociale è di Euro 10.000 (diecimila), ed è rappresentato da tante quote quanti sono i soci.
Art. 7. Nel caso di provvedimenti di riduzione del capitale per perdite superiori al terzo del capitale stesso, potrà essere omesso il deposito presso la sede sociale della documentazione prevista dall’art. 2482 bis C.C. in previsione della relativa assemblea.
Art. 8. L’esecuzione dei conferimenti non ancora eseguiti é richiesta dall’Organo Amministrativo nei termini e nei modi previsti dall’art. 2466 C.C. Anche per il caso di aumento di capitale, possono essere conferiti tutti gli elementi dell’attivo suscettibili di valutazione economica.
Il conferimento può anche avvenire mediante la prestazione di una polizza di assicurazione o di una fideiussione bancaria con cui vengano garantiti, per l’intero valore ad essi assegnato, gli obblighi assunti dal socio aventi per oggetto la prestazione d’opera o di servizi a favore della Società. La polizza o la fideiussione possono essere sostituite dal socio con il versamento a titolo di cauzione del corrispondente importo in danaro presso la Società.
Art. 9. La Società può conseguire dai soci finanziamenti senza obbligo di rimborso ovvero con obbligo di rimborso, onerosi o gratuiti, purché nei limiti ed alle condizioni previsti dall’art. 2467 C.C.
Art. 10. Le quote sociali o parte di esse sono liberamente trasferibili per atto tra vivi e per successione a causa di morte.
RECESSO DEI SOCI
Art. 11. Il diritto di recesso spetta ai Soci in tutti i casi previsti dalla legge.
Art. 12. Il socio che intende recedere, deve comunicarlo all’organo amministrativo mediante lettera raccomandata con ricevuta di ritorno.
La raccomandata deve essere inviata entro quindici giorni dall’iscrizione nel registro delle imprese o, se non prevista, dalla trascrizione nel libro delle decisioni dei soci della decisione che lo legittima, con l’indicazione delle generalità del socio recedente, del domicilio per le comunicazioni inerenti al procedimento.
Se il fatto che legittima il recesso è diverso da una decisione, esso può essere esercitato non oltre trenta giorni dalla sua conoscenza da parte del socio.
L’organo amministrativo è tenuto a comunicare ai soci i fatti che possono dare luogo all’esercizio del recesso senza indugio dal momento in cui ne è venuto esso stesso a conoscenza. Il recesso si intende esercitato il giorno in cui la comunicazione è pervenuta alla sede legale della società.
Dell’avvenuto esercizio del diritto di recesso deve essere fatta annotazione nel libro dei soci.

 


 

Il recesso non può essere esercitato e, se già esercitato, è privo di efficacia se entro novanta giorni dall’esercizio del recesso la società revoca la delibera che lo legittima ovvero se è deliberato lo scioglimento della società.
Il rimborso della partecipazione del recedente avviene nei termini e con le modalità previsti dall’art. 2473 C. C., terzo e quarto comma.
AMMINISTRAZIONE
Art. 13. La Società può essere amministrata, con scelta da adottarsi dai soci ai sensi dell’ art. 2479 del Codice Civile, da un amministratore unico oppure da un consiglio di amministrazione composto da un numero minimo di 3 membri ad un massimo di 7 membri, anche non soci, a cui è affidata l’amministrazione della società collegialmente.
Gli amministratori restano in carica per un triennio ovvero per la durata stabilita dai soci all’atto della nomina. Qualora questa sia a tempo determinato, essi scadono alla data dell’assemblea convocata per l’approvazione del bilancio relativo all’ultimo esercizio della loro carica e sono rieleggibili.
Art. 14. Nel caso di nomina del Consiglio di Amministrazione, se nel corso dell’esercizio viene a mancare un Consigliere, decade l’intero Consiglio di Amministrazione e i Soci devono provvedere all’elezione di un nuovo organo amministrativo.
Art. 15. Agli Amministratori spetta il rimborso delle spese sostenute per ragioni del loro ufficio. La carica amministrativa si intende gratuita salvo contraria deliberazione dell’assemblea dei soci. Il Consiglio di Amministrazione può deliberare in merito al compenso di uno o più Consiglieri Delegati.
Art. 16. Qualora sia costituito un Consiglio di Amministrazione le decisioni possono essere adottate:
(i)   mediante consultazione scritta o sulla base del consenso espresso per iscritto. La procedura di consultazione scritta, o di acquisizione del consenso espresso per iscritto non é soggetta a particolari vincoli purché sia assicurato a ciascun Amministratore il diritto di partecipare alla decisione e sia assicurata a tutti gli aventi diritto adeguata informazione.
 
    La decisione é adottata mediante approvazione per iscritto di un unico documento ovvero di più documenti che contengano il medesimo testo di decisione da parte della maggioranza degli amministratori. Nel testo della decisione dovrà essere indicato il termine per la conclusione del procedimento. La decisione assumerà la data dell’ultima dichiarazione pervenuta nel termine prescritto.
 
    Le decisioni del consiglio di amministrazione sono prese con il voto favorevole della maggioranza degli amministratori in carica.
 
    Le decisioni adottate mediante consultazione scritta o sulla base del consenso espresso per iscritto devono essere trascritte senza indugio nel libro delle decisioni degli amministratori da uno qualsiasi degli amministratori. La relativa documentazione è

 


 

    conservata dalla società;
 
(ii)   ovvero mediante delibera consiliare assunta con la presenza della maggioranza degli amministratori in carica, a maggioranza dei voti dei presenti.
Art. 17. Ove non sia già stato eletto da parte dei soci il Consiglio elegge per votazione palese fra i suoi membri il Presidente. I soci, o, in mancanza, il Consiglio possono eleggere anche uno o più Vice-Presidenti.
Il Segretario, anche non Consigliere o non socio, viene designato di volta in volta dai consiglieri intervenuti a ciascuna riunione del Consiglio.
Art. 18. Il Consiglio si raduna sia presso la sede sociale, sia altrove, in Italia o all’estero.
Le riunioni del Consiglio di Amministrazione sono convocate dal Presidente o da un Vice-Presidente allorché sia necessario e comunque nei casi previsti dal quinto comma dell’ art. 2475 C.C. o qualora ne sia fatta richiesta scritta da almeno un Consigliere. Le formalità di convocazione del Consiglio possono essere delegate ad un terzo, anche non Consigliere o non socio, per conto del Presidente o di un Vice-Presidente.
Art. 19. Il Consiglio viene convocato con lettera raccomandata o con telefax o con altro mezzo idoneo ad assicurare la prova dell’avvenuto ricevimento da spedirsi almeno 7 (sette) giorni prima dell’adunanza a ciascun Consigliere e, se nominati, a ciascun membro effettivo del Collegio Sindacale, e nei casi di urgenza con telegramma, telex, telefax o posta elettronica da spedirsi ai medesimi almeno 2 (due) giorni prima dell’adunanza.
Tuttavia il Consiglio di Amministrazione è validamente costituito anche quando sia intervenuta la maggioranza dei suoi componenti e dei componenti dell’organo di controllo, se nominato, e tutti gli aventi diritto ad intervenire siano stati previamente informati della riunione anche senza le formalità richieste in via ordinaria per la convocazione.
Art. 20. Per la validità delle deliberazioni del Consiglio è necessaria la presenza effettiva (anche a mezzo audio o videoconferenza) della maggioranza dei consiglieri in carica.
In assenza del Presidente e di Vice-Presidenti la riunione è presieduta dal Consigliere designato a maggioranza dagli intervenuti. Le deliberazioni sono prese a maggioranza assoluta dei presenti. In caso di parità di voti, la proposta si intende respinta.
Le deliberazioni del Consiglio devono essere verbalizzate nel libro dei verbali delle decisioni degli amministratori e sottoscritte dal Presidente e dal Segretario della seduta.
E’ ammessa la possibilità che le adunanze del Consiglio si tengano anche per audioconferenza o videoconferenza a condizione che tutti i partecipanti possano essere identificati, che sia consentito loro di seguire la discussione ed intervenire in tempo reale nella trattazione degli argomenti all’ordine del giorno nonché poter visionare o ricevere documentazione e di poterne trasmettere. La riunione si considera tenuta nel luogo ove si trova il Presidente della stessa insieme al Segretario, onde consentire la stesura e la sottoscrizione del relativo verbale.
Art. 21. L’amministratore unico o il consiglio di amministrazione hanno i più ampi poteri per la gestione della Società, ed hanno facoltà di compiere tutti gli atti che ritengano opportuni per

 


 

l’attuazione dell’oggetto sociale, esclusi soltanto quelli che la legge riserva inderogabilmente alla competenza dei soci.
Il Consiglio di Amministrazione può delegare parte delle proprie attribuzioni ad uno o più dei suoi membri, determinando i limiti della delega.
Art. 22. L’Organo Amministrativo può nominare direttori, institori e procuratori negoziali delegando ai medesimi, congiuntamente o disgiuntamente, il potere di compiere determinati atti o categorie di atti in nome e per conto della Società.
RAPPRESENTANZA DELLA SOCIETA’
Art. 23. L’amministratore unico ha la rappresentanza della società.
In caso di nomina del Consiglio di Amministrazione, la rappresentanza della Società spetta al Presidente del Consiglio di Amministrazione, al Vice Presidente e, se nominati, ai singoli Amministratori Delegati.
La rappresentanza della società spetta anche ai direttori, agli institori e ai procuratori, nei limiti dei poteri loro conferiti nell’atto di nomina.
DECISIONI DEI SOCI
Art. 24. I soci decidono sulle materie riservate alla loro competenza dalla legge, dal presente statuto nonché sugli argomenti che uno o più amministratori o tanti soci che rappresentano almeno un terzo del capitale sociale sottopongono alla loro approvazione.
Sono comunque riservate alla competenza dei soci:
1) l’approvazione del bilancio e la distribuzione degli utili;
2) la nomina dell’amministratore unico o degli amministratori che compongono il Consiglio di Amministrazione e la durata della loro carica;
3) la nomina — se del caso — dei Sindaci e del Presidente del Collegio Sindacale o del Revisore;
4) le modificazioni dell’atto costitutivo;
5) le decisioni circa il compimento di operazioni che comportano una sostanziale modificazione dell’oggetto sociale o una rilevante modificazione dei diritti dei soci.
Fermo quanto previsto al successivo articolo 25, le decisioni dei soci possono essere adottate mediante consultazione scritta o sulla base del consenso espresso per iscritto. La consultazione scritta avviene su iniziativa del Presidente del Consiglio di Amministrazione o dell’Amministratore Unico e consiste in una proposta di decisione che dovrà essere inviata a tutti i soci, con qualsiasi mezzo, idoneo ad assicurare la prova dell’avvenuto ricevimento (incluso, a titolo esemplificativo ma non esaustivo, fax o posta elettronica), fatto pervenire al domicilio risultante dal libro soci. Dalla proposta devono risultare con chiarezza l’argomento oggetto della consultazione, le ragioni e quanto necessario per assicurare un’adeguata informazione sugli argomenti da trattare, nonché l’esatto testo della decisione da adottare.
I soci hanno 15 giorni (o il diverso termine stabilito nella proposta di decisione) per trasmettere la

 


 

risposta presso la sede sociale o altro indirizzo indicato nella proposta di decisione. La risposta deve essere apposta in calce al documento ricevuto, e deve contenere un’approvazione, un diniego o un’astensione espressa. Le decisioni assunte mediante consultazione scritta sono validamente prese con il voto favorevole di tanti soci che rappresentino almeno la maggioranza del capitale sociale. La mancanza di risposta dei soci entro il termine suddetto viene considerata come voto contrario.
Spetta al Presidente del Consiglio o all’Amministratore Unico raccogliere le consultazioni ricevute e comunicarne i risultati a tutti i soci, amministratori, sindaci e revisore, se nominati, indicando:
- i soci favorevoli, contrari o astenuti ed il capitale da ciascuno rappresentato;
- la data in cui si è formata la decisione;
- eventuali osservazioni o dichiarazioni relative all’argomento oggetto della consultazione, se richiesto dagli stessi soci.
Tutti i documenti trasmessi alla sede della Società relativi alla formazione della volontà dei soci devono essere conservati dalla Società, unitamente al libro delle decisioni dei soci.
Le decisioni dei soci adottate ai sensi del presente articolo devono essere trascritte senza indugio nel libro delle decisioni dei soci.
Il consenso espresso per iscritto non richiede l’utilizzo di particolari formalità, purché sia assicurato a ciascun socio il diritto di partecipare alla decisione e di avere adeguata informazione. Ciascun socio, pertanto, previamente informato circa il testo della decisione da adottare e il termine per l’adozione, potrà esprimere per iscritto il proprio consenso ovvero il proprio dissenso rispetto alla decisione inviando il relativo documento presso la sede sociale.
Le decisioni sono validamente assunte qualora giungano alla sede sociale entro il termine prescritto i consensi di tanti soci che rappresentino almeno la maggioranza del capitale sociale. La mancanza di risposta dei soci entro il termine suddetto viene considerata come voto contrario.
Spetta al Presidente del Consiglio di Amministrazione o all’Amministratore Unico verificare che tutti i soci siano stati adeguatamente informati circa la decisione da adottare e i termini entro i quali esprimere il consenso nonché verificare la formazione della volontà dei soci. Della decisione adottata deve essere redatto apposito verbale da trascrivere nel libro delle decisioni dei soci nel quale devono essere conservati i documenti che hanno concorso a formare la decisione.
Art. 25. Le decisioni dei soci relative alle modificazioni dell’atto costitutivo, al compimento di operazioni che comportino una sostanziale modificazione dell’oggetto sociale o una rilevante modificazione dei diritti dei soci, nonché quando ne sia fatta richiesta da uno o più amministratori o da tanti soci che rappresentano almeno un terzo del capitale sociale debbono essere adottate mediante deliberazione assembleare ai sensi dell’art. 2479 bis .
L’Assemblea può anche essere convocata fuori dalla sede sociale, in Italia o, qualora non sia necessaria la presenza di un Notaio, nei Paesi membri dell’Unione Europea, a Singapore o negli Stati Uniti d’America dall’Organo Amministrativo con avviso di convocazione inviato a mezzo lettera raccomandata, telefax o posta elettronica al domicilio dei soci non meno di otto giorni prima

 


 

di quello fissato per l’adunanza o, se spedito successivamente, ricevuto almeno cinque giorni prima di quello fissato per l’adunanza. L’avviso dovrà indicare il giorno, l’ora, il luogo dell’adunanza e l’elenco delle materie da trattare ed eventualmente il giorno, il luogo e l’ora della seconda convocazione qualora la prima andasse deserta.
Sono tuttavia valide le assemblee anche non convocate come sopra, qualora vi sia rappresentato l’intero capitale sociale, tutti gli amministratori e, ove nominati, i sindaci siano presenti o informati e nessuno si opponga alla trattazione degli argomenti all’ordine del giorno.
Il socio può farsi rappresentare da altra persona e la relativa documentazione è conservata agli atti sociali.
Art. 26. L’Assemblea è presieduta dal Presidente del Consiglio di Amministrazione o, ove esista, dall’Amministratore Unico o da persona designata dall’Assemblea. L’Assemblea nomina un Segretario anche non socio e sceglie, se lo ritiene opportuno, due scrutatori. Le deliberazioni dell’assemblea sono constatate da verbale firmato dal Presidente, dal Segretario ed, eventualmente, dagli scrutatori. Nei casi di legge ed inoltre quando il Presidente dell’assemblea lo ritenga opportuno, il verbale viene redatto da Notaio. Nel verbale devono essere riassunte, su richiesta dei soci, le loro dichiarazioni.
Il Presidente dell’assemblea verifica la regolarità della costituzione, accerta l’identità e la legittimazione dei presenti, regola il suo svolgimento ed accerta i risultati delle votazioni; degli esiti di tali accertamenti deve essere dato conto nel verbale.
Ogni socio ha diritto di partecipare alle decisioni dei soci ed il suo voto vale in misura proporzionale alla sua partecipazione.
Art. 27. L’assemblea è costituita con la presenza dei soci che rappresentino almeno la metà del capitale sociale e delibera a maggioranza assoluta dei presenti e, nei casi di deliberazioni previste dai numeri 4) e 5) del precedente art. 24, con il voto favorevole dei soci che rappresentano almeno la metà del capitale sociale.
Art. 28. E’ ammessa la possibilità che le adunanze delle Assemblee si possono svolgere anche per audioconferenza o videoconferenza a condizione che nell’avviso di convocazione siano indicati i luoghi audio o video collegati nei quali gli intervenuti potranno affluire.
Tutti i partecipanti devono poter essere identificati, deve essere loro consentito seguire la discussione, partecipare alla votazione simultanea ed intervenire in tempo reale nella trattazione degli argomenti all’ordine del giorno nonché poter visionare o ricevere documentazione e di poterne trasmettere. La riunione si considererà tenuta nel luogo ove si trova il Presidente della stessa insieme al Segretario, onde consentire la stesura e la sottoscrizione del relativo verbale.
CONTROLLO LEGALE DEI CONTI
Art. 29. I soci possono nominare un collegio sindacale composto di tre membri effettivi e due supplenti o in alternativa un revisore, al quale affidare il controllo legale dei conti.
I soci determinano la retribuzione dei sindaci o del revisore secondo le tariffe degli Ordini

 


 

Professionali di appartenenza o, in mancanza, di quelle dei dottori commercialisti per l’intero periodo di durata del loro mandato.
Nei casi previsti dall’art. 2477, secondo e terzo comma, c.c. la nomina del collegio sindacale è obbligatoria; in tal caso, si applicano le norme dettate in tema di società per azioni. Il collegio sindacale esercita anche il controllo contabile, salvo diversa decisione dei soci che preveda la nomina di un revisore o di una società di revisione cui affidare il controllo contabile.
I compiti, la durata dell’incarico, le modalità di svolgimento dello stesso, le cause di ineleggibilità e di decadenza del collegio sindacale e/o del revisore o della società di revisione, ove nominati, sono disciplinati dalle norme dettate in tema di società per azioni.
Le riunioni del Collegio Sindacale possono tenersi anche con l’ausilio di mezzi telematici con gli intervenuti dislocati in più luoghi, contigui o distanti, audio/video collegati, a condizione che siano rispettati il metodo collegiale e i principi di buona fede e di parità di trattamento dei componenti del collegio sindacale ed in particolare a condizione che:
a)   sia consentito al presidente del collegio sindacale di accertare l’identità e la legittimazione degli intervenuti, regolare lo svolgimento dell’adunanza, constatare e proclamare i risultati della votazione;
 
b)   sia consentito al soggetto verbalizzante di percepire adeguatamente gli eventi oggetto di verbalizzazione;
 
c)   sia consentito agli intervenuti di partecipare alla discussione e alla votazione simultanea sugli argomenti all’ordine del giorno.
La riunione si considererà tenuta nel luogo in cui si trovano il Presidente ed il segretario, onde permettere la stesura e la sottoscrizione del relativo verbale.
ESERCIZI SOCIALI ED UTILI
Art. 30. Gli esercizi sociali si chiudono al 31 dicembre di ogni anno.
L’organo amministrativo procede alla formazione del bilancio ed alla sua presentazione ai soci entro centoventi giorni dalla chiusura dell’esercizio sociale, ovvero entro centottanta giorni nel caso in cui la Società sia tenuta alla redazione del bilancio consolidato ovvero quando lo richiedano particolari esigenze relative alla struttura ed all’oggetto della società. In questi casi l’organo amministrativo segnala nella relazione prevista dall’art. 2428 c.c. le ragioni della dilazione.
Art. 31. Gli utili netti di ciascun esercizio, dopo prelevata una somma non inferiore al 5% per la Riserva Legale, fino a che questa non abbia raggiunto il 20% del capitale sociale, possono essere accantonati o distribuiti ai soci o destinati ad altri scopi nell’interesse della Società.
Art. 32. Il pagamento dei dividendi è effettuato nei termini e modi stabiliti dai soci che ne deliberano la distribuzione o, in mancanza, dall’Organo Amministrativo.
Il diritto al pagamento dei dividendi la cui distribuzione sia stata deliberata ai sensi del comma precedente si prescrive nel termine di cinque (5) anni.

 


 

SCIOGLIMENTO E LIQUIDAZIONE
Art. 33. Addivenendosi in qualsiasi tempo e per qualsiasi causa allo scioglimento della Società, l’Assemblea stabilisce le modalità della liquidazione e nomina uno o più Liquidatori determinandone i poteri, ai sensi dell’art. 2487 C.C.
Il bilancio finale di liquidazione approvato con voto unanime dei soci non è soggetto a reclamo e si intende approvato ai fini dell’art. 2493 del Cod. Civ. anche se non sia compiuto il termine ivi previsto.
RINVIO
Art. 34. Tutto quanto non è specificamente previsto dal presente Statuto è regolato dalle disposizioni di legge vigenti.

 


 

Translation
BY-LAWS
NAME — CORPORATE PURPOSE — REGISTERED OFFICE — DURATION
Art. 1. A limited liability company is incorporated with the name
“AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES ITALY SRL”
Art. 2. The purpose of the company is:
(i)   production, purchase and sale (also through import and/or export), and related trade also as agent or distributor, of hardware and software products and solutions, technical and scientific equipment and generally any and all semi-conductor products, electrical and electronic materials (the “Products”);
 
(ii)   technical assistance services related to the Products, be they manufactured by the Company or third parties, including installation, testing and maintenance of the same,
 
(iii)   studies, research, development, tests, trials on the Products, acquire, guarantee and license Products, systems and services, particularly (without limitation) in the field of semi-conductor optical technologies for application to telecommunication, for telecommunication service undertakings and generally any procedure, solution, instrument or know-how, patented or not, concerning the same;
For the achievement of the corporate purpose, but not as a main activity, the company may:
  perform all commercial, industrial, personal and real property transactions considered necessary or useful by the Management;
 
  grant sureties and other kind of guarantees, also on real property;
 
  acquire, either directly or indirectly, interests and participations in other companies or businesses which have analogous or related corporate purposes.
All activities which, according to law, are financial activities, shall not be performed by the Company vis-à-vis the public.
The Company shall not solicit public savings, perform active leasing and acquire business receivables.
The Company may collect from its quotaholders, in compliance with laws and regulations in force, necessary funds for the achievement of the corporate purpose.
The Company may acquire or sell, grant or accept licenses for the use of industrial trade marks, know-how, industrial property and more generally, commercial rights.
The Company may not carry out the professional activities outlined by Law 1815/1939.

 


 

Translation
Art. 3. The registered office of the Company is in Turin, at the address registered in the Registry of Companies.
The Company may establish and close branch offices in Italy and abroad.
Art. 4. For the purposes of their relationships with the company, the quotaholders’ domicile is at the place indicated in the Quotaholders’ Book.
Art. 5. The duration of the Company shall be until December 31, 2050 and may be extended.
CAPITAL
Art. 6. The capital of the Company is 10.000,00 Euro (ten thousand Euro) divided in as many quotas as there are quotaholders.
Art. 7. In case of reduction of capital for losses which exceed one third, the filing at the registered office of the Company, in advance of the meeting, of the documentation provided by article 2482 bis of the Italian Civil Code, may be omitted.
Art. 8. Payment of contributions to capital not yet made shall be requested by the Management pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth by Article 2466 of the Italian Civil Code. Also for increases of capital, all assets having an economic value, may be contributed.
Contributions may also be made through insurance policies or bank guarantees which shall guarantee, for their entire value, the obligations assumed by the quotaholder for the performance of work or services in favor of the Company. The policy or guarantee may be substituted by the quotaholder by cash to be paid in to the Company in an amount which corresponds to that of the above policy or guarantee.
Art. 9. The Company may obtain financing from the quotaholders with or without obligation of reimbursement, for or without a consideration, within the limits and in accordance with the provisions of Article 2467 of the Italian Civil Code.
Art. 10. The quotas or part of them may be freely transferred by inter vivos deed and in case of death by the estate.

 


 

Translation
WITHDRAWAL OF QUOTAHOLDERS
Art. 11. Quotaholders may withdraw in all cases provided by law.
Art. 12. Quotaholders who wish to withdraw, shall give notice thereof to the Management by registered mail, return receipt requested.
The notice shall be sent within fifteen days from registration of the decision which legitimates such withdrawal with the Registry of Companies, or, if not required, from its recording in the Quotaholders’ book. Such notice shall indicate the name and address of the withdrawing quotaholder as well as his domicile for the purpose of permitting the sending of notices which are related to the procedure of withdrawal.
If withdrawal is legitimated otherwise than by a decision, the quotaholder shall perform it within thirty days from its coming to the quotaholder’s knowledge.
From the moment where it comes to its knowledge, the Management shall inform the quotaholders without delay about the facts which may give rise to withdrawal.
Withdrawal shall be considered as having been exercised on the date when the notice of withdrawal is received at the registered office of the Company.
The exercise of the right of withdrawal shall be recorded in the Quotaholders’ book.
Withdrawal may not be exercised and, if already exercised, it shall be without effect, if within ninety days from its exercise, the Company revokes the resolution which legitimated it, or if the Company has resolved its liquidation.
The withdrawing quotaholder shall be reimbursed his quotaholding within the term and according to the conditions provided by the third and fourth paragraphs of Article 2473 of the Italian Civil Code.
MANAGEMENT
Art. 13. The Company may be managed, according to the choice to be made by the quotaholders pursuant to Article 2479 of the Italian Civil Code, by a Sole Director or by a Board of Directors composed of between 3 and 7 members, who need not be quotaholders.
Directors shall remain in office for a three year term or for any other period of time fixed by the quotaholders. If they are elected for a limited duration, their office shall terminate at the date of the Quotaholders’ meeting called for approval of the financial statement which relates to the last year of the term of their office. Directors may be re-elected.

 


 

Translation
Art. 14. When a Board of Directors is appointed, and during the fiscal year one Director ceases from office, the entire Board of Directors shall be deemed as being out of office and the quotaholders shall elect new Management.
Art. 15. Directors shall be reimbursed expenses incurred by reason of their office.
The office of the directors shall be free of charge, except if otherwise provided by resolution of the Quotaholders’ Meeting. The Board of Directors may resolve upon the compensation to one or more Managing Directors.
Art. 16. If the Company is managed by a Board of Directors, decisions may be adopted:
(i)   by written consent or based on consent expressed in writing. The procedure for written consent or consent expressed in writing, shall not be subject to any particular restrictions, provided that each Director is permitted to participate at the taking of decision and all receive adequate information.
 
    Decisions shall be adopted by written approval of a single document, or, of more documents which shall all contain the same text of the decision taken by the majority of Directors. The text of the decision shall indicate the term for conclusion of the procedure. The decision shall bear the date of the last declaration which arrived within the term prescribed.
 
    Decisions of the Board of Directors shall be adopted with the favorable vote of the majority of Directors in office.
 
    Decisions adopted by written consent or based on consent expressed in writing shall be recorded without delay in the Directors’ Minute Book by one of the Directors. The thereto related documentation shall be kept by the Company;
or
(ii)   by resolution of the Board, adopted with the presence of the majority of Directors in office and the favorable vote of the majority of those present.
Art. 17. If not elected by the Quotaholders’ Meeting, the Board of Directors shall elect the Chairman among its members by voice vote, as well as one or more Vice-Chairmen.
The Secretary, who need not be a Director or quotaholder, shall be appointed from time to time by the Directors who attend each of the Meetings of the Board of Directors.

 


 

Translation
Art. 18. The Board of Directors shall meet at the registered office of the Company or elsewhere in Italy or abroad.
Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be called by the Chairman or by a Vice-Chairman if necessary and in any case, in all cases provided by the fifth paragraph of Article 2475 of the Italian Civil Code, or if requested in writing by at least one Director. The procedure foreseen for Call of Meetings of the Board of Directors may be delegated to a third party, who need not be a Director or quotaholder, who shall act on behalf of the Chairman or Vice-Chairman.
Art. 19. Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be called by registered mail or telefax or by any other similar means, which guarantee proof of receipt. Notices of Call shall be sent at least 7 (seven) days before Meetings to each Director, and if appointed, to each of the members of the Board of Statutory Auditors and to the Auditor of the Company. When urgent, the notice may be sent by telegram, telex, telefax or electronic mail at least 2 (two) days before the Meeting.
However, in case of absence of Notice of Call, the Board of Directors may validly adopt resolutions when the majority of Directors in office, and if appointed, the majority of members of the Board of Statutory Auditors in office attend the Meeting and all parties entitled to participate have been informed of the meeting.
Art. 20. Resolutions of the Board of Directors shall be validly adopted with the effective presence (also by audio or video conference) of the majority of the Directors in office.
In the absence of the Chairman or Vice-Chairmen, Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be chaired by the Director designated by the majority of those present. Resolutions shall be validly adopted with the absolute majority of those present. In case of a parity of votes, proposals made shall be deemed to have been rejected.
Resolutions of the Board of Directors shall be recorded in the Directors’ Minutes Book and signed by the Chairman and Secretary of the Meeting.
Meetings of the Board of Directors may be also validly held by audio/video conference, provided that all participants are identified and in a position to follow the Meeting and intervene in real time in the discussion of the matters examined. Participants shall also be permitted to view, receive and transfer documents. Meeting of the Board of Directors are considered as being held at the place where the Chairman and Secretary of the Meeting are located, so as to enable the drafting and signature of the Minutes.

 


 

Translation
Art. 21. The Sole Director or the Board of Directors are vested with the fullest powers to manage the business of the Company and are entitled to perform all acts which they consider appropriate for the achievement of the corporate purpose, with the sole exception of those which by law are reserved to the Quotaholders’ Meeting.
The Board of Directors may delegate its powers to one or more of its members, fixing the limits of such delegation.
Art. 22. The Management may appoint managers, representatives and attorneys-in-fact, who may act jointly or severally on behalf of the Company, for single acts and transactions, or categories of acts and transactions.
REPRESENTATION OF THE COMPANY
Art. 23. The Sole Director shall represent the Company. If a Board of Directors is appointed, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Vice-Chairman and, if appointed, each of the Managing Directors shall represent the Company.
Managers, representatives and attorneys-in-fact may also represent the Company within the limits of the powers granted to them in the deed of appointment.
QUOTAHOLDERS’ DECISIONS
Art. 24. Quotaholders shall decide on matters which are reserved to their competence by law and these By-laws and on issues submitted for their approval by one or more Directors, or by as many quotaholders as to represent at least one third of the capital. Quotaholders shall decide on the following matters:
1) approval of financial statements and distribution of profits;
2) appointment of the Sole Director or Board of Directors and determination of their term of office;
3) appointment, if necessary, of the Chairman and the Board of Statutory Auditors or the Auditors;
4) amendments to the articles of incorporation;
5) decisions on performance of operations which may substantially change the corporate purpose of the Company or the rights of the quotaholders.

 


 

Translation
Without prejudice to the provisions of article 25 below, quotaholders’ decisions may be taken by written consent or based on consents expressed in writing. Written consents shall be taken on initiative of the Chairman of the Board of Directors or Sole Director and consist in a proposal which shall be sent to all quotaholders by any means which guarantee proof of receipt (such as, but not limited to telefax or electronic mail), to the domicile which is indicated in the Quotaholders’ Book. The proposal shall clearly specify the subject matter of the consultation, the reasons and necessary means to guarantee adequate information on the issues to be treated as well as the exact text of the decision to be adopted.
Quotaholders shall have 15 (fifteen) days (or any other term fixed in the proposal) to send their answer to the registered office of the Company or to any other address indicated in the proposal. The answer shall be given at the foot of the document received, and shall contain either approval, rejection or stated abstention. Decisions taken by written consent shall be validly adopted with the favorable vote of as many quotaholders as to represent at least the majority of the Company’s capital. Absence of vote by one of the quotaholders shall be considered as a negative vote.
The Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Sole Director shall collect the consents received and inform all quotaholders, directors, statutory auditors and the auditor, if appointed, about the results obtained, indicating the following:
  the quotaholders who approved, denied or expressly abstained from voting and the capital represented by each of them;
 
  the date when the decision was taken;
 
  any observations or declarations in respect of the subject matter of the consultation, if requested by the quotaholders.
All documents sent to the registered office of the Company which concern the willingness expressed by the quotaholders shall be kept by the Company, together with the Quotaholders’ Minute Book. Quotaholders’ decisions adopted pursuant to the terms of this article shall be registered without delay in the Quotaholders’ Minute Book.
The procedure for consents expressed in writing shall not be subject to any particular restrictions, provided that each of the quotaholders is permitted to participate at the taking of decisions and receives adequate information. Therefore, each of the quotaholders, after receipt of information regarding the text of the decision to be adopted and the term provided for adoption, may express its consent or rejection in writing, sending the relevant document to the registered office of the Company.

 


 

Translation
Resolutions are validly adopted if the consent of as many Quotaholders representing the majority of the corporate capital is received at the address of the registered offices of the company within the scheduled deadline. Failure by the Quotaholders to reply within the scheduled deadline is considered as an unfavourable vote.
The Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Sole Director shall make certain that all quotaholders are adequately informed in respect of the decision to be taken and terms to be respected. The Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Sole Director shall also make certain that the quotaholders express their vote. Minutes of the decision adopted shall be drafted and registered in the Quotaholders’ Minute Book. The latter shall also contain all documents which gave rise to the decision.
Art. 25. Quotaholders’ decisions regarding amendments to the articles of incorporation, performance of operations which involve a substantial change from the corporate purpose of the Company or the rights of the quotaholders, or which are requested by one or more Directors or by as many quotaholders as to represent at least one third of the Company’s capital, shall be taken by resolution of the Quotaholders’ Meeting, pursuant to the provisions of Article 2479 bis of the Italian Civil Code.
Quotaholders’ Meetings may be called by Management at the registered office of the Company or elsewhere, in Italy, or, if the presence of a Notary is not required, in any other country of the European Community or the United States or Singapore. The Notice of Call shall be sent by registered mail, telefax or electronic mail, to the domicile of each Quotaholder not less than eight days before the date fixed for the Meeting, or, if sent afterwards, it shall be received at least five days before the date fixed for the Meeting. Notices of Call shall indicate the day, time and place of the Meeting and shall list all issues on the agenda. Notices of Call shall also indicate the day, time and place of the second call, should the first call Meeting not be attended.
However, in case of absence of Notice of Call, Quotaholders’ Meetings shall be validly held when the entire capital is represented and all Directors and, if appointed, Statutory Auditors of the Company attend the Meeting or are informed, and do not object to action being taken on the issues on the agenda.
Quotaholders shall be entitled to be represented at Meetings by a representative and the documentation related thereto shall be kept with the corporate documents.
Art. 26. Quotaholders’ Meetings shall be chaired by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or, if appointed, by the Sole Director or by the person designated by the Meeting. The Meeting

 


 

Translation
shall appoint a Secretary who need not be a quotaholder and may appoint, if it considers it appropriate, two inspectors of election. The resolutions of Meetings shall be recorded in Minutes signed by the Chairman, the Secretary and by the two inspectors, if appointed. In the cases provided by law, or if so decided by the Chairman of the Quotaholders’ Meeting, Minutes shall be recorded by a Notary. On request of the quotaholders, their statements shall be recorded in Minutes.
The Chairman of the Quotaholders’ Meeting shall make certain that Meetings are properly called and he shall also determine the identity and right of the parties present to attend. The Chairman shall control the carrying out of the Meeting and verify the results of voting; the results of his verifications shall be recorded in the related Minutes.
Each quotaholder shall be entitled to participate in taking decisions and their votes shall be proportional to the respective quota held.
Art. 27. Quotaholders’ Meetings are properly held when quotaholders representing at least half of the capital are present; resolutions of Quotaholders’ Meetings shall be deemed validly adopted with the favorable vote of the absolute majority of those present and, in the cases provided by paragraphs 4) and 5) of article 24 above, with the favorable vote of as many quotaholders as to represent at least half of the capital.
Art. 28. Quotaholders’ Meetings are also validly held by audio/video conference, provided that the Notice of Call duly indicates the places which are connected as above stated, so as to enable the parties to participate.
Participants shall be identified and in a position to follow the Meeting. They shall be permitted to participate at simultaneous voting, intervene in real time in the discussion of the matters examined, see or receive and transfer documents. Quotaholders’ Meetings are considered held at the place where the Chairman and Secretary of the Meeting are located, so as to enable the drafting and signature of the Minutes.
CONTROL OF ACCOUNTING
Art. 29. The Quotaholders may appoint a Board of Statutory Auditors composed of three members and two alternate members, or alternatively, an Auditor who shall be charged with control of the accounting.

 


 

Translation
Quotaholders shall determine fees to be paid to the Board of Statutory Auditors or the Auditor for the entire duration of their office, in compliance with rates in force of the Professional Associations to which they belong or, otherwise, those which apply to Accountants.
In the cases provided by the second and third paragraph of article 2477 of the Italian Civil Code, appointment of the Board of Statutory Auditors is compulsory; in this case, rules provided for joint-stock companies shall apply. The Board of Statutory Auditors shall also perform auditing, except if otherwise provided by the quotaholders who may appoint an Auditor or an auditing company for the auditing.
Duties, duration and of ways of performing the office, causes for ineligibility and termination of the office of the Board of Statutory Auditors and/or Auditor or of the auditing company, if appointed, shall be governed by the rules provided for joint-stock companies.
Meetings may also be held by electronic means and those present may attend at different places, whether nearby or far away, by audio/video conference, provided compliance with meeting methods and principles of good faith and equal treatment for all members of the Board of Auditors and, in particular, with the following conditions:
(a)   that the Chairman of the Board of Auditors is able to ascertain the identity and right to attend of those present, control the carrying out of the meeting, verify and proclaim the results of the voting;
(b)   that the person who records the Minutes is able to adequately follow the events subject to drafting;
(c)   that the persons present are able to take part in the discussions and simultaneously vote on the items on the agenda.
The meeting will be considered as held at the location where the Chairman and the Secretary of the meeting are, so as to permit the drawing up and signing of the relevant minutes.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — PROFITS
Art. 30. The financial year shall close on December 31 each year.
The Management shall prepare and submit the financial statement to the Quotaholders within hundred and twenty days from the close of the financial year, or within hundred and eighty days, in case the Company is forced to draft a consolidated financial statement and if particular needs, related to the structure and corporate purpose, require it. In these cases, the Management shall indicate, in the report provided by article 2428 of the Italian Civil Code, the reasons of the delay.

 


 

Translation
Art. 31. Net profits of the financial year, after deduction of at least 5% which shall be set aside for the Legal Reserve until such reserve has reached an amount equal to 20% of the Company’s capital, may be set aside or distributed to the quotaholders or used for any other purposes in the Company’s interest.
Art. 32. Payments of dividends shall be made within the time and pursuant to the conditions determined by the Quotaholders who resolve on distribution, or in their absence, by the Management.
The right to receive dividends shall expire five (5) years from the date on which distribution was resolved upon, as stated at the first paragraph of this article.
DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
Art. 33. If, at any time and for any reason whatsoever, the Company shall be dissolved, a Quotaholders’ Meeting shall decide on the manner of its liquidation and the appointment of one or more Liquidators, granting them powers pursuant to Article 2487 of the Italian Civil Code.
The final financial statement of liquidation which is approved with the unanimous vote of the Quotaholders shall not be subject to any claims and shall be considered as being approved pursuant to Article 2493 of the Italian Civil Code, even if the term therein provided is not complied with.
RESIDUAL COMPETENCE
Art. 35. Any matter not specifically provided for by these By-laws, shall be governed by the provisions of the laws in force.

 

 

Exhibit 10.2
                 
 
  L         1 Ver 1
 
               
   
 
    (For Official use only)
THE LAND TITLES ACT
LEASE
DESCRIPTION OF LAND
                             
CT   MK   TS   Lot No   Property Address
Vol   Fol                    
428
    133       19       1935X   Whole
 
                           
 
                          1 Yishun Avenue 7
Singapore 768923
LESSOR
     
ID/Co regn.no:
  NA
     
Name:
  HOUSING AND DEVELOPMENT BOARD
 
   
Address:
(Within Singapore for
service of Notice)
  HDB Centre, 3451 Jalan Bukit Merah,
Singapore 159459
(the registered proprietor) in consideration of the Lessee agreeing to pay to the Lessor the yearly rent in the manner and at the rate as hereinafter set out HEREBY LEASES the registered estate or interest in the land (hereinafter referred to as “the said land”) to:-
LESSEE
     
Co. Regn No:
  198602431Z
     
Name:
  COMPAQ ASIA PTE LTD
 
   
Place of Incorporation:
  Singapore
     
Address:
  1 Temasek Avenue # 27-01
(Within Singapore for
  Millenia Tower
service of Notice)
  Singapore 039192
Stamp Duty Cert Attached


 

2

TERM OF LEASE:
as tenant for the unexpired portion of a term of twenty-nine (29) years commencing on the 1 st day of December 1989 YIELDING AND PAYING therefor during the said term the rent in the manner and at the rate as hereinafter set out SUBJECT to the following prior encumbrances and the covenants and conditions hereinafter set out:
SUBJECT TO:
PRIOR ENCUMBRANCES:

     NIL
AND the following:-
COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS
1. AND THE LESSEE for itself and its successors and assigns hereby covenants with the Lessor as follows:-
         
(1)
  (a)   To pay the yearly rent of Dollars Four Hundred and Fourteen Thousand Eight Hundred and Sixty-eight ($414,868.00) calculated at the rate of Dollars Twenty ($20.00) per square metre per annum from the 1 st day of December 1989 which rate shall be subject to revision on the 1 st day of December 1990, and thereafter annually on the 1 st day of December of each succeeding year. The revision on the 1 st day of December 1990 and each subsequent annual revision shall be subject to a rate based on the market rent on the date of such revision and determined in the manner following but so that the increase shall not exceed 7.6% of the yearly rent of each immediately preceding year PROVIDED THAT from the 1 st day of January 1999 to the 30 st day of November 2001, the Lessee shall pay yearly rent at the prevailing market rate as at 1 st January 1999 And PROVIDED ALSO THAT the yearly rent payable from the 1 st day of December 2001 and for each succeeding year thereafter shall be subject to revision and shall be a the rate based on the market rent on the date of such revision determined in the manner following but so that the increase shall not exceed 5.5% of the yearly rent of each immediately preceding year. The market rent in this context shall mean the rent per square metre per annum of the said land excluding the buildings and other structures erected thereon and shall be determined by the Lessor on or about the dates mentioned herein (and payable retrospectively with effect from the dates mentioned herein if determined after the dates mentioned herein) and the determination of the Lessor as to the market rent shall be final and conclusive:


 

3

         
 
  (b)   The yearly rent aforesaid shall be paid quarterly in advance without deductions and without demand from the 1 st day of December 1989 at the office of the Lessor or such other office as the Lessor may designate;
 
       
(2)   To pay interest at the rate of 8.5% per annum or such higher rate as may be determined from time to time by the Lessor in respect of any arrears of rent or other outstanding sums due and payable under the Lease from the due dates thereof until payment in full is received by the Lessor;
 
       
(3)   At the termination of the said term or at the earlier determination thereof to yield up to the Lessor the said land together with all buildings, structures and fixtures therein in good and tenantable repair;
 
       
(4)   Not to demise, transfer, assign, mortgage, let, sublet, underlet, license or part with the possession of the said land or any part thereof in whatsoever manner and not to effect any form of reconstruction howsoever brought about including any form of amalgamation or merger with or takeover by another company, firm or body or party, without first obtaining the consent of the Lessor in writing, Section 17 of the Conveyancing Law of Property Act (Chapter 61) shall not apply. Any consent, if granted by the Lessor shall be given on such terms and conditions as the Lessor may in its entire and unfettered discretion deem fit to impose and shall include:-
 
       
 
  (a)   full revision of the rental to the prevailing market rate from the date of assignment;
 
       
 
  (b)   payment of such administration fee as determined by the Lessor;
 
       
(5)   Not to use or to permit or suffer the said land or the building thereon or any part of the said land and building thereof to be used otherwise than as a factory for the assembly of computer parts and boards subject to the approval of the Competent Authority appointed under Section 3 of the Planning Act;
 
       
(6)   Not to use the said land or any part thereof for any illegal or immoral purposes;
 
       
(7)   Not to erect permit or suffer to be carried out any construction of chimneys or ducts of any kind whatsoever in or at any part of the building for the purpose of discharging smoke gas fume or any other substance connected directly or indirectly with the manufacturing processes;
 
       
(8)   Not without the consent in writing of the Lessor to affix or exhibit to erect or paint or permit or suffer to be affixed or exhibited or erected or painted on or upon any part of the exterior of the demised premises or of the external walls or rails or fences thereof any nameplate signboard placard poster or other advertisement or hoarding;
 
       
(9)   To make reasonable provision against and be responsible for all loss injury or damage to any person or property including that of the Lessor for which the Lessee may be held liable arising out of or in connection with the occupation


 

4

         
    and use of the said land and to indemnify the Lessor against all proceedings claims costs and expenses which he may Incur or for which he may be held liable as a result of any act neglect or default of the Lessee its servants contractors or agents;
 
       
(10)   Not to effect a change of name without the prior consent in writing of the Lessor PROVIDED THAT on every change of name the Lessee shall pay to the Lessor a fee to be specified by the Lessor in relation to such consent;
 
       
(11)   Not to install and/or use any electrical installations, machines or apparatus that may cause or causes heavy power surge, high frequency voltage and current, air borne noise, vibration or any electrical or mechanical interference or disturbance whatsoever which may prevent or prevents in any way the service or use of any communication system or affects the operation of other equipment, installations, machinery, apparatus or plants of other Lessees and in connection therewith, to allow the Lessor or any authorised persons to inspect at all reasonable times, such installations, machines or apparatus in the said land to determine the source of the interference or disturbance and thereupon, to take suitable measures, at the Lessee’s own expense, to eliminate or reduce such interference or disturbance to the Lessor’s satisfaction, if it is found by the Lessor or such authorised person that the Lessee’s electrical installations, machines or apparatus is causing or contributing to the said interference or disturbance;
 
       
(12)   To indemnify the Lessor against any claims, proceedings, action, losses, penalties, damages, expenses, costs, demands which may arise in connection with Clause 1(11) above;
 
       
(13)   To make good and sufficient provision for the safe and efficient disposal of all waste including but not limited to pollutants generated at the said land to the requirements and satisfaction of the Lessor and other relevant Government authorities PROVIDED THAT in the event of any default by the Lessee under this covenant the Lessor may carry out such remedial measures as it thinks necessary and all costs and expenses incurred thereby shall be recoverable forthwith from the Lessee as a debt;
 
       
(14)   To pay and to indemnify the Lessor against Goods and Services Tax or any other taxes levies charges whatsoever chargeable in respect of any yearly rent or any sums payable to the Lessor or any moneys received or receivable by the Lessor or any moneys paid or costs or expenses incurred by the Lessor or any other matters under or relating to these presents and the Lessee shall pay to the Lessor on demand a sum equivalent to the amount of such Goods and Services Tax or other taxes levies or charges.
 
       
(15)   To pay all charges of the Public Utilities Board and all other relevant competent authorities for the supply of water gas sanitation or electric light or power at any time hereafter during the said term charged or imposed by the Public Utilities Board and all other relevant competent authorities in respect of the said land and the buildings thereon.


 

5

         
2. To perform, observe and be bound by:
 
       
(1)   the covenants, conditions and powers implied by law in instruments of lease (or to such of them as are not expressly negatived or modified by this Instrument or the Memorandum of Lease hereinafter referred to); and
 
       
(2)   the covenants and conditions set forth in the Memorandum of Lease filed in the Singapore Land Registry and numbered as ML/24 all of which terms and conditions shall form part of this Instrument as if fully set out herein and shall apply hereto insofar as they are not expressly negatived or modified by this Instrument.
 
       
3. The Lessor further covenants with the Lessee that the Lessor shall at the written request of the Lessee made not less than twelve (12) months before the expiry of the said term but not earlier than the twenty-seventh (27 th ) year of the said term grant to the Lessee a Lease of the said land for a further term of 30 years (hereinafter referred to as “the further term”) which shall commence from the data immediately following the expiration of the said term on the same terms and conditions and containing like covenants as are herein contained with the exception of the present covenant for renewal and such variations or modifications as shall be imposed by the Lessor PROVIDED THAT:-
 
       
(1)   There be no existing breach(es) or non-observance(s) of any of the covenants and conditions herein contained on the part of the Lessee to be observed or performed;
 
       
(2)   The rental payable for the further term shall be as set out hereunder:-
 
       
 
  (a)   The rent for the first year of the further term commencing on the 1 st day of December 2018 shall be calculated at the rate based on the market rent of the said land at the commencement of the further term. Thereafter the yearly rent shall be subject to revision every year commencing on the 1 st day of December 2019 to the rate based on the market rent of the said land on the date of each respective revision but so that the increase shall not exceed 5.5% of the yearly rent for year immediately preceding the date of revision.
 
       
 
  (b)   The market rent in this context shall mean the rent per square metre per annum of the said land excluding the buildings and other structures erected thereon and shall be determined by the Lessor on or about the dates mentioned herein (and payable retrospectively with effect from the dates mentioned herein if determined after the dates mentioned herein) and the determination of the Lessor as to the market rent shall be final and conclusive.
 
       
 
  (c)   The yearly rent aforesaid shall be paid quarterly in advance without deductions and without demand from the 1 st day of December 2018 at the office of the Lessor or such other office as the Lessor may designate.


 

6

         
 
       
 
  (d)   Any demise, transfer, assignment or parting of possession of the said land or any part thereof by the Lessee in whatsoever manner within 5 years of the commencement of the further term will be approved by the Lessor only upon payment by the Lessee of a fee (hereinafter called “the additional fee”) which shall be equivalent to the value of the buildings and there shall also be a full revision of the rental to the prevailing market rate from the date of assignment and payment of such administrative fee as determined by the Lessor as provided under Clause 1(4) herein contained. The value of the building shall be determined by the Lessor alone and the Lessor’s assessment shall be final and conclusive and not be subject or open to review by the Lessee. PROVIDED THAT the Lessee shall not be required to pay the additional fee for any demise, transfer, assignment or parting with possession of the said land or any part thereof by the Lessee in whatsoever manner after the aforesaid 5 years period;
 
       
 
  (e)   All costs expenses charges legal or otherwise including stamp duty and the Lessor’s legal costs of or connected with the preparation completion and registration of the Lease for the further term of 30 years shall be borne by the Lessee.
 
       
(3)   The interest chargeable shall be at the rate of 8.5% per annum or such higher rate as may be determined from time to time by the Lessor in respect of any arrears of rent or other outstanding sums due and payable under the Lease from the due dates thereof until payment in full is received by the Lessor.
4. PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the said rent hereby reserved or any part thereof shall be in arrears for the space of fourteen (14) days next after being payable (whether the same shall have been formally demanded or not) or if any covenant on the part of the Lessee hereinbefore contained shall not be performed or observed or if the Lessee or other person or persons in whom for the time being the term hereby created shall be vested shall become bankrupt or make an assignment for the benefit of its or their creditors or enter into an agreement or make any arrangement with its or their creditors for liquidation of its or their debts by composition or otherwise then and in any such case it shall be lawful for the Lessor to impose such penalties as it deems fit as well as to enter upon and take possession of the said land or any part thereof in the name of the whole and thereupon the term hereby created shall absolutely cease and determine without prejudice to any right of action or remedy of the Lessor in respect of any antecedent breach of any of the Lessee’s covenants hereinbefore contained. PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the said land and the buildings thereon have been assigned by way of mortgage and there should be any breach of the Lessee’s covenants as aforesaid, the Lessor or the officer authorised as aforesaid shall not enter upon and take possession of the said land and buildings nor shall the term hereby created cease and determine until the Lessor has served upon the Mortgagee a notice in writing that such breach has occurred and the Mortgagee has failed to remedy such breach within one (1) calendar month from the date of service of such notice.
5. Clauses 1(iii), 1(vi), 1(vii)(a), 1(xiv) and Clause 3 of the said Memorandum of Lease ML/24 shall be deleted therefrom and shall not apply to this instrument.


 

7

6. The Lessee shall pay all costs and fees legal or otherwise including the Lessors’ costs as between solicitor and client in connection with the enforcement of the covenants and conditions of the Lease.
7. The Lessee shall pay all costs disbursements fees and charges legal or otherwise including stamp and/or registration fees in connection with the preparation of the Lease.
DATE OF LEASE 26 September 2000
EXECUTION BY LESSOR
             
The Common Seal of HOUSING
  )     (SEAL)
AND DEVELOPMENT BOARD
    )    
was hereunto affixed in the
    )    
presence of:-
    )    
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
 
  30/10/00    
 
       
 
  /s/ Mr Quek Sze Swee    
 
       
 
  MEMBER Mr Quek Sze Swee    
 
       
 
  /s/ Gomathei Muthusamy    
 
       
 
  OFFICER    
 
  GOMATHEI MUTHUSAMY    


 

8

EXECUTION OF LESSEE
             
The Common Seal of
    )     (SEAL)
COMPAQ ASIA PTE LTD
    )    
was hereunto affixed in the
    )    
presence of:
    )    
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
 
  /s/ Lee Khene Hock    
 
       
 
  DIRECTOR    
 
       
 
  /s/ Edmund Leow    
 
       
 
  SECRETARY    
CERTIFICATE PURSUANT TO THE RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY ACT AND THE LAND TITLES RULES AND PRACTICE CIRCULARS
I, LYN WEE SOON LI, the Solicitor for the Lessee hereby certify that the place of Incorporation and registration number allocated by the Registry of Companies to the Lessee as above mentioned specified in the within instrument have been verified from the Certificate of Incorporation of the Lessee produced and shown to me and are found to be correct.
     Dated this 26 th day of September 2000.
         
 
  /s/ Lyn Wee Soon Li    
 
       
 
  NAME & SIGNATURE OF SOLICITOR FOR THE LESSEE    


 

9
I, LYN WEE SOON LI, the solicitor for the Lessee hereby certify that according to the information supplied to me by the Chief Planner within the last 8 weeks, the within land is zoned “Light Industry” and the within land is for industrial use and the specific use approved is for light industrial factory with temporary permission for change of use of part of the factory area on the 2nd storey of the part 2/part 3-storey light industrial factory to ancillary office.
     Dated this 26th day of September 2000.
         
     
  /s/ Lyn Wee Soon Li    
  LYN WEE SOON LI   
  Solicitor for the Lessee   
 
CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTNESS
I, the Solicitor for the Lessor hereby certify that this instrument is correct for the purposes of the Land Titles Act.
         
     
  /s/ Siti Zennifa Rahim  
  SITI ZENNIFA RAHIM   
  Solicitor for the Lessor   
 
I, the Solicitor for the Lessee hereby certify that this instrument is correct for the purposes of the Land Titles Act.
         
     
  /s/ Lyn Wee Soon Li    
  LYN WEE SOON LI   
  Solicitor for the Lessee   

 


 

FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(STAMP)
Note:   This portion shall be printed or typed on the reverse side of the last page of the application.
(STAMP)
(STAMP)
(STAMP)

 


 

         
THE LAND TITLES ACT
         VL        1      Ver 1
 
       
VARIATION OF LEASE
  (BAR CODE)
(A)   DESCRIPTION OF LAND:
                     
CT (Sub)                
Vol   Fol   MK   TS   Lot No   Property Address
568   33   19     1935X   Whole
                     
                    1 Yishun Avenue 7
                    Singapore 768923
(B)   REGISTERED LEASE NO:            I/33183P
(C)   LESSOR
     
ID/Co. regn no:
   
 
   
Name:
  HOUSING AND DEVELOPMENT BOARD
 
   
Address:
   
(Within Singapore for
   
service of Notice)
  HDB Center, 3451 Jalan Bukit Merah, Singapore 159459
AND
(D)   LESSEE
     
ID/Co. no:
  199903281G
 
   
Name:
  AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES SINGAPORE PTE LTD
 
   
Address:
  9 Temasek Boulevard #09-03
(Within Singapore for service of Notice)
  Suntec City Tower 2
Singapore 038989
 
 

 


 

HEREBY AGREE that the terms of the abovementioned Instrument of Lease shall be varied as follows:-
  1.   To delete clause 1(5) of the Lease and substitute with the following:
 
      “Not to use or to permit or suffer the said land or any building thereon or any part of the said land and building thereof to be used otherwise than for, manufacturing of semiconductor products and components as well as test and assembly of test and measurement instruments except with the consent in writing of the Lessor and subject to the approval of the competent authority appointed under Section 5 of the Planning Act (Cap. 232). The Lessee shall confine all activities within the boundary of the said land. For the avoidance of doubt, the Lessee shall not place any articles and goods on the common area outside the boundary of the said land.”
 
  2.   To pay all costs disbursement fees and charges legal or otherwise including the Lessor’s cost in the preparation of this Variation of Lease and any future documents, deeds, supplementary or collateral or in any way relating to this Lease.
 
  3.   Save as herein varied, the terms of the Lease shall be binding and in full force and effect in all respects.
 
(E)   DATE OF VARIATION OF LEASE : 15 January 2002
 
(F)   EXECUTION BY LESSOR
           
 
  The Common Seal of HOUSING
AND DEVELOPMENT BOARD
was hereunto affixed in the
presence of:
  )
)
)
)
(SEAL)
         
     
  /s/ David Wong    
  MEMBER   
  Col(NS) David Wong   
 
         
     
  /s/ Gomathei Muthusamy    
  OFFICER   
  GOMATHEI MUTHUSAMY   

 


 

         
(G)   EXECUTION BY LESSEE
           
 
  The Common Seal of AGILENT
TECHNOLOGIES SINGAPORE
PTE LTD was hereunto
affixed in the presence of:
  )
)
)
)
(SEAL)
         
 
  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
 
 
 
DIRECTOR
   
 
       
 
  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
 
 
 
SECRETARY
   
(H)   CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTNESS:
 
    I, the Solicitor for the Lessor hereby certify that this instrument is correct for the purposes of the Land Titles Act and that I have a Practising Certificate issued on 1 April 2001.
         
 
  -S- TEM MUI KIM    
 
  TEM MUI KIM    
 
 
 
NAME & SIGNATURE OF SOLICITOR FOR THE LESSOR
   
    I, the Solicitor for the Lessee hereby certify that this instrument is correct for the purposes of the Land Titles Act and that I have a Practising Certificate issued on 1 st April 2001.
         
 
  -S- CHAI ELSA    
 
  Chai Elsa    
 
 
 
NAME & SIGNATURE OF SOLICITOR FOR THE LESSEE
   

 


 

FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(STAMP)
     
Note: This portion shall be printed or typed on the reverse side of the last page of the Application
Our File Ref: TMK/qil/HDB-VL.2
1 Yishun Avenue 7, Singapore
Lessee: Agllent Technologies Singapore Pte Ltd
(STAMP)

 

 

Exhibit 10.3
                         
                     
 
                       
 
    L       1       Ver  
                     
 
                       
                     
 
                       
 
                       
                     
THE LAND TITLES ACT   (For Official use only)  
 
                       
LEASE
                       
DESCRIPTION OF LAND
                                 
CT
Vol.
 
Fol.
  MK   TS   Lot No.   Property Address Whole or part (If part lot, to state approved new lot / strata lot or to annex plan and give details)
428
    132       19     -     1937     Whole.
 
                               
 
                              1 Yishun Avenue 7
Singapore 768923
LESSOR:
     
Name   HOUSING & DEVELOPMENT BOARD
Address:
(within Singapore
for
service of Notice)
  3451 Jalan Bukit Merah, HDB Centre.
Singapore 159459
(the registered proprietor) HEREBY LEASES the registered estate or interest in the land above described (hereinafter referred to as “the said land”) to: -
LESSEE
     
Co regn. No:
  198602431 Z
Name:
  COMPAQ ASIA PTE. LIMITED
Place of Incorporation
  Singapore
Address:
(within Singapore for service of Notice)
  A company incorporated in the Republic of Singapore and having its registered address at 1 Temasek Avenue #27-01 Millenia Tower Singapore 039192.
*to hold as
     
Manner of Holding
 
To complete where there are co-owners. To delete if not applicable
Stamp Duty Cert Attached

-1-


 

FOR TERM OF LEASE
as tenant for the term of thirty (30) years commencing from the 1 st day of December 1988. YIELDING AND PAYING therefor the yearly rent of Dollars Six Hundred and Forty-Six Thousand One Hundred and Forty-Two and Cents Forty Only ($646,142.40) without deductions and in advance every quarterly without demand on 1 st December 1988 and shall be at the rate of $18.00 per square metre per annum from the 1 st day of December 1988 (hereinafter referred to as “the Initial Rent”) which rate shall be subject to revision on the 1 st day of December 1989 to a rate based on the market rent on the date of such revision determined in the manner following but so that the increase shall not exceed seven point six per cent (7.6%) of the Yearly Rent. The yearly rent so revised in 1989 shall be subject to revision every year from 1 st day of December 1989 and shall be at the rate based on the market rent on the respective dates determined in the manner following but so that the increase shall not exceed seven point six per cent (7.6%) of the year rent for each immediate preceding year. Provided that:
(a)   the yearly rent payable from the 1 st day of January 1999 to the 30 th day of November 2001 shall be based on the market rent as at 1 st January 1999;
 
(b)   the yearly rent payable from the 1 st day of December 2001 and for each succeeding year thereafter shall be subject to revision and shall be at a rate based on the market rent on the date of such revision determined in the manner following but so that the increase shall not exceed five point five per cent (5.5%) of the yearly rent for each immediately preceding year.
The market rent in this context shall mean the rent per square metre per annum of the said land excluding the buildings and other structures erected thereon and shall be determined by the Lessor on or about the dates mentioned and the decision of the Lessor shall be final.
SUBJECT TO:
PRIOR ENCUMBRANCES (to state ‘nil’ if there are none);

Nil
AND the following:-
COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS
(a)   the covenants, conditions and powers implied by law in instruments of lease (or to such of them as are not hereinafter expressly negatived or modified);
 
(b)   the covenants and conditions set forth in the Memorandum of Lease filed in the Registry of Titles as ML/24 (which Memorandum is hereinafter called “ML/24”) subject to the variations as provided below.

-2-


 

SPECIAL COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS
  1.   The provisions of ML/24 shall apply hereto, subject to the variations thereof as provided in the following clauses, and in the application thereof to this Lease, each and every reference in ML/24 to the words or expressions set out in the first column below shall have the meanings set forth in the second column respectively.
         
Word/Expression       Meaning
“the Lease”
  :   this Lease
“the Lessee”
  :   the lessee as hereinbefore named.
“the Lessor”
  :   the Lessor as hereinbefore named.
“the said land”
  :   the land above described.
“the said term”
  :   the term of tenancy as above recited.
  2.   Clause 1 of ML/24 in its application to this Lease is hereby amended as follows:-
  (a)   by deleting sub-clauses (vi), (vii) and (xiv) thereof and renumbering the remaining sub-clauses in their running order to sub-clauses (i) to (xi) (both inclusive):
 
  (b)   by inserting the (following new sub-clauses thereto:-
  (xii)   not to use or to permit or suffer the said land or any building thereon or any part of the said land and building thereon to be used otherwise than as a factory for the assembly of computer parts and boards subject to the approval of the competent authority appointed under the Planning Act.
 
  (xiii)   Not to use the said land or building thereon or any part thereof for any illegal or immoral purpose and not to carry on or permit or suffer to be carried on in or upon the said land or any part of the building thereon any noxious noisy dangerous or offensive trade or business or manufacture whatsoever which may be or become a nuisance annoyance or inconvenience to the owners tenants or occupiers of premises neighbouring adjoining or adjacent or to the Lessor.
 
  (xiv)   Not to erect permit or suffer to be carried out any construction of chimneys or ducts of any kind whatsoever in or at any part of the buildings on the said land for the purpose of discharging smoke gas fume or

-3-


 

      any other substance connected directly or indirectly with the manufacturing processes.
 
  (xv)   Not to demise, transfer, assign, mortgage, let, sublet, underlet, license or part with the possession of the said land or any building thereon or any part thereof in whatsoever manner and not to effect any form of reconstruction howsoever brought about including any form of amalgamation or merger with or take-over by another company, firm or body or party, without first obtaining the consent of the Lessor in writing. Section 17 of the Conveyancing and Law of property Act (Chapter 61) shall not apply. Any consent, if granted by the Lessor shall be given on such terms and conditions as the lessor may in its entire and unfettered discretion deem fit to impose and shall include:-
  (a)   full revision of the rental to the prevailing market rate from the date of assignment;
 
  (b)   payment of such administrative fees as determined by the Lessor.
  (xvi)   On or before the execution of this lease, the Lessee shall supply to the Lessor in writing a list of names of its existing shareholders and particulars of classes of shares held by each and every shareholder and the value thereof and such list shall be duly certified to be correct by a director of the Lessee.
 
  (xvii)   Not without the consent in writing of the Lessor to affix or exhibit or erect or paint or permit or suffer to be affixed or exhibited or erected or painted on or upon any part of the exterior of any buildings on the said land or of the external walls or rails or fences thereof any nameplate signboard placard poster or other advertisement or hoarding.
 
  (xvii)   To make reasonable provision against and be responsible for all loss injury or damage to any person or property including that of the Lessor for which the Lessee may be held liable arising out of or in connection with the occupation and use of the said land and any buildings thereon and to indemnify the Lessor against all proceedings claims costs and expenses which It may incur or for which it may be held liable as a result of any act neglect or default of the Lessee its servants contractors or agents.
 
  (xix)   Not to effect a change of name without prior consent in writing of the Lessor PROVIDED THAT on every change of name the Lessee shall pay to the Lessor a

-4-


 

      fee to be specified by the Lessor in relation to such consent.
 
  (xx)   Not to Install and/or use any electrical installations, machines or apparatus that may cause heavy power surge, high frequency voltage and current, air borne noise, vibration or any electrical or mechanical interference or disturbance whatsoever which may prevent or prevents in any way the service or use of any communication system or affects the operation of other equipment, installations, machinery, apparatus or plants of other lessees and in connection therewith, to allow the Lessor or any authorised persons to inspect at all reasonable times, such installations, machines or apparatus in the said land and any buildings thereon to determine the source of the interference or disturbance and thereupon, to take suitable measures, at the Lessee’s own expense, to eliminate or reduce such Interference or disturbance to the Lessor’s satisfaction If it is found by the Lessor or such authorised person that the Lessee’s electrical installations, machines or apparatus is causing or contributing to the said interference or disturbance.
 
  (xxi)   To indemnify the Lessor against any claims, proceedings, action, losses, penalties, damages, expenses, costs, demands which may arise in connection with sub-clause (xx) above.
 
  (xxii)   To make good and sufficient provision for the safe and efficient disposal of all waste including but not limited to pollutants generated at the said land and any buildings thereon to the requirements and satisfaction of the Lessor and other relevant government authorities PROVIDED THAT in the event of any default by the Lessee under this covenant the Lessor may carry out such remedial measures as it thinks necessary and all costs and expenses incurred thereby shall be recoverable forthwith from the Lessee as a debt.
 
  (xxiii)   To pay interest at the rate of eight point five per cent (8.5%) per annum or such higher rate as may be determined from time to time by the Lessor in respect of any arrears of rent or other outstanding sums due and payable under this Lease from the above due dates thereof until payment in full is received by the Lessor.
 
  (xxiv)   At the termination of the said term or at the earlier determination thereof to yield up to the lessor the said land together with all buildings, structures and fixtures therein in good and tenantable repair.

-5-


 

      3. Clause 2 of ML/24 in its application to this Lease is hereby amended by inserting the words “and buildings thereon” after the words “land” in line 4 and substituting the word “person” and “It: for the words “persons” and him” in lines 4 and 5 respectively.
 
      4. Clause 3 of ML/24 in its application to this Lease is hereby amended by inserting after the word “Lessor” in line 8 thereof the words “ to impose such penalties as it deems fit as well as for the Lessor” and by inserting the words “or buildings thereon” after the words “land” in line 9.
 
      5. In addition to Clauses 2 and 3 of ML/24 the Lessor further covenants with the Lessee that he shall at the written request of the Lessee made not less than twelve (12) months before the expiry of the said term but not earlier than the twenty-eight (28 th ) year of the said term grant to the Lessee a lease of the said land for a further term of 30 years (hereinafter referred to as “the further term”) which shall commence from the date immediately following the expiration of the said term on the same terms and conditions and containing like covenants as are herein contained with exception of the present covenant for renewal or such variations or modifications as shall be imposed by the Lessor PROVIDED that:-
  (i)   there be no existing breach(es) or non observance(s) of any of the covenants and conditions herein contained on the part of the Lessee to be observed or performed.
 
  (ii)   the rental payable for the further term shall be as set out hereunder:-
  (a)   The yearly rent for the further term commencing on the 1 st day of December 2018 shall be at the rate based on the market rent at the commencement of the further term (hereinafter referred to as the Second Initial Rent”) which rate shall however be subject to a revision on the 1 st day of December 2019 to a rate based on the market rent prevailing on the date of such revision determined in the manner following but so that the increase shall not exceed five point five per cent (5.5%) of the Second Initial Rent.
 
  (b)   The yearly rent so revised shall be subject to revision on the 1 st day of December annually thereafter and shall be at a rate based on the market rent prevailing on the date of such revision but so that the increase shall not exceed five point five per cent (5.5%) of the yearly rent for the immediately preceding year.
 
  (c)   The market rent and the time of payment of the yearly rent shall be as aforesaid.
 
  (d)   Any demise, transfer, assignment or parting of possession of the said land or any buildings thereon or

- 6 -


 

      any part thereof by the Lessee in whatsoever manner within 5 years of the commencement of the further term will be approved by the Lessor only upon payment by the Lessee of a fee (hereinafter called “the additional fee”) which shall be equivalent to the value of the buildings and there shall also be a full revision of the rental to the prevailing market rate from the date of assignment and payment of such administrative fee as determined by the Lessor as provided in Clause 1(xv) of ML/24. The value of the buildings shall be determined by the Lessor alone and the Lessor’s assessment shall be final and conclusive and not subject or open to review by the Lessee. PROVIDED THAT the Lessee shall not be required to pay the additional fee for any demise, transfer, assignment or parting with possession of the said land or any buidings thereon or any part thereof by the Lessee in whatsoever manner after the aforesaid 5 year period.
 
  (e)   All costs expenses charges legal or otherwise including stamp duty and the Lessor’s legal costs of or connected with the preparation completion and registration of the lease for the further term of 30 years shall be borne by the Lessee.
  (iii)   The interest chargeable shall be at the rate of eight point five (8.5%) per annum or such higher rate as may be determined from time to time by the Lessor in respect of any arrears of rent or outstanding sums due and payable under the Lease from the due dates thereof until payment in full is received by the Lessor.
6. All sums payable under this Lease are exclusive of Goods and Services Tax. The Lessee, shall pay and indemnify the Lessor against Goods and Services Tax chargeable in respect of any payment with this Lease or in respect of any payment made by the Lessor where the Lessee hereby agrees in this Lease to reimburse the Lessor for such payment
DATE OF LEASE : 26 September 2000

-7-


 

EXECUTION BY LESSOR
         
The Common Seal of the HOUSING
  )    
 
  )    
& DEVELOPMENT BOARD was
  )    
 
  )    
hereunto affixed in the
  )    
 
  )    
presence of:
  )    
/s/ Edmund Koh
MEMBER Mr. Edmund Koh
/s/ Jacqueline Low Li Ling
OFFICER JACQUELINE LOW LI LING
         
EXECUTION BY LESSEE
       
 
The Common Seal of

COMPAQ ASIA PTE. LIMITED 
  )
)
)
   
    )    
Was hereunto affixed in the

presence of:-
  )
)
)
   
/s/ Lee Kheng Hock
Lee Kheng Hock
Director
/s/ Edmund Leow
EDMUND LEOW
Secretary

-8-


 

CERTIFICATES PURSUANT TO THE RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY ACT AND THE LAND TITLES RULES AND PRACTICE CIRCULARS:
I, LYN WEE SOON LI , the solicitor for the Lessee hereby certify that the place of Incorporation and registration number allocated by the Registry of Companies to the Lessee as abovementioned specified in the within instrument have been verified from the Certificate of Incorporation produced and shown to me and are found to be correct.
     Dated this 26th day of September 2000.
         
 
  -s- LYN WEE SOON LI
 
LYN WEE SOON LI
Solicitor for the Lessee
   
I, LYN WEE SOON LI , the solicitor for the Lessee hereby certify that according to the information supplied to me by the Chief Planner within the last 8 weeks, the within land is zoned “Light Industry” and the within land is for industrial use and the specific use approved is for light Industrial factory with temporary permission for change of use of part of the factory area on the 2nd storey of the part 2/part 3-storey light industrial factory to ancillary office.
     Dated this 26th day of September 2000.
         
 
  -s- LYN WEE SOON LI
 
LYN WEE SOON LI
Solicitor for the Lessee
   
CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTNESS
I, the Solicitor for the Lessor hereby certify that this instrument is correct for the purposes of the Land Titles Act.
         
 
  -s- TEO WEI LING RENEE
 
TEO WEI LING RENEE
Solicitor for the Lessor
   
I, the Solicitor for the Lessee hereby certify that this instrument is correct for the purposes of the Land Titles Act.
         
 
  -s- LYN WEE SOON LI
 
LYN WEE SOON LI
Solicitor for the Lessee
   

-9-


 

FOR OFFICE USE ONLY
(STAMP)
     
M/S SHOOK LIN & BOK
  (STAMP)
ADVOCATES & SOLICITORS
 
1 ROBINSON ROAD
 
#18-00 AIA TOWER
 
SINGAPORE 048542
 
 
RT/TWL/955110/HDB
   
1 August, 2000/TWL
   
s:\1995\955110\955110.000721.draft lease.doc
(STAMP)

 


 

                           
 
 
    L       1       Ver 1  
   
           
 
THE LAND TITLES ACT
   

 
   
     
VARIATION OF LEASE
  (BAR CODE)
(A) DESCRIPTION OF LAND
                             
CT
(SUB)
  MK   TS   Lot No   Property Address Whole or part lot (If part lot, to state appd new lot/strata lot or to annex plan and give details)
Vol
  Fol                    
 
570
    137       19       1937C   Whole.
 
                           
 
                          1 Yishun Avenue 7
Singapore 768923
     
(B) REGISTERED LEASE NO.:   1/31607P
(C) LESSOR
     
ID/Co reg no:
  -
 
   
Name:
  HOUSING AND DEVELOPMENT BOARD
 
   
Address:
(within Singapore for service of Notice)
  A body corporate incorporated under the Housing and Development Act and having its office at HDB Centre, 3451 Jalan Bukit Merah Singapore 159459 (hereinafter called “the Board”)
          AND
(D) LESSEE
     
ID/Co. regn no.:
  199903281G
 
   
Name:
  AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES SINGAPORE PTE LTD
 
   
Address:
   
(within Singapore for service of Notice)
  9 Temesek Bculevand #09-03 suntec City Tower 2
Singapore 038989


 

2
HEREBY AGREE that the terms of the abovementioned Instrument of Lease shall be varied as follows:-
(a)   Clause 1(xii) of ML/24 shall be deleted and substituted with the following:-
  “(xii).   Not to use or permit or suffer the said land or any building thereon to be used otherwise than for their own occupation and for the Manufacturing of Semiconductor Products and Components as well as the Testing and Assembly of Test and Measurement Instruments. All activities shall be confined within the boundary of the said land and the Lessee shall not place any articles and goods on the common area outside the boundary of the said land.”
(b)   The Lessee shall pay all registration fees, stamp fees, legal costs and other charges legal or otherwise incurred in connection with the preparation and issue of this Variation of Lease.
 
(c)   Save as herein varied and amended the said Instrument of Lease shall in all other respects continue to be in full force and effect.

(E) DATE OF VARIATION OF LEASE :

15 January 2002


 

(F) EXECUTION BY BOARD
         
The Common Seal of the HOUSING AND

DEVELOPMENT BOARD was

hereunto affixed in the presence of:
  )
)
)
)
)
   
         
/s/ Mr Edmund Koh
  /s/ Jacqueline Low Li Ling    
 
       
      MEMBER
        OFFICER    
Mr Edmund Koh
  JACQUELINE LOW LI LING    
(G) EXECUTION BY LESSEE
         
Signed by the abovenamed Lessee

AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES
SINGAPORE PTE LTD


in the presence of:-
  )
)
)
)
)
)
   
 
       
         
 
       
 
       
/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
       
         
Director
       
 
       
/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
       
         
Secretary
       

 


 

(J) CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTNESS
I, the Solicitor for the Board hereby certify that this instrument is correct for the purposes of the Land Titles Act and that I have a Practising Certificate issued on 1st April 2001.
         
 
       
 
  /s/ Leong Siew Fong Elaine    
 
        LEONG SIEW FONG ELAINE  
 
       
 
  NAME & SIGNATURE OF SOLICITOR FOR THE BOARD  
I, the Solicitor for the Lessee hereby certify that this instrument is correct for the purposes of the Land Titles Act and that I have a Practising Certificate issued on 1st April 2001.
         
 
       
 
  /s/ Chai Elsa    
 
                            Chai Elsa  
 
       
 
  NAME & SIGNATURE OF SOLICITOR FOR THE LESSEE  

 


 

FOR OFFICE USE ONLY
(STAMP)
M/S SHOOK LIN & BOK
ADVOCATES & SOLICITORS
1 ROBINSON ROAD
#18-00 AIA TOWER
SINGAPORE 048542
TWL/955110/HDB
TWL/\\sn1031\ey\1995\955110\955110.010503.variation of lease.doc
(STAMP)

 

 

Exhibit 10.4
L                     1 Ver 1
                                        
(For Official use only)      
THE LAND TITLES ACT
LEASE
DESCRIPTION OF LAND
                                                 
CT   MK   TS   Lot No   Property Address
Vol           Fol                                
522
            96       18             2134N     Whole
 
                                          1 Yishun Avenue 7
 
                                          Singapore 768923
LESSOR
     
ID/Co regn.no:
  NA
Name:
  HOUSING AND DEVELOPMENT BOARD
 
   
Address:
(Within Singapore for service of Notice)
  HDB Centre, 3451 Jalan Bukit Merah, Singapore 159459
(the registered proprietor) in consideration of the Lessee agreeing to pay to the Lessor the yearly rent in the manner and at the rate as hereinafter set out HEREBY LEASES the registered estate or Interest in the land (hereinafter referred to as “the said land”) to:-
LESSEE
     
Co. Regn No:
  198602431Z
 
   
Name:
  COMPAQ ASIA PTE LTD
 
   
Place of Incorporation:
  Singapore
Address:
(Within Singapore for service of Notice)
  1 Temasek Avenue 127-01
Millenia Tower
Singapore 039192
Stamp Duty Cert Attached


 

 

 2
TERM OF LEASE:
as tenant for the unexpired portion of a term of twenty-two (22) years commencing on the 1 st day of July 1996 YIELDING AND PAYING therefore during the said term the rent in the manner and at the rate as hereinafter set out SUBJECT to the following prior encumbrances and the covenants and conditions hereinafter set out:
SUBJECT TO:
PRIOR ENCUMBRANCES:

             NIL
AND the following:-
COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS
1. AND THE LESSEE for itself and its successors and assigns hereby covenants with the Lessor as follows:-
(1) (a) To pay the yearly rent of Dollars Four Thousand Three Hundred and Thirty ($4,330.00) calculated at the rate of Dollars Forty-four and Cents Fifty ($44.50) per square metre per annum from the 1 st day of July 1996 which rate shall be subject to revision on the 1 st day of Jury 1997, and thereafter annually on the 1 st day of July of each succeeding year. The revision on the 1 st day of July 1997 and each subsequent annual revision shall be subject to a rate based on the market rent on the date of such revision and determined in the manner following but so that the increase shall not exceed 7.6% of the yearly rent of each immediately preceding year PROVIDED THAT from the 1 st day of January 1999 to the 30 th day of June 2001, the Lessee shall pay yearly rent at the prevailing market rate as at 1 st January 1999 And PROVIDED ALSO THAT the yearly rent payable from the 1 st day of July 2001 and for each succeeding year thereafter shall be subject to revision and shall be a the rate based on the market rent on the date of such revision determined in the manner following but so that the increase shall not exceed 5.5% of the yearly rent of each immediately preceding year. The market rent in this context shall mean the rent per square metre per annum of the said land excluding the buildings and other structures erected thereon and shall be determined by the Lessor on or about the dates mentioned herein (and payable retrospectively with effect from the dates mentioned herein if determined after the dates mentioned herein) and the determination of the Lessor as to the market rent shall be final and conclusive. In the event the gross plot ratio of the buildings and structures on the said land is less than 1.0, the Lessor shall be entitled to


 

3

    impose and the Lessee shall pay the Lessor additional yearly rent amounting to 10% of the yearly rent hereby reserved as aforesaid, which additional yearly rent is not however to be taken into account as part of the yearly rent, so that the increase in yearly rent shall not exceed 5.5% of the yearly rent (excluding additional yearly rent) for each Immediately preceding year;
  (b)   The yearly rent aforesaid shall be paid quarterly in advance without deductions and without demand from the 1 st day of July 1996 at the office of the Lessor or such other office as the Lessor may designate:
(2)   To pay interest at the rate of 8.5% per annum or such higher rate as may be determined from time to time by the Lessor in respect of any arrears of rent or other outstanding sums due and payable under the Lease from the due dates thereof until payment in full is received by the Lessor;
 
(3)   At the termination of the said term or at the earlier determination thereof to yield up to the Lessor the said land together with all buildings, structures and fixtures therein in good and tenantable repair.
 
(4)   Not to demise, transfer, assign, mortgage, let, sublet, underlet, license or part with the possession of the said land or any part thereof in whatsoever manner and not to effect any form of reconstruction howsoever brought about including any form of amalgamation or merger with or takeover by another company, firm or body or party, without first obtaining the consent of the Lessor in writing, Section 17 of the Conveyancing Law of Property Act (Chapter 61) shall not apply. Any consent, if granted by the Lessor shall be given on such terms and conditions as the Lessor may in its entire and unfettered discretion deem fit to impose and shall include:-
  (a)   full revision of the rental to the prevailing market rate from the date of assignment;
 
  (b)   payment of such administration fee as determined by the Lessor;
(5)   Not to use or to permit or suffer the said land or the building thereon or any part of the said land and building thereof to be used otherwise than as for part of driveway servicing Compaq’s factory for assembly of computer parts and boards, subject to the approval of the Competent Authority appointed under Section 3 of the Planning Act;
 
(6)   Not to use the said land or any part thereof for any illegal or immoral purposes;
 
(7)   Not to erect permit or suffer to be carried out any construction of chimneys or ducts of any kind whatsoever in or at any part of the building for the purpose of discharging smoke gas fume or any other substance connected directly or indirectly with the manufacturing processes;
 
(8)   Not without the consent in writing of the Lessor to affix or exhibit to erect or paint or permit or suffer to be affixed or exhibited or erected or painted on or


 

4

    upon any part of the exterior of the demised premises or of the external walls or rails or fences thereof any nameplate signboard placard poster or other advertisement or hoarding;
 
(9)   To make reasonable provision against and be responsible for all loss injury or damage to any person or property including that of the Lessor for which the Lessee may be held liable arising out of or in connection with the occupation and use of the said land and to indemnify the Lessor against all proceedings claims costs and expenses which he may incur or for which he may be held liable as a result of any act neglect or default of the Lessee its servants contractors or agents;
 
(10)   Not to effect a change of name without the prior consent in writing of the Lessor PROVIDED THAT on every change of name the Lessee shall pay to the Lessor a fee to be specified by the Lessor in relation to such consent;
 
(11)   Not to install and/or use any electrical installations, machines or apparatus that may cause or causes heavy power surge, high frequency voltage and current, air borne noise, vibration or any electrical or mechanical interference or disturbance whatsoever which may prevent or prevents in any way the service or use of any communication system or affects the operation of other equipment, installations, machinery, apparatus or plants of other Lessees and in connection therewith, to allow the Lessor or any authorised persons to inspect at all reasonable times, such installations, machines or apparatus in the said land to determine the source of the interference or disturbance and thereupon, to take suitable measures, at the Lessee’s own expense, to eliminate or reduce such interference or disturbance to the Lessor’s satisfaction, if it is found by the Lessor or such authorised person that the Lessee’s electrical installations, machines or apparatus is causing or contributing to the said interference or disturbance;
 
(12)   To indemnify the Lessor against any claims, proceedings, action, losses, penalties, damages, expenses, costs, demands which may arise in connection with Clause 1(11) above;
 
(13)   To make good and sufficient provision for the safe and efficient disposal of all waste including but not limited to pollutants generated at the said land to the requirements and satisfaction of the Lessor and other relevant Government authorities PROVIDED THAT in the event of any default by the Lessee under this covenant the Lessor may carry out such remedial measures as it thinks necessary and all costs and expenses incurred thereby shall be recoverable forthwith from the Lessee as a debt;
 
(14)   To pay and to indemnify the Lessor against Goods and Services Tax or any other taxes levies charges whatsoever chargeable in respect of any yearly rent or any sums payable to the Lessor or any moneys received or receivable by the Lessor or any moneys paid or costs or expenses incurred by the Lessor or any other matters under or relating to these presents and the Lessee shall pay to the Lessor on demand a sum equivalent to the amount of such Goods and Services Tax or other taxes levies or charges.


 

5

(15)   To pay all charges of the Public Utilities Board and all other relevant competent authorities for the supply of water gas sanitation or electric light or power at any time hereafter during the said term charged or imposed by the Public Utilities Board and all other relevant competent authorities in respect of the said land and the buildings thereon.
2.   The area of the said land (hereinafter referred to as “the said area”) shall be subject to Government survey or re-survey.
 
(1)   If upon final survey, the said area is found to differ from the final surveyed area within ± 1% of the said area, the final surveyed area will be adopted for the lease of the said land, but the rent shall not be adjusted. Any rental revision subsequent to the final survey shall be calculated based on the final surveyed area.
 
(2)   If the difference between the said area and the final surveyed area exceeds the ± 1% margin, the final surveyed area will be adopted for the lease of the said land and:
  (a)   If the final surveyed area is greater than the said area, the Lessee shall at the request and absolute discretion of the Lessor pay to the Lessor additional rent for the additional area;
 
  (b)   If the final surveyed area is less than the said area, the Lessor shall credit the excess rent paid by the Lessee to the account of the Lessee towards payment of the rent.
The additional rent payable or to be credited in either instance will be computed at the same rate as the rent payable under the terms of this Lease.
3.   To perform, observe and be bound by:
 
(1)   the covenants, conditions and powers implied by law in instruments of lease (or to such of them as are not expressly negatived or modified by this Instrument or the Memorandum of Lease hereinafter referred to); and
 
(2)   the covenants and conditions set forth in the Memorandum of Lease filed in the Singapore Land Registry and numbered as ML/24 all of which terms and conditions shall form part of this Instrument as if fully set out herein and shall apply hereto insofar as they are not expressly negatived or modified by this Instrument.
4. The Lessor further covenants with the Lessee that the Lessor shall at the written request of the Lessee made not less than twelve (12) months before the expiry of the said term but not earlier than the twentieth (20 th ) year of the said term grant to the Lessee a Lease of the said land for a further term of 30 years (hereinafter referred to as “the further term”) which shall commence from the date immediately following the expiration of the said term on the same terms and conditions and containing like covenants as are herein contained with the exception of the present covenant for


 

6

renewal and such variations or modifications as shall be imposed by the Lessor PROVIDED THAT:-
(1)   There be no existing breach(es) or non-observance(s) of any of the covenants and conditions herein contained on the part of the Lessee to be observed or performed;
 
(2)   The rental payable for the further term shall be as set out hereunder:-
  (a)   The rent for the first year of the further term commencing on the 1 st day of June 2018 shall be calculated at the rate based on the market rent of the said land at the commencement of the further term. Thereafter the yearly rent shall be subject to revision every year commencing on the 1 st day of June 2019 to the rate based on the market rent of the said land on the data of each respective revision but so that the increase shall not exceed 5.5% of the yearly rent for the year immediately preceding the date of revision. In the event the gross plot ratio of the buildings and structures on the said land is less than 1.0, the Lessor shall be entitled to impose and the Lessee shall pay the Lessor additional yearly rent amounting to 10% of the yearly rent hereby reserved as aforesaid, which additional yearly rent is not however to be taken into account as part of the yearly rent, so that the increase in yearly rent shall not exceed 5.5% of the yearly rent (excluding additional yearly rent) for each immediately preceding year.
 
  (b)   The market rent in this context shall mean the rent per square metre per annum of the said land excluding the buildings and other structures erected thereon and shall be determined by the Lessor on or about the dates mentioned herein (and payable retrospectively with effect from the dates mentioned herein if determined after the dates mentioned herein) and the determination of the Lessor as to the market rent shall be final and conclusive.
 
  (c)   The yearly rent aforesaid shall be paid quarterly in advances without deductions and without demand from the 1 st day of June 2018 at the office of the Lessor or such other office as the Lessor may designate.
 
  (d)   Any demise, transfer, assignment or parting of possession of the said land or any part thereof by the Lessee in whatsoever manner within 5 years of the commencement of the further term will be approved by the Lessor only upon payment by the Lessee of a fee (hereinafter called “the additional fee”) which shall be equivalent to the value of the buildings and there shall also be a full revision of the rental to the prevailing market rate from the date of assignment and payment of such administrative fee as determined by the Lessor as provided under Clause 1(4) herein contained. The value of the building shall be determined by the Lessor alone and the Lessor’s assessment shall be final and conclusive and not be subject or open to review by the Lessee. PROVIDED THAT the Lessee shall not be required to pay the additional fee for any demise, transfer, assignment or parting with possession of


 

7

      the said land or any part thereof by the Lessee in whatsoever manner after the aforesaid 5 years period;
  (e)   All costs expenses charges legal or otherwise including stamp duty and the Lessor’s legal costs of or connected with the preparation completion and registration of the Lease for the further term of 30 years shall be borne by the Lessee.
(3)   The interest chargeable shall be at the rate of 8.5% per annum or such higher rate as may be determined from time to time by the Lessor in respect of any arrears of rent or other outstanding sums due and payable under the Lease from the due dates thereof until payment in full is received by the Lessor.
5. PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the said rent hereby reserved or any part thereof shall be in arrears for the space of fourteen (1.4) days next after being payable (whether the same shall have been formally demanded or not) or if any covenant on the part of the Lessee hereinbefore contained shall not be performed or observed or if the Lessee or other person or persons in whom for the time being the term hereby created shall be vested shall become bankrupt or make an assignment for the benefit of its or thier creditors or enter into an agreement or make any arrangement with its or their creditors for liquidation of its or their debts by composition or otherwise then and in any such case it shall be lawful for the Lessor to impose such penalties as it deems fit as well as to enter upon and take possession of the said land or any part thereof in the name of the whole and thereupon the term hereby created shall absolutely cease and determine without prejudice to any right of action or remedy of the Lessor in respect of any antecedent breach of any of the Lessee’s covenants hereinbefore contained. PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the said land and the buildings thereon have been assigned by way of mortgage and there should be any breach of the Lessee’s covenants as aforesaid, the Lessor or the officer authorised as aforesaid shall not enter upon and take possession of the said land and buildings nor shall the term hereby created cease and determine until the Lessor has served upon the Mortgagee a notice in writing that such breach has occurred and the Mortgagee has failed to remedy such breach within one (1) calendar month from the date of service of such notice.
6. Clauses 1(iii), 1(vi), 1(vii)(a), 1(xiv) and Clause 3 of the said Memorandum of Lease ML/24 shall be deleted therefrom and shall not apply to this instrument.
7. The Lessee shall pay all costs and fees legal or otherwise including the Lessors’ costs as between solicitor and client in connection with the enforcement of the covenants and conditions of the Lease.
8. The Lessee shall pay all costs disbursements fees and charges legal or otherwise including stamp and/or registration fees in connection with the preparation of the Lease.
DATE OF LEASE 26 September 2000


 

8

             
EXECUTION BY LESSOR
           
 
           
The Common Seal of HOUSING
AND DEVELOPMENT BOARD
was hereunto affixed in the
presence of:-
  )
)
)
)
       
 
           
    /s/ Quek Sze Swee    
         
    MEMBER Mr Quek Sze Swee    
 
           
    /s/ Hemani Weerasuriya    
         
    OFFICER HEMANI WEERASURIYA    
 
           
EXECUTION OF LESSEE
     
The Common Seal of
COMPAQ ASIA PTE LTD
was hereunto affixed in the
presence of:
  )
)
)
)
       
 
           
    /s/ Lee Kheng Hock    
         
    DIRECTOR    
 
           
    /s/ Edmund Leow    
         
    SECRETARY    

 


 

 9 
CERTIFICATES PURSUANT TO THE RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY ACT AND THE LAND TITLES RULES AND PRACTICE CIRCULARS:
I, LYN WEE SOON LI, the solicitor for the Lessee hereby certify that the place of incorporation and registration number allocated by the Registry of Companies to the Lessee as abovementioned specified in the within instrument have been verified from the Certificate of Incorporation produced and shown to me end are found to be correct.
     Dated this 26th day of September 2000.
         
 
  /s/ Lyn Wee Soon Li
 
   
 
  LYN WEE SOON LI    
 
  Solicitor for the Lessee    
I, LYN WEE SOON LI, the solicitor for the Lessee hereby certify that according to the information supplied to me by the Chief Planner within the last 8 weeks, the within land is zoned “Light Industry” and the within land is for industrial use and the specific use approved is for light industrial factory with temporary permission for change of use of part of the factory area on the 2nd storey of the part 2/part 3-storey light industrial factory to ancillary office.
     Dated this 26th day of September 2000.
         
 
  /s/ Lyn Wee Soon Li
 
   
 
  LYN WEE SOON LI    
 
  Solicitor for the Lessee    
CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTNESS
I, the Solicitor for the Lessor hereby certify that this instrument is correct for the purposes of the Land Titles Act.
         
 
  /s/ Siti Zennifa Rahim
 
   
 
  SITI ZENNIFA RAHIM
 
   
 
  Solicitor for the Lessor    
I, the Solicitor for the Lessee hereby certify that this instrument is correct for the purposes of the Land Titles Act.
         
 
  /s/ Lyn Wee Soon Li    
 
 
 
LYN WEE SOON LI
   
 
  Solicitor for the Lessee    

 


 

FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(STAMP)
Note:   This portion shall be printed or typed on the reverse side of the last page of the application.
(STAMP)

 


 

      THE LAND TITLES ACT                                                                                                                               VL    1    Ver 1   
      VARIATION OF LEASE                                                                                                                               (BAR CORD)
(A)   DESCRIPTION OF LAND:
                                     
CT (Sub)   MK   TS   Lot No   Property Address
Vol   Fol                            
570
  138     19             2134N     Whole
 
                                   
 
                                  l Yishun Avenue 7
 
                                  Singapore 768923
(B)   REGISTERED LEASE NO:         I/33182P  
(C)   LESSOR
     
ID/Co. regn no:    
 
   
Name:
  HOUSING AND DEVELOPMENT BOARD
 
   
Address:
   
(Within Singapore for service of Notice)
  HDB Centre, 3451 Jalan Bukit Merah,
Singapore 159459
    AND
 
(D)   LESSEE
     
ID/Co, no:   199903281G
 
   
Name:
  AGIUENT TECHNOLOGIES SINGAPORE PTE LTD
 
   
Address:
(Within Singapore for service of Notice)
  9 Temesek Boulevand #09-03 Suntec City Tower 2
Singapore 038989

 


 

HEREBY AGREE that the terms of the abovernentioned Instrument of Lease shall be varied as follows:-
  1.   To delete clause 1 (5) of the Lease and substitute with the following:
 
      “Not to use or to permit or suffer the said land or any building thereon or any part of the said land and building thereof to be used otherwise than for manufacturing of semiconductor products and components as well as test and assembly of test and measurement instruments except with the consent in writing of the Lessor and subject to the approval of the competent authority appointed under Section 5 of the Planning Act (Cap. 232). The Lessee shall confine all activities within the boundary of the said land. For the avoidance of doubt, the Lessee shall not place any articles and goods on the common area outside the boundary of the said land.”
 
  2.   To pay all costs disbursement fees and charges legal or otherwise including the Lessor’s cost in the preparation of this Variation of Lease and any future documents, deeds, supplementary or collateral or in any way relating to this Lease.
 
  3.   Save as herein varied, the terms of the Lease shall be binding and in full force and effect in all respects.
(E)   DATE OF VARIATION OF LEASE: 15 January 2002
 
(F)   EXECUTION BY LESSOR
             
 
  The Common Seal of HOUSING
AND DEVELOPMENT BOARD
was hereunto affixed in the
presence of:
  )
)
)
)
   
             
    /s/ David Wong    
         
 
  MEMBER        
 
      Col(NS) David Wong    
 
           
    /s/ Hemani Weerasuriya    
         
 
  OFFICER        
 
      HEMANI WEERASURIYA    

 


 

                 
(G)
  EXECUTION BY LESSEE            
 
               
 
  The Common Seal of AGILENT     )      
 
  TECHNOLOGIES SINGAPORE     )      
 
  PTE LTD was hereunto     )      
 
  affixed in the presence of:     )      


         
     
  /s/ILLEGIBLE    
  DIRECTOR   
     
 
     
  /s/ ILLEGIBLE    
  SECRETARY   
     
 
(H)   CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTNESS:
 
    I, the Solicitor for the Lessor hereby certify that this instrument is correct for the purposes of the Land Titles Act and that I have a Practising Certificate issued on 1 April 2001.
         
     
     TEH MUI KIM  
  /s/ Teh Mui Kim    
  NAME & SIGNATURE OF SOLICITOR FOR THE LESSOR   
     
 
I, the Solicitor for the Lessee hereby certify that this instrument is correct for the purposes of the Land Titles Act and that I have’a Practising Certificate issued on 1 st April 2001.
         
     
     CHAI ELSA  
  /s/ Chai Elsa    
  NAME & SIGNATURE OF SOLICITOR FOR THE LESSEE   
     

 


 

         
FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(STAMP)
Note: This portion shall be printed or typed on the reverse side of the last page of the application.
(STAMP)

 

 

Exhibit 10.5
L             1 Ver 1
                                
(For Official use only)
THE LAND TITLES ACT
LEASE
DESCRIPTION OF LAND
                             
CT   MK   TS   Lot No   Property Address
Vol   Fol                    
437
    144       19       1975P   Whole
 
                           
 
                          1 Yishun Avenue 7
 
                          Singapore 768923
LESSOR
     
ID/Co regn.no:   NA
Name:
  HOUSING AND DEVELOPMENT BOARD
 
   
Address:
  HDB Centre, 3451 Jalan Bukit Merah,
(Within Singapore for
  Singapore 159459
service of Notice)
   
(the registered proprietor) in consideration of the Lessee agreeing to pay to the Lessor the yearly rent in the manner and at the rate as hereinafter set out HEREBY LEASES the registered estate or interest in the land (hereinafter referred to as “the said land”) to:-
LESSEE
     
Co. Regn No:
  1986024312
 
   
Name:
  COMPAQ ASIA PTE LTD
 
   
Place of incorporation:
  Singapore
 
   
Address:
  1 Temasek Avenue #27-01
(Within Singapore for
  Millenia Tower
service of Notice)
  Singapore 039192
           
 
 
       
 
 
    Stamp Duty Cert Attached  
 
 
       
 
 
       


 

 2 
TERM OF LEASE:
as tenant for the unexpired portion of a term of twenty-four (24) years commencing on the 1 st day of June 1994 YIELDING AND PAYING therefore during the said term the rent in the manner and at the rate as hereinafter set out SUBJECT to .the following prior encumbrances and the covenants and conditions hereinafter set out:
SUBJECT TO:
PRIOR ENCUMBRANCES:
     NIL
AND the following:-
COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS
1. AND THE LESSEE for itself and its successors and assigns hereby covenants with the Lessor as follows:-
         
(1)
  (a)   To pay the yearly rent of Dollars One Hundred and Fourteen Thousand Seven Hundred and Twenty-two ($114.722.00) calculated at the rate of Dollars Thirty-seven and Cents Sixty ($37.60) per square metre per annum from the 1 st day of June 1994 which rate shall be subject to revision on the 1 st day of June 1995, and thereafter annually on the 1 st day of June of each succeeding year. The revision on the 1 st day of June 1995 and each subsequent annual revision shall be subject to a rate based on the market rent on the date of such revision and determined in the manner following but so that the increase shall not exceed 7.6% of the yearly rent of each immediately preceding year PROVIDED THAT from the 1 st day of January 1999 to the 31 st day of May 2001, the Lessee shall pay yearly rent at the prevailing market rate as at 1 st January 1899 And PROVIDED ALSO THAT the yearly rent payable from the 1 st day of June 2001 and for each succeeding year thereafter shall be subject to revision and shall be a the rate based on the market rent on the date of such revision determined in the manner following but so that the increase shall not exceed 5.5% of the yearly rent of each immediately preceding year. The market rent in this context shall mean the rent per square metre per annum of the said land excluding the buildings and other structures erected thereon and shall be determined by the Lessor on or about the dates mentioned herein (and payable retrospectively with effect from the dates mentioned herein if determined after the dates mentioned herein) and the determination of the Lessor as to the market rent shall be final and conclusive. In the event the gross plot ratio of the buildings and structures on the said land


 

3

         
 
      is less than 1.0, the Lessor shall be entitled to impose and the Lessee shall pay the Lessor additional yearly rent amounting to 10% of the yearly rent hereby reserved as aforesaid, which additional yearly rent is not however to be taken into account as part of the yearly rent, so that the increase in yearly rent shall not exceed 5.5% of the yearly rent (excluding additional yearly rent) for each immediately preceding year;
  (b)   The yearly rent aforesaid shall be paid quarterly in advance without deductions and without demand from the 1 st day of June 1994 at the office of the Lessor or such other office as the Lessor may designate;
(2)   To pay interest at the rate of 8.5% per annum or such higher rate as may be determined from time to time by the Lessor in respect of any arrears of rent or other outstanding Sums due and payable under the Lease from the due dates thereof until payment in full is received by the Lessor;
 
(3)   At the termination of the said term or at the earlier determination thereof to yield up to the Lessor the said land together with all buildings, structures and fixtures therein in good and tenantable repair; .
 
(4)   Not to demise, transfer, assign, mortgage, let, sublet, underlet, license or part with the possession of the said land or any part thereof in whatsoever manner and not to effect any form of reconstruction howsoever brought about including any form of amalgamation or merger with or takeover by another company, firm or body or party, without first obtaining the consent of the Lessor in writing, Section  17 of the Conveyancing Law of Property Act (Chapter 61) shall not apply. Any consent, if granted by the Lessor shall be given on such terms and conditions as the Lessor may in its entire and unfettered discretion deem fit to impose and shall include:-
  (a)   full revision of the rental to the prevailing market rate from the date of assignment;
 
  (b)   payment of such administration fee as determined by the Lessor;
(5)   Not to use or to permit or suffer the said land or the building thereon or any part of the said land and building thereof to be used otherwise than as for the assembly of computer parts subject to the approval of the Competent Authority appointed under Section 3 of the Planning Act;
 
(6)   Not to use the said land or any part thereof for any illegal or immoral purposes;
 
(7)   Not to erect permit or suffer to be carried out any construction of chimneys or ducts of any kind whatsoever in or at any part of the building for the purpose of discharging smoke gas fume or any other substance connected directly or indirectly with the manufacturing processes;
 
(8)   Not without the consent in writing of the Lessor to affix or exhibit to erect or paint or permit or suffer to be affixed or exhibited or erected or painted on or upon any part of the exterior of the demised premises or of the external walls or


 

4

    rails or fences thereof any nameplate signboard placard poster or other advertisement or hoarding;
 
(9)   To make reasonable provision against and be responsible for all loss injury or damage to any person or property including that of the Lessor for which the Lessee may be held liable arising out of or in connection with the occupation and use of the said land and to indemnify the Lessor against all proceedings claims costs and expenses which he may incur or for which he may be held liable as a result of any act neglect or default of the Lessee its servants contractors or agents;
 
(10)   Not to effect a change of name without the prior consent in writing of the Lessor PROVIDED THAT on every change of name the Lessee shall pay to the Lessor a fee to be specified by the Lessor in relation to such consent;
 
(11)   Not to install and/or use any electrical installations, machines or apparatus that may cause or causes heavy power surge, high frequency voltage and current, air borne noise, vibration or any electrical or mechanical interference or disturbance whatsoever which may prevent or prevents in any way the service or use of any communication system or affects the operation of other equipment, installations, machinery, apparatus or plants of other Lessees and in connection therewith, to allow the Lessor or any authorised persons to inspect at all reasonable times, such installations, machines or apparatus in the said land to determine the source of the interference or disturbance and thereupon, to take suitable measures, at the Lessee’s own expense, to eliminate or reduce such interference or disturbance to the Lessor’s satisfaction, if it is found by the Lessor or such authorised person that the Lessee’s electrical installations, machines or apparatus is causing or contributing to the said interference or disturbance;
 
(12)   To indemnify the Lessor against any claims, proceedings, action, losses, penalties, damages, expenses, costs, demands which may arise in connection with Clause 1(11) above;
 
(13)   To make good and sufficient provision for the safe and efficient disposal of all waste including but not limited to pollutants generated at the said land to the requirements and satisfaction of the Lessor and other relevant Government authorities PROVIDED THAT in the event of any default by the Lessee under this covenant the Lessor may carry out such remedial measures as it thinks necessary and all costs and expenses incurred thereby shall be recoverable forthwith from the Lessee as a debt;
 
(14)   To pay and to indemnify the Lessor against Goods and Services Tax or any other taxes levies charges whatsoever chargeable in respect of any yearly rent or any sums payable to the Lessor or any moneys received or receivable by the Lessor or any moneys paid or costs or expenses incurred by the Lessor or any other matters under or relating to these presents and the Lessee shall pay to the Lessor on demand a sum equivalent to the amount of such Goods and Services Tax or other taxes levies or charges;


 

5

(15)   To pay all charges of the Public Utilities Board and all other relevant competent authorities for the supply of water gas sanitation or electric light or power at any time hereafter during the said term charged or imposed by the Pubic Utilities Board and all other relevant competent authorities in respect of the said land and the buildings thereon.
2.   The area of the said land (hereinafter referred to as “the said area”) shall be subject to Government survey or re-survey.
 
(1)   if upon final survey, the said area is found to differ from the final surveyed area within ± 1% of the said area, the final surveyed area will be adopted for the lease of the said land, but the rent shall not be adjusted. Any rental revision subsequent to the final survey shall be calculated based on the final surveyed area.
 
(2)   if the difference between the said area and the final surveyed area exceeds the ±1% margin, the final surveyed area will be adopted for the lease of the said land and:
  (a)   if the final surveyed area is greater than the said area, the Lessee shall at the request and absolute discretion of the Lessor pay to the Lessor additional rent for the additional area;
 
  (b)   if the final surveyed area is less than the said area, the Lessor shall credit the excess rent paid by the Lessee to the account of the Lessee towards payment of the rent.
 
      The additional rent payable or to be credited in either instance will be computed at the same rate as the rent payable under the terms of this Lease.
3.   To perform, observe and be bound by:
 
(1)   the covenants, conditions and powers implied by law in instruments of lease (or to such of them as are not expressly negatived or modified by this instrument or the Memorandum of Lease hereinafter referred to); and
 
(2)   the covenants and conditions set forth in the Memorandum of Lease filed in the Singapore Land Registry and numbered as ML/24 all of which terms and conditions shall form part of this instrument as if fully set out herein and shall apply hereto insofar as they are not expressly negatived or modified by this Instrument.
4. The Lessor further covenants with the Lessee that the Lessor shall at the written request of the Lessee made not less than twelve (12) months before the expiry of the said term but not earlier than the twenty-second (22 nd year of the said term grant to the Lessee a Lease of the said land for a further term of 30 years (hereinafter referred to as “the further term”) which shall commence from the date immediately following the expiration of the said term on the same terms and conditions and containing like covenants as are herein contained with the exception of the present covenant for


 

6

renewal and such variations or modifications as shall be imposed by the Lessor PROVIDED THAT:-
(1)   There be no existing breach(es) or non-observance(s) of any of the covenants and conditions herein contained on the part of the Lessee to be observed or performed;
 
(2)   The rental payable for the further term shall be as set out hereunder:-
  (a)   The rent for the first year of the further term commencing on the 1 st day of June 2018 shall be calculated at the rate based on the market rent of the said land at the commencement of the further term. Thereafter the yearly rent shall be subject to revision every year commencing on the 1 st day of June 2019 to the rate based on the market rent of the said land on the date of each respective revision but so that the increase shall not exceed 5.5% of the yearly rent for the year immediately preceding the date of revision. In the event the gross plot ratio of the buildings and structures on the said land is less than 1.0, the Lessor shall be entitled to impose and the Lessee shall pay the Lessor additional yearly rent amounting to 10% of the yearly rent hereby reserved as aforesaid, which additional yearly rent is not however to be taken into account as part of the yearly rent, so that the increase in yearly rent shall not exceed 5.5% of the yearly rent (excluding additional yearly rent) for each immediately preceding year.
 
  (b)   The market rent in this context shall mean the rent per square metre per annum of the said land excluding the buildings and other structures erected thereon and shall be determined by the Lessor on or about the dates mentioned herein (and payable retrospectively with effect from the dates mentioned herein if determined after the dates mentioned herein) and the determination of the Lessor as to the market rent shall be final and conclusive.
 
  (c)   The yearly rent aforesaid shall be paid quarterly in advance without deductions and without demand from the 1 st day of June 2018 at the office of the Lessor or such other office as the Lessor may designate.
 
  (d)   Any demise, transfer, assignment or parting of possession of the said land or any part thereof by the Lessee in whatsoever manner within 5 years of the commencement of the further term will be approved by the Lessor only upon payment by the Lessee of a fee (hereinafter called “the additional fee”) which shall be equivalent to the value of the buildings and there shall also be a full revision of the rental to the prevailing market rate from the date of assignment and payment of such administrative fee as determined by the Lessor as provided under Clause 1(4) herein contained. The value of the building shall be determined by the Lessor alone and the Lessor’s assessment shall be final and conclusive and not be subject or open to review by the Lessee. PROVIDED THAT the Lessee shall not be required to pay the additional fee for any demise, transfer, assignment or parting with possession of


 

7

      the said land or any part thereof by the Lessee in whatsoever manner after the aforesaid 5 years period;
       
  (e)   All costs expenses charges legal or otherwise including stamp duty and the Lessor’s legal costs of or connected with the preparation completion and registration of the Lease for the further term of 30 years shall be borne by the Lessee.
(3)   The interest chargeable shall be at the rate of 8.5% per annum or such higher rate as may be determined from time to time by the Lessor in respect of any arrears of rent or other outstanding sums due and payable under the Lease from the due dates thereof until payment in full is received by the Lessor.
5. PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the said rent hereby reserved or any part thereof shall be in arrears for the space of fourteen (14) days next after being payable (whether the same shall have been formally demanded or not) or if any covenant on the part of the Lessee hereinbefore contained shall not be performed or observed or if the Lessee or other person or persons in whom for the time being the term hereby created shall be vested shall become bankrupt or make an assignment for the benefit of its or their creditors or enter into an agreement or make any arrangement with its or their creditors for liquidation of its or their debts by composition or otherwise then and in any such case it shall be lawful for the Lessor to impose such penalties as it deems fit as well as to enter upon and take possession of the said land or any part thereof in the name of the whole and thereupon the term hereby created shall absolutely cease and determine without prejudice to any right of action or remedy of the Lessor in respect of any antecedent breach of any of the Lessee’s covenants hereinbefore contained. PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the said land and the buildings thereon have been assigned by way of mortgage and there should be any breach of the Lessee’s covenants as aforesaid, the Lessor or the officer authorised as aforesaid shall not enter upon and take possession of the said land and buildings nor shall the term hereby created cease and determine until the Lessor has served upon the Mortgagee a notice in writing that such breach has occurred and the Mortgagee has failed to remedy such breach within one (1) calendar month from the date of service of such notice.
6. Clauses 1(iii), 1(vi), 1(vii)(a), 1(xiv) and Clause 3 of the said Memorandum of Lease ML/24 shall be deleted therefrom and shall not apply to this instrument.
7. The Lessee shall pay all costs and fees legal or otherwise including the Lessors’ costs as between solicitor and client in connection with the enforcement of the covenants and conditions of the Lease.
8. The Lessee shall pay all costs disbursements fees and charges legal or otherwise including stamp and/or registration fees in connection with the preparation of the Lease.
DATE OF LEASE 26 September 2000


 

8

EXECUTION BY LESSOR

                 
The Common Seal of HOUSING
    )          
AND DEVELOPMENT BOARD
    )          
was hereunto affixed in the
    )          
presence of:-
    )          
     
 
   
     


         
 
  /s/ Quek Sze Swee    
 
       
 
  MEMBER Mr Quek Sze Swee    
 
       
 
  /s/ JACQUELINE LOW LI LING    
 
       
30/10/2000
  OFFICER JACQUELINE LOW LI LING    
EXECUTION OF LESSEE

                 
The Common Seal of
    )          
COMPAQ ASIA PTE LTD
    )          
was hereunto affixed in the
    )          
presence of:
    )          
     
 
   
     


         
 
  /s/ Lee Kheng Hock    
 
       
 
  DIRECTOR    
 
       
 
  /s/ EDMUND LEOW    
 
       
 
  SECRETARY    


 

9

CERTIFICATES PURSUANT TO THE RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY ACT AND THE LAND TITLES RULES AND PRACTICE CIRCULARS:
I, LYN WEE SOON LI, the solicitor for the Lessee hereby certify that the place of incorporation and registration number allocated by the Registry of Companies to the Lessee as abovementioned specified in the within instrument have been verified from the Certificate of Incorporation produced and shown to me and are found to be correct.
     Dated this 26th day of September 2000.
         
 
  /s/ Lyn Wee Soon Li    
 
       
 
  LYN WEE SOON LI    
 
  Solicitor for the Lessee    
I, LYN WEE SOON LI, the solicitor for the Lessee hereby certify that according to the information supplied to me by the Chief Planner within the last 8 weeks, the within land is zoned “Light Industry” and the within land is for industrial use and the specific use approved is for light industrial factory with temporary permission for change of use of part of the factory area on the 2nd storey of the part 2/part 3-storey light industrial factory to ancillary office.
     Dated this 26th day of September 2000.
         
 
  /s/ Lyn Wee Soon Li    
 
       
 
  LYN WEE SOON LI    
 
  Solicitor for the Lessee    
CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTNESS
I, the Solicitor for the Lessor hereby certify that this instrument is correct for the purposes of the Land Titles Act.
         
 
  /s/ Siti Zennifa Rahim    
 
       
 
  Solicitor for the Lessor    
I, the Solicitor for the Lessee hereby certify that this instrument is correct for the purposes of the Land Titles Act.
         
 
  /s/ Lyn Wee Soon Li    
 
       
 
  LYN WEE SOON LI    
 
  Solicitor for the Lessee    


 

 

FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(STAMP)
Note : This portion shall be printed or typed on the reverse side of the last page of the application.
(STAMP)


 

 

THE LAND TITLES ACT   VL       1      Ver
    1   
   
VARIATION OF LEASE   (BAR CODE)
(A)   DESCRIPTION OF LAND:
                             
CT (Sub)                
Vol   Fol   MK   TS   Lot No   Property Address
568
    35       19       1975P   Whole
 
 
                          1 Yishun Avenue 7
Singapore 768923
(B)   REGISTERED LEASE NO:                     I/33160P
(C)   LESSOR
     
ID/Co. regn no:
 
 
   
Name:
  HOUSING AND DEVELOPMENT BOARD
 
   
Address:
   
(Within Singapore for service of Notice)
  HDB Centre, 3451 Jalan Bukit Merah, Singapore 159459
(D)   AND

LESSEE
     
ID/Co. no:
  19990328IG
 
   
Name:
  AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES SINGAPORE PTE LTD
 
   
Address:
   
(Within Singapore for service of Notice)
  9 Tenseek Boulevand #09-03 Sontec City Tower 2 Singapore 038969


 

2

    HEREBY AGREE that the terms of the abovementioned Instrument of Lease shall be varied as follows:-
  1.   To delete clause 1(5) of the Lease and substitute with the following:
 
      “Not to use or to permit or suffer the said land or any building thereon or any part of the said land and building thereof to be used otherwise than for manufacturing of semiconductor products and components as well as test and assembly of test and measurement instruments except with the consent in writing of the Lessor and subject to the approval of the competent authority appointed under Section 5 of the Planning Act (Cap. 232). The Lessee shall confine all activities within the boundary of the said land. For the avoidance of doubt, the Lessee shall not place any articles and goods on the common area outside the boundary of the said land.”
 
  2.   To pay all costs disbursement fees and charges legal or otherwise including the Lessor’s cost in the preparation of this Variation of Lease and any future documents, deeds, supplementary or collateral or in any way relating to this Lease.
 
  3.   Save as herein varied, the terms of the Lease shall be binding and in full force and effect in all respects.
(E)   DATE OF VARIATION OF LEASE : 15 January 2002
 
(F)   EXECUTION BY LESSOR

                 
 
  The Common Seal of HOUSING     )      
 
  AND DEVELOPMENT BOARD     )      
 
  was hereunto affixed in the     )      
 
  presence of:     )      
     
 
   
   


         
 
  /s/ Mr Edmund Koh    
 
       
 
  MEMBER Mr Edmund Koh    
 
       
 
  /s/ Jacqueline Low Li Ling    
 
       
 
  OFFICER JACQUELINE LOW LI LING    


 

3

                 
(G)
  EXECUTION BY LESSEE            
 
               
 
  The Common Seal of AGILENT     )      
 
  TECHNOLOGIES SINGAPORE     )      
 
  PTE LTD was hereunto     )      
 
  affixed in the presence of:     )      
     
 
   
   


         
 
  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
 
       
 
  DIRECTOR    
 
       
 
  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
 
       
 
  SECRETARY    
(H)   CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTNESS:
 
    I, the Solicitor for the Lessor hereby certify that this instrument is correct for the purposes of the Land Titles Act. and that I have a Practising Certificate issued on 1 April 2001.
         
 
  /s/ Teh Mui Kim    
 
       
 
  TEH MUI KIM    
 
  NAME & SIGNATURE OF SOLICITOR FOR THE LESSOR    
    I, the Solicitor for the Lessee hereby certify that this instrument is correct for the purposes of the Land Titles Act and that I have a Practising Certificate issued on 1 st April 2001.
         
 
  /s/ Chai Elsa    
 
       
 
  CHAI ELSA    
 
  NAME & SIGNATURE OF SOLICITOR FOR THE LESSEE    


 

 

FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(STAMP)
Note: This portion shall be printed or typed on the reverse side of the last page of the application.
(STAMP)

 

 

Exhibit 10.6
PENANG PRIMARY PARCEL
EXECUTION VERSION
TENANCY AGREEMENT
BY AND BETWEEN
AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD.
(“ Landlord ”)
AND
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD.
(“ Tenant ”)

 


 

TENANCY SUMMARY
     
Tenancy Date:
  October 24, 2005
 
   
Landlord:
  Agilent Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd., a Malaysian corporation/company
 
   
Landlord Contact:
  Agilent Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
 
  Bayan Lepas Free Industrial Zone
 
  11900 Bayan Lepas, Penang, Malaysia
 
  Attention: Workplace Services Manager
 
   
Tenant:
  Avago Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd., a Malaysian corporation/company
 
   
Tenant Contact:
  Avago Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
 
  Bayan Lepas Free Industrial Zone
 
  11900 Bayan Lepas, Penang, Malaysia
 
  Attention: Kong-Beng Song
 
   
Premises:
  Those certain premises located at Lepas Free Industrial Zone, 11900 Bayan Lepas, Penang, Malaysia, as more particularly described on the site map attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Site Map”), consisting of the Premises Land (as defined in the Tenancy Agreement) together with all Improvements (as defined in the Tenancy Agreement) from time to time located therein which includes, without limitation, Buildings 1, 2 and 3 as identified on the Site Map (which buildings are deemed to contain approximately 401,000 gross square feet or 37,253 gross square meters), and Appurtenant Easements and Rights (as defined in the Tenancy Agreement).
 
   
Tenancy Term:
  The period of time commencing on the Commencement Date and ending at midnight on the Final Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated as provided in the Tenancy Agreement.
 
   
Permitted Use:
  All lawful purposes.
 
   
Address for Notices:
  Landlord :
 
   
 
  Agilent Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
 
  Bayan Lepas Free Industrial Zone
 
  11900 Bayan Lepas, Penang
 
  Malaysia

 


 

     
 
  Attention: Mr. Seah Teoh-Teh
 
  Facsimile: +65 6822-8407
 
   
 
  With copy to :
 
   
 
  Agilent Technologies, Inc.
 
  395 Page Mill Road
 
  Palo Alto, CA 94306
 
  United States of America
 
  Attention: General Counsel
 
  Facsimile: +1 650 752 5742
 
   
 
  Tenant :
 
   
 
  Avago Technologies Pte. Limited
 
  1 Yishun Avenue 7
 
  Singapore 768923
 
  Attention: Bian-Ee Tan
 
   
 
  With copies to :
 
   
 
  Avago Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
 
  Bayan Lepas Free Industrial Zone
 
  11900 Bayan Lepas, Penang
 
  Malaysia
 
  Attention: Kong-Beng Song
 
   
 
  Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co.
 
  9 West 57th St., Ste. 4200
 
  New York, NY 10019
 
  United States of America
 
  Attention: William Cornog
     Each reference in the Tenancy Agreement to the terms stated above shall incorporate the applicable terms from this Tenancy Summary. In the event of any conflict between this Tenancy Summary and the Tenancy Agreement, the Tenancy Agreement shall control.

3


 

TENANCY AGREEMENT
     THIS TENANCY AGREEMENT (“ Tenancy Agreement ” or “ Agreement ”), dated this 24th day of October, 2005, is made by and between AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD., a company organized under the laws of Malaysia and having its registered address at Suite 1005, 10th Floor, Wisma Hamzah-Kwong Hing, No. 1, Leboh Ampang, 50100 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia (“ Landlord ”), and AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD. (formerly known as Jumbo Portfolio Sdn. Bhd.), a company organized under the laws of Malaysia and having its registered address at Level 18, Menara Milenium, Jalan Damanlela, Pusat Bandar Damansara 50490 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia (“ Tenant ”) (each of Landlord and Tenant being a “ Party ” and collectively, the “ Parties ”).
RECITALS :
     A. Agilent Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Agilent ”), and Avago Technologies Pte. Limited. (formerly known as Argos Acquisition Pte. Ltd.), a Singapore private limited company (“ Avago ”), have entered into that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of August 14, 2005 (as such may be amended from time to time, the “ APA ”), pursuant to which Agilent has agreed to sell to Avago its semiconductor products business and related operations, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the APA and the local asset transfer agreement to be entered into between, among others, the Parties in connection therewith (the “ LATA ”) (collectively, the transactions contemplated thereby, the “ Business Sale ”).
     B. Pursuant to the APA, Landlord intends (i) to secure the subdivision of the Land into the Premises Land and Landlord’s Remaining Parcel, (ii) to cause the land title to the Premises Land to be transferred to Tenant pursuant to appropriate action and relevant Approvals, (iii) to then convey the Premises Land and Improvements to Tenant pursuant to the SPA and the other Related Agreement(s), and (iv) in the event that relevant Approvals cannot be obtained for such subdivision and transfer, to lease the Premises to Tenant for the balance of Landlord’s leasehold term for the Land.
     C. In connection with the foregoing and pursuant to the APA, the Parties intend to enter into the Related Agreements setting forth the Parties’ respective rights with respect to (i) the proposed subdivision and sale of the Premises Land and Improvements, (ii) the shared use of certain facilities, regardless of whether such facilities are located on the Premises Land or Landlord’s Remaining Parcel, (iii) the maintenance, repair, replacement and operation of the Complex, (iv) the granting of certain perpetual easements relating to certain utilities, cross-access and related rights, (v) rights and duties regarding same and (vi) various other aspects pertaining to the Complex, all as further set forth in the respective Related Agreement.
     D. Such subdivision and transfer of the Premises Land and Improvements cannot be consummated by the Closing Date. Accordingly and in connection therewith, pursuant to the APA, Landlord has agreed to grant to Tenant a tenancy in the Premises pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

1


 

AGREEMENT :
1. DEFINITIONS : Any term that is given a special meaning by this Section 1 or by any other provision of this Tenancy Agreement (including the exhibits attached hereto) shall have such meaning when used in this Tenancy Agreement or any addendum or amendment hereto.
  1.1   APA : shall have the meaning ascribed in the Recitals.
 
  1.2   Appropriate Authorities : means any governmental, semi or quasi-governmental and/or statutory departments, agencies and bodies including but not limited to the Penang Municipal Council, the Penang Development Corporation, the Penang State Authority and the Penang Land Office.
 
  1.3   Approvals : means the following approvals of the Appropriate Authorities for:
  (a)   the conversion of HSD 18825 PT 1687 Mukim 12 Daerah Barat Daya, Penang into final title;
 
  (b)   the subdivision of the master title of the Land pursuant to the terms of this Tenancy Agreement and the Related Agreements;
 
  (c)   the transfer of the Premises Land to Tenant; and
 
  (d)   any other conditions imposed by the Appropriate Authorities from time to time and/or as a condition to issuance of any Approvals.
  1.4   Appurtenant Easements and Rights : means any and all rights, benefits, easements, licenses, permits and similar interests whether personal to Tenant, its successors and assigns or which run with the Premises Land pursuant to any of the Related Agreements.
 
  1.5   Closing : shall have the meaning ascribed in the LATA. 1.6 Closing Date : shall have the meaning ascribed in the LATA.
 
  1.7   Commencement Date : means the Closing Date.
 
  1.8   Common Area : means those areas and facilities within each of the Premises Land and Landlord’s Remaining Parcel as Landlord and Tenant shall designate as common areas under the Related Agreements.
 
  1.9   Complex : means that real estate development more particularly situated on the Land, consisting as of the date hereof of eight (8) buildings (which in the aggregate are deemed to contain approximately 1,232,134 gross square feet or 114,465 gross square meters), a sports complex, automobile parking areas and bus bays and other ancillary Improvements of which the Premises are a part, as more particularly shown and described on the site map attached as Exhibit A hereto and made a part hereof (the “ Site Map ”).

2


 

  1.10   Coordinating Committee : shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 14.1.
 
  1.11   Damages : means any and all losses, settlements, expenses, liabilities, obligations, claims, damages (including any governmental penalty or costs of investigation, clean-up and remediation), deficiencies, royalties, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and all other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending any litigation or proceeding, commenced or threatened incident to the successful enforcement of this Agreement), the extent of which are recoverable under Law.
 
  1.12   Date of Completion of Premises Transfer : means the date of registration of Tenant as the registered proprietor of the leasehold interest over the Premises Land pursuant to the NLC.
 
  1.13   Endorsement of Tenancy : means to endorse Tenant’s interest over the Land pursuant to this Tenancy Agreement on the registered document of title of the Land with the Penang Land Office pursuant to Section 316 of the NLC upon execution of this Tenancy Agreement.
 
  1.14   Extension Term : shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 3.
 
  1.15   Final Expiration Date : means the earlier to occur of (i) June 27, 2045 (subject to extension from time to time, but without any obligation on Landlord to obtain such extension if and as the underlying land grant from the Penang Development Corporation which is inclusive of the Premises Land is included), or (ii) the Date of Completion of Premises Transfer.
 
  1.16   Improvements : means all buildings, structures, improvements, additions, alterations, and fixtures installed in, on or about the Land, Premises Land or Landlord’s Remaining Parcel, as applicable, including, without limitation, buildings, landscaping, parking areas, bus bays and roads.
 
  1.17   Initial Tenancy Term : shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 3.
 
  1.18   Land : means the two pieces of land bearing title details HSD 18825 PT 1687 and PN 2826 Lot 4585, both of Mukim 12 Daerah Barat Daya, Penang on which the Complex is situated together with all conditions attached to the issue document of title.
 
  1.19   Landlord : shall have the meaning ascribed in the introductory paragraph.
 
  1.20   Landlord’s Agents : means the agents, employees, sublandlords, if any, and assigns (and their respective agents and employees) of Landlord.
 
  1.21   Landlord’s Remaining Parcel : means that portion of the Land not constituting part of the Premises Land and as set forth on the Site Map.
 
  1.22   LATA : shall have the meaning ascribed in the Recitals.

3


 

  1.23   Law : means any present or future judicial decision, statute, constitution, ordinance, resolution, regulation, rule or administrative order, of any local or state governmental authority of Malaysia having jurisdiction over the Parties, the Premises, Landlord’s Remaining Parcel or the Complex.
 
  1.24   Lien : means any lien, charge, claim, agreement to sell, pledge, security interest, judgment, conditional sale agreement or other title retention agreement, finance lease, mortgage, security agreement, right of first refusal or offer (or other similar right), option, restriction, tenancy, license, covenant, encroachment (whether upon any real property or by any improvement situated on any real property onto any adjoining real property or onto any easement area), right of way, easement, title defect or other encumbrance or title matter.
 
  1.25   Liquidator : means a person who conducts the winding-up of a company and includes Official Receiver and qualified insolvency practitioner appointed by the Malaysian Court.
 
  1.26   NLC : means the Malaysian National Land Code, 1965.
 
  1.27   Official Receiver : means the Official Assignee, Deputy Official Assignee, Senior Assistant Official Assignee, Bankruptcy Officer and any other officer appointed under the Malaysian Bankruptcy Act 1967.
 
  1.28   Permitted Use : means all lawful purposes under applicable Law.
 
  1.29   Premises : means those certain premises located at Lepas Free Industrial Zone, 11900 Bayan Lepas, Penang, Malaysia, as more particularly described on the Site Map, constituting the Premises Land together with all Improvements from time to time located therein which includes, without limitation, Buildings 1, 2 and 3 as identified on the Site Map (which are deemed to contain approximately 401,000 gross square feet or 37,253 gross square meters) and Appurtenant Easements and Rights. The Site Map also depicts the Improvements located upon the Premises Land as of the Closing Date.
 
  1.30   Premises Land : means that portion of the Land described and shown on the Site Map.
 
  1.31   Related Agreements : means (a) the SPA, and (b) the SUA, as the same may be amended from time to time.
 
  1.32   Ringgit : means the legal currency of Malaysia.
 
  1.33   SPA : means the sale and purchase agreement to be entered into between Landlord and Tenant prior to the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Parties. Upon execution thereof, such sale and purchase agreement shall be attached as Exhibit B to this Agreement.

4


 

  1.34   SUA : means the subdivision and use agreement to be entered into between Landlord and Tenant prior to the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Parties. Upon execution thereof, such subdivision and use agreement shall be attached as Exhibit C to this Agreement.
 
  1.35   Tenancy Agreement or Agreement : means cumulatively this printed tenancy agreement and exhibits attached or incorporated by reference and the Related Agreements, all of which are hereby deemed incorporated herein by this reference, all as may be amended in writing in accordance herewith or therewith from time to time.
 
  1.36   Tenancy Approval : means the written approval of the Appropriate Authorities for the grant of the tenancy by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Tenancy Agreement. The Parties acknowledge and agree that a written notification from the Appropriate Authorities to the effect that no such approval is required shall be deemed sufficient for the purposes hereof.
 
  1.37   Tenancy Term : means the period of the Initial Tenancy Term commencing on the Commencement Date and shall include all Extension Terms, as the case may be, unless sooner terminated as provided herein.
 
  1.38   Tenant : shall have the meaning ascribed in the introductory paragraph.
 
  1.39   Tenant’s Agents : means the agents, employees, subtenants and assigns (and their respective agents and employees) of Tenant.
2. DEMISE : Landlord hereby lets the Premises to Tenant for the Tenancy Term upon the terms and conditions of this Tenancy Agreement.
3. TERM : The initial term of this Agreement (the “ Initial Tenancy Term ”) shall be for three (3) years from the Closing Date, which Initial Tenancy Term shall, subject to the termination provisions of Section 11, be automatically extended for successive three (3) year periods, other than the final term which shall be for the period up to the Final Expiration Date (each, as “ Extension Term ”), without any further act or documentation by the Parties, until the Final Expiration Date.
4. RENT AND TAXES:
  4.1   The Parties acknowledge and agree that rent of Ringgit One (RM1.00) per month is due and payable by Tenant to Landlord in advance for the rental of the Premises pursuant to this Tenancy Agreement. The Parties further acknowledge and agree that the rent for the Tenancy Term has been paid by Tenant to Landlord simultaneously with the execution of this Tenancy Agreement.
 
  4.2   Within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of evidence of Landlord’s payment of the following assessments (together with a copy of the original governmental invoice and Landlord’s calculation of Tenant’s share pursuant

5


 

      hereto), Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its proportionate share of the following assessments:
  (a)   Quit Rent — assessed annually by the Penang Land Office on land, Tenant’s share shall be based on the relative square footage of the Premises Land to the square footage of the Land being assessed, which as of the date hereof is US$71,000 in the aggregate per annum for the Land; and
 
  (b)   Local Assessment — assessed semi-annually by the Penang Municipal Council on buildings, Tenant’s share shall be the portion of the Local Assessment related to the buildings on the Premises Land based on the value ascertained by the Penang Municipal Council, which as of the date hereof is US$175,000 in the aggregate per annum for the Land.
5. USE OF PREMISES : Tenant shall have the right to use the Premises for the Permitted Use throughout the Tenancy Term as it deems appropriate in its sole discretion, subject to compliance with applicable Laws. Any signs to be installed by Tenant on the exterior of any building on the Premises Land (or elsewhere on the Premises Land) shall comply with applicable Laws. From and after the Closing Date, Tenant shall comply in all material respects with applicable Law, including the Environmental Quality Act, 1974, relating to Tenant’s conduct of its business on the Premises.
6. IMPROVEMENTS : Tenant shall have the unfettered right to construct and/or reconstruct, renovate, replace, demolish or otherwise alter any Improvements on the Premises in its sole discretion, subject to compliance with applicable Law and the terms of the Related Agreements. Landlord hereby agrees to grant any temporary construction easements on, over and across Landlord’s Remaining Parcel as may be needed in connection therein. Landlord shall, upon request by Tenant, either (a) give evidence of this prior consent to such demolition and construction during the Tenancy Term, and/or (b) issue any requisite consent letter for submission to competent authorities.
7. REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE : Except as otherwise provided in, and subject to the terms and provisions of, this Agreement and the Related Agreements, (a) all costs, expenses and obligations relating to the Premises from Tenant’s occupancy or use of the Premises during the Tenancy Term shall be paid by Tenant; (b) Tenant hereby assumes all other responsibilities normally identified with the ownership of the Premises, such as responsibility for the condition of the Premises, such as operation, repair, replacement, maintenance and management of the Premises; (c) Landlord shall be required and obligated to furnish only such services or facilities to the Premises as provided for elsewhere in this Agreement or in the Related Agreements; and (d) Landlord shall have no obligation to rebuild or replace any of the Improvements located upon the Premises Land.
8. UTILITIES : Except as otherwise provided in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Related Agreements, Tenant shall promptly pay, as the same become due, all charges for water, gas, electricity, telephone, sewer service, waste pick-up, and any other utilities, materials or services furnished directly to or used by Tenant on or about the Premises during the Tenancy

6


 

Term. In the event of conflict between this Agreement and any Related Agreement with respect to hereto, the Related Agreement shall control.
9. TENANT INSURANCE : Tenant shall maintain such insurance with respect to the Premises and the operation of its business thereon as shall be deemed customary for the location of the Premises and the nature of Tenant’s business conducted thereon.
10. INDEMNITY:
  10.1   Indemnification of Landlord : To the fullest extent allowed by Law, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s Agents from all liability, Damages, causes of action and/or judgments arising howsoever including by reason of any death, bodily injury, personal injury or property damage resulting from (i) any cause or causes whatsoever (except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or negligence of Landlord) occurring in or about or resulting from an occurrence in or about the Premises during the Tenancy Term resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, (ii) any breach of this Tenancy Agreement by Tenant, or (iii) third Party claims of a nature which would ordinarily be covered by standard or customary policies of general liability insurance regardless of whether such insurance is maintained by Tenant with respect to the Premises. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Tenancy Agreement. Each of the Parties acknowledges and agrees that a remedy for a breach by the other Party of this Agreement shall be, subject to the requirements of Section 14.1, to bring a claim to recover damages and to seek other appropriate equitable relief, other than termination of this Agreement or Tenant’s right to occupy and use the Premises.
 
  10.2   Indemnification of Tenant : To the fullest extent allowed by Law, Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Tenant and Tenant’s Agents from all liability, Damages, causes of action and/or judgments arising howsoever including by reason of any death, bodily injury, personal injury or property damage resulting from (i) any cause or causes whatsoever (except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or negligence of Tenant) occurring in or about or resulting from an occurrence in or about the Premises during or prior to commencement of the Tenancy Term resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s Agents, or (ii) any breach of this Tenancy Agreement by Landlord. The provisions of this Section 10.2 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Tenancy Agreement. Each of the Parties acknowledges and agrees that as remedy for a breach by the other Party of this Agreement shall be, subject to the requirements of Section 14.1, to bring a claim to recover damages and to seek other appropriate equitable relief, other than termination of this Agreement or Tenant’s right to occupy and use the Premises.

7


 

11. SUBDIVISION AND TRANSFER OF PREMISES LAND; FAILURE OF SUB-DIVISION :
  11.1   Tenant and Landlord hereby agree that, subject to the relevant Approvals being obtained, the Land shall be subdivided into the Premises Land and Landlord’s Remaining Parcel and, upon such subdivision of the Premises Land and the legal transfer of the Premises Land and Improvements to Tenant or its successors or assigns pursuant to the SPA, this Tenancy Agreement, BUT NOT ANY OF THE RELATED AGREEMENTS WHICH ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, shall automatically terminate as of the Date of Completion of Premises Transfer. For the avoidance of doubt, a termination of this Tenancy Agreement under this Section 11.1 shall be deemed a termination without default on either Party but shall not terminate, extinguish or otherwise deemed a waiver of either Party’s respective rights hereunder to the extent that this Agreement expressly provides for the survival of such rights.
 
  11.2   In the event that the Date of Completion of Premises Transfer has not occurred by the expiration of the thirtieth (30th) calendar month of the Initial Tenancy Term, then anytime thereafter, Tenant shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to require Landlord (i) to convert this Tenancy Agreement into a registerable lease with a lease term through to the Final Expiration Date and otherwise upon the same terms and conditions of this Tenancy Agreement (and any Related Agreements), in each case to the extent applicable under Law or as the Parties may otherwise agree, (ii) to obtain the requisite Approvals from the Appropriate Authorities for such lease, and (iii) to execute such documents so as to enable Tenant to register Tenant’s lease rights pursuant to the NLC, all at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (it being understood and agreed that the foregoing costs and expenses will include the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, which consist solely of the fees and expenses of Malaysian counsel payable in accordance with applicable Malaysia regulations relating to solicitor’s fees in real property engagements). Upon the commencement of the Lease, this Tenancy Agreement, BUT NOT ANY OF THE RELATED AGREEMENTS WHICH ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, shall automatically terminate. For the avoidance of doubt, a termination of this Tenancy Agreement under this Section 11.2 shall be deemed a termination without default on either Party but shall not terminate, extinguish or otherwise be deemed a waiver of either Party’s respective rights hereunder to the extent that this Agreement expressly provides for the survival of such rights.
 
  11.3   Landlord shall have no right, and hereby expressly waives any statutory, regulatory or contractual, express or implied right, to terminate this Tenancy Agreement during the Tenancy Term, for any reason or cause.
12. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING AND DISPOSAL BY LANDLORD : This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Tenant may assign or sublet all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any person, entity or organization, provided that Tenant also

8


 

assigns all of its rights and obligations under the Related Agreements to such person, entity or organization. Landlord may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any person, entity or organization, provided that (a) Landlord assigns all of its rights in the Land to such person, entity or organization, and (b) such person, entity or organization agrees in writing to assume and be bound by the terms of this Tenancy Agreement and the Related Agreements in place of Landlord.
13. COMPULSORY ACQUISITION : In the event that the Premises or the Complex or any part thereof shall at any time become the subject matter of or be included in any notice or declaration concerning or relating to acquisition by the Appropriate Authorities or any other governmental authority or any inquiry or proceedings in respect thereof, the Party receiving any such notice thereof shall forthwith inform the other Party and forward the other Party a certified true copy of any such notice, notification or declaration as soon as the same are delivered to or served on the originally receiving Party. In the event of the exercise of any rights or the taking of any steps under the Land Acquisition Act 1960, by the government or any other authority having power in that behalf, between the date of this Agreement and the Date of Completion of Premises Transfer, to acquire all or a part of the Land and which affects any part of the Property, Landlord shall notify Tenant forthwith on Landlord receiving notice of the exercise of such rights or the taking of such steps. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding such notice or action and thereupon:
  13.1   Landlord shall notify the Appropriate Authorities or such other acquiring authority, of the interest of Tenant in the Premises and the terms of this Agreement;
 
  13.2   Landlord shall in all matters concerning such acquisition do all acts and things as may be reasonably requested by Tenant (at the cost and expense of Tenant) for acquiring the best compensation payable; and
 
  13.3   any compensation payable under such acquisition shall belong to Tenant as and when the same shall be paid, provided that any such compensation paid to or received by Landlord shall be retained and held on trust by Landlord on behalf of Tenant and Landlord shall pay such sums to Tenant within fourteen (14) days from receipt of such sums.
14. GENERAL PROVISIONS :
  14.1   Coordinating Committee :
  (a)   Within thirty (30) days after the date hereof, the Parties shall establish a coordinating committee (the “ Coordinating Committee ”) which shall consist of four (4) members, two (2) of which shall be appointed by Landlord and two (2) of which shall be appointed by Tenant. Each Party, upon prior written notice to the other Party, may from time to time remove or replace any member appointed by such Party.

9


 

  (b)   Except as the Parties may otherwise agree in writing, the Coordinating Committee shall have the power and the responsibility under this Agreement to:
  (i)   act as a forum for the liason between the Parties with respect to the day-to-day implementation of this Agreement;
 
  (ii)   subject to Section 14.2, seek to resolve disputes; and
 
  (iii)   undertake such other functions as the Parties may agree in writing.
  14.2   Disputes and Governing Law :
  (a)   This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Malaysia, without reference to the choice of law principles thereof.
 
  (b)   Any Party seeking the resolution of a dispute arising under this Agreement must provide written notice of such dispute to the other Party, which notice shall describe the nature of such dispute. All such disputes shall be referred initially to the Coordinating Committee for resolution. Decisions of the Coordinating Committee under this Section 14.2 shall be made by unanimous vote of all members and shall be final and legally binding on the Parties. If a dispute is resolved by the Coordinating Committee, then the terms of the resolution and settlement of such dispute shall be set forth in writing and signed by both Parties. In the event that the Coordinating Committee does not resolve a dispute within thirty (30) days of the submission thereof, such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with Section 14.2(c). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant shall each continue to perform their obligations under this Agreement during the pendency of such dispute in accordance with this Agreement.
 
  (c)   The Parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction to prevent any breach of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement by bringing a relevant action in the courts located in Penang, Malaysia, in addition to any other remedy to which any Party may be entitled at law or in equity. In addition, the Parties agree that any disputes, claims or controversies between the Parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement, whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise and whether relating to the meaning, interpretation, effect, validity, performance or enforcement of this Agreement which have not been resolved by the Coordinating Committee shall be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts located in Penang, Malaysia.

10


 

  14.3   Waiver : One Party’s consent to or approval of any act by the other Party requiring the first Party’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary the first Party’s consent to or approval of any subsequent similar act by the other Party. No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy accruing to either Party upon any breach by the other Party under this Tenancy Agreement shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver of any such breach theretofore or hereafter occurring. The waiver by either Party of any breach of any provision of this Tenancy Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provisions herein contained.
 
  14.4   Prohibition Against Liens : Landlord covenants that so long as this Tenancy Agreement is in effect neither Landlord nor any Landlord Agent shall grant or permit any such Liens with respect to the Premises Land or the Premises, and no Liens shall be granted or permitted with respect to the Complex, the Land or Landlord’s Remaining Parcel which shall be superior to the rights of Tenant hereunder (including the Related Agreements).
 
  14.5   Force Majeure : Any prevention, delay, or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, inclement weather, labor disputes, inability to obtain labor, materials, fuels or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental restrictions, regulations, controls, action or inaction, civil commotion, fire or other acts of God, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of either Party to perform shall excuse the performance by such Party, for a reasonable period not to exceed the period of any said prevention, delay, or stoppage, of any obligation hereunder.
 
  14.6   Notices : Any notice required or desired to be given regarding this Tenancy Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally served, or in lieu of personal service may be given by AR Registered Post or by internationally recognized overnight courier at the addresses for the Parties set forth in the “Tenancy Summary” to this Tenancy Agreement (or such other addresses as may be specified by a Party hereto giving notice of same to the other Party in accordance with this Section). Personally served notices shall be deemed to have been given when received by the Party, if served by prepaid registered post, such notice shall be deemed to have been given (i) on the seventh business day after such posting, certified and postage prepaid, addressed to the Party to be served at the address set forth in the preceding sentence was posted, and (ii) in all other cases when actually received.
 
  14.7   Value Added Tax / Goods and Services Tax : As of the date hereof, the Parties acknowledge and agree that no goods and services tax, value added tax or any other like tax (“ GST ”) has been instituted by any Malaysian governmental authority including the Appropriate Authorities. If, however, any such GST legislation is implemented during the Tenancy Term (“ GST Legislation ”) and any GST is payable as a consequence of any supply made or deemed to be made or other matter or thing done under or in connection with this Tenancy Agreement by any Party, it is the intent of the Parties that such GST be borne equally by the

11


 

      Parties. In such event, the Party responsible under applicable law for the remittance of such GST (the “ GST Payor ”) shall timely remit to the Appropriate Authority the full GST amount then-owning. Upon presentation to the other party (the “ GST Non-Payor ”) of evidence of such GST assessment and the corresponding remittance by the GST Payor, the GST Non-Payor shall promptly reimburse the GST Payor for fifty percent (50%) of such GST amount (but exclusive of any fine, penalty or interest paid or payable in connection therewith due to a default of the GST Payor). The Parties agree to cooperate with each other in the provision of any information or preparation of any documentation that may be necessary or useful for obtaining any available mitigation, reduction, refund or exemption from GST. The GST Payor further covenants and agrees to use its reasonable efforts to obtain any available mitigation, reduction, refund or exemption from GST and, upon receipt or recovery of any portion of the aforementioned GST remittance, shall promptly pay to the GST Non-Payor of fifty percent (50%) of such recovered amount. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that any sum payable or amount to be used in the calculation of a sum payable expressed elsewhere in this Agreement has been determined without regard to and does not include amounts to be added on under this clause on account of GST.
  14.8   Miscellaneous : Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Tenancy Agreement in which time of performance is a factor. This Tenancy Agreement shall, subject to the provisions regarding assignment, apply to and bind the respective heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of Landlord and Tenant. Nothing in this Section is intended to confer personal liability upon the officers or shareholders of Tenant or Landlord. When a Party is required to do something by this Tenancy Agreement, it shall do so at its sole cost and expense without right of reimbursement from the other Party unless specific provision is made therefor. Landlord shall not become or be deemed a partner nor a joint venturer with Tenant by reason of the provisions of this Tenancy Agreement.
 
  14.9   Landlord’s Representations, Warranties and Covenants :
  (a)   Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant as follows: (i) Landlord is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Malaysia and has full power and authority to own and let the Premises; (ii) Landlord has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Tenancy Agreement; (iii) the execution, delivery and performance by Landlord of this Tenancy Agreement have been duly authorized by all corporate actions on the part of Landlord that are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by Landlord of this Tenancy Agreement; and (iv) this Tenancy Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Landlord and, assuming due and valid authorization, execution and delivery hereof by Tenant, is a valid and binding obligation of Landlord, enforceable against Landlord in accordance with its terms except as limited by applicable bankruptcy,

12


 

      insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other similar laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.
  (b)   EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONTAINED IN THIS TENANCY AGREEMENT (INCLUDING THE RELATED AGREEMENTS), THE LATA OR THE APA, NEITHER LANDLORD NOR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY ACTING ON BEHALF OF LANDLORD, MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. TO THE EXTENT ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTIES HEREIN ARE INCONSISTENT WITH ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES IN THE APA, THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES IN THE APA, SHALL CONTROL.
  14.10   Tenant’s Representations, Warranties and Covenants :
  (a)   Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord as follows: (i) Tenant is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Malaysia and has full power and authority to carry on its business as heretofore conducted; (ii) Tenant has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Tenancy Agreement; (iii) the execution, delivery and performance by Tenant of this Tenancy Agreement have been duly authorized by all corporate actions on the part of Tenant that are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by Tenant of this Tenancy Agreement: and (iv) this Tenancy Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Tenant and, assuming due and valid authorization, execution and delivery hereof by Landlord, is a valid and binding obligation of Tenant, enforceable against Tenant in accordance with its terms except as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other similar laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.
 
  (b)   EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONTAINED IN THIS TENANCY AGREEMENT (INCLUDING THE RELATED AGREEMENTS), THE LATA OR THE APA, NEITHER TENANT NOR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY ACTING ON BEHALF OF TENANT, MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, TO THE EXTENT ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTIES HEREIN ARE INCONSISTENT WITH ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES IN THE APA, THE APPLICABLE REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES IN THE APA SHALL CONTROL.

13


 

  14.11   Rules of Interpretation :
  (a)   Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Tenancy Agreement they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”
 
  (b)   The words “hereof”, “hereto”, herein” and “herewith” and words of similar import shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Tenancy Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Tenancy Agreement, and article, section, paragraph and exhibit references are to the articles, sections, paragraphs and exhibits of this Tenancy Agreement unless otherwise specified.
 
  (c)   The meaning assigned to each term defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and the plural forms of such term, and words denoting any gender shall include all genders. Where a word or phrase is defined herein, each of its other grammatical forms shall have a corresponding meaning.
 
  (d)   A reference to any Party to this Tenancy Agreement or any other agreement or document shall include such Party’s successors and permitted assigns.
 
  (e)   A reference to any legislation or to any provision of any legislation shall include any amendment to, and any modification or re-enactment thereof, any legislative provision substituted therefor and all regulations and statutory instruments issued thereunder or pursuant thereto.
 
  (f)   The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Tenancy Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Tenancy Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Tenancy Agreement.
 
  (g)   Headings are for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of the provisions of this Tenancy Agreement.
 
  (h)   Any Exhibits attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference and shall be considered as part of this Tenancy Agreement.
 
  (i)   The language in all parts of this Tenancy Agreement shall in all cases be construed as a whole according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant.
 
  (j)   If any term, condition, stipulation, provision, covenant or undertaking of this Tenancy Agreement is or may become under any written Law, or is found by any court or administrative body of competent jurisdiction to be,

14


 

      illegal, void, invalid, prohibited or unenforceable then: (i) such term, condition, stipulation, provision, covenant or undertaking shall be ineffective to the extent of such illegality, voidness, invalidity, prohibition or unenforceability; (ii) the remaining terms, conditions, stipulations, provisions, covenants or undertaking of this Tenancy Agreement shall remain in full force and effect; and (iii) the Parties shall use their respective best endeavors to negotiate and agree a substitute term, condition, stipulation, provision, covenant or undertaking which is valid and enforceable and achieves to the greatest extent possible the economic, legal and commercial objectives of such illegal, void, invalid, prohibited or unenforceable term, condition, stipulation, provision, covenant or undertaking. In the event that the automatic extensions contemplated by Section 3 of this Tenancy Agreement are not enforceable, the Parties agree to take such action to extend the Initial Tenancy Term as herein provided or to immediately enter into a new tenancy agreement on the same terms and conditions as set forth herein, effective as of the expiration of the Initial Tenancy Term.
  14.12   Quiet Enjoyment : Landlord shall ensure that Tenant has the right to quietly enjoy the Premises and the rights with respect to the Complex provided in the Related Agreements, without hindrance, molestation or interruption during the Tenancy Term, subject to the terms and conditions of this Tenancy Agreement.
 
  14.13   Endorsement of Tenancy Agreement : Upon execution of this Tenancy Agreement, Landlord and Tenant shall submit this Tenancy Agreement with the necessary form to the Penang Land Office for Endorsement of Tenancy; provided , however , that Landlord shall promptly furnish and provide all relevant information and documents to Tenant and/or execute such relevant documents as may be required for the submission of the Endorsement of Tenancy. Any amounts required to be paid to the Penang Land Office in connection with such submission shall be paid by Landlord.
 
  14.14   Entire Agreement : This Tenancy Agreement, together with the APA and the LATA Related Agreements, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. Each Party acknowledges that, except as provided in the APA, LATA and the Related Agreements, there are no binding agreements or representations between the Parties except as expressed or described herein or therein. No subsequent change or addition to this Tenancy Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by the Parties hereto.
 
  14.15   Landlord Insolvency : In the event that Landlord becomes insolvent or is being wound-up or under receivership, it is the intention of the Parties that the Official Receiver or the Liquidator shall manage Landlord’s property subject to this Agreement and the Related Agreements.
 
  14.16   Survey : The Parties acknowledge Landlord makes no covenant or warranty as to the exact square footage of any area referenced herein. The Parties further

15


 

      acknowledge that, on or prior to the date hereof, Landlord has commenced a formal survey (the “ Survey ”) of the Land, which will include both the interior and exterior of the Complex and the Premises. Upon completion of the Survey and subject to the final approval of the Parties, such Survey shall be substituted for the Site Map as Exhibit A hereto and the exact square footage of the Complex, the Premises and the specific areas described therein, where applicable, will be deemed to supersede and replace any approximate square footage set forth in this Tenancy Agreement.
  14.17   Conditional Agreement : Notwithstanding the execution of this Tenancy Agreement by Landlord and Tenant, the Parties agree that the effectiveness of this Agreement is conditional upon:
  (a)   the granting of the Tenancy Approval;
 
  (b)   the execution of the Related Agreements; and
 
  (c)   the occurrence of the Closing pursuant to the APA.
Upon satisfaction of all of the foregoing conditions, this Tenancy Agreement shall become operative. Prior to the Closing, Tenant shall have no obligations hereunder and the APA shall control the rights and obligations of the Parties with respect to the Premises; it being acknowledged and agreed that this Agreement is being executed as of the date first set forth above solely for the purpose of seeking the Tenancy Approval. The Parties acknowledge and agree that many critical and central terms and provisions relating to the letting of the Premises to Tenant, such as, without limitation, utilities, easements, access rights and shared use of facilities are to be set forth in the Related Agreements rather than being set forth directly herein. Therefore, the terms and provisions of the Related Agreements shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference for all purposes of this Tenancy Agreement. To the extent such Related Agreements are signed subsequent to the execution of this Tenancy Agreement, the Parties agree to amend this Tenancy Agreement as necessary to effectuate the overall intent and agreement of the Parties with respect to the short-term and long-term use, tenancy and easement rights with respect to the Premises, Landlord’s Remaining Parcel and the Complex.
***************************
- the remainder of this page is intentionally left blank -

16


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Tenancy Agreement with the intent to be legally bound thereby.
                     
“Landlord”       “Tenant”    
 
                   
AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD., a company organized under the laws of Malaysia       AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) BHD.(formerly known as Jumbo Portfolio Sdn. Bhd.), a company organized under the laws of Malaysia    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Rob Young       By:   /s/ Kenneth Y. Hao    
 
                   
Name: Rob Young       Name: Kenneth Y. Hao    
Title: Controller       Title: Director    
SIGNATURE PAGE TO TENANCY AGREEMENT (PRIMARY PARCEL)

17

 

Exhibit 10.7
Penang Primary Parcel
Execution Version
SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
TO
TENANCY AGREEMENT
BY AND BETWEEN
AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD.
(“LANDLORD”)
AND
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD.
(“TENANT”)

 


 

Penang Primary Parcel
Execution Version
     THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT TO TENANCY AGREEMENT is dated as of the 1st day of December 2005.
BETWEEN:
      1. AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD. , a company organized under the laws of Malaysia and having its registered address at Suite 1005, 10 Floor, Wisma Hamzah-Kwong Hing, No.1 Leboh Ampang, 50100 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia (“ Landlord ”); and
      2. AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD. (formerly known as Jumbo Portfolio Sdn Bhd) , a company organized under the laws of Malaysia and having its registered address at Level 18, Menara Milenium, Jalan Damanlela, Pusat Bandar Damansara, 50490 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia (“ Tenant ”).
WHEREAS:
     A. Landlord and Tenant had executed a Tenancy Agreement on 24 October 2005 in respect of Tenant taking a tenancy over the Premises (as defined therein) (“ Tenancy Agreement ”) upon the terms and conditions contained therein.
     B. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Premises to be let to Tenant under the Tenancy Agreement fall within and are situated wholly upon the land bearing title details PN 2826 Lot 4585, Mukim 12, Daerah Barat Daya, Penang (“ Relevant Land ”).
     C. The Relevant Land is not qualified title but final title. In that regard, there is no requirement for conversion of the Relevant Land to enable the subdivision of the Relevant Land pursuant to the terms of the Tenancy Agreement.
     D. Landlord and Tenant have hereby agreed to amend the Tenancy Agreement in the manner as set out below and upon the terms and conditions contained herein.
NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:
1.   Landlord and Tenant agree that in return for Landlord agreeing to let the Premises to Tenant pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Tenancy Agreement, each of Landlord and Tenant agree that Section 1.3 of the Tenancy Agreement be amended (as at the date of the Tenancy Agreement) to delete sub-section 1.3(a) in its entirety so that the amended Section 1.3 shall read as follows:
      “1.3 Approvals : means the following approvals of the Appropriate Authorities for:
  (a)   the subdivision of the master title of the Land pursuant to the terms of this Tenancy Agreement and the Related Agreements;
 
  (b)   the transfer of the Premises Land to Tenant; and

1


 

  (c)   any other conditions imposed by the Appropriate Authorities from time to time and/or as a condition to the issuance of any Approvals.”
2.   With reference to Section 14.16 of the Tenancy Agreement, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that (a) the survey appended hereto as Annexure A shall constitute the Survey (as such term is defined therein) for the purposes thereof, and (b) the Site Map previously appended as Annexure A to the Tenancy Agreement shall be included, along with the Survey, on Annexure A solely for the purpose of identifying the Common Areas (as such term is defined therein) and other Improvements (as such term is defined therein).
3.   Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Tenancy Agreement, as amended hereby, is in full force and effect as of the effective date hereof and is hereby ratified and confirmed.
4.   From and after the effective date hereof, the term “Tenancy Agreement” shall mean the Tenancy Agreement as described in paragraph (A) of the “WHEREAS” clause above, together with this Supplemental Agreement.
**********************************
(This space intentionally left blank)

2


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have executed this Supplemental Agreement with the intent to be legally bound thereby.
                     
“Landlord”       “Tenant”    
 
                   
AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD., a company organized under the laws of Malaysia       AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) SDN. BDH. (formerly known as Jumbo Portfolio Sdn. Bhd.) a company organized under the laws of Malaysia    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Gooi Soon Chai       By:   /s/ Kenneth Y. Hao    
 
                   
Name Gooi Soon Chai       Name Kenneth Y. Hao    
Title: President of Agilent Malaysia & Singapore       Title: Director    

3

 

Exhibit 10.8
Penang Primary Parcel
Execution Version
SUBDIVISION AND USE AGREEMENT
     THIS SUBDIVISION AND USE AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) dated as of December 1, 2005 (the “ Effective Date ”), is entered into by and between AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD., a company organized under the laws of Malaysia and having its registered address at Suite 1005, 10th Floor, Wisma Hamzah-Kwong Hing, No. 1, Leboh Ampang, 50100 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia (“ Agilent ”), and AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) Sdn. Bhd. (formerly known as Jumbo Portfolio Sdn. Bhd.), a company organized under the laws of Malaysia and having its registered address at Level 18, Menara Milenium, Jalan Damanlela, Pusat Bandar Damansara, 50490 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia (“ Avago ”). Agilent and Avago are sometimes referred to herein individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.
RECITALS
     A. Agilent is the registered proprietor of two contiguous plots of real property (title details: PN 2826 Lot 4585, Mukim 12, Daerah Barat Daya and HSD 18825 PT 1687, Mukim 12, Daerah Barat Daya), consisting of approximately 63.48 acres of land and certain Improvements (hereinafter defined) thereon located (or to be located thereon pursuant hereto) at Bayan Lepas Free Industrial Zone, 11900 Bayan Lepas, Penang, Malaysia, as generally shown on the site map (“ Site Map ”) attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit A (the “ Penang Site ”).
     B. Agilent Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the indirect parent of Agilent (“ATI”), and Avago Acquisition Pte. Ltd., a company organized under the laws of Singapore and the parent of Avago (formerly known as Argos Acquisition Pte. Ltd.) (“ AAP ”), are party to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of August 14, 2005 (the “ APA ”), pursuant to which ATI has agreed to sell to AAP its semiconductor products business and related operations (the “ Business ”), upon the terms and conditions set forth therein and in the local asset transfer agreement to be entered into in connection therewith (the “ LATA ”) (collectively, the transactions as contemplated thereby, the “ Business Sale ”). As a part of the Business Sale, ATI intends to cause the Penang Site to be subdivided as shown on the Site Map as hereinafter described.
     C. Subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions enumerated in that certain sale and purchase agreement between Agilent and Avago dated as of December 1, 2005, (such agreement, the “ Property Sale Agreement ”), Agilent has agreed to transfer to Avago 26.99 acres of the Penang Site, together with all Improvements situated thereon (the “ Avago Lot Transfer ”) as specified therein. The portion of the land at the Penang Site that shall be transferred to Avago is identified as the “Avago Lot” on the Site Map and shall include all Improvements located within the parameters of that portion of the Penang Site (the “ Avago Lot ”). Agilent has retained 36.49 acres of the Penang Site and all Improvements located thereon. The portion of the land at the Penang Site that has been retained by Agilent is identified as the “Agilent Lot” on the Site Map and includes all Improvements located within the parameters of that portion of the Penang Site (the “ Agilent Lot ”). The Agilent Lot and Avago Lot are each sometimes referred to herein as a “Lot” and, collectively, as the “Lots.”

1


 

     D. During the period commencing on the closing of the Business Sale through the closing of the Avago Lot Transfer pursuant to the Property Sale Agreement, Agilent has granted to Avago a renewable tenancy with respect to the Avago Lot pursuant to that certain Primary Tenancy Agreement dated as of October 24, 2005 (the “ Primary Tenancy Agreement ”; and, with the Property Sale Agreement and this Agreement, the “ Primary Parcel Agreements ”).
     E. In addition to the Primary Tenancy Agreement, Agilent has granted to Avago a tenancy with respect to certain additional premises located within Building 8 on the Agilent Lot pursuant to that certain Tenancy Agreement dated as of October 24, 2005 (the “ Building 8 Tenancy ”).
     F. Concurrently with the execution of the APA, ATI and AAP entered into that certain Master Separation Agreement dated as of August 14, 2005 (the “ MSA ”), which provides for the allocation of costs relating to the provision by ATI to AAP of certain services as contemplated (but not necessarily specified) therein.
     G. Agilent and Avago wish to memorialize their agreements regarding (i) the shared use of certain facilities, regardless of whether such facilities are located on the Agilent Lot or Avago Lot, (ii) the maintenance, repair, replacement and operation of the Penang Site, (iii) rights and duties regarding utilities, easements, use restrictions, parking, cross-access, security and various other aspects pertaining to the Penang Site, and (iv) the registration of this Agreement in the Land Registry (as defined in the Property Sale Agreement) as permitted under the National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965 as amended or re-enacted from time to time) and contemplated in the Property Sale Agreement upon consummation of the Avago Lot Transfer, all as further set forth herein.
AGREEMENT
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged and accepted, the Parties agree as follows:
     1.  Certain Definitions .
          (a) “ Common Areas ” shall mean those portions of the Penang Site that are not Building Areas. The Common Areas are intended for the non-exclusive use by the Parties in common with other users, and include without limitation, such areas as parking areas, driveways, sidewalks, landscaping, service areas and access roads as shown on the Site Map.
          (b) “ Common Area Improvements ” shall mean all improvements to be made to the Common Areas or easements serving the Penang Site, including, without limitation, the following: (i) Parking Areas, sidewalks, and walkways; (ii) driveways and roadways providing access to, across, and around the Parking Areas; (iii) free-standing outdoor light fixtures; (iv) traffic and directional signs and markings, and the striping of Parking Areas; (v) sewer, gas, electrical, water, telephone and other utility mains, lines and facilities other than separate utility lines and facilities servicing such Party’s Lot; (vi) landscaping and retaining walls; (vii) improvements to or within the public streets adjacent to the Penang Site, except to the extent such improvements are maintained, repaired and replaced any governmental agency or

2


 

public utility company; (viii) the types of improvements within the Common Areas as shown on the Site Map; and (ix) any other improvements made to the Common Areas in accordance with this Agreement.
          (c) “ CAM Costs ” shall mean the costs incurred by the Operator in good faith in repairing, replacing, maintaining, operating, managing, providing security for and insuring the Common Areas and Common Area Improvements and all other costs incurred by the Operator in the operation of the Penang Site. CAM Costs shall include, without limitation, taxes of any kind levied or assessed on materials, equipment, supplies and services purchased exclusively for repair, maintenance and replacement of the Common Area Improvements; amounts paid to non-managerial employees and agents of the Operator for work performed at the Penang Site in the repair, maintenance or replacement of the Common Areas Improvements; fees for required licenses and permits to operate, maintain, repair or replace the Common Areas in accordance with this Agreement; and reasonable rental costs of equipment used in the operation, repair, replacement and maintenance of the Common Area Improvements; and the Maintenance Fee.
          (d) “ Gross Building Area ” shall mean the total area of all floors, measured in square feet, of a building enclosed by the outside surface of exterior walls thereof. The square footage of the floor area of mezzanines shall be included in Gross Building Area.
          (e) “ Improvements ” shall mean all buildings and improvements located on the Lot, and all fixtures, machinery, and equipment attached thereto, all parking lots, driveways, pavings, access cuts, lighting, landscaping, sidewalks, fences, ponds, wetlands, ditches, flumes, water, water rights, reservoirs, and site improvements of any kind (if any) situated upon the Lot; and all right, title and interest, if any, of a Party in and to any land lying in the bed of any street, road or avenue opened or proposed, public or private, in from of or adjoining the Lot.
          (f) “ Law ” shall mean any present or future judicial decision, statute, constitution, ordinance, resolution, regulation, rule or administrative order, of any local or state governmental authority of Malaysia having jurisdiction over the Parties, the Lots or the Penang Site.
          (g) “ Non-Defaulting Party ” shall mean any Party who is not in default of any of its obligations under this Agreement.
          (h) “ Operator ” shall mean the Person responsible for the maintenance of the Common Areas and Common Area Improvements. Agilent shall be the initial Operator. The terms “Former Operator” and “New Operator” are defined in Section 6(d) below.
          (i) “ Operator Parcel ” shall mean a parcel owned by the Operator.
          (j) “ Parking Areas ” shall mean those portions of the Common Areas shown on the Site Map as being striped for parking as well as drive aisles within or adjacent thereto, and shall include any enlargement of, addition to or permitted change in such drive aisles and/or striped portions of the Common Areas.
          (k) “ Permittees ” shall mean and refer to the Parties and the tenants and subtenants of either Party, their respective successors and assigns, and their respective

3


 

employees, officers, partners, members, directors, shareholders, agents, contractors, customers, visitors, invitees, licensees, subtenants and concessionaires.
          (l) “ Person ” or “ Persons ” shall mean and include individuals, partnerships, firms, associations, joint ventures, business trusts, corporations, or any other form of business entity.
          (m) “ Proportionate Share for each Lot ” shall mean that certain fraction calculated by dividing (i) the total Gross Building Area within (or deemed within) such Lot by (ii) the total Gross Building Area within (or deemed within) all Lots within the Penang Site.
          (n) “ Reconciliation Statement ” shall mean such Statement described in Section 5(b)(i) below.
          (o) “ Utilities ” shall mean any and all utilities and related equipment, lines, services, enclosures and supporting facilities serving the Penang Site, including, without limitation, pipelines, electrical lines, communication and data lines and equipment of all kinds, fire protection systems, water lines, compressed air lines, fire alarm systems, public address and sound systems, boilers, chilled water lines, emergency generators facilities, radio communication systems and any other utility necessary or convenient for the operation of the Penang Site and facilities located thereon, but excluding sewer and drainage lines.
     2.  Common Use Facilities .
          (a) The following facilities, located as identified on the Site Map, constitute the common use facilities (the “ Common Use Facilities ”):
  (i)   Sports Complex;
 
  (ii)   Clinic;
 
  (iii)   Kitchen; and
 
  (iv)   Convenience Store.
          (b) The following facilities, located as identified on the Site Map, constitute the temporary common use facilities (the “ Temporary Common Use Facilities ”):
  (i)   Main Cafeteria Dining Area;
 
  (ii)   Site Data Center;
 
  (iii)   Main Lobby;
 
  (iv)   FGI Warehouse;
 
  (v)   Incoming Store;
 
  (vi)   Site Logistics Area;

4


 

  (vii)   Logistics Office;
 
  (viii)   Procurement Store;
 
  (ix)   SMI Area; and
 
  (x)   Oracle Support Area.
          (c) The Parties shall allow free and unobstructed flow of pedestrian traffic within, and to and from, the Common Use Facilities and the Temporary Use Facilities. If any of the Common Use Facilities or Temporary Common Use Facilities are not free-standing buildings on a Lot, to the extent necessary to access said facilities the Parties hereby grant access to the Common Area hallways, stairways and elevators designated as such by Agilent or Avago within the buildings in which such facilities are located for the sole purpose of accessing same. The right to access and use the Temporary Common Use Facilities shall terminate on the earlier of (i) September 30, 2006, or (ii) the date of completion of the planned separation for each such facility. All costs and expenses relating to such separation shall be allocated in accordance with the MSA. The right of access to, and use of, any Common Use Facility granted herein may be terminated by the Party on whose Lot such facility is located any time after the first anniversary of this Agreement by providing at least 270 days prior written notice of the intended cessation to the other Party (“ Cessation Notice ”). This Agreement shall continue with respect to such Common Use Facilities which are not specifically terminated by delivery of a Cessation Notice until such time as a Cessation Notice is delivered with respect to any remaining Common Use Facilities.
     3.  Services and Utilities .
          (a) Services to be Provided . In connection with the operation of some of the Common Use Facilities and Temporary Common Use Facilities, the Parties agree to provide to each other, or cause to be provided to both Parties, the various day-to-day services set forth on Exhibit B hereof relating to such facility, which services may be amended to include additional services as the Parties may from time to time agree (collectively, the “ Services ”). The costs and expenses incurred to provide such Services, plus a reasonable and customary fee as established from time to time by the Parties (the “ Services Costs ”), shall be allocated between the Parties, based on a budget to be established pursuant hereto with the Services Costs allocated between the Parties in accordance with the applicable allocation method set forth on Exhibit B hereto.
          (b) Budget; Payment . Within thirty (30) days following the Effective Date and thereafter at least sixty (60) days prior to January 1 of each calendar year thereafter in which a Party is responsible for providing any Service, such Party shall devise and deliver to the other Party a budget on a monthly basis for such calendar year that sets forth the estimated costs relating to the provision of the Service. Within thirty (30) days of such delivery, the Parties shall work together to resolve any issues raised by either Party and shall finalize such budget by the commencement of the relevant calendar year. The Parties agree to pay their allocated share of such costs within thirty (30) days of receipt of a statement for such item. An administrative fee equal to five percent (5%) of such fees shall be included in the monthly invoice.

5


 

          (c) Standard of Services . The Parties acknowledge that it is impracticable to define the full scope of each Service to be provided pursuant hereto. As a result, each Party hereby agrees to use its good faith, commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any Service required to be provided hereunder shall be provided, to the fullest extent possible, in a manner consistent with the provision of any comparable service provided at the Penang Site to Agilent or ATI, as the case may be, immediately prior to the Effective Date.
          (d) Termination of Services . The provision of any Service may be terminated without cause and the level or scope of the Service may be materially modified by the Party providing such Service upon 180 days prior written notice to the other Party and the obligation to provide a Service shall automatically terminate upon the termination of the right to use the related Common Use Facilities or Temporary Common Use Facilities pursuant to Section 2(c) above. Such cessation or modification shall result in a pro rata adjustment to the fees payable with respect thereto.
          (e) Separation of Utilities . The Parties agree that the Utilities serving each Lot are intended to be separated in connection with the Business Sale as part of the separation matters contemplated under the MSA. It is the intent and agreement of the Parties to separate the Utilities as soon as possible following the Effective Date and in any event no later than July 31, 2006. The Parties agree to undertake such actions and execute such documents as are reasonably required in connection therewith. All costs and expenses incurred for such separation of Utilities shall be allocated between the Parties in accordance with the MSA. Prior to completion of the separation of the Utilities, the Parties shall allocate the cost of any such Utilities which are not separately metered for each Lot (or a building within a Lot) between themselves based upon each Party’s Proportionate Share of the Gross Building Area of the Penang Site. As of the Effective Date, the Parties agree that the Gross Building Area on the Agilent Lot is 831,000 and on the Avago Lot is 401,000.
     4.  Easements .
          (a) Ingress, Egress and Parking Easements . For the benefit of the respective Lots and the Parties, and their respective lessees, sublessees, employees, licensees, customers and business invitees, each Party establishes as an appurtenance to its respective Lot non-exclusive easements and rights of way (i) for pedestrian ingress to and egress from the Common Areas within the Lots; (ii) for vehicular ingress to and egress from the Common Areas within the Lots; and (iii) for temporary parking on the Parking Areas within the Lots. The easement for temporary parking on the Lots shall consist of the right to utilize a number of parking spaces on the other Party’s Lot as follows: (a) the aggregate number of parking spaces available to such Party (on its own Lot and the other Party’s Lot) shall equal a percentage of the total parking spaces available for use on the Penang Site (the “ Parking Allocation ”), and (b) the Parking Allocation shall be determined by dividing (x) the total square footage of all improvements on such Party’s Lot, by (y) the total square footage of all Improvements on the Penang Site. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to prevent (a) the installation and maintenance of the Common Area Improvements or (b) changes in the Common Areas in accordance with this Agreement; provided, however, except with the prior written consent of the other Party, neither Party shall reduce the number of parking spaces located on its Lot as of the Effective Date. Each Party further agrees to add parking space sufficient to accommodate

6


 

reasonably anticipated additional parking needs generated by any further development of its respective Lot.
          (b) Sewer Line Utility Easement . For the benefit of the respective Lots and the Parties, each Party hereby grants, as an appurtenance to its respective Lot, a perpetual non-exclusive easement across, over, and under the Common Areas, including, without limitation, the right to install, maintain, use, repair and replace underground pipes, ducts, conducts and wires for the purpose of transmitting and distributing sewer and drainage line; provided , however , that no such public utilities and installations shall be located above the surface of the Common Areas of any parcel, except for such above ground appurtenances as are reasonably necessary for the proper functioning or maintenance of such utility installation. Each Party shall be responsible for the maintenance and repair of the portion of the sewer and drainage that runs under its respective Lot. If a Party has not addressed the need for repair of a portion of the sewer or drainage line running under its Lot within a reasonable time period (determined on a case-by-case basis, depending on the specific repair need) after written notice of such from the Non-Defaulting Party, the Non-Defaulting Party may take such actions as shall be reasonably required to complete such repair. All reasonable costs and expenses relating to the repair and maintenance of the sewer and drainage line by the Non-Defaulting Party’s Lot shall be allocated between the Parties based on the same allocation method as set forth in Exhibit C for allocation of sewer line maintenance and repair, provided , however , that the Non-Defaulting Party shall be reimbursed a 10% administrative fee for handling the repair.
          (c) License and Right to Use Easements . It is the intent of the Parties to grant to each other perpetual easements as set forth in Sections 4.A and 4.B. above. The Parties acknowledge, however, that prior to the transfer of Agilent’s interest in the Avago Lot to Avago pursuant to the Property Sale Agreement, Avago does not hold a legal interest in the Avago Lot under which it can grant such easement rights to Agilent. Therefore, so long as Avago’s interest in the Avago Lot is a tenancy under the Primary Tenancy Agreement (or any successor tenancy or sublease agreement), the easements hereunder intended to benefit Agilent and the Agilent Lot shall currently be deemed rights retained by Agilent as landlord under the Primary Tenancy Agreement and shall automatically be deemed easements granted by Avago to Agilent upon the consummation of the transfer of Agilent’s interest in the Avago Lot to Avago pursuant to the Property Sale Agreement.
          (d) Registration of Easements . Each Party agrees, for itself and its successors and assigns, that it shall execute such documents in registerable form as may be reasonably necessary to effectuate the provisions of this Section 4, including, without limitation, any documents granting easements, licenses and similar rights to utility companies and governmental bodies or agencies thereof. The Parties agree to take such actions so as to enable the registration of easements so granted hereunder pursuant to the provisions of the National Land Code, 1965, and for such registered easements to be effective for the duration of this Agreement, as provided herein. In the event the grant of the easements hereunder is subject to approval from the relevant authorities and the Parties agree that they shall take such reasonable actions and execute such documents so as to obtain such approvals from the relevant authority as soon as commercially practicable. For the avoidance of doubt, each Party hereby agrees that the registration of such easements granted in favor of the other by the other Party are for their benefit respectively and each further agree that the non-registration of such easement pursuant to the National Land

7


 

Code, 1965 arising from the inability to obtain the approvals from the relevant authority shall not entitle the affected Party to terminate the easements and rights of way granted hereby.
          (e) No Other Use . The Common Areas shall not be used for any purpose or by any Person not permitted by this Agreement.
     5.  Maintenance of Common Areas .
          (a) Common Area Maintenance . Except for work required of any Party hereunder, Operator shall maintain or cause to be maintained the Common Areas and Common Area Improvements in a good, clean and first-class condition, consistent with past practice, such maintenance to include, without limitation, the following:
          (i) Maintenance, repair and replacement of all paved surfaces, in a level, smooth, and evenly covered condition with the type of surfacing material originally installed or such substitute as shall in all respects be at least equal to such original material in quality, use, appearance, and durability;
          (ii) Maintenance, repair and replacement of all curbs, curb-cuts, gutters, walkways and retaining walls;
          (iii) Painting and striping of all Parking Areas;
          (iv) Placement, maintenance, repair and replacement of all necessary appropriate directional signs, markers and lines, and maintenance, repair and replacement of any artificial lighting facilities, including the replacement of fixtures and bulbs;
          (v) Provision of water for the landscaping in the Common Areas;
          (vi) Maintenance of all landscaped areas and replacement of shrubbery and planting, and flowers including weeding, pruning and fertilizing, and repairing automatic sprinkler systems;
          (vii) Removal of all paper, debris, filth, refuse, including thorough sweeping in the Common Areas necessary to keep the Common Areas in a clean and orderly condition;
          (viii) Compliance with all applicable requirements of governmental agencies pertaining to the Common Area and Common Area Improvements, including, without limitation, any alterations or additions required to be maintained in or about the Common Area under any laws, statutes, regulations or requirements now or hereafter adopted and made applicable to the Common Areas;
          (ix) To the extent deemed reasonably necessary by the Operator, provision of individuals to supervise traffic at entrances and exits to the Penang Site as conditions reasonably require in order to maintain orderly and proper traffic flow in the Penang Site;

8


 

          (x) To the extent deemed reasonably necessary by the Operator, provision of on-site security personnel during the hours that the Penang Site is open for business to the public or periodic patrol by security personnel during the hours that the Penang Site is closed;
          (xi) Collection of each Party’s Proportionate Share of CAM Costs, to the extent the Operator believes, in its good faith judgment, that the collection efforts are worthwhile; and
          (xii) Retention of records of the grading and drainage plan and other plans and specifications for the installation of the Common Area Improvements, and approval or disapproval of the quality of Common Area Improvements to be constructed.
          (b) Each Party shall furnish, at its sole cost and expense, all electricity for the lighting of the Common Areas within such Party’s Lot. Each Party shall comply with all rules and guidelines established by the Operator with respect to such lighting systems including, without limitation, the times during which such lighting systems are to be operated.
     6.  Payment of CAM Costs .
          (a) Costs and Payment . The Operator shall pay for CAM Costs out of monies collected from the Parties and the Operator shall have no obligation to advance CAM Costs or other expenses. The annual CAM Costs payable hereunder shall be estimated by the Operator in its reasonable discretion based on the anticipated costs and expenses over the forthcoming twelve (12) month period and shall be allocated between the Parties as provided on Exhibit C hereto. The estimated CAM Costs shall be paid in advance by each Party as the Operator shall direct, but not more frequently than monthly or less frequently than annually. The amount of each payment may be adjusted from time to time by the Operator based upon the Operator’s reasonable expectation of a change to the estimated CAM Costs. The Operator shall true up actual to budgeted expenses as soon as reasonably practical after the end of the year and send out a statement reflecting any adjustments required (the “ Reconciliation Statement ”). If the payments made by a Party during a calendar year exceed the actual amount required for the performance of the obligations hereunder for such calendar year, at the Operator’s option such excess shall be (i) credited to CAM Costs next due from such Party hereunder; (ii) refunded to the Party; (iii) applied, for the benefit of the Penang Site, to a reserve account for future contingencies, if such application is reasonably deemed necessary by the Operator; or (iv) all or any combination of clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above. If the Reconciliation Statement shows that an additional sum is due to the Operator, such Party shall pay such sum to the Operator within thirty (30) days after the date the Reconciliation Statement was mailed.
          (b) Records . The Operator or its designees shall keep and maintain complete, accurate and customary records and books of account of the CAM Costs for one (1) year after the end of the calendar year to which such records and books of account pertain. The Operator may destroy any records after such one-year period, unless there is an active dispute over CAM Costs for the year that would then be subject to destruction. A Party or its representative shall have the right, at such Party’s sole expense, to audit the Operator’s books and records showing CAM Costs upon at least ten (10) business days prior written notice and during normal working days and hours at any time within one hundred eighty (180) days following the Operator’s

9


 

delivery of the Annual Statement. Such Party shall pay all fees and expenses of such audit unless the audit discloses that Operating Expenses were overstated by the Operator by five percent (5%) or more, in which case the Operator shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses of such audit.
          (c) Operator’s Failure to Maintain Common Areas . If the Operator is in material default in the performance of its obligations as the Operator, then Avago shall have the right to give the Operator written notice of such default specifying the particulars in respect to which the Operator’s performance is deemed to be a material default. If at the end of a thirty (30) day period from receipt of such notice, the Operator’s material default has not been corrected, then Avago shall have the right to remove the Operator, effective upon written notice, and to assume the obligations of the Operator or appoint a New Operator pursuant to Section 6(d) below. In such event, the reasonable costs so incurred by Avago with respect to the replacement of the Operator shall be included in the CAM Costs payable by all Parties and reimbursed to Avago by the Operator from monies received through CAM Costs payments by the Parties. In the event that (x) a New Operator is engaged pursuant to Section 5(d) below which is not affiliated with either Party, and (y) Agilent (or an affiliated entity) remains the owner of the Agilent Lot, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith towards mutually-acceptable rights with respect to the removal of such New Operator for failure to perform and, upon any agreement relating thereto, the Parties shall amend this subsection (c) accordingly.
          (d) Replacement of Operator . Upon resignation or removal of the Operator (“ Former Operator ”), the Parties shall select and engage a new operator (“ New Operator ”), who need not be a Party. On the effective date of the resignation or removal, the Former Operator shall be released from all subsequent duties, obligations and responsibilities imposed upon the Operator by this Agreement, and the New Operator shall assume such subsequent duties, obligations and responsibilities as the Operator. Such takeover shall not relieve the Former Operator of any of its other duties, obligations or responsibilities as a Party under this Agreement. Upon any such takeover, the Former Operator shall transfer to the New Operator (i) all prepaid CAM Costs not previously spent or reserved by the Former Operator to pay CAM Costs already incurred or Maintenance Fees already earned, and (ii) copies of all applicable books and records relating to the operation and maintenance of the Common Areas and construction of Common Area Improvements. The Former Operator shall provide any and all information and documentation to effectuate the transfer of responsibility, including, without limitation, notification to insurers and transfer or termination of insurance policies and service contracts. Such transfer of the maintenance and operation of the Common Area shall not (i) obligate any Party to pay any cost or expense in respect to the maintenance and operation of the Common Area and Common Area Improvements except such Party’s Proportionate Share of CAM Costs, (ii) relieve either Party of its obligations to pay its respective Proportionate Share, or (iii) relieve the Former Operator from any liability or responsibility with respect to the operation and maintenance of the Common Areas and Common Area Improvements prior to such transfer. The Former Operator shall be entitled to collect from the Parties any unpaid amounts to which the Former Operator is entitled under this Agreement. If Agilent is the Operator, then upon sale of the Agilent Lot to an unaffiliated third party, Agilent shall resign as the Operator and Avago shall have the right to become the New Operator or name a third party to so act. At such time as neither Agilent nor Avago own a Lot at the Penang Site, the New Operator shall be either the successor to the last of Agilent or Avago to own a Lot at the Penang Site or a third party designated by such successor.

10


 

          (e) Entrances .
          (i) Each Party shall maintain and repair at its sole cost and expense all present and future entrance buildings on its respective Lot that provide access to the Penang Site. Each Party shall be entitled to relocate, abandon or add entrance facilities to its Lot as it deems appropriate; provided , however , no such relocation, abandonment or addition shall unreasonably interfere with, restrict or impair the utilization of the Penang Site by the other Party.
          (ii) Subject to applicable Law, each Party shall have rights to install, maintain and repair equal signage at all entrances to the Penang Site located on the other Party’s Lot.
     7.  Use Restrictions . Except with the prior written consent of the owner of the other Lot or as otherwise may be provided in any Primary Parcel Agreement, the Parties agree that neither Lot may be used so as to create (a) an environmental hazard or nuisance that is in violation of any applicable Law, (b) any other burden that requires additional utilities or other improvements to the Penang Site, unless such additional burden, including any added cost to operate, remedy or maintain the same, is assumed in writing by the party adding the burden, or (c) a use or condition not specifically allowed as a “primary” use under the then-applicable zoning regulations applicable to the Lot in question. Additional buildings or expansion of existing buildings may be placed on either Lot by the owner thereof; provided, however, any additional burdens on parking, the sewer and drainage lines, entrance gates or other services or facilities on the Penang Site shall be exclusively mitigated and paid for by the Party adding such improvements. The Parties further agree to screen from view or locate material and waste storage facilities so as to minimize the visual impact of such items.
     8.  Right of First Offer . In the event that a Party (for the purpose of this Section 8, the “ Seller ”) should decide that it wishes to sell all or any portion of its Lot (the “ Sale Lot ”) to an unaffiliated third party, other than in connection with the sale of all or substantially all of the business assets or operations located on such Party’s Lot to the same purchaser of the business assets or operations or an affiliate of such purchaser as is buying the Sale Lot, the non-selling Lot owner (the “ Buyer ”) shall have the right of first offer (the “ Right of First Offer ”) with respect to the purchase of the Sale Lot from the Seller before any offer of the Lot is made to third parties. The Right of First Offer shall be exercised in such manner and subject to such terms and conditions as are set forth in this Section 8. A Sale Lot shall not be transferred to an unaffiliated third party without the prior written consent of the Buyer hereto or otherwise in strict compliance with the provisions of this Section 8. For the purposes of this Section 8, the “ Purchase Price ” shall mean such amount as is designated by the Seller (the “ Seller’s Offer ”) in a written notice to the Buyer advising the Buyer of its interest in selling the Sale Lot and designating, in addition to Purchase Price, the Sale Lot, proposed closing date, and any other material conditions or restrictions intended to govern the sale of the Sale Lot. If the Buyer wishes to enter into a contract for the purchase of the Sale Lot offered for sale in the Seller’s Offer, the Buyer shall so inform the Seller in writing and the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to execute a contract for the sale and purchase of the Sale Lot within thirty (30) days after the election is received by the Seller. Such contract shall provide for closing of the sale within sixty (60) days of the contract date. If the Buyer does not so notify the Seller in a timely manner of its election to enter into a contract for the purchase of the Sale Lot pursuant to Seller’s Offer, the Seller shall be free to

11


 

offer the Sale Lot to an unaffiliated third party purchaser, on terms no less favorable to the Seller than those set forth in the Seller’s Offer. If the Seller does not thereafter complete a sale of the Sale Lot within nine (9) months following Buyer’s lack of acceptance of Seller’s offer on terms no less favorable to the Seller than are set forth in the Seller’s Offer, any sale of the Sale Lot or any part thereof shall again be subject to all terms of this Section 8 as though the Sale Lot had not previously been offered to the Buyer. At any time, the Buyer may request in writing and shall be entitled to receive a copy of any contract, closing document or other written instrument pertaining to the sale to any third party by the Seller of a Sale Lot. If the Seller has strictly complied with the terms of this Section 8, at the Seller’s written request in connection with the closing of a sale of a Sale Lot, the Buyer shall affirm in writing to any interested party that the Seller has complied with the terms of this Section 8.
     9.  Duration of Agreement . Except as specifically otherwise set forth herein, the agreements, easements, restrictions, rights, obligations and duties contained in this Agreement shall be perpetual.
     10.  Warehouse . Agilent hereby covenants and agrees that it shall construct, or cause to be constructed, a new warehouse building on the Avago Lot in the approximate location identified on the Site Map (the “ New Warehouse ”). The Parties intend such New Warehouse to replicate for Avago the warehouse facilities located on the Agilent Lot which were utilized by Agilent in connection with the Business prior to the closing of the Business Sale. The New Warehouse shall be constructed utilizing new materials in manner, size (both cubic and square feet) and quality of materials and workmenship consistent with Agilent’s existing warehouse facilities and complying with all applicable laws and zoning and building codes. All costs and expenses relating to the construction of the New Warehouse shall be allocated between the Parties in accordance with the MSA.
     11.  Indemnification .
          (a) Each Party that enters the Lot of the other Party pursuant to the exercise of the rights granted herein (“ Indemnitor ”) covenants and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other Party and Permittees (collectively, an “ Indemnitee ”) from and against all claims, costs, expenses and liability (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and cost of suit incurred in connection with all claims) including any action or proceedings brought hereon, arising from or as a result of the death of, or any accident, injury, loss, claim, liability, cost or damage whatsoever caused to any person, property or entity, which shall occur on the Lot or portion thereof owned by such Indemnitee, except for claims caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or its Permittees wherever the same may occur. In no event shall either Party be liable to any Indemnitee under this Agreement for any consequential (including, without limitation, any injury to such Indemnitee’s person or business or loss of income or profit therefrom), punitive, exemplary or special damages.
          (b) Each Party (the “ Releasor ”) hereby releases and waives for itself and on behalf of its insurer, the other Party (the “ Releasees ”) from any liability for any loss or damage to all property of such Releasor located upon any portion of the Penang Site, which loss or damage is of the type generally covered by fire and casualty insurance with all available extended coverage endorsements, irrespective of any negligence on the part of the Releasees which may have contributed to or caused such loss, or of the amount of such insurance required

12


 

or actually needed, appropriate endorsements to its policies of insurance with respect to the foregoing release; it being understood, however, that failure to obtain such endorsements shall not affect the release hereinabove given.
     12.  General Provisions .
          (a) Coordinating Committee .
          (i) Within thirty (30) days after the date hereof, the Parties shall establish a coordinating committee (the “ Coordinating Committee ”) which shall consist of four (4) members, two (2) of which shall be appointed by Agilent and two (2) of which shall be appointed by Avago. Each Party, upon prior written notice to the other Party, may from time to time remove or replace any member appointed by such Party. So long as Agilent and Avago are the owners of the Lots (or Avago is the tenant under the Primary Tenancy Agreement (or any successor agreement)), this Coordinating Committee shall be the same one provided for under the Primary Parcel Tenancy Agreement.
          (ii) Except as the Parties may otherwise agree in writing, the Coordinating Committee shall have the power and the responsibility under this Agreement to:
(A) act as a forum for the liaison between the Parties with respect to the day-to-day implementation of this Agreement;
(B) subject to Section 12(b), seek to resolve disputes; and
(C) undertake such other functions as the Parties may agree in writing.
          (b) Disputes and Governing Law .
          (i) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Malaysia, without reference to the choice of law principles thereof.
          (ii) Any Party seeking the resolution of a dispute arising under this Agreement must provide written notice of such dispute to the other Party, which notice shall describe the nature of such dispute. All such disputes shall be referred initially to the Coordinating Committee for resolution. Decisions of the Coordinating Committee under this Section 12(b) shall be made by unanimous vote of all members and shall be final and legally binding on the Parties. If a dispute is resolved by the Coordinating Committee, then the terms of the resolution and settlement of such dispute shall be set forth in writing and signed by both Parties. In the event that the Coordinating Committee does not resolve a dispute within thirty (30) days of the submission thereof, such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with Section 12(b)(iii). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Agilent and Avago shall each continue to perform their obligations under this Agreement during the pendency of such dispute in accordance with this Agreement.

13


 

          (iii) The Parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction to prevent any breach of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement by bringing a relevant action in the courts located in Penang, Malaysia, in addition to any other remedy to which any Party may be entitled at law or in equity. In addition, the Parties agree that any disputes, claims or controversies between the Parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement, whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise and whether relating to the meaning, interpretation, effect, validity, performance or enforcement of this Agreement which have not been resolved by the Coordinating Committee shall be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts located in Penang, Malaysia.
          (c) Waiver . One Party’s consent to or approval of any act by the other Party requiring the first Party’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary the first Party’s consent to or approval of any subsequent similar act by the other Party. No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy accruing to either Party upon any breach by the other Party under this Agreement shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver of any such breach theretofore or hereafter occurring. The waiver by either Party of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provisions herein contained.
          (d) Force Majeure . Any prevention, delay, or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, inclement weather, labor disputes, inability to obtain labor, materials, fuels or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental restrictions, regulations, controls, action or inaction, civil commotion, fire or other acts of God, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of either Party to perform shall excuse the performance by such Party, for a reasonable period not to exceed the period of any said prevention, delay, or stoppage, of any obligation hereunder.
          (e) Notices . Any notice required or desired to be given regarding this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally served, or in lieu of personal service may be given by AR Registered Post or by internationally recognized overnight courier at the following addresses for the Parties (or such other addresses as may be specified by a Party hereto giving notice of same to the other Party in accordance with this Section):
         
 
  If to Agilent:   Agilent Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
 
      Bayan Lepas Free Industrial Zone
 
      11900 Bayan Lepas, Penang
 
      Malaysia
 
      Attention: Mr. Seah Teoh-Teh
 
       
 
  With copy to:   Agilent Technologies, Inc.
 
      395 Page Mill Road
 
      Palo Alto, CA 94306
 
      United States of America
 
      Attention: General Counsel

14


 

         
 
  If to the Avago:   Avago Technologies Pte. Limited
 
      1 Yishun Avenue 7
 
      Singapore 768923
 
      Attn: Bien-Ee Tan
 
       
 
  With copy to:   Avago Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd
 
      (Formerly known as Jumbo Portfolio Sdn
 
      Bhd) Bayan Lepas Free Industrial Zone
 
      11900 Bayan Lepas, Penang, Malaysia
 
      Attn: Kong-Beng Saw
 
       
 
                          - and -
 
       
 
      Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co.
 
      9 West 57th St., Ste. 4200
 
      New York, NY 10019
 
      United States of America
 
      Attn: William Cornog
Personally served notices shall be deemed to have been given when received by the Party, if served by prepaid registered post, such notice shall be deemed to have been given (i) on the seventh business day after such posting, certified and postage prepaid, addressed to the Party to be served at the address set forth in the preceding sentence was posted, and (ii) in all other cases when actually received.
          (f) Miscellaneous . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Agreement in which time of performance is a factor. This Agreement shall, subject to the provisions regarding assignment, apply to and bind the respective heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of Avago and Agilent. Nothing in this Section is intended to confer personal liability upon the officers or shareholders of Avago or Agilent. Neither Party shall become or be deemed a partner nor a joint venturer with the other by reason of the provisions of this Agreement.
          (g) Rules of Interpretation .
          (i) Whenever the words “ include ”, “ includes ” or “ including ” are used in this Agreement they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”
          (ii) The words “ hereof ”, “ hereto ”, “ herein ” and “ herewith ” and words of similar import shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and article, section, paragraph and exhibit references are to the articles, sections, paragraphs and exhibits of this Agreement unless otherwise specified.
          (iii) The meaning assigned to each term defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and the plural forms of such term, and words denoting any gender shall include all genders. Where a word or phrase is defined herein, each of its other grammatical forms shall have a corresponding meaning.

15


 

          (iv) A reference to any Party to this Agreement or any other agreement or document shall include such Party’s successors and permitted assigns.
          (v) A reference to any legislation or to any provision of any legislation shall include any amendment to, and any modification or re-enactment thereof, any legislative provision substituted therefor and all regulations and statutory instruments issued thereunder or pursuant thereto.
          (vi) The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.
          (vii) Headings are for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of the provisions of this Agreement.
          (viii) Any Exhibits attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference and shall be considered as part of this Agreement.
          (ix) The language in all parts of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed as a whole according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against either Avago or Agilent.
          (h) If any term, condition, stipulation, provision, covenant or undertaking of this Agreement is or may become under any written Law, or is found by any court or administrative body of competent jurisdiction to be, illegal, void, invalid, prohibited or unenforceable then: (i) such term, condition, stipulation, provision, covenant or undertaking shall be ineffective to the extent of such illegality, voidness, invalidity, prohibition or unenforceability; (ii) the remaining terms, conditions, stipulations, provisions, covenants or undertaking of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect; and (iii) the Parties shall use their respective best endeavors to negotiate and agree a substitute term, condition, stipulation, provision, covenant or undertaking which is valid and enforceable and achieves to the greatest extent possible the economic, legal and commercial objectives of such illegal, void, invalid, prohibited or unenforceable term, condition, stipulation, provision, covenant or undertaking. In the event that the perpetual term contemplated herein is not enforceable, the Parties agree to take such action to extend the term hereof as shall be permitted by law or to immediately enter into a new agreement on the same terms and conditions as set forth herein, effective as of the expiration of the enforceable term of this Agreement.
(This space intentionally left blank)

16


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
                     
“Agilent”       “Avago”    
 
                   
AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD., a company organized under the
laws of Malaysia.
      AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD., a company organized under the laws of Malaysia    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Gooi Soon Chai
 
      By:   /s/ Kenneth Y. Hao
 
   
Name:
  Gooi Soon Chai       Name:   Kenneth Y. Hao    
Title:
  President of Agilent Malaysia & Singapore       Title:   Director    

17

 

Exhibit 10.9
PENANG PRIMARY PARCEL
EXECUTION VERSION
DATED THIS 1st DAY OF DECEMBER, 2005
BETWEEN
AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD.
(the “Vendor”)
AND
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD.
(Company No.: 704181-P)
(formerly known as Jumbo Portfolio Sdn. Bhd.)
(the “Purchaser” )
 
SALE AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
Wong & Partners
Level 41, Suite A
Menara Maxis
Kuala Lumpur City Centre
50088 Kuala Lumpur

 


 

SALE AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is made on the 1st day of December, 2005.
BETWEEN
AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD. (Company No. 12767-W) of Bayan Lepas Free Industrial Zone, 11900 Bayan Lepas, Penang (hereinafter referred to as the “Vendor”);
AND
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD. (formerly known as Jumbo Portfolio Sdn. Bhd.) (Company No. 704181-P) whose registered office is at Level 18, Menara Milenium, Jalan Damanlela, Pusat Bandar Damansara, 50490 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia (hereinafter referred to as the “Purchaser”). Purchaser and Vendor are sometimes referred to herein individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.
WHEREAS :
A. The Vendor is the registered and beneficial proprietor of the Land (as hereinafter defined).
B. Agilent Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Agilent”), and Avago Technologies Pte. Limited (formerly known as Argos Acquisition Pte. Ltd.), a Singapore private limited company (“Avago”), have entered into that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of August 14, 2005 (as such may be amended from time to time, the “APA”), pursuant to which Agilent has agreed to sell to Avago its semiconductor products business and related operations (the “SPG Business”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the APA and the local asset transfer agreement to be entered into between the Vendor and the Purchaser in connection therewith (the “LATA”).
C. Pursuant to the APA, Agilent intends (i) to secure the subdivision of the Land into the Property (as hereinafter defined) and a remaining parcel to be retained by the Vendor, (ii) to cause the land title to the Property to be transferred to Purchaser, (iii) to then convey the Property and Improvements to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement and the other Related Agreement(s), and (iv) in the event that certain relevant approvals cannot be obtained for such subdivision and transfer, to lease the Property to the Purchaser for the balance of the Vendor’s leasehold term pursuant to the lease granted to it in respect of the Land.
D. In connection with the foregoing and pursuant to the APA, prior to the Closing (as such term is defined in the LATA), the Vendor and the Purchaser have entered into or intend to enter into certain other agreements setting forth their respective rights with respect to (i) the shared use of certain facilities, regardless of whether such facilities are located on the Property or the remaining parcel to be retained by the Vendor, (ii) the maintenance, repair, replacement and operation of the Complex (as defined in that certain Tenancy Agreement hereinafter defined), (iii) the granting of certain perpetual easements relating to certain utilities, cross-access and related rights, and (iv) rights and duties regarding same.

 


 

E. The subdivision and transfer of the Property and Improvements cannot be consummated by the Closing Date (as such term is defined in the LATA). Accordingly and in connection therewith, pursuant to the APA, the Vendor has agreed to grant to the Purchaser a tenancy in the Property pursuant to the terms and conditions of that certain tenancy agreement dated as of October 24, 2005 between the Parties (the “Tenancy Agreement”). Such tenancy granted pursuant to the Tenancy Agreement shall terminate in accordance with its terms upon the Purchaser becoming the registered proprietor of the Property.
F. The Vendor has agreed to sell and the Purchaser has agreed to purchase the Property for the consideration and on the terms and upon the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and subject to the conditions expressed or implied in the issue document of title relating to the Property (once the issue document of title has been issued).
OPERATIVE PROVISIONS:
1.   Interpretation & Definitions
  1.1   For the purposes of this Agreement the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:
         
 
  “Affected Party”   shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 4.7;
 
       
 
  “APA”   shall have the meaning ascribed in the Recitals;
 
       
 
  “Assessments”   shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 11.2
 
       
 
  “Completion Date”   means the date which is seven (7) days after the date of satisfaction of the last of the Conditions under Section 5 hereof to be satisfied or waived;
 
       
 
  “Conditions”   shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 4;
 
       
 
  “Coordinating Committee”   shall have the meaning ascribed in the Tenancy Agreement;
 
       
 
  “Cut-Off Date”   means the date that falls on the last day of the thirtieth (30) calendar month from the date of this Agreement or such longer period as may be mutually agreed in writing by the Parties;
 
       
 
  “Encumbrance”   means any interest or equity of any person (including any right to acquire, option or right of pre-emption) or any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, assignment, hypothecation, security interest, lease, encumbrance, right, contract, charge, condition, easement, title retention or any other security agreement or arrangement (except solely the rights created under the Tenancy Agreement,

2


 

         
 
      this Agreement and the other Related Agreements (as hereinafter defined) referenced and incorporated by reference therein);
 
       
 
  “Improvements”   means all buildings and improvements located on the Property, and all fixtures, machinery, and equipment attached thereto, all parking lots, driveways, pavings, access cuts, lighting, landscaping, sidewalks, fences, ponds, wetlands, ditches, flumes, water, water rights, reservoirs, and site improvements of any kind (if any) situated upon the Property, and all right, title and interest, if any, of the Vendor in and to any land lying in the bed of any street, road or avenue opened or proposed, public or private, in from of or adjoining the Property.
 
       
 
  “Land”   means the piece of land, bearing title details PN 2826 Lot 4585, Mukim 12 Daerah Barat Daya, Penang;
 
       
 
  “Land Registry”   means the Land Registry or Land Office at which the title to the Land or the Property, as the case may be, is registered or to be registered under the provisions of the National Land Code;
 
       
 
  “LATA”   shall have the meaning ascribed in the Recitals;
 
       
 
  “National Land Code”   means the National Land Code (Act 56 of 1965) and includes all amendments or re-enactments thereof;
 
       
 
  “Price”   shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 2.1;
 
       
 
  “Property”   means such part of the Land as delineated on the Survey attached as Annexure A hereto and incorporated herein which measures 26.99 acres, together with the Improvements thereon and bearing the postal address of Bayan Lepas Free Industrial Zone, 11900 Bayan Lepas, Penang, Malaysia;
 
       
 
  “Purchaser”   shall have the meaning ascribed in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement;

3


 

         
 
  “Purchaser’s Caveat”   means the private caveat to be lodged against the Property by the Purchaser pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;
 
       
 
  “Purchaser’s Solicitors”   means Zaid Ibrahim & Co. of Level 19, Menara Milenium, Jalan Damanlela, Pusat Bandar Damansara, 50490 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia;
 
       
 
  “Related Agreement”   shall have the meaning ascribed in the Tenancy Agreement;
 
       
 
  “Survey”   shall mean the survey attached hereto as Annexure A and incorporated by reference herein;
 
       
 
  “Tenancy Agreement”   shall have the meaning ascribed in the Recitals and includes, for the purposes hereof, each of the Related Agreements referenced and incorporated by reference therein;
 
       
 
  “Transfer”   means a valid and registrable memorandum of transfer in Form 14A of the National Land Code or such other prescribed statutory form, in respect of the Property, duly completed and executed by the Vendor in favour of the Purchaser or its nominee;
 
       
 
  “Transfer Documents”   means :
 
       
 
     
l.    the separate issue document of title to the Property;
 
       
 
     
2.    the Transfer;
 
       
 
     
3.    a stamping proforma duly executed by the Vendor in relation to the transfer of the Property for the Price and on the terms set out in this Agreement;
 
       
 
     
4.    the quit rent and assessment receipts in respect of the Property for the current year; and
 
       
 
     
5.    all other documents in the possession of the Vendor that may be required to enable registration of the Transfer to be effected in favour of the Purchaser or its nominee free from encumbrances in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

4


 

         
 
  “Vendor”   shall have the meaning ascribed in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement;
 
       
 
  “Vendor’s Solicitors”   means Wong & Partners of Level 41 — Suite A, Menara Maxis, Kuala Lumpur City Centre, 50088 Kuala Lumpur.
  1.2   In this Agreement, unless it is otherwise expressly provided:
  (a)   whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation;”
 
  (b)   the words “hereof”, “hereto”, herein” and “herewith” and words of similar import shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and article, section, paragraph and exhibit references are to the articles, sections, paragraphs and exhibits of this Agreement unless otherwise specified;
 
  (c)   the meaning assigned to each term defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and the plural forms of such term, and words denoting any gender shall include all genders;
 
  (d)   where a word or phrase is defined herein, each of its other grammatical forms shall have a corresponding meaning;
 
  (e)   a reference to any party to this Agreement or any other agreement or document shall include such party’s successors and permitted assigns;
 
  (f)   a reference to any legislation or to any provision of any legislation shall include any amendment to, and any modification or re-enactment thereof, any legislative provision substituted therefor and all regulations and statutory instruments issued thereunder or pursuant thereto;
 
  (g)   the parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement;
 
  (h)   headings are for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of the provisions of this Agreement;
 
  (i)   any Annexures or Exhibits attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference and shall be considered as part of this Agreement;

5


 

  (j)   the language in all parts of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed as a whole according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against either the Vendor or the Purchaser; and
 
  (k)   if any term, condition, stipulation, provision, covenant or undertaking of this Agreement is or may become under any written law, or is found by any court or administrative body of competent jurisdiction to be, illegal, void, invalid, prohibited or unenforceable then:
  (i)   such term, condition, stipulation, provision, covenant or undertaking shall be ineffective to the extent of such illegality, voidness, invalidity, prohibition or unenforceability;
 
  (ii)   the remaining terms, conditions, stipulations, provisions, covenants or undertaking of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect; and
 
  (iii)   the parties shall use their respective best endeavors to negotiate and agree a substitute term, condition, stipulation, provision, covenant or undertaking which is valid and enforceable and achieves to the greatest extent possible the economic, legal and commercial objectives of such illegal, void, invalid, prohibited or unenforceable term, condition, stipulation, provision, covenant or undertaking.
2.   Agreement for Sale
  2.1   Subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, in consideration of the value attributable to the Property, which constitutes a portion of the Local Purchase Price (as defined in the LATA) and One Dollar U.S. (US$1.00) (receipt of which the Vendor hereby acknowledges) (collectively, the “Price”) and the mutual promises, covenants and undertakings contained herein, in the APA, the LATA and the Tenancy Agreement, the Vendor shall sell, and the Purchaser, shall purchase the Property. The Parties acknowledge that the Local Purchase Price will be paid to the Vendor upon the Closing (as defined in the LATA).
 
  2.2   The Property is sold:
  (a)   free from any Encumbrance;
 
  (b)   with vacant possession in accordance with Section 10;
 
  (c)   subject to all express conditions of title registered or to be registered on the separate issue document of title to be issued in respect of the Property which will not differ in any material respects (materiality being determined by Purchaser in its reasonable discretion) from the express conditions of title on the existing issue documents of title for the Land;

6


 

  (d)   subject to the existing category of land use affecting the Property, namely the “industrial” category of land;
 
  (e)   upon the basis that each of the representations and warranties set out or referenced herein are true and accurate in all respects; and
 
  (f)   subject to its present state and condition on an “as-is where-is” basis.
3.   [Intentionally Omitted]
4.   Conditions
  4.1   The Parties agree that the obligation to complete the transaction for the sale and purchase of the Property shall be conditional upon the fulfillment of all the following conditions (“Conditions”):
  (a)   the approval of the Penang State Authority to the sale and transfer of the Property to the Purchaser or acknowledge that such approval is not required;
 
  (b)   the removal by the Vendor of all Encumbrances from the Property;
 
  (c)   the payment and settlement by the Vendor of all outstanding quit rent, rates, premiums, other outgoings or charges (if any) due and payable for the Property;
 
  (d)   the amendment or deletion of the restriction on interest in respect of sub-division and the sub-division of the Land into 2 portions, in such manner so as to correspond to the demarcation in Annexure A such that upon such sub-division of the Land, there shall be a separate issue document of title issued in respect of the Property; and
 
  (e)   the issuance of separate issue document of title in respect of the Property upon completion of subdivision of the Land.
  4.2   The Vendor shall, at its own costs and expense, be responsible for the fulfillment of the Conditions in Section 4.1 above.
 
  4.3   The Vendor shall submit its application for the following:
  (a)   the approval of the Penang State Authority within thirty (30) days from the Closing Date;
 
  (b)   the sub-division of the Land within thirty (30) days from the Closing Date.
  4.4   Upon obtaining the approval for the subdivision of the title, the Vendor shall as soon as practicable surrender the original issue documents of title to the Land to facilitate the sub-division thereof and the issue of the new individual issue

7


 

      documents of title in respect of the Property and the remainder of the Land not forming part of the Property.
 
  4.5   Each Party shall use its best endeavours to ensure the fulfillment of the Conditions for which it is responsible on or before the relevant Cut-Off Date, and shall grant all reasonable assistance to the other Party to assist it in fulfilling the Conditions for which the other Party is responsible including executing and providing relevant documents for that purpose. Each Party shall at all times keep the other Party informed of all matters relating to the approvals and without limit, must provide the other Party with copies of all correspondence in relation to the approval.
 
  4.6   The Conditions have been inserted for the benefit of the Purchaser and the Purchaser may waive any or all of the Conditions at any time by notice in writing to the Vendor.
 
  4.7   If any conditions or terms are imposed by any of the authorities in connection with any of the approvals obtained and such conditions or terms adversely affect one of the parties hereto (the “Affected Party”), the Affected Party shall be entitled to give notice to that effect in writing to the other Party within seven (7) Business Days from the date of receipt of notice of the said conditions or terms and the party who made the relevant application shall appeal to the relevant authority against such conditions or terms within seven (7) Business Days therefrom. In the absence of such notice given by the Affected Party, the Affected Party shall be deemed to have accepted the conditions or terms imposed. For the avoidance of doubt, where such Affected Party has given notice pursuant to this Clause, should such conditions or terms remain imposed or the appeal be rejected or remain outstanding on the Cut-Off Date, the Condition concerned shall be deemed to not have been fulfilled.
 
  4.8   Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Parties agree that the provisions set out in Section 11.2 of the Tenancy Agreement shall govern the Parties’ obligations and rights in the event the Conditions are not fulfilled and/or waived by the expiry of the Cut-Off Date.
5.   Transfer Documents and Completion
  5.1   The Vendor shall within fourteen (14) days from the date a separate issue document of title is issued in respect of the Property, execute the Transfer and deposit the Transfer Documents with the Purchasers’ Solicitors to hold and deal with in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.
 
  5.2   Upon receipt by the Purchaser’s Solicitors of the Transfer Documents, the Purchaser’s Solicitors are hereby authorised, at such time as it deems fit, to submit the Transfer to the stamp office for the purpose of adjudication and stamping of the same.

8


 

  5.3   The Purchaser shall on receipt of the notice of the adjudication of the Transfer from the stamp office pay the amount of the stamp duty adjudicated and any penalties. The Parties agree that such stamp duty shall be allocated between the Parties in the manner provided in Section 12.2 below.
 
  5.4   Subject to the fulfillment of all the Conditions, the Purchasers’ Solicitors are hereby authorised to cause the Transfer Documents to be presented to the Land Registry for the registration of the Transfer on the Completion Date. This sale and purchase transaction shall be deemed completed upon presentation of the Transfer to the Land Registry.
6.   Representations, Warranties and Covenants
  6.1   The Vendor hereby undertakes, declares, represents, warrants and covenants with the Purchaser that:
  (a)   as at the date hereof the Vendor is, and at the Completion Date Vendor shall be, the registered and beneficial owner of the Land and the Property and the Vendor has not created, and will not after the date of this Agreement create (except as may be permitted by the Tenancy Agreement but without limiting the Vendor’s obligations under Sections 2.2(a) and 4.2 hereof), any Encumbrance over the Property or any part thereof or transfer the Land or the Property to anyone or any entity other than Purchaser, and that, subject to obtaining the relevant approvals, the Vendor is entitled to transfer the Property to the Purchaser upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement;
 
  (b)   as at the date hereof, there are neither claims adversely affecting the rights of the Vendor to possession or use of the Property nor the transfer of the Property from the Vendor to the Purchaser and, save for the occupation of the Property by the Purchaser pursuant to the Tenancy Agreement and any other rights granted in favor of the Purchaser pursuant to the Tenancy Agreement or any Related Agreement, the same shall be true upon the Completion Date;
 
  (c)   The Vendor has been duly incorporated and is validly existing under the laws of Malaysia and has full power, authority and legal right to own its assets and carry on its business and is not in receivership or liquidation, has not taken any steps to enter liquidation and has not presented any petition for the winding up the Vendor, and there are no grounds on which a petition or application could be based for the winding up or appointment of a receiver and/or manager of the Vendor;
 
  (d)   The Vendor has full power, authority and legal right to enter into this Agreement and the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not result in the breach or cancellation or termination of any of the terms or conditions

9


 

      of or constitute a default under any material agreement, commitment or other instrument to which the Vendor is a party or by which the Vendor may be bound or affected or violate any material law or any rule or regulation of any administrative agency or governmental body or any material order, writ, injunction or decree of any court, administrative agency or governmental body affecting the Vendor or the Property;
 
  (e)   As at the date hereof, the Vendor is not in breach, and shall not after the date of this Agreement commit any breach, of any express or implied condition of its title to the Property,
 
  (f)   The Vendor is authorized and legally competent to execute, deliver and perform the terms of this Agreement; and
 
  (g)   As of the date hereof, the Vendor has received no written notice of any condemnation, eminent domain proceeding, taking, or any other action, suit, claim, legal proceeding or any other proceeding affecting the Land, or any portion thereof under the Land Acquisition Act 1960 or otherwise, at law or in equity, currently pending or threatened before any court or governmental agency.
  6.2   The Purchaser hereby undertakes, declares, represents and warrants with the Vendor that:
  (a)   The Purchaser has been duly incorporated and is validly existing under the laws of Malaysia and has full power, authority and legal right to own its assets and carry on its business and is not in receivership or liquidation, has not taken any steps to enter liquidation and has not presented any petition for the winding up the Purchaser, and there are no grounds on which a petition or application could be based for the winding up or appointment of a receiver and/or manager of the Purchaser;
 
  (b)   The Purchaser is authorized and legally competent to execute, deliver and perform the terms of this Agreement; and
 
  (c)   The Purchaser has full power, authority and legal right to enter into this Agreement and the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not result in the breach or cancellation or termination of any of the terms or conditions of or constitute a default under any material agreement, commitment or other instrument to which the Purchaser is a party or by which the Purchaser may be bound or affected or violate any material law or any rule or regulation of any administrative agency or governmental body or any material order, writ, injunction or decree of any court, administrative agency or governmental body affecting the Purchaser.
  6.3   The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that, save for the representations and warranties made by the Parties herein and in the Tenancy Agreement, LATA or

10


 

      APA, the Parties (including, without limitation, any other persons or entities acting on behalf of either party), make no other representations and warranties with respect to the sale and purchase of the Property, express or implied, and the Property is sold by the Vendor and to be acquired by the Purchaser on an “as-is where-is” basis. To the extent any representation or warranties herein are inconsistent with any representations or warranties in the APA, the applicable representations or warranties in the APA, shall control.
7.   Acquisition of the Property
  7.1   In the event of the exercise of any rights or the taking of any steps under the Land Acquisition Act 1960, by the government or any other authority having power in that behalf, between the date of this Agreement and the date upon which the Transfer is presented for registration at the Land Registry, to acquire all or a part of the Land and which affects any part of the Property, the Vendor shall notify the Purchaser forthwith on the Vendor receiving notice of the exercise of such rights or the taking of such steps. The Vendor and the Purchaser hereby agree that this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding such notice or action and thereupon:
  (a)   the Vendor shall notify the government, or such other acquiring authority, of the interest of the Purchaser in the Property and the terms of this Agreement;
 
  (b)   the Vendor shall in all matters concerning such acquisition do all acts and things as may be reasonably requested by the Purchaser (at the cost and expense of the Purchaser) for acquiring the best compensation payable; and
 
  (c)   any compensation payable under such acquisition shall belong to the Purchaser as and when the same shall be paid, provided that any such compensation paid to or received by the Vendor shall be retained and held on trust by the Vendor on behalf of the Purchaser and the Vendor shall pay such sums to the Purchaser within fourteen (14) days from receipt of such sums.
  7.2   Except to the extent resulting from the Vendor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, the Purchaser hereby agrees to indemnify and keep the Vendor, and its agents, affiliates, employees and assigns (and their respective agents and employees) indemnified against all direct and indirect damages, costs and expenses and losses incurred by the Vendor from the carrying out of the acts and things as directed by the Purchaser pursuant to Section 7.1(b) above.
8.   Power to Caveat
  8.1   The Purchaser shall, at any time after the date of this Agreement, be entitled at its own cost and expense to present and register a private caveat against the Property for the purpose of protecting its interest in the Property prior to the completion of

11


 

      this Agreement (including re-registration upon expiration or other withdrawal of any then existing registration of such private caveat).
 
  8.2   The Purchaser agrees that where required, it shall withdraw the private caveat over the Land or the Property, as the case may be, if it shall be required to enable any of the Conditions to be fulfilled. The Purchaser further agrees that any delay caused in respect of obtaining the fulfillment of any Conditions by the Vendor, arising from the non-removal of the private caveat by the Purchaser shall extend the Cut-Off Date by such period of delay caused by the non-withdrawal of the private caveat.
 
  8.3   The Purchaser shall also execute the relevant withdrawal of private caveat documents and deposit the same, together with the relevant fees for the withdrawal of private caveat, with the Purchaser’s Solicitors upon execution of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Purchaser hereby authorises the Purchaser’s Solicitors to present the said withdrawal of private caveat documents with the relevant Land Office or Land Registry upon the termination of this Agreement or consummation of the Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
9.   Real Property Gains Tax
  9.1   The Vendor shall be responsible for paying and settling all real property gains tax (if any) payable on the disposal of the Property pursuant to this Agreement as may be assessed by the Director General of Inland Revenue under the provisions of the Real Property Gains Tax Act, 1976.
 
  9.2   The Vendor and the Purchaser shall within thirty (30) days of the execution of this Agreement comply with Section 13 of the Real Property Gains Tax Act 1976 by submitting the relevant return forms to the Director-General of Inland Revenue and complying with all necessary directions that may be issued by him in respect thereof.
 
  9.3   The Vendor shall indemnify and hold the Purchaser and its agents, affiliates, employees and assigns (and their respective agents and employees) harmless against all claims, costs, direct and indirect damages, fines or penalties which may be brought, suffered or levied against the Purchaser (or such other person) as a result of the Vendor not complying with any of the provisions of the Real Property Gains Tax Act 1976, including any claims by the Director-General of Inland Revenue arising from the Vendor’s default in payment of any real property gains tax payable on the disposal of the Property pursuant to this Agreement.
10.   Possession
     The parties agree that prior to the Completion Date the Purchaser shall be in possession of the Property pursuant to the terms of the Tenancy Agreement and possession shall be deemed delivered to the Purchaser by the Vendor at 12.01 a.m. on the day immediately following the Completion Date.

12


 

11.   Quit Rent
  11.1   All quit rent, rates, assessments, and other outgoings payable in respect of the Property shall be apportioned between the Vendor and the Purchaser as at the date of the delivery of possession in accordance with this Agreement and shall be paid to the party who is entitled to such apportionment within fourteen (14) days of its demand for the same.
 
  11.2   Subject to the agreement set forth in Section 4.2 of the Tenancy Agreement regarding the apportionment of quit rent, rates, assessments and other outgoings payable in respect of the Property (the “Assessments”), the Vendor shall indemnify the Purchaser to the extent of the Vendor’s obligations in respect of such Assessments under the Tenancy Agreement, against any loss or penalty which may be imposed by the relevant authority in respect of any late or non-payment of any such Assessments due and payable for such period prior to the Completion Date.
12.   Costs
  12.1   Each party shall bear its own solicitors’ costs of, and incidental to, the preparation of this Agreement.
 
  12.2   The Purchaser and Vendor each shall be responsible for and shall pay fifty percent (50%) of all stamp duty and registration fees payable on this Agreement and the Transfer.
 
  12.3   As of the date hereof, the parties acknowledge and agree that no goods and services tax, value added tax or any other like tax (“GST”) has been instituted by any Malaysian governmental authority. If, however, any such GST legislation is implemented during the Tenancy Term (as defined in the Tenancy Agreement) (“GST Legislation”) and any GST is payable as a consequence of any supply made or deemed to be made or other matter or thing done under or in connection with this Agreement by the Vendor or the Purchaser, it is the intent of the Parties that such GST be borne equally by the Vendor and the Purchaser. In such event, the Party responsible under applicable law for the remittance of such GST (the “GST Payor”) shall timely remit to the appropriate authority the full GST amount then-owning. Upon presentation to the other Party (the “GST Non-Payor”) of evidence of such GST assessment and the corresponding remittance by the GST Payor, the GST Non-Payor shall promptly reimburse the GST Payor for fifty percent (50%) of such GST amount (but exclusive of any fine, penalty or interest paid or payable in connection therewith due to a default of the GST Payor). The Vendor and the Purchaser agree to cooperate with each other in the provision of any information or preparation of any documentation that may be necessary or useful for obtaining any available mitigation, reduction, refund or exemption from GST. The GST Payor further covenants and agrees to use its reasonable efforts to obtain any available mitigation, reduction, refund or exemption from GST and, upon receipt or recovery of any portion of the aforementioned GST remittance,

13


 

      shall promptly pay to the GST Non-Payor of fifty percent (50%) of such recovered amount. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that any sum payable or amount to be used in the calculation of a sum payable expressed elsewhere in this Agreement has been determined without regard to and does not include amounts to be added on under this clause on account of GST.
13. Communication
     Any notice required or desired to be given regarding this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally served, or in lieu of personal service may be given by AR Registered Post or by internationally recognized overnight courier at the addresses for the Parties set forth below (or such other addresses as may be specified by a party hereto giving notice of same to the other party in accordance with this Section). Personally served notices shall be deemed to have been given when received by the Party, if served by prepaid registered post, such notice shall be deemed to have been given (i) on the seventh business day after such posting, certified and postage prepaid, addressed to the party to be served at the address set forth in the preceding sentence was posted, and (ii) in all other cases when actually received.
To the Vendor
Agilent Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
Bayan Lepas Free Industrial Zone
11900 Bayan Lepas
Penang
Attn: Mr Seah Teoh-Teh
Fax: +(65) 6822-8407
With copy to:
Agilent Technologies, Inc.
395 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, CA 94306
United States of America
Attn: General Counsel
Fax: +1(650) 752 5742
To the Purchaser
Avago Technologies Pte. Limited
1 Yishun Avenue 7
Singapore 768923
Attn: Bien-Ee Tan

14


 

with a copy to:
Avago Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd
(Formerly known as Jumbo Portfolio Sdn Bhd)
Bayan Lepas Free Industrial Zone
11900 Bayan Lepas, Penang, Malaysia
Attn: Kong-Beng Saw
Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co.
9 West 57th St., Ste. 4200
New York, NY 10019
United States of America
Attn: William Cornog
14.   General Matters and Covenants
     14.1 The parties shall give all such assistance and information to the other and execute and do and procure all other necessary persons or companies, if any, to execute and do all such further acts, deeds, assurances and things as may be reasonably required so that full effect may be given to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
     14.2 The Parties hereby agree that upon the Purchaser becoming the registered proprietor of the Property, the Parties will take such actions and execute such documents as shall be required to enable the Purchaser and the Vendor to each grant to the other, to the extent applicable pursuant to Part Seventeen of the National Land Code, 1965, registrable easements in respect of such rights set out in the SUA (as such term is defined in the Tenancy Agreement) which are capable of being granted thereunder and to cause the registration of the appropriate form with the relevant authority. The Parties acknowledge and agree that such grant of the easements may be subject to approvals being obtained from the relevant authority and the Parties agree that they will use their respective best endeavors and shall execute such documents as required so as to obtain such approvals from the relevant authority as soon as commercially practicable thereafter. For the avoidance of doubt, each Party hereby agrees that the registration of such easements granted in favor of the other by the other Party are for their benefit respectively and each further agree that the non-registration of such easement pursuant to the National Land Code, 1965 arising from the inability to obtain the approvals (or acknowledgment that such approvals are not required) from the relevant authority will not entitle the affected party to terminate this Agreement, but it no event shall any ultimate inability to register such easements invalidate or nullify the easements and rights granted or retained in the SUA.
15.   Successors and Assigns
     This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. The Purchaser may assign or sublet all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any person, entity or organization, provided that the Purchaser also assigns all of its rights and obligations under the Tenancy Agreement and the Related Agreements to such person, entity or organization. The Vendor may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any person, entity or organization, provided that (a) the

15


 

Vendor assigns all of its rights in the Land to such person, entity or organization, and (b) such person, entity or organization agrees in writing to assume and be bound by the terms of the Tenancy Agreement and the Related Agreements in place of the Vendor.
16. Nature of Agreement
  16.1   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts or duplicates each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts or duplicates shall together constitute one and the same agreement.
 
  16.2   This Agreement, together with the APA, the LATA, the Tenancy Agreement and the other Related Agreements, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. Each party acknowledges that, except as provided in the APA, LATA, the Tenancy Agreement and the other Related Agreements, there are no binding agreements or representations between the parties except as expressed or described herein or therein. No subsequent change or addition to this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by the Vendor and the Purchaser.
 
  16.3   Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Agreement in which time of performance is a factor. This Agreement shall, subject to the provisions regarding assignment, apply to and bind the respective heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of the Vendor and the Purchaser. Nothing in this Section is intended to confer personal liability upon the officers or shareholders of the Vendor or the Purchaser. When a party is required to do something by this Agreement, it shall do so at its sole cost and expense without right of reimbursement from the other party unless specific provision is made therefor. The Vendor shall not become or be deemed a partner nor a joint venturer with the Purchaser by reason of the provisions of this Agreement.
17.   Law and Jurisdiction
  17.1   This Agreement shall be governed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of Malaysia without reference to the choice of law principles thereof.
 
  17.2   A party seeking the resolution of a dispute arising under this Agreement must provide written notice of such dispute to the other party, which notice shall describe the nature of such dispute. All such disputes shall be referred initially to the Coordinating Committee for resolution. Decisions of the Coordinating Committee shall be made by unanimous vote of all members and shall be final and legally binding on the parties. If a dispute is resolved by the Coordinating Committee, then the terms of the resolution and settlement of such dispute shall be set forth in writing and signed by both parties. In the event that the Coordinating Committee does not resolve a dispute within thirty (30) days of the submission thereof, such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with Section 17.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties shall each continue to perform

16


 

      their obligations under this Agreement during the pendency of such dispute in accordance with this Agreement.
 
  17.3   The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction to prevent any breach of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement by bringing a relevant action in the courts located in Penang, Malaysia, in addition to any other remedy to which any party may be entitled at law or in equity. In addition, the parties agree that any disputes, claims or controversies between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement, whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise and whether relating to the meaning, interpretation, effect, validity, performance or enforcement of this Agreement which have not been resolved by the Coordinating Committee shall be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts located in Penang, Malaysia..
*******************************************
- the rest of this page is intentionally left blank -

17


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Agreement has been executed on the day and year first above written.
                     
“Vendor”       “Purchaser”    
 
                   
AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD., a company organized under the laws of Malaysia       AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD., (formerly known as Jumbo Portfolio Sdn. Bhd.), a company organized under the laws of Malaysia    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Gooi Soon Chai       By:   /s/ Kenneth Y. Hao    
 
                   
Name: Gooi Soon Chai       Name: Kenneth Y. Hao    
Title: President of Agilent Malaysia & Singapore       Title: Director    
SIGNATURE PAGE — SALE & PURCHASE AGREEMENT (MALAYSIA)

 

 

Exhibit-10.14
Execution Version
GUARANTEE 1
          GUARANTEE dated as of December 1, 2005, by each of the signatories listed on the signature pages hereto (as designated on such signature pages as a “ Singaporean Guarantor ”, “ U.S. Guarantor ”, “ Malaysian Guarantor ”, “ Labuan Guarantor ”, Dutch Guarantor ”, “ Japanese Guarantor ”, “ Canadian Guarantor ”, “ Mexican Guarantor ”, “ U.K. Guarantor ”, “ German Guarantor ” or “ Italian Guarantor ) and each of the other entities that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 22 hereof (together with the Singaporean Guarantors, the U.S. Guarantors, the Malaysian Guarantor, the Dutch Guarantors, the Japanese Guarantor, the Canadian Guarantor, the Mexican Guarantor, the U.K. Guarantor, the German Guarantor and the Italian Guarantor, the “ Guarantors ” and individually, a “ Guarantor ”), in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
W I T N E S S E T H:
          WHEREAS, the Borrowers are party to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2005 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD. (company registration number 200512223N), a Singapore limited company (the “ Singaporean Borrower ” or the “ Company ”), a wholly-owned Subsidiary of AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES HOLDING PTE. LTD. (company registration number 200512203H), a Singapore limited company (“ Holdings ”), a wholly-owned Subsidiary of AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED, formerly known as Avago Technologies Pte. Limited (company registration number 200510713C), a Singapore limited company (“ Avago ” or “ Parent ”), AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE S.À.R.L., a Grand Duchy of Luxembourg limited liability company (the “ Lux Borrower ”), AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD. (f/k/a Jumbo Portfolio Sdn. Bhd.) (Company No. 704181-P), a company incorporated in Malaysia under the Companies Act, 1965 (the “ Malaysian Borrower ”), AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES WIRELESS (U.S.A.) MANUFACTURING INC., a Delaware corporation (“ U.S. Wireless ”), AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES U.S. INC., a Delaware corporation (“ U.S. Opco ” and together with U.S. Wireless, the “ U.S. Borrowers ” and each a “ U.S. Borrower ”, and together with the Singaporean Borrower, the Lux Borrower and the Malaysian Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), the lenders or other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto (the “ Lenders ”), CITICORP INTERNATIONAL LIMITED (HONG KONG), as Asian Administrative Agent and CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC., as Tranche B-1 Term Loan Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent, pursuant to which, among other things, the Lenders have severally agreed to make Loans to the Borrowers and the Letter of Credit Issuer has agreed to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrowers (collectively, the “ Extensions of Credit ”) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein and (b) one or more Lenders or affiliates of Lenders may from time to time enter into Hedge Agreements with one or more of the Borrowers;
          WHEREAS, each Guarantor is a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary or an Affiliate, as the case may be, of the Borrowers;
 
1   TO BE EXECUTED OUTSIDE OF ITALY

 


 

          WHEREAS, the proceeds of the Extensions of Credit will be used in part to enable the Borrowers to make valuable transfers to the Guarantors in connection with the operation of their respective businesses;
          WHEREAS, each Guarantor acknowledges that it will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the making of the Extensions of Credit; and
          WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement that the Guarantors shall have executed and delivered this Guarantee to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties;
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce each Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuer to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the respective Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Lenders or affiliates of Lenders to enter into Hedge Agreements with one or more of the Borrowers, the Guarantors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as follows:
          1. Defined Terms .
          (a) Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
          (b) As used herein, the term “ Corresponding Obligations ” shall have the meaning as provided in Section 6(a).
          (c) As used herein, the term “ Obligations ” shall mean the collective reference to (i) the due and punctual payment of (x) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest at the applicable rate provided in the Credit Agreement (including interest at the contract rate applicable upon default accrued or accruing after the commencement of any proceeding, under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable provision of comparable state or foreign law, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim in such proceeding) on the Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, (y) each payment required to be made by any Borrower under the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Documents in respect of any Letter of Credit, when and as due, including payments in respect of reimbursement of disbursements, interest thereon and obligations to provide cash collateral, and (z) all other monetary obligations, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable provision of comparable state or foreign law, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim in such proceeding), of any Borrower or any other Credit Party to any of the Secured Parties under the Credit Agreement and any other Credit Documents, (ii) the due and punctual performance of all covenants, agreements, obligations and liabilities of the Borrowers under or pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, (iii) the due and punctual payment and performance of all the covenants, agreements, obligations and liabilities of each other Credit

2


 

Party under or pursuant to this Guarantee or the other Credit Documents, (iv) the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations of each Credit Party under each Hedge Agreement that (x) is in effect on the Closing Date with a counterparty that is a Lender or an affiliate of a Lender as of the Closing Date or (y) is entered into after the Closing Date with any counterparty that is a Lender or an affiliate of a Lender at the time such Hedge Agreement is entered into and (v) the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations in respect of overdrafts and related liabilities owed to the applicable Administrative Agent or its affiliates arising from or in connection with (a) treasury, depositary, cash management services, (b) automated clearinghouse transfer of funds or (c) employee credit card programs of up to the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of $5,000,000.
          (d) As used herein, the term “ Parallel Debt ” shall have the meaning as provided in Section 6(a).
          (e) As used herein, the term “ Secured Parties ” shall mean, collectively, (i) the Lenders, (ii) each Administrative Agent, (iii) the Collateral Agent, (iv) the Letter of Credit Issuer, (v) the Swingline Lender, (vi) the Syndication Agent, (vii) the Documentation Agent, (viii) each counterparty to a Hedge Agreement the obligations under which constitute Obligations, (ix) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Credit Party under the Credit Agreement or any document executed pursuant thereto and (x) any successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns of each of the foregoing.
          (f) References to “ Lenders ” in this Guarantee shall be deemed to include affiliates of Lenders that may from time to time enter into Hedge Agreements with one or more of the Borrowers.
          (g) The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Guarantee shall refer to this Guarantee as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Guarantee, and Section references are to Sections of this Guarantee unless otherwise specified. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.
          (h) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.
          2. Guarantee .
          (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2(b), each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations (other than, if such Guarantor is also a Borrower, such Guarantor’s own Obligations).
          (b) Anything herein or in any other Credit Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum liability of each U.S. Guarantor hereunder and under the other Credit Documents shall in no event exceed the amount that can be guaranteed by such U.S.

3


 

Guarantor under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable laws relating to the insolvency of debtors.
          (c) Each Guarantor further agrees to pay any and all expenses (including all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that may be paid or incurred by any Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party in enforcing, or obtaining advice of counsel in respect of, any rights with respect to, or collecting, any or all of the Obligations and/or enforcing any rights with respect to, or collecting against, such Guarantor under this Guarantee.
          (d) Each Guarantor agrees that the Obligations may at any time and from time to time exceed the amount of the liability of such Guarantor hereunder without impairing this Guarantee or affecting the rights and remedies of any Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party hereunder.
          (e) No payment or payments made by any of the Borrowers, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by any Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party from any of the Borrowers, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application at any time or from time to time in reduction of or in payment of the Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of any Guarantor hereunder, which shall, notwithstanding any such payment or payments other than payments made by such Guarantor in respect of the Obligations or payments received or collected from such Guarantor in respect of the Obligations, remain liable for the Obligations up to the maximum liability of such Guarantor hereunder until the Obligations under the Credit Documents are paid in full, the Commitments are terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding.
          (f) Each Guarantor agrees that whenever, at any time, or from time to time, it shall make any payment to any Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party on account of its liability hereunder, it will notify the applicable Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent in writing that such payment is made under this Guarantee for such purpose.
          3. Limitation of U.K. Guarantors . The U.K. Guarantor shall not have any obligation or liability under this Guarantee (or any part hereof) the inclusion of which in this Guarantee would constitute unlawful financial assistance for the purposes of Section 151 and 152 of the Companies Act 1985 and such obligation or liability shall be specifically excluded.
          4. Limitation of Guarantees – German Guarantor .
          (a) Except as otherwise provided for in subsections (c), (d), (e) and (g) below, the applicable Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent agrees not to enforce this Guarantee or any obligation of the German Guarantor under the Credit Documents (for the purposes of this Section 4, collectively, the “ Claims ”) against the German Guarantor if and to the extent that such enforcement would otherwise result in the German Guarantor’s net assets ( Eigenkapital within the meaning of Section 266 para 3 A of the German Commercial Code ( Handelsgesetzbuch ))

4


 

falling below the amount of its stated share capital ( Stammkapital ) or increase any existing capital impairment ( Begründung oder Vertiefung einer Unterbilanz) within the meaning of Sections 30 and 31 of the Act on Limited Liability Companies (GmbHG) of Germany. In calculation of the net assets and the stated share capital any Loans and other contractual liabilities incurred by the German Guarantor in violation of the Credit Documents or any increases of the stated share capital of the German Guarantor in violation of the Credit Documents shall be disregarded. Any recourse claim of the German Guarantor against its affiliated companies shall not be regarded as an asset in determining the German Guarantor’s net assets, if and to the extent that the German Guarantor provides evidence, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agents, that such recourse claim is of no value ( nicht werthaltig ).
          (b) If and to the extent legally permissible and commercially justifiable in respect of the German Guarantor’s business, the German Guarantor shall, following the receipt of an Enforcement Notice (as defined below), if and to the extent:
          (i) it does not have sufficient assets to allow an enforcement of any collateral in accordance with Section 4(a); and
          (ii) any Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent would (but for this paragraph) be entitled to enforce the Claims granted hereunder,
realise any and all of its assets that are shown in the balance sheet with a book value ( Buchwert ) which is substantially lower than the market value of such assets, and which are not essentially necessary for the German Guarantor’s business ( betriebsnotwendig ).
          (c) The limitations set out in Section 4(a) shall only apply if and to the extent that the German Guarantor evidences by providing the Collateral Agent:
          (i) within ten (10) Business Days following a notice by the Collateral Agent to the Company of its intention to enforce the Claims (for purposes of this Section 4, the “ Enforcement Notice ”), with a written confirmation by the managing director(s) on behalf of the German Guarantor specifying if and to what extent Claims granted hereunder cannot be enforced as it would cause the net assets of the German Guarantor to fall below the amount of its stated share capital (supported by evidence further specified in the last paragraph of this paragraph (c)) (for purposes of this Section 4, the “ Management Determination ”) and the Administrative Agents have not contested this Management Determination and argued that no or a lesser amount would be necessary to maintain the German Guarantor’s stated share capital; or
          (ii) within thirty (30) Business Days after the date on which the Collateral Agent have contested the Management Determination, with a written confirmation ( Bescheinigung aufgrund prüferischer Durchsicht ) by the German Guarantor’s statutory auditor ( Abschlussprüfer ) (for purposes of this Section 4, the “ Auditor’s Determination ”) with respect to the financial statements provided to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the next paragraph.

5


 

The Management Determination shall be supported by (i) a list of Loans drawn by, or on-lent or passed on to, the German Guarantor pursuant to Section 4(g) below, and (ii) evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent showing the amount of the net assets and the stated share capital of the German Guarantor.
          (d) If the Collateral Agent disagree with the Auditor’s Determination, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to enforce the Claims up to the amount which is undisputed between itself and the German Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(a) above. In relation to the amount which is disputed, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to further pursue its claims (if any) and the German Guarantor shall be entitled to defend itself in court and to prove that this amount is necessary for maintaining its stated share capital (calculated as of the date that the Enforcement Notice was given). If, after it has been provided with an Auditor’s Determination which prevented it from the enforcement of the security interest, the Collateral Agent ascertain in good faith that the financial condition of the German Guarantor has substantially improved (in particular if the German Guarantor has taken any action in accordance with Section 4(b) above), the Collateral Agent may, at the German Guarantor’s cost and expense, arrange for the preparation of an updated balance sheet of the German Guarantor by the auditors having prepared the Auditor’s Determination in order for such auditors to determine whether (and if so, to what extent) an enforcement would not lead to the German Guarantor’s net assets falling below the amount of its stated share capital.
          (e) If any enforcement action was taken without limitation because the Management Determination and/or the Auditor’s Determination (as the case may be) was not delivered within the relevant time frame, the Collateral Agent shall repay to the German Guarantor any amount which is necessary to maintain its stated share capital, calculated as of the date that the Enforcement Notice was given.
          (f) In addition, the Claims shall not be enforced if and to the extent that such enforcement would lead to a breach of the prohibition of insolvency causing intervention ( Verbot des existenzvernichtenden Eingriffs ) by depriving the German Guarantor of the liquidity necessary to fulfill its financial liabilities to its creditors.
          (g) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) through (f) above, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to enforce the Claims without any limitation if and to the extent the Claims secure or correspond to loans or portions of loans drawn under the Credit Agreement (x) by the German Guarantor itself or (y) any Borrower or any of its affiliates to the extent the funds will be on-lent, passed on or otherwise made available to the German Guarantor, to the extent outstanding at the level of the German Guarantor and including interest and fees accrued thereon and unpaid by the German Guarantor as of the date that the Enforcement Notice was given.
          5. Limitation of Guarantee – Italian Guarantor .
          (a) The Italian Guarantor acknowledges that this is not a surety ( fideiusssione ).
          (b) Any term or provision of this Guarantee or any other Credit Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the liability of the Italian Guarantor shall in no case exceed the

6


 

lower of (i) Euro [                      ] being 100 per cent. of the principal aggregate amount made available through one or more inter-company loans to the Italian Guarantor by the Avago Technologies Holdings B.V. using the proceeds advanced to the latter under the Extension of Credit and (ii) the amount of such inter-company loans still outstanding at the time of the enforcement of the Guarantee.
          6. Parallel Debt .
          (a) Each of the Dutch Guarantors hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Collateral Agent an amount equal to the aggregate amount payable by such Dutch Guarantor in respect of its Obligations, to the extent they consist of monetary payment obligations (the “ Corresponding Obligations ”), as they may exist from time to time. The payment undertaking of each of the Dutch Guarantors to the Collateral Agent under this Section 6 is hereinafter to be referred to as the “ Parallel Debt ”.
          (b) The Parallel Debt of each of the Dutch Guarantors will become due and payable ( opeisbaar ) as and when one or more of the Corresponding Obligations of the relevant Dutch Guarantor become due and payable.
          (c) Each of the parties hereto hereby acknowledges that:
          (i) the Parallel Debt constitutes an undertaking, obligation and liability of each of the Dutch Guarantors to the Collateral Agent which is separate and independent from, and without prejudice to, the Corresponding Obligations; and
          (ii) the Parallel Debt represents the Collateral Agent own separate and independent claim ( eigen en zelfstandige vordering ) to receive payment of the Parallel Debt from each of the Dutch Guarantors, it being understood, in each case, that pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 6 the amount which may become payable by the relevant Dutch Guarantor as its Parallel Debt shall never exceed the total of the amounts which are payable under the Corresponding Obligations of the Collateral Agent.
          (d) For the avoidance of doubt, the parties hereto confirm that in accordance with subsections (a) and (c) of this Section 6 the claim of the Collateral Agent against each of the Dutch Guarantors in respect of the Parallel Debt and the claims of anyone or more of the Secured Parties against each of the Dutch Guarantors in respect of the Corresponding Obligations payable by the relevant Dutch Guarantor to such Secured Parties do not constitute common property ( gemeenschap ) within the meaning of article 3:166 of the Dutch Civil Code and that the provisions relating to common property shall not apply. If, however, it shall be held that such claim of the Collateral Agent and such claims of anyone or more of the Secured Parties do constitute common property and the provisions relating to common property do apply, the parties hereto agree that the Credit Documents shall constitute the administration agreement ( beheersregeling ) within the meaning of article 3:168 of the Dutch Civil Code.
          7. Financial Assistance . Any term or provision of this Guarantee or any other Credit Document to the contrary notwithstanding, to the extent that applicable Requirements of Law prohibit any Guarantor from providing any Guarantee or collateral security in respect of loans or other financial accommodations made to finance in whole or in part the

7


 

acquisition of the capital stock, then the Obligations of such Guarantor shall be deemed not to include that portion of the Obligations of the Borrowers (other than the U.S. Borrowers) that are applied for the purpose of acquiring the capital stock of such Guarantor. No Guarantor shall have any obligations under this Guarantee to the extent such obligations would be in conflict with the Dutch financial assistance prohibitions contained in clause 2:207c of the Dutch Civil Code. The UK Guarantor shall not have any obligation or liability under this Guarantee the inclusion of which in this Guarantee (or any part thereof) would constitute unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of Section 151 and 152 of the Companies Act 1985.
          8. Right of Contribution . Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder (including by way of set-off rights being exercised against it), such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder who has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. Subject to the terms of this Guarantee, each Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 8 hereof. The provisions of this Section 6 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder.
          9. Right of Set-off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Secured Parties provided by law, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably authorizes each Secured Party at any time and from time to time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default without notice to such Guarantor or any other Guarantor, any such notice being expressly waived by each Guarantor, upon any amount becoming due and payable by such Guarantor hereunder (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Secured Party to or for the credit or the account of such Guarantor. Each Secured Party shall notify such Guarantor promptly of any such set-off and the appropriation and application made by such Secured Party, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.
          10. No Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by any of the Guarantors hereunder or any set-off or appropriation and application of funds of any of the Guarantors by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights (or if subrogated by operation of law, such Guarantor hereby waives such rights to the extent permitted by applicable law) of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party against any of the Borrowers or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from any of the Borrowers or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties by the Credit Parties on account of the Obligations under the Credit Documents are paid in full, the Commitments are terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time

8


 

when all the Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Collateral Agent in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Collateral Agent, if required), to be applied against the Obligations, whether due or to become due, in such order as the Collateral Agents may determine; provided , however , that nothing herein shall be effective to create a charge or other security interest over any such amount held by such Guarantor whether or not requiring registration under the Companies Act, Chapter 50 of Singapore or any equivalent legislation in any other jurisdiction or any other statutory provision whatsoever anywhere.
          11. Amendments, etc. with Respect to the Obligations; Waiver of Rights . Each Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Guarantor and without notice to or further assent by any Guarantor, (a) any demand for payment of any of the Obligations made by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may be rescinded by such party and any of the Obligations continued, (b) the Obligations, or the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, (c) the Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents, the Letters of Credit and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith and the Hedge Agreements and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith and any documents entered into with the applicable Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent or any of its respective affiliates in connection with treasury, depositary or cash management services or in connection with any automated clearinghouse transfer of funds may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the applicable Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders, as the case may be, or, in the case of any Hedge Agreement or documents entered into with the applicable Administrative Agent or any of its respective affiliates in connection with treasury, depositary or cash management services or in connection with any automated clearinghouse transfer of funds, the party thereto) may deem advisable from time to time, and (d) any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment of the Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Obligations or for this Guarantee or any property subject thereto. When making any demand hereunder against any Guarantor, the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on any Borrower or any Guarantor or any other person, and any failure by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to make any such demand or to collect any payments from any Borrower or any Guarantor or any other person or any release of any Borrower or any Guarantor or any other person shall not relieve any Guarantor in respect of which a demand or collection is not made or any Guarantor not so released of its several obligations or liabilities hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, express or implied, or as a matter of law, of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party against any Guarantor. For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

9


 

          12. Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional .
          (a) Each Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, contraction, incurrence, renewal, extension, amendment, waiver or accrual of any of the Obligations, and notice of or proof of reliance by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party upon this Guarantee or acceptance of this Guarantee, the Obligations or any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended, waived or accrued, in reliance upon this Guarantee; and all dealings between any Borrower and any of the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, on the other hand, likewise shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guarantee. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives diligence, promptness, presentment, protest and notice of protest, demand for payment or performance, notice of default or nonpayment, notice of acceptance (including in the case of any Mexican Guarantor, any right to which it may be entitled to the extent applicable under Articles 2813, 2814, 2815, 2816, 2817, 2818, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2823, 2826, 2827, 2830 (subject to the exceptions provided therein), 2836, 2837 (subject to the exceptions provided therein, to the extent the Obligations (for which such Guarantor is liable pursuant to limitations outlined in Section 3 above) are not paid in full), 2845, 2846 and 2848 of the Mexican Federal Civil Code and the corresponding and related provisions in the Civil Codes of the different states of Mexico), and any other notice in respect of the Obligations or any part of them, and any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of the Borrowers or any of the Guarantors with respect to the Obligations. Each Guarantor understands and agrees that this Guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to (a) the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Credit Document, any Letter of Credit, any Hedge Agreement, any of the Obligations or any other collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by any Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, (b) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) that may at any time be available to or be asserted by any Borrower against any Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party or (c) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of any Borrower or such Guarantor) that constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of any Borrower for the Obligations, or of such Guarantor under this Guarantee, in bankruptcy or in any other instance. When pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against any Guarantor, the Collateral Agent and any other Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against any Borrower or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from any Borrower or any such other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of any Borrower or any such other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve such Guarantor of any liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of any Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties against such Guarantor.

10


 

          (b) This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon each Guarantor and the successors and assigns thereof and shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns until all Obligations (other than any contingent indemnity obligations not then due) shall have been satisfied by payment in full, the Commitments thereunder shall be terminated and no Letters of Credit thereunder shall be outstanding, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Credit Agreement and any Hedge Agreement the Credit Parties may be free from any Obligations.
          (c) A Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be automatically released upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement, as a result of which such Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary Guarantor.
          (d) Each Canadian Guarantor hereby waives the benefits of division and discussion.
          13. Reinstatement . This Guarantee shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.
          14. Payments . Each Guarantor hereby guarantees that payments hereunder will be paid to the Collateral Agent without set-off or counterclaim in U.S. Dollars at the Collateral Agent’s Office.
          15. Representations and Warranties; Covenants .
          (a) Each Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that the representations and warranties set forth in Section 8 of the Credit Agreement as of the Closing Date, as they relate to such Guarantor (and to the extent such representations and warranties are relevant in the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor) or in the other Credit Documents to which such Guarantor is a party, each of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference, are true and correct, and the Collateral Agent and each other Secured Party shall be entitled to rely on each of them as if they were fully set forth herein.
          (b) Each Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees with the Collateral Agent and each other Secured Party that, from and after the date of this Guarantee until the Obligations under the Credit Documents are paid in full, the Commitments are terminated and no Letter of Credit remains outstanding, such Guarantor shall take, or shall refrain from taking, as the case may be, all actions that are necessary to be taken or not taken so that no violation of any provision, covenant or agreement contained in Section 9 or Section 10 of the Credit Agreement and so that no Default or Event of Default, is caused by any act or failure to act of such Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries.

11


 

          (c) Each Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that (i) this Guarantee and the other Credit Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby constitute private civil and commercial acts (and not public or governmental acts) of such Guarantor, and such Guarantor is subject to private civil and commercial law with respect to its obligations under the Credit Documents and (ii) such Guarantor is not entitled to any immunity (whether sovereign or otherwise) from suit, jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution or otherwise) with respect to itself, any Collateral or any other assets of the Credit Parties (including any legal process to enforce any Security Document or any other Credit Document or to collect the Obligations). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the waivers set forth in this Section 13(c) shall be effective to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted under the Foreign Sovereign Immunities Act of 1976 (as amended, and together with any successor legislation) and are, and are intended to be, irrevocable for purposes thereof.
          16. Authority of the Collateral Agent .
          (a) The Collateral Agent enters into this Guarantee in its capacity as agent for the Secured Parties from time to time. The rights and obligations of the Collateral Agent under this agreement at any time are the rights and obligations of the Secured Parties at that time. Each of the Secured Parties has (subject to the terms of the Credit Documents) a several entitlement to each such right, and a several liability in respect of each such obligation, in the proportions described in the Credit Documents. The rights, remedies and discretions of the Secured Parties, or any of them, under this Guarantee may be exercised by the Collateral Agent. No party to this Guarantee is obliged to inquire whether an exercise by the Collateral Agent of any such right, remedy or discretion is within the Collateral Agent’s authority as agent for the Secured Parties.
          (b) Each party to this Guarantee acknowledges and agrees that any changes (in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Documents) in the identity of the persons from time to time comprising the Secured Parties gives rise to an equivalent change in the Secured Parties, without any further act. Upon such an occurrence, the persons then comprising the Secured Parties are vested with the rights, remedies and discretions and assume the obligations of the Lender under this Guarantee (as described in Section 3 and Section 4 above). Each party to this agreement irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent to give effect to the change in Lender contemplated in this Section 14(b) by countersigning an Assignment and Acceptance.
          17. Notices . All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 13.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Guarantor shall be given to it in care of the Singaporean Borrower at the Singaporean Borrower’s address set forth in Section 13.2 of the Credit Agreement.
          18. Counterparts . This Guarantee may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Guarantee on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Guarantee signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and the Company.

12


 

          19. Severability . Any provision of this Guarantee that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
          20. Integration . This Guarantee together with the other Credit Documents represents the agreement of each Guarantor and the Collateral Agent with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Credit Documents.
          21. Amendments in Writing; No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .
          (a) None of the terms or provisions of this Guarantee may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement.
          (b) Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 19(a) hereof), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default or in any breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy that the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion.
          (c) The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.
          22. Section Headings . The Section headings used in this Guarantee are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.
          23. Successors and Assigns . This Guarantee shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns except that no Guarantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Guarantee without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent.

13


 

          24. Additional Guarantors. Each Subsidiary of Holdings or the Company that is required to become a party to this Guarantee pursuant to Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Guarantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Guarantor herein, for all purposes of this Guarantee upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of a written supplement substantially in the form of Annex A hereto. The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Guarantor as a party to this Guarantee shall not require the consent of any other Guarantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Guarantor as a party to this Guarantee.
           25. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS GUARANTEE, ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.
          26. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers; Service of Process . Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:
     (a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Guarantee and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York and appellate courts from any thereof;
     (b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;
     (c) each Guarantor, other than the U.S. Guarantors, hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers CT Corporation System (telephone number: 212-894-8600) (telecopy number: 212-894-8690) (address: 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10011) (for purposes of this Section 24, the “ Process Agent ”), in the case of any suit, action or proceeding brought in the United States as its designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for and on its behalf, and in respect of its property, service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents that may be served in any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee or any other Credit Document;
     (d) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Guarantor in care of the Process Agent at the Process Agent’s above address, and such Person hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Process Agent to accept such service on its behalf;

14


 

     (e) as an alternative method of service, irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process in any such action or proceeding by the mailing (by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid) of copies of such process to the Process Agent or such Person at its address referred to in Section 15 or at such other address of which the Collateral Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto;
     (f) agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and consents to the enforcement in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law;
     (g) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of any Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of any Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to sue in any other jurisdiction; and
     (h) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 24 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.
          27. Currency of Payment . If, for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in a Currency of Payment into another currency, the parties hereto agree that the rate of exchange used shall be the Exchange Rate on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given, for delivery two Business Days thereafter. The obligations in respect of any sum due hereunder to any Secured Party shall, notwithstanding any adjudication expressed in a currency other than the Currency of Payment, be discharged only to the extent that, on the Business Day following receipt by such Secured Party of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency, such Secured Party may, in accordance with normal banking procedures, purchase the Currency of Payment with such other currency. Each Borrower agrees that (a) if the amount of the Currency of Payment so purchased is less than the sum originally due to such Secured Party in the Currency of Payment, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding the result of any such adjudication, such Borrower shall immediately pay the shortfall (in the Currency of Payment) to such Secured Party and (b) if the amount of the Currency of Payment so purchased exceeds the sum originally due to such Secured Party, such Secured Party shall promptly pay the excess over to such Borrower in the currency and to the extent actually received.
          28. Use of English Language . This Guarantee has been negotiated and executed in the English language. All certificates, reports, notices and other documents and communications given or delivered pursuant to this Guarantee (including, without limitation, any modifications or supplements hereto) shall be in the English language, or accompanied by a certified English language translation thereof, and the English language version of any such document and communication shall control for all purposes under this Guarantee.
          29. Stamp Duty Declaration . For the purposes of Section 4(3) and Item 27 of the First Schedule to the Stamp Act, 1949 of Malaysia, the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to be the principal instrument and security to secure the payment of a foreign currency loan of the aggregate principal amount of up to United States Dollars Nine Hundred and Seventy-Five

15


 

Million (US$975,000,000/-), of which a Ringgit tranche of the aggregate principal amount of up to Ringgit Seventy-Six Million Three Hundred and Sixty Thousand (RM76,360,000/-) forms part, and this Guarantee is deemed to be a secondary instrument.
           30. GOVERNING LAW . THIS GUARANTEE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
[Signature pages follow]

16


 

         
  AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA)  
 
SDN BHD (Company No: 704181-P), as
 
 
Malaysian Guarantor
 
 
       
  By:   /s/ Adam H. Clammer   
    Name:   Adam H. Clammer   
    Title:   Director   
 
         
  AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES WIRELESS  
 
HOLDING (LABUAN)
 
 
CORPORATION (Company No:
 
 
LL05008), as Labuan Guarantor
 
 
       
  By:   /s/ Adam H. Clammer   
    Name:   Adam H. Clammer   
    Title:   Director   
 
         
  AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES IMAGING  
 
HOLDING (LABUAN)
 
 
CORPORATION (Company No:
 
 
LL05006), as Labuan Guarantor
 
 
       
  By:   /s/ Adam H. Clammer   
    Name:   Adam H. Clammer   
    Title:   Director   
 
         
  AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FIBER  
 
HOLDING (LABUAN)
 
 
CORPORATION (Company No:
 
 
LL05009), as Labuan Guarantor
 
 
       
  By:   /s/ Adam H. Clammer   
    Name:   Adam H. Clammer   
    Title:   Director   
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO GUARANTEE]


 

         
  AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES STORAGE
HOLDING (LABUAN)
CORPORATION (Company No:
LL0507), as Labuan Guarantor
 
 
  By: /s/ Adam H. Clammer  
 
   
    Name:   Adam H. Clammer  
    Title:   Director  
 
         
  AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES ENTERPRISE
HOLDING (LABUAN)
CORPORATION (Company No:
LL05005), as Labuan Guarantor
 
 
  By: /s/ Adam H. Clammer  
 
   
    Name:   Adam H. Clammer  
    Title:   Director  
 
         
  AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES WIRELESS
(U.S.A.) MANUFACTURING INC., as
U.S. Guarantor
 
 
  By: /s/ Adam H. Clammer  
 
   
    Name:   Adam H. Clammer  
    Title:   Director  
 
         
  AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES IMAGING
(U.S.A.) INC., as U.S. Guarantor
 
 
  By: /s/ Adam H. Clammer  
 
   
    Name:   Adam H. Clammer  
    Title:   Director  
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO GUARANTEE]
5.   Avago Technologies Storage Holding (Labuan) Corporation (formerly known as Argos Storage Holding (Labuan) Corporation) (Company No. ll0507)
 
6.   Avago Technologies Enterprise Holding Corporation (formerly known as Argos Enterprise Holding (Labuan) Corporation) (Company No. ll05005)


 

         
    AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES STORAGE
(U.S.A.) INC., as U.S. Guarantor
 
       
 
  By: /s/ Adam H. Clammer  
 
     
      Name:   Adam H. Clammer  
      Title:   Director  
 
       
    AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES U.S. INC., as
U.S. Guarantor
 
       
 
  By: /s/ Adam H. Clammer  
 
     
      Name:   Adam H. Clammer  
      Title:   Director  
 
       
    AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES WIRELESS
(U.S.A.) INC., as U.S. Guarantor
 
       
 
  By: /s/ Adam H. Clammer  
 
     
      Name:   Adam H. Clammer  
      Title:   Director  
 
       
    AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES U.S. R&D
INC., as U.S. Guarantor
 
       
 
  By: /s/ Adam H. Clammer  
 
     
      Name:   Adam H. Clammer  
      Title:   Director  
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO GUARANTEE]


 

         
    AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS
B.V., as Dutch Guarantor
 
       
 
  By:   /s/  Adam H. Clammer
 
       
 
      Name:  Adam H. Clammer
 
      Title:    Director
 
       
    AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES WIRELESS
HOLDINGS B.V., as Dutch Guarantor
 
       
 
  By:   /s/  Adam H. Clammer
 
       
 
      Name:  Adam H. Clammer
 
      Title:    Director
 
       
    AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES STORAGE
HOLDINGS B.V., as Dutch Guarantor
 
       
 
  By:   /s/  Adam H. Clammer
 
       
 
      Name:  Adam H. Clammer
 
      Title:    Director
 
       
    AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES IMAGING
HOLDINGS B.V., as Dutch Guarantor
 
       
 
  By:   /s/  Adam H. Clammer
 
       
 
      Name:  Adam H. Clammer
 
      Title:    Director
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO GUARANTEE]

 


 

         
    AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES JAPAN, LTD.,
as Japanese Guarantor
 
       
 
  By: /s/ Adam H. Clammer  
 
     
      Name:   Adam H. Clammer  
      Title:   Director  
 
       
    AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES CANADA
CORPORATION, as Canadian Guarantor
 
       
 
  By: /s/ Adam H. Clammer  
 
     
      Name:   Adam H. Clammer  
      Title:   Director  
 
       
    AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES MEXICO, S.
DE R.L. DE C.V., as Mexican Guarantor
 
       
 
  By: /s/ Adam H. Clammer  
 
     
      Name:   Adam H. Clammer  
      Title:   Director  
 
       
    AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES U.K. LTD., as
U.K. Guarantor
 
       
 
  By: /s/ Adam H. Clammer  
 
     
      Name:   Adam H. Clammer  
      Title:   Director  
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO GUARANTEE]

 


 

         
    AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES GMBH, as
German Guarantor
 
       
 
  By: /s/ Adam H. Clammer  
 
     
      Name:   Adam H. Clammer  
      Title:   Director  
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO GUARANTEE]

 


 

         
    AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES ITALY S.R.L.,
as Italian Guarantor
 
       
 
  By: /s/ Adam H. Clammer  
 
     
      Name:   Adam H. Clammer  
      Title:   Director  
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO GUARANTEE]

 


 

       
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES ENTERPRISE IP
(SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.
   
     
The Common Seal of
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES ENTERPRISE IP
(SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.

was hereunto affixed
)
)
)
 
[Seal]
     
     
/s/ Adam H. Clammer Director    
Adam H. Clammer      
     
/s/ Kenneth Y. Hao Director    
Kenneth Y. Hao      
       
       
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO GUARANTEE]

 


 

       
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES HOLDING PTE. LTD.    
     
The Common Seal of
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES HOLDING PTE. LTD.
was hereunto affixed
)
)
)
 
[Seal]
     
     
/s/ Adam H. Clammer Director    
Adam H. Clammer      
     
/s/ Kenneth Y. Hao Director    
Kenneth Y. Hao      
       
       
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO GUARANTEE]

 


 

       
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES STORAGE IP
(SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.
   
     
The Common Seal of
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES STORAGE IP
(SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.

was hereunto affixed
)
)
)
 
[Seal]
     
     
/s/ Adam H. Clammer Director    
Adam H. Clammer      
     
/s/ Kenneth Y. Hao Director    
Kenneth Y. Hao      
       
       
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO GUARANTEE]

 


 

       
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.    
     
The Common Seal of
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
was hereunto affixed
)
)
)
 
[Seal]
     
     
/s/ Adam H. Clammer Director    
Adam H. Clammer      
     
/s/ Kenneth Y. Hao Director    
Kenneth Y. Hao      
       
       
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO GUARANTEE]

 


 

       
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FIBER IP (SINGAPORE)
PTE. LTD.
   
     
The Common Seal of
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FIBER IP
(SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.

was hereunto affixed
)
)
)
 
[Seal]
     
     
/s/ Adam H. Clammer Director    
Adam H. Clammer      
     
/s/ Kenneth Y. Hao Director    
Kenneth Y. Hao      
       
       
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO GUARANTEE]

 


 

       
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES GENERAL IP
      (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.
   
     
The Common Seal of
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES GENERAL IP
(SIGNAPORE) PTE. LTD.

was hereunto affixed
)
)
)
 
[Seal]
     
     
/s/ Adam H. Clammer Director    
Adam H. Clammer      
     
/s/ Kenneth Y. Hao Director    
Kenneth Y. Hao      
       
       
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO GUARANTEE]

 


 

       
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES ECBU IP (SIGNAPORE)
     PTE. LTD.
   
     
The Common Seal of
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES ECBU IP
(SIGNAPORE) PTE. LTD.

was hereunto affixed
)
)
)
 
[Seal]
     
     
/s/ Adam H. Clammer Director    
Adam H. Clammer      
     
/s/ Kenneth Y. Hao Director    
Kenneth Y. Hao      
       
       
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO GUARANTEE]

 


 

       
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES INTERNATIONAL
       SALES PTE. LIMITED
   
     
The Common Seal of
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES INTERNATIONAL
SALES PTE. LIMITED

was hereunto affixed
)
)
)
 
[Seal]
     
     
/s/ Adam H. Clammer Director    
Adam H. Clammer      
     
/s/ Kenneth Y. Hao Director    
Kenneth Y. Hao      
       
       
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO GUARANTEE]

 


 

       
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES MANUFACTURING
          (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.
   
     
The Common Seal of
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES MANUFACTURING
(SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.

was hereunto affixed
)
)
)
 
[Seal]
     
     
/s/ Adam H. Clammer Director    
Adam H. Clammer      
     
/s/ Kenneth Y. Hao Director    
Kenneth Y. Hao      
       
       
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO GUARANTEE]

 


 

       
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES IMAGING IP
(SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.
   
     
The Common Seal of
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES IMAGING IP
(SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.

was hereunto affixed
)
)
)
 
[Seal]
     
     
/s/ Adam H. Clammer Director    
Adam H. Clammer      
     
/s/ Kenneth Y. Hao Director    
Kenneth Y. Hao      
       
       
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO GUARANTEE]

 


 

       
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES WIRELESS IP
(SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.
   
     
The Common Seal of
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES WIRELESS IP
(SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.

was hereunto affixed
)
)
)
 
[Seal]
     
     
/s/ Adam H. Clammer Director    
Adam H. Clammer      
     
/s/ Kenneth Y. Hao Director    
Kenneth Y. Hao      
       
       
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO GUARANTEE]

 


 

           
CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC., as
     Collateral Agent
   
         
         
By:   /s/ David Wirdnam      
    Name: David Wirdnam      
    Title: Vice President    
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO GUARANTEE]

 

 

Exhibit-10.15
          SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 dated as of May 1, 2006 to the GUARANTEE dated as of December 1, 2005, among each of the Guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto (each such subsidiary individually, a “ Guarantor ” and, collectively, the “ Guarantors ”), and CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC., as Collateral Agent for the lenders (the “ Lenders ”) from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement referred to below.
          A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2005 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD. (company registration number 200512223N), a Singapore limited company (the “ Singaporean Borrower ” or the “ Company ”), a wholly-owned Subsidiary of AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES HOLDING PTE. LTD. (company registration number 200512203H), a Singapore limited company (“ Holdings ”), a wholly-owned Subsidiary of AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED, a Singapore limited company (“ Avago ” or “ Parent ”), AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE S.À.R.L., a Grand Duchy of Luxembourg limited liability company (the “ Lux Borrower ”), AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD. (f/k/a Jumbo Portfolio Sdn. Bhd.) (Company No. 704181-P), a company incorporated in Malaysia under the Companies Act, 1965 (the “ Malaysian Borrower ”), AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES WIRELESS (U.S.A.) MANUFACTURING INC., a Delaware corporation (“ U.S. Wireless ”), AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES U.S. INC., a Delaware corporation (“ U.S. Opco ” and together with U.S. Wireless, the “ U.S. Borrowers ” and each a “ U.S. Borrower ”, and together with the Singaporean Borrower, the Lux Borrower and the Malaysian Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), the lenders or other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto (the “ Lenders ”), CITICORP INTERNATIONAL LIMITED (HONG KONG), as Asian Administrative Agent and CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC., as Tranche B Term Loan Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent.
          B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Guarantee.
          C. The Guarantors have entered into the Guarantee in order to induce the Collateral Agent, the Syndication Agent and the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Lenders or affiliates of Lenders to enter into Hedge Agreements with the Borrower. Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement and Section 22 of the Guarantee provide that additional Subsidiaries may become Guarantors under the Guarantee by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. Each undersigned Subsidiary (each a “ New Guarantor ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Guarantor under the Guarantee in order to induce the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make additional Extensions of Credit and as consideration for Extensions of Credit previously made.
          Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and each New Guarantor agrees as follows:

 


 

          SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 22 of the Guarantee, each New Guarantor by its signature below becomes a Guarantor under the Guarantee with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor and each New Guarantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Guarantee applicable to it as a Guarantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Guarantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. Each reference to a Guarantor in the Guarantee shall be deemed to include each New Guarantor. The Guarantee is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
          SECTION 2. Each New Guarantor represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
          SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Supplement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Supplement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Collateral Agent. This Supplement shall become effective as to each New Guarantor when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of such New Guarantor and the Collateral Agent.
          SECTION 4. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect.
          SECTION 5. THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          SECTION 6. Any provision of this Supplement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and in the Guarantee, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
          SECTION 7. All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 13.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to each New Guarantor shall be given to it in care of the Singaporean Borrower at the Singaporean Borrower’s address set forth in Section 13.2 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 8. Each New Guarantor agrees to reimburse the Collateral Agent for its out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Supplement, including the fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel for the Collateral Agent.

2


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each New Guarantor and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Guarantee as of the day and year first above written.
             
    AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES SENSOR IP PTE. LTD.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Rex Jackson    
             
 
      Name: Rex Jackson    
 
      Title:   Director    
Signature Page to Guarantee Supplement

 


 

             
    AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES SENSOR (U.S.A.) INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Rex Jackson    
             
 
      Name: Rex Jackson    
 
      Title:   Director    
Signature Page to Guarantee Supplement

 


 

             
    Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ C. P. Mahon    
             
 
      Name: C. P. Mahon    
 
      Title:   Vice President    
Signature Page to Guarantee Supplement

 

 

Exhibit 23.11
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
     We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form F-4 of Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. of our report dated September 29, 2006 relating to the financial statements of Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of Avago Technologies Limited, which appears in such Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the headings “Experts” in such Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
November 15, 2006

 

 

Exhibit 23.12
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
     We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form F-4 of Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd. of our report dated June 5, 2006, except for the effects of discontinued operations discussed in Note 17 to the financial statements, as to which the date is September 29, 2006, relating to the financial statements of the Semiconductor Products Business, a business segment of Agilent Technologies, Inc., which appears in such Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the headings “Experts” in such Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
November 15, 2006

 

 

Exhibit 99.1
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$500,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ITS 10-1/8% SENIOR NOTES DUE
2013, WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(“THE SECURITIES ACT”), FOR ANY AND ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING 10-1/8% SENIOR NOTES
DUE 2013
AND
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$250,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ITS SENIOR FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE
2013, WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, FOR ANY AND ALL OF
ITS OUTSTANDING SENIOR FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2013
AND
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$250,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ITS 11-7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2015,
WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, FOR ANY AND ALL OF ITS
OUTSTANDING 11-7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2015
THE EXCHANGE OFFERS WILL EXPIRE AT 12:00 A.M. MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON         , 2006 (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”) UNLESS THE OFFERS ARE EXTENDED. TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO 12:00 A.M. MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON            , 2006.
The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offers is:
THE BANK OF NEW YORK
         
By Registered Mail or Overnight
Carrier:
  By Facsimile Transmission:   By Hand Delivery:
The Bank of New York
Reorganization Section
101 Barclay Street, 7E
New York, New York 10286
Attn: Bernard Arsenec
  (212) 235-2261

To Confirm by Telephone:
(212) 235-2356

For Information Call:
(212) 235-2356
  The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street
Corporate Trust Services Window
Ground level
New York, New York 10286
Attn: Bernard Arsenec
Reorganization Section
      DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, OR TRANSMISSION OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL VIA FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION TO A NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.
     Holders of Outstanding Notes (as defined below) should complete this Letter of Transmittal either if Outstanding Notes are to be forwarded herewith or if tenders of Outstanding Notes are to be made by book-entry transfer to an account maintained by the Exchange Agent at the book-entry transfer facility specified by the holder pursuant to the procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offers – Book-Entry Delivery Procedures” and “The Exchange Offers – Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” in the Prospectus (as defined below) and an

 


 

“Agent’s Message” (as defined below) is not delivered. If tender is being made by book-entry transfer, the holder must have an Agent’s Message delivered in lieu of this Letter of Transmittal.
     Holders of Outstanding Notes whose certificates for such Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their certificates and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or who cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must tender their Outstanding Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offers – Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the Prospectus.
     Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “holder” for purposes of this Letter of Transmittal means any person in whose name Outstanding Notes are registered or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder or any person whose Outstanding Notes are held of record by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”).
     The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated      , 2006 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”) of Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd., a Singapore private limited company (the “Company”), Avago Technologies U.S. Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Avago U.S.”), and Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with Avago U.S., the “Subsidiary Co-Issuers”), and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries (each, a “Guarantor” and collectively, the “Guarantors”), and this Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), which together constitute the Company’s offers (the “Exchange Offers”) to exchange (a) an aggregate principal amount of up to $500,000,000 of their 10-1/8% Senior Notes due 2013 which have been registered under the Securities Act (the “Exchange Fixed Rate Senior Notes”), for any and all of their outstanding 10-1/8% Senior Notes due 2013 (the “Outstanding Fixed Rate Senior Notes”), (b) an aggregate principal amount of up to $250,000,000 of their Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2013 which have been registered under the Securities Act (the “Exchange Floating Rate Senior Notes” and, together with the Exchange Fixed Rate Senior Notes, the “Exchange Senior Notes”), for any and all of their outstanding Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2013 (the “Outstanding Floating Rate Senior Notes” and, together with the Outstanding Fixed Rate Senior Notes, the “Outstanding Senior Notes”) and (c) an aggregate principal amount of up to $250,000,000 of their 11-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 which have been registered under the Securities Act (the “Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes” and, together with the Exchange Senior Notes, the “Exchange Notes”), for any and all of their outstanding 11-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes” and, together with the Outstanding Senior Notes, the “Outstanding Notes”). The Outstanding Notes are unconditionally guaranteed (the “Old Guarantees”) by the Guarantors and the Exchange Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed (the “New Guarantees”) by the Guarantors. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal, the Guarantors offer to issue the New Guarantees with respect to all Exchange Notes issued in the Exchange Offers in exchange for the Old Guarantees of the Outstanding Notes for which such Exchange Notes are issued in the Exchange Offers. Throughout this Letter of Transmittal, unless the context otherwise requires and whether so expressed or not, references to the “Exchange Offers” include the Guarantors’ offer to exchange the New Guarantees for the Old Guarantees, references to the “Exchange Notes” include the related New Guarantees and references to the “Outstanding Notes” include the related Old Guarantees.
     For each Outstanding Note accepted for exchange, the holder of such Outstanding Note will receive an Exchange Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Outstanding Note. The Exchange Fixed Rate Senior Notes will bear interest at a rate of 10-1/8% per annum, payable on June 1 and December 1 of each year. The Exchange Floating Rate Senior Notes will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 5.5%, payable on March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1 of each year. Interest on the Exchange Floating Rate Senior Notes will be reset quarterly. The Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes will bear interest at a rate of 11-7/8% per annum, payable on June 1 and December 1 of each year.
     Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning given them in the Prospectus.
     YOUR BANK OR BROKER CAN ASSIST YOU IN COMPLETING THIS FORM. THE INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDED WITH THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MUST BE FOLLOWED. QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR FOR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT, WHOSE ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER APPEAR ON THE FRONT PAGE OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

 


 

     The undersigned has completed the appropriate boxes below and signed this Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action that the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offers.
PLEASE READ THE ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND THE PROSPECTUS
CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW.

 


 

List below the Outstanding Fixed Rate Senior Notes, the Outstanding Floating Rate Senior Notes and the Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates. If the space provided below is inadequate, the certificate numbers and aggregate principal amounts of the Outstanding Fixed Rate Senior Notes, the Outstanding Floating Rate Senior Notes and the Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.
All Tendering Holders Complete Box 1:
Box 1*
Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered Herewith
                 
    NAME(S) AND       AGGREGATE    
    ADDRESS(ES) OF       PRINCIPAL   PRINCIPAL
    REGISTERED   CERTIFICATE   AMOUNT   AMOUNT
TYPE OF NOTE   HOLDER(S)   NUMBER(S)**   REPRESENTED   TENDERED***
10-1/8% Senior Notes due 2013
               
 
               
Senior Floating
Rate Notes due 2013
               
 
11-7/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2015
               
 
               
 
  Total Principal Amount of Outstanding Notes            
 
*   If the space provided is inadequate, list the certificate numbers and principal amount of Outstanding Notes on a separate signed schedule and attach the list to this Letter of Transmittal.
 
**   Need not be completed by book-entry holders.
 
***   The minimum permitted tender is $2,000 in principal amount. All tenders must be in integral multiples of $1,000 in principal amount in excess thereof. Unless otherwise indicated in this column, the holder will be deemed to have tendered the full aggregate principal amount represented by such Outstanding Notes. See instruction 2.

 


 

Box 2
Book-Entry Transfer
o CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
     
Name of Tendering Institution:
   
 
   
     
Account Number:
   
 
   
     
Transaction Code Number:
   
 
   
     Holders of Outstanding Notes that are tendering by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC can execute the tender through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) for which the transaction will be eligible. DTC participants that are accepting the Exchange Offers must transmit their acceptances to DTC, which will verify the acceptance and execute a book-entry delivery to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC. DTC will then send a computer-generated message (an “Agent’s Message”) to the Exchange Agent for its acceptance in which the holder of the Outstanding Notes acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the terms of, and makes the representations and warranties contained in, this Letter of Transmittal, and the DTC participant confirms on behalf of itself and the beneficial owners of such Outstanding Notes all provisions of this Letter of Transmittal (including any representations and warranties) applicable to it and such beneficial owner as fully as if it had completed the information required herein and executed and transmitted this Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent. Each DTC participant transmitting an acceptance of the Exchange Offers through the ATOP procedures will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by the terms of this Letter of Transmittal. Delivery of an Agent’s Message by DTC will satisfy the terms of the Exchange Offers as to execution and delivery of a Letter of Transmittal by the participant identified in the Agent’s Message. DTC participants may also accept the Exchange Offers by submitting a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery through ATOP.

 


 

Box 3
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
(See Instruction 1)
o CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
     
Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):
   
 
   
     
Window Ticket Number (if any):
   
 
   
     
Name of Eligible Guarantor Institution that Guaranteed Delivery:
   
 
   
     
Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:
   
 
   
IF GUARANTEED DELIVERY IS TO BE MADE BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER:
     
Name of Tendering Institution:
   
 
   
     
Account Number:
   
 
   
     
Transaction Code Number:
   
 
   
Box 4
Return of Non-Exchanged Outstanding Notes
Tendered by Book-Entry Transfer
o CHECK HERE IF OUTSTANDING NOTES TENDERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER AND NON-EXCHANGED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE TO BE RETURNED BY CREDITING THE ACCOUNT NUMBER SET FORTH ABOVE.

 


 

Box 5
Participating Broker-Dealer
o CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER WHO ACQUIRED THE OUTSTANDING NOTES FOR YOUR OWN ACCOUNT AS A RESULT OF MARKET-MAKING OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES AND WISH TO RECEIVE TEN (10) ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.
     
Name:
   
 
   
 
   
Address:
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
     If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale or transfer of such Exchange Notes received pursuant to the Exchange Offers; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. A broker-dealer may not participate in the Exchange Offers with respect to Outstanding Notes acquired other than as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. Any broker-dealer who purchased Outstanding Notes from the Company to resell pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other available exemption under the Securities Act must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements under the Securities Act.
PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

 


 

Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offers, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of all or any portion of the Outstanding Notes tendered herewith in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offers (including, if the applicable Exchange Offer is extended or amended, the terms and conditions of any such extension or amendment), the undersigned hereby exchanges, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Company all right, title and interest in and to such Outstanding Notes as are being tendered herewith.
     The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of the undersigned (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the Company, in connection with the Exchange Offers) with respect to the tendered Outstanding Notes, with full power of substitution and resubstitution (such power of attorney being deemed an irrevocable power coupled with an interest) to (1) deliver certificates representing such Outstanding Notes, or transfer ownership of such Outstanding Notes on the account books maintained by the book-entry transfer facility specified by the holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes, together, in each such case, with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, the Company, (2) present and deliver such Outstanding Notes for transfer on the books of the Company and (3) receive all benefits or otherwise exercise all rights and incidents of beneficial ownership of such Outstanding Notes, all in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offers.
     The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that (a) the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby, (b) when such tendered Outstanding Notes are accepted for exchange, the Company will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and (c) the Outstanding Notes tendered for exchange are not subject to any adverse claims or proxies when accepted by the Company.
     The undersigned hereby further represents that any Exchange Notes acquired in exchange for Outstanding Notes tendered hereby will have been acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the undersigned, that neither the holder of such Outstanding Notes nor any such other person has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes, and that neither the holder of such Outstanding Notes nor any such other person is an “affiliate,” as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company, any Subsidiary Co-Issuer or any Guarantor. If the undersigned is a person in the United Kingdom, the undersigned represents that its ordinary activities involve it in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of its business.
     The undersigned also acknowledges that these Exchange Offers are being made based on the Company’s understanding of an interpretation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, including Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991), Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC’s letter to Shearman & Sterling, dated July 2, 1993, or similar no-action letters, that the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offers may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by each holder thereof (other than a broker-dealer who acquires such Exchange Notes directly from the Company for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other available exemption under the Securities Act or any such holder that is an “affiliate” of the Company, the Subsidiary Co-Issuers or the Guarantors within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holder’s business and such holder is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of such Exchange Notes and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes. If a holder of the Outstanding Notes is an affiliate of the Company, the Subsidiary Co-Issuers or the Guarantors, is not acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of its business, is engaged in or intends to engage in a distribution of the Exchange Notes or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offers, such holder (x) may not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC and (y) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive the Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for the Outstanding Notes, it

 


 

represents that the Outstanding Notes to be exchanged for the Exchange Notes were acquired by it for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale or transfer of such Exchange Notes received pursuant to the Exchange Offers; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
     The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Company or the Exchange Agent to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the tendered Outstanding Notes or transfer ownership of such Outstanding Notes on the account books maintained by the book-entry transfer facility. The undersigned further agrees that acceptance of any and all validly tendered Outstanding Notes by the Company and the issuance of Exchange Notes in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by the Company of its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement dated December 1, 2005, among the Company, the Subsidiary Co-Issuers, the Guarantors, Lehman Brothers Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Singapore Pte. Ltd. and Credit Suisse First Boston (Singapore) Limited (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), and that the Company shall have no further obligations or liabilities thereunder except as provided in Section 6 of such agreement. The undersigned will comply with its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.
     The Exchange Offers are subject to certain conditions as set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offers—Conditions to the Exchange Offers.” The undersigned recognizes that as a result of these conditions (which may be waived, in whole or in part, by the Company), as more particularly set forth in the Prospectus, the Company may not be required to exchange any of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby and, in such event, the Outstanding Notes not exchanged will be returned to the undersigned at the address shown above, promptly following the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offers. In addition, the Company may amend the Exchange Offers at any time prior to the Expiration Date if any of the conditions set forth under “The Exchange Offers—Conditions to the Exchange Offers” occur.
     All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter of Transmittal shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and legal representatives of the undersigned. Tendered Outstanding Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date in accordance with the procedures set forth in the terms of this Letter of Transmittal.
     Unless otherwise indicated herein in the box entitled “Special Registration Instructions” below, please deliver the Exchange Notes (and, if applicable, substitute certificates representing the Outstanding Notes for any Outstanding Notes not exchanged) in the name of the undersigned or, in the case of a book-entry delivery of the Outstanding Notes, please credit the account indicated above. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” below, please send the Exchange Notes (and, if applicable, substitute certificates representing the Outstanding Notes for any Outstanding Notes not exchanged) to the undersigned at the address shown above in the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered Herewith.”
      THE UNDERSIGNED, BY COMPLETING THE BOX ENTITLED “DESCRIPTION OF OUTSTANDING NOTES TENDERED HEREWITH” ABOVE AND SIGNING THIS LETTER, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE TENDERED THE OUTSTANDING NOTES AS SET FORTH IN SUCH BOX.

 


 

Box 6
Special Registration Instructions
(See Instructions 4 and 5)
To be completed ONLY if (i) certificates for Outstanding Notes in a principal amount not tendered are to be issued in the name of, or Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offers are to be issued in the name of, someone other than the person or persons whose name(s) appear(s) within this Letter of Transmittal or issued to an address different from that shown in the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered Herewith” within this Letter of Transmittal, (ii) Outstanding Notes not tendered, but represented by certificates tendered by this Letter of Transmittal, are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at DTC other than the account indicated above or (iii) Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offers are to be issued by book-entry transfer to an account maintained at DTC other than the account indicated above.
     
Issue:
  o Outstanding Notes not tendered to:
 
  o Exchange Notes to:
     
Name(s):
   
 
   
 
  (Please Print or Type)
 
   
 
   
Address:
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
  (Include Zip Code)
     
Daytime Area Code and Telephone Number:
   
 
   
     
Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:
   
 
   
     
DTC Account Number:
   
 
   

 


 

Box 7
Special Delivery Instructions
(See Instructions 4 and 5)
To be completed ONLY if certificates for Outstanding Notes in a principal amount not tendered, or Exchange Notes, are to be sent to someone other than the person or persons whose name(s) appear(s) within this Letter of Transmittal to an address different from that shown in the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered Herewith” within this Letter of Transmittal.
Issue: o Outstanding Notes not tendered to:
o Exchange Notes to:
     
Name(s):
   
 
   
 
  (Please Print or Type)
 
   
Address:
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  (Include Zip Code)
     
Daytime Area Code and Telephone Number:
   
 
   
     
Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:
   
 
   

 


 

Box 8
Tendering Holders Sign Here
(Complete accompanying substitute form W-9)
Must be signed by the registered holder(s) (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on a security listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) of the Outstanding Notes exactly as their name(s) appear(s) on the Outstanding Notes hereby tendered or by any person(s) authorized to become the registered holder(s) by properly completed bond powers or endorsements and documents transmitted herewith. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please set forth the full title of such person. See Instruction 4.
 
(Signature(s) of Holder(s))
     
Date:
   
 
   
     
Name(s):
   
 
   
 
  (Please Print or Type)
Capacity (full title):
   
 
   
     
Address:
   
 
   
     
 
   
 
   
 
  (Include Zip Code)
     
Daytime Area Code and Telephone Number:
   
 
   
     
Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:
   
 
   
Guarantee of Signatures
(If Required — See Instruction 4)
Authorized Signature:                                          
     
Date:
   
 
   
 
   
Name:
   
 
   
 
  (Please Print or Type)
Title:
   
 
   
     
Name of Firm:
   
 
   
 
   
Address of Firm:
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  (Include Zip Code)
     
Daytime Area Code and Telephone Number:
   
 
   
     
Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:
   
 
   

 


 

                 
  PAYER’S NAME: AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
 
 
             
 
SUBSTITUTE
Form W-9

Department of the Treasury
Internal Revenue Service

Payer’s Request for Taxpayer
Identification Number (TIN)
    In Part I – PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE BOX AT THE RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW.

                                                  
Name

                                                 
Business Name (if different)

Please check appropriate box:
    o  Individual/Sole Proprietor
    o  Corporation
    o  Partnership
    o  Other:                                   


                                                                 
Address

                                                                  
City, State, and Zip Code
    Part I – Social Security Number OR Employer Identification Number

                                  
(If awaiting TIN, write “Applied For”)

Part II – For Payees exempt from backup withholding, see the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9, check the exempt box below and complete the Form W-9.

Exempt  o

Part III – Awaiting TIN – If you have not been issued a TIN but have applied for one, or intend to apply for one in the near future, please check the box provided and certify by signing and dating Part IV and the “ CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ” below.

Awaiting TIN  o
 
  Part IV    
  Certification – Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:    
 
 
             
 
(1) The number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me),
 
 
 
             
 
(2) I am not subject to backup withholding either because (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the IRS that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding,
 
 
 
             
 
(3) I am a U.S. person (including a U.S. Resident alien), and
 
 
 
             
 
(4) all other information provided on this form is true, correct and complete in all material respects.
 
 
 
             
  Certification Instructions – You must cross out item (2) above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after being notified by the IRS that you were subject to backup withholding you received another notification from the IRS that you are no longer subject to backup withholding, do not cross out item (2). (Also see instructions in the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9).  
 
SIGNATURE:                                                               DATE:                                            , 2006
 
 

 


 

YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU
CHECKED THE BOX IN PART III OF THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and that I mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office (or I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future). I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number to the payer, the payer is required to withhold up to 28% of all reportable payments made to me.
Signature:                                                                     Date:                                           
NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF A STATUTORILY IMPOSED PERCENTAGE (CURRENTLY 28%) OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFERS. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.

 


 

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
Guidelines for Determining the Proper Identification Number for the payee (You) to Give the Payer. — Social security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e., 000-00-0000. Employee identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e., 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payer. All “Section” references are to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. “IRS” is the Internal Revenue Service.
     
    Give the
    SOCIAL SECURITY
For this type of account:   number of —
1. Individual
  The individual
2. Two or more individuals (joint account)
  The actual owner of the or, if combined account fund, the first individual on the account 1
3. Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)
  The minor 2
4. a. The usual revocable savings trust account (grantor is also trustee)
  The grantor-trustee 1
    b. So-called trust that is not a legal or valid trust under state law
  The actual owner 1
5. Sole proprietorship
  The owner 3
     
    Give the EMPLOYER
For this type of account:   IDENTIFICATION number of
6. Sole proprietorship
  The owner 3
7. A valid trust, estate, or pension trust
  The legal entity 4
8. Corporate
  The corporation
9. Association, club, religious, charitable, educational, or other tax-exempt organization account
  The organization
10. Partnership
  The partnership
11. A broker or registered nominee
  The broker or nominee
12. Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a state or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments
  The public entity
 
1.   List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has a social security number, that person’s number must be furnished.
 
2.   Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s social security number.
 
3.   You must show your individual name, but you may also enter your business or “doing business as” name. You may use either your social security number or your employer identification number (if you have one).
 
4.   List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not furnish the taxpayer identification number of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.)
NOTE:   IF NO NAME IS CIRCLED WHEN THERE IS MORE THAN ONE NAME, THE NUMBER WILL BE CONSIDERED TO BE THAT OF THE FIRST NAME LISTED.

 


 

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON
SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
Obtaining a Number
If you don’t have a taxpayer identification number or you don’t know your number, obtain Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Card, at the local Social Administration office, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, by calling 1 (800) TAX-FORM, and apply for a number.
Payees Exempt from Backup Withholding
Payees specifically exempted from withholding include:
    An organization exempt from tax under Section 501(a), an individual retirement account (IRA), or a custodial account under Section 403(b)(7), if the account satisfies the requirements of Section 401(f)(2).
 
    The United States or a state thereof, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or a political subdivision or wholly-owned agency or instrumentality of any one or more of the foregoing.
 
    An international organization or any agency or instrumentality thereof.
 
    A foreign government and any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof.
Payees that may be exempt from backup withholding include:
    A corporation.
 
    A financial institution.
 
    A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the United States, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States.
 
    A real estate investment trust.
 
    A common trust fund operated by a bank under Section 584(a).
 
    An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
 
    A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or custodian.
 
    A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
 
    A foreign central bank of issue.
 
    A trust exempt from tax under Section 664 or described in Section 4947.
Payments of dividends and patronage dividends generally exempt from backup withholding include:
    Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under Section 1441.
 
    Payments to partnerships not engaged in a trade or business in the United States and that have at least one nonresident alien partner.
 
    Payments of patronage dividends not paid in money.
 
    Payments made by certain foreign organizations.
 
    Section 404(k) payments made by an ESOP.
Payments of interest generally exempt from backup withholding include:
    Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals. Note: You may be subject to backup withholding if this interest is $600 or more and you have not provided your correct taxpayer identification number to the payer.
 
    Payments of tax-exempt interest (including exempt-interest dividends under Section 852).
 
    Payments described in Section 6049(b)(5) to nonresident aliens.
 
    Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under Section 1451.
 
    Payments made by certain foreign organizations.
 
    Mortgage interest paid to you.
Certain payments, other than payments of interest, dividends, and patronage dividends, that are exempt from information reporting are also exempt from backup withholding. For details, see the regulations under sections 6041, 6041A, 6042, 6044, 6045, 6049, 6050A and 6050N.
Exempt payees described above must file Form W-9 or a substitute Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. FILE THIS FORM WITH THE PAYER, FURNISH YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, WRITE “EXEMPT” IN PART 2 OF THE FORM, SIGN AND DATE THE FORM AND RETURN IT TO THE PAYER.

 


 

Privacy Act Notice . — Section 6109 requires you to provide your correct taxpayer identification number to payers, who must report the payments to the IRS. The IRS uses the number for identification purposes and may also provide this information to various government agencies for tax enforcement or litigation purposes. Payers must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are required to file tax returns. Payers must generally withhold 28% of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a taxpayer identification number to payer. Certain penalties may also apply.
Penalties
(1) Failure to Furnish Taxpayer Identification Number . — If you fail to furnish your taxpayer identification number to a payer, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.
(2) Civil Penalty for False Information with Respect to Withholding . — If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no backup withholding, you are subject to a $500 penalty.
(3) Criminal Penalty for Falsifying Information . — Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.

 


 

INSTRUCTIONS
FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFERS
General
     Please do not send certificates for Outstanding Notes directly to the Company. Your certificates for Outstanding Notes, together with your signed and completed Letter of Transmittal and any required supporting documents, should be mailed or otherwise delivered to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the first page hereof. The method of delivery of Outstanding Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents is at your sole option and risk and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, or overnight or hand delivery service is recommended. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to ensure timely delivery.
      1. Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Certificates; Guaranteed Delivery Procedures . A holder of Outstanding Notes (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on a security listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) may tender the same by (i) properly completing and signing this Letter of Transmittal or a facsimile hereof (all references in the Prospectus to the Letter of Transmittal shall be deemed to include a facsimile thereof) and delivering the same, together with the certificate or certificates, if applicable, representing the Outstanding Notes being tendered and any required signature guarantees and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, to the Exchange Agent at its address set forth above on or prior to the Expiration Date, (ii) complying with the procedure for book-entry transfer described below or (iii) complying with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.
     Holders who wish to tender their Outstanding Notes and (i) whose Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their Outstanding Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) who cannot comply with the book-entry transfer procedures on a timely basis, must tender their Outstanding Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure set forth in “The Exchange Offers—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the Prospectus and by completing Box 3. Holders may tender their Outstanding Notes if: (i) the tender is made by or through an Eligible Guarantor Institution (as defined below); (ii) the Exchange Agent receives (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery), on or prior to the Expiration Date, a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery in the form provided with this Letter of Transmittal that (a) sets forth the name and address of the holder of Outstanding Notes, if applicable, the certificate number(s) of the Outstanding Notes to be tendered and the principal amount of Outstanding Notes tendered; (b) states that the tender is being made thereby; and (c) guarantees that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date, the Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, together with the Outstanding Notes or a book-entry confirmation, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, will be deposited by the Eligible Guarantor Institution with the Exchange Agent; or (iii) the Exchange Agent receives a properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal, or facsimile thereof and the certificate(s) representing all tendered Outstanding Notes in proper form or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of the Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at the appropriate book-entry transfer facility and all other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.
     Any Holder who wishes to tender Outstanding Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described above must ensure that the Exchange Agent receives the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery relating to such Outstanding Notes prior to the Expiration Date. Failure to complete the guaranteed delivery procedures outlined above will not, of itself, affect the validity or effect a revocation of any Letter of Transmittal form properly completed and executed by a holder who attempted to use the guaranteed delivery procedures.
     No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. Each tendering holder, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of the Outstanding Notes for exchange.
      2. Partial Tenders; Withdrawals . Tenders of Outstanding Notes will be accepted only in the principal amount with a minimum denomination of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. If less than the entire principal amount of Outstanding Notes evidenced by a submitted certificate is tendered, the tendering holder(s) must fill in the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes tendered in the column entitled

 


 

“Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered Herewith” in Box 1 above. A newly issued certificate for the Outstanding Notes submitted but not tendered will be sent to such holder promptly after the Expiration Date, unless otherwise provided in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal. All Outstanding Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered in full unless otherwise clearly indicated. Outstanding Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offers may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date, after which tenders of Outstanding Notes are irrevocable.
     To be effective with respect to the tender of Outstanding Notes, a written notice of withdrawal (which may be by telegram, telex, facsimile or letter) must: (i) be received by the Exchange Agent at the address for the Exchange Agent set forth above before the Company notifies the Exchange Agent that it has accepted the tender of Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offers; (ii) specify the name of the person who tendered the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn; (iii) identify the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn (including the principal amount of such Outstanding Notes, or, if applicable, the certificate numbers shown on the particular certificates evidencing such Outstanding Notes and the principal amount of Outstanding Notes represented by such certificates); (iv) include a statement that such holder is withdrawing its election to have such Outstanding Notes exchanged; (v) specify the name in which any such Outstanding Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder; and (vi) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on this Letter of Transmittal (including any required signature guarantee). The Exchange Agent will return the properly withdrawn Outstanding Notes promptly following receipt of notice of withdrawal. If Outstanding Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the withdrawn Outstanding Notes or otherwise comply with the book-entry transfer facility’s procedures. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility of notices of withdrawals, including time of receipt, will be determined by the Company, and such determination will be final and binding on all parties.
     Any Outstanding Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offers. Any Outstanding Notes which have been tendered for exchange but which are not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder (or, in the case of Outstanding Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent’s account at the book entry transfer facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described above, such Outstanding Notes will be credited to an account with such book-entry transfer facility specified by the holder) promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offers. Properly withdrawn Outstanding Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described under the caption “The Exchange Offers—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” in the Prospectus at any time prior to the Expiration Date.
     Neither the Issuer, any affiliate or assigns of the Issuer, the Exchange Agent nor any other person will be under any duty to give any notification of any irregularities in any notice of withdrawal or incur any liability for failure to give such notification (even if such notice is given to other persons).
      3. Beneficial Owner Instructions . Only a holder of Outstanding Notes (i.e., a person in whose name Outstanding Notes are registered on the books of the registrar or, or, in the case of Outstanding Notes held through book-entry, such book-entry transfer facility specified by the holder), or the legal representative or attorney-in-fact of a holder, may execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal. Any beneficial owner of Outstanding Notes who wishes to accept the Exchange Offers must arrange promptly for the appropriate holder to execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal on his or her behalf through the execution and delivery to the appropriate holder of the “Instructions to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner.”
      4. Signature on this Letter of Transmittal; Written Instruments and Endorsements; Guarantee of Signatures . If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on a security listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond exactly with the name(s) as written on the face of the certificates (or on such security listing) without alteration, addition, enlargement or any change whatsoever.
     If any of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.

 


 

     If a number of Outstanding Notes registered in different names are tendered, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimiles thereof) as there are different registrations of Outstanding Notes.
     When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of Outstanding Notes (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on a security listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) listed and tendered hereby, no endorsements of certificates or separate written instruments of transfer or exchange are required. If, however, this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes listed or the Exchange Notes are to be issued, or any untendered Outstanding Notes are to be reissued, to a person other than the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes, such Outstanding Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by separate written instruments of transfer or exchange in form satisfactory to the Company and duly executed by the registered holder, in each case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on the Outstanding Notes and the signatures on such certificates must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution. If this Letter of Transmittal, any certificates or separate written instruments of transfer or exchange are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Company, submit proper evidence satisfactory to the Company, in its sole discretion, of such persons’ authority to so act.
      Endorsements on certificates for the Outstanding Notes or signatures on bond powers required by this Instruction 4 must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or another “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (an “Eligible Guarantor Institution”).
      Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution, unless Outstanding Notes are tendered: (i) by a registered holder (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on a security listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) who has not completed the box entitled “Special Registration Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on this Letter of Transmittal; or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Guarantor Institution.
      5. Special Registration and Delivery Instructions . Tendering holders should indicate, in the applicable Box 6 or Box 7, the name and address in/to which the Exchange Notes and/or certificates for Outstanding Notes not exchanged are to be issued or sent, if different from the name(s) and address(es) of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal. In the case of issuance in a different name, the tax identification number or social security number of the person named must also be indicated. A holder tendering the Outstanding Notes by book-entry transfer may request that the Outstanding Notes not exchanged be credited to such account maintained at the book-entry transfer facility as such holder may designate. See Box 4.
     If no such instructions are given, the Exchange Notes (and any Outstanding Notes not tendered or not accepted) will be issued in the name of and sent to the holder signing this Letter of Transmittal or deposited into such holder’s account at the applicable book-entry transfer facility.
      6. Transfer Taxes . The Company shall pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer and exchange of the Outstanding Notes to it or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offers. If, however, the Exchange Notes are delivered to or issued in the name of a person other than the registered holder, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the transfer and exchange of Outstanding Notes to the Company or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offers, the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted herewith the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.
     Except as provided in this Instruction 6, it will not be necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Outstanding Notes listed in this Letter of Transmittal.

 


 

      7. Waiver of Conditions . The Company reserves the absolute right to waive, in whole or in part, any of the conditions to the Exchange Offers set forth in the Prospectus.
      8. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Securities . Any holder whose Outstanding Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, should promptly contact the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the first page hereof for further instructions. The holder will then be instructed as to the steps that must be taken in order to replace the certificate(s). This Letter of Transmittal and related documents cannot be processed until the procedures for replacing lost, destroyed or stolen certificate(s) have been completed.
      9. No Conditional Tenders; No Notice of Irregularities . No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering holders, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal, shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Outstanding Notes for exchange. The Company reserves the right, in its reasonable judgment, to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Outstanding Notes. The Company’s interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offers (including the instructions in this Letter of Transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Outstanding Notes must be cured within such time as the Company shall determine. Although the Company intends to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Outstanding Notes, neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person is under any obligation to give such notice nor shall they incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Outstanding Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Outstanding Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holder promptly following the Expiration Date.
      10. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies . Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal, may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address and telephone number set forth on the first page hereof.
      IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR A FACSIMILE OR COPY THEREOF (TOGETHER WITH CERTIFICATES OF OUTSTANDING NOTES OR CONFIRMATION OF BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS) OR A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT ON OR PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.
IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION
     Under U.S. federal income tax law, a tendering holder whose Outstanding Notes are accepted for exchange may be subject to backup withholding unless the holder provides The Bank of New York as Paying Agent (the “Paying Agent”), with either (i) such holder’s correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) on the Substitute Form W-9 attached hereto, certifying (A) that the TIN provided on Substitute Form W-9 is correct (or that such holder of Outstanding Notes is awaiting a TIN), (B) that the holder of Outstanding Notes is not subject to backup withholding because (x) such holder of Outstanding Notes is exempt from backup withholding, (y) such holder of Outstanding Notes has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that he or she is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends or (z) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the holder of Outstanding Notes that he or she is no longer subject to backup withholding and (C) that the holder of Outstanding Notes is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien); or (ii) an adequate basis for exemption from backup withholding. If such holder of Outstanding Notes is an individual, the TIN is such holder’s social security number. If the Paying Agent is not provided with the correct TIN, the holder of Outstanding Notes may also be subject to certain penalties imposed by the Internal Revenue Service and any payments that are made to such holder may be subject to backup withholding (see below).
     Certain holders of Outstanding Notes (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. However, exempt holders of Outstanding Notes should indicate their exempt status on the Substitute Form W-9. For example, a corporation should complete the Substitute Form W-9, providing its TIN and indicating that it is exempt from backup withholding. In order for a foreign individual to qualify as an exempt recipient, the holder must submit a Form W-8BEN, signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to that individual’s exempt status. A Form W-8BEN can be

 


 

obtained from the Paying Agent. See the enclosed “Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9” for more instructions. Holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors to determine whether they are exempt from these backup withholding and reporting requirements.
     If backup withholding applies, the Paying Agent is required to withhold 28% of any payments made to the holder of Outstanding Notes or other payee. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained from the Internal Revenue Service, provided the required information is furnished. The Paying Agent cannot refund amounts withheld by reason of backup withholding.
     A holder who does not have a TIN may check the box in Part 3 of the Substitute Form W-9 if the surrendering holder of Outstanding Notes has not been issued a TIN and has applied for a TIN or intends to apply for a TIN in the near future. If the box in Part 3 is checked, the holder of Outstanding Notes or other payee must also complete the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number below in order to avoid backup withholding. Notwithstanding that the box in Part 3 is checked and the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number is completed, the Paying Agent will withhold 28% of all payments made prior to the time a properly certified TIN is provided to the Paying Agent and, if the Paying Agent is not provided with a TIN within 60 days, such amounts will be paid over to the Internal Revenue Service. The holder of Outstanding Notes is required to give the Paying Agent the TIN (e.g., social security number or employer identification number) of the record owner of the Outstanding Notes. If the Outstanding Notes are in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed “Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9” for additional guidance on which number to report.

 

 

Exhibit 99.2
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$500,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ITS 10-1/8% SENIOR NOTES DUE
2013, WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(“THE SECURITIES ACT”), FOR ANY AND ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING 10-1/8% SENIOR NOTES
DUE 2013
AND
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$250,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ITS SENIOR FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE
2013, WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, FOR ANY AND ALL OF
ITS OUTSTANDING SENIOR FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2013
AND
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$250,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ITS 11-7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2015,
WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, FOR ANY AND ALL OF ITS
OUTSTANDING 11-7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2015
, 2006
To Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks,
      Trust Companies and other Nominees:
          As described in the enclosed Prospectus, dated      , 2006 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”), and Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd., a Singapore private limited company (the “Company”), Avago Technologies U.S. Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Avago U.S.”), and Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with Avago U.S., the “Subsidiary Co-Issuers”), and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries (each, a “Guarantor” and collectively, the “Guarantors”) are offering to exchange (the “Exchange Offers”) (a) an aggregate principal amount of up to $500,000,000 of their 10-1/8% Senior Notes due 2013 which have been registered under the Securities Act (the “Exchange Fixed Rate Senior Notes”), for any and all of their outstanding 10-1/8% Senior Notes due 2013 (the “Outstanding Fixed Rate Senior Notes”), (b) an aggregate principal amount of up to $250,000,000 of their Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2013 which have been registered under the Securities Act (the “Exchange Floating Rate Senior Notes” and, together with the Exchange Fixed Rate Senior Notes, the “Exchange Senior Notes”), for any and all of their outstanding Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2013 (the “Outstanding Floating Rate Senior Notes” and, together with the Outstanding Fixed Rate Senior Notes, the “Outstanding Senior Notes”) and (c) an aggregate principal amount of up to $250,000,000 of their 11-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 which have been registered under the Securities Act (the “Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes” and, together with the Exchange Senior Notes, the “Exchange Notes”), for any and all of their outstanding 11-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes” and, together with the Outstanding Senior Notes, the “Outstanding Notes”) in integral multiples of $1,000, with a minimum permitted tender of $2,000, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the enclosed Prospectus and related Letter of Transmittal. The terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects (including principal amount, interest rate and maturity) to the terms of the Outstanding Notes for which they may be exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offers, except that the Exchange Notes are freely transferable by holders thereof. The Outstanding Notes are unconditionally guaranteed (the “Old Guarantees”) by the Guarantors, and the Exchange Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed (the “New Guarantees”) by the Guarantors. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, the Guarantors offer to issue the New Guarantees with respect to all Exchange Notes issued in the Exchange Offers in exchange for the Old Guarantees of the Outstanding Notes for which such Exchange Notes are issued in the Exchange Offers. Throughout this letter, unless the context otherwise requires and whether so expressed or not, references to the “Exchange Offers” include the Guarantors’ offer to exchange the New

 


 

Guarantees for the Old Guarantees, references to the “Exchange Notes” include the related New Guarantees and references to the “Outstanding Notes” include the related Old Guarantees. The Company will accept for exchange any and all Outstanding Notes properly tendered according to the terms of the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. Consummation of the Exchange Offers are subject to certain conditions described in the Prospectus.
           WE URGE YOU TO PROMPTLY CONTACT YOUR CLIENTS FOR WHOM YOU HOLD OUTSTANDING NOTES REGISTERED IN YOUR NAME OR IN THE NAME OF YOUR NOMINEE. PLEASE BRING THE EXCHANGE OFFERS TO THEIR ATTENTION AS PROMPTLY AS POSSIBLE.
          Enclosed are copies of the following documents:
  1.   The Prospectus;
 
  2.   The Letter of Transmittal for your use in connection with the tender of Outstanding Notes and for the information of your clients, including a Substitute Form W-9 and Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 (providing information relating to U.S. federal income tax backup withholding);
 
  3.   A form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery; and
 
  4.   A form of letter, including a letter of instructions to a registered holder from a beneficial owner, which you may use to correspond with your clients for whose accounts you hold Outstanding Notes that are registered in your name or the name of your nominee, with space provided for obtaining such clients’ instructions regarding the Exchange Offers.
          Your prompt action is requested. Please note that the Exchange Offers will expire at 12:00 a.m. midnight, New York City time, on       , 2006 (the “Expiration Date”), unless the Company otherwise extends the Exchange Offers.
          To participate in the Exchange Offers, certificates for Outstanding Notes, together with a duly executed and properly completed Letter of Transmittal or facsimile thereof, or a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such Outstanding Notes into the account of The Bank of New York (the “Exchange Agent”), at the book-entry transfer facility, with any required signature guarantees, and any other required documents, must be received by the Exchange Agent by the Expiration Date as indicated in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.
          The Company will not pay any fees or commissions to any broker or dealer or to any other persons (other than the Exchange Agent) in connection with the solicitation of tenders of the Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offers. However, the Company will pay or cause to be paid any transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the tender of the Outstanding Notes to it or its order, except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal.
          If holders of the Outstanding Notes wish to tender, but it is impracticable for them to forward their Outstanding Notes prior to the Expiration Date or to comply with the book-entry transfer procedures on a timely basis, a tender may be effected by following the guaranteed delivery procedures described in the Prospectus and in the Letter of Transmittal.
          Any inquiries you may have with respect to the Exchange Offers should be addressed to the Exchange Agent at its address and telephone number set forth in the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal. Additional copies of the enclosed materials may be obtained from the Exchange Agent.
Very truly yours,
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
           NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENTS ON BEHALF OF EITHER OF THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFERS, OTHER THAN THE DOCUMENTS ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND THE STATEMENTS EXPRESSLY CONTAINED THEREIN.

 

 

Exhibit 99.3
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$500,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ITS 10-1/8% SENIOR NOTES DUE
2013, WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(“THE SECURITIES ACT”), FOR ANY AND ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING 10-1/8% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2013
AND
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$250,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ITS SENIOR FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE
2013, WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, FOR ANY AND ALL OF
ITS OUTSTANDING SENIOR FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2013
AND
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$250,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ITS 11-7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2015,
WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, FOR ANY AND ALL OF ITS
OUTSTANDING 11-7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2015
, 2006
To Our Clients:
          Enclosed for your consideration are a Prospectus, dated       , 2006 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”), and Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”) relating to the offers (the “Exchange Offers”) by Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd., a Singapore private limited company (the “Company”), Avago Technologies U.S. Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Avago U.S.”), and Avago Technologies Wireless (U.S.A.) Manufacturing Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with Avago U.S., the “Subsidiary Co-Issuers”), and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries (each, a “Guarantor” and collectively, the “Guarantors”) to exchange (a) an aggregate principal amount of up to $500,000,000 of their 10-1/8% Senior Notes due 2013 which have been registered under the Securities Act (the “Exchange Fixed Rate Senior Notes”), for any and all of their outstanding 10-1/8% Senior Notes due 2013 (the “Outstanding Fixed Rate Senior Notes”), (b) an aggregate principal amount of up to $250,000,000 of their Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2013 which have been registered under the Securities Act (the “Exchange Floating Rate Senior Notes” and, together with the Exchange Fixed Rate Senior Notes, the “Exchange Senior Notes”), for any and all of their outstanding Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2013 (the “Outstanding Floating Rate Senior Notes” and, together with the Outstanding Fixed Rate Senior Notes, the “Outstanding Senior Notes”) and (c) an aggregate principal amount of up to $250,000,000 of their 11-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 which have been registered under the Securities Act (the “Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes” and, together with the Exchange Senior Notes, the “Exchange Notes”), for any and all of their outstanding 11-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes” and, together with the Outstanding Senior Notes, the “Outstanding Notes”) in integral multiples of $1,000, with a minimum permitted tender of $2,000, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the enclosed Prospectus and related Letter of Transmittal. The terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects (including principal amount, interest rate and maturity) to the terms of the Outstanding Notes for which they may be exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offers, except that the Exchange Notes are freely transferable by holders thereof, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the enclosed Prospectus and enclosed Letter of Transmittal. The Outstanding Notes are unconditionally guaranteed (the “Old Guarantees”) by the Guarantors, and the Exchange Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed (the “New Guarantees”) by the Guarantors. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, the Guarantors offer to issue the New Guarantees with respect to all Exchange Notes issued in the Exchange Offers in exchange for the Old Guarantees of the Outstanding Notes for which such Exchange Notes are issued in the Exchange Offers. Throughout this letter, unless the context otherwise requires and whether so expressed or not, references to the “Exchange Offers” include the Guarantors’ offer to exchange the New Guarantees for the Old Guarantees, references to the “Exchange Notes” include the

 


 

related New Guarantees and references to the “Outstanding Notes” include the related Old Guarantees. The Company will accept for exchange any and all Outstanding Notes properly tendered according to the terms of the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. Consummation of the Exchange Offers is subject to certain conditions described in the Prospectus.
           PLEASE NOTE THAT THE EXCHANGE OFFERS WILL EXPIRE AT 12:00 A.M. MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON       , 2006 (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”), UNLESS THE COMPANY EXTENDS THE EXCHANGE OFFERS.
          The enclosed materials are being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of the Outstanding Notes held by us for your account but not registered in your name. A tender of such Outstanding Notes may only be made by us as the registered holder and pursuant to your instructions. Therefore, the Company urges beneficial owners of Outstanding Notes registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee to contact such registered holder promptly if such beneficial owners wish to tender their Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offers.
          Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish to tender any or all such Outstanding Notes held by us for your account, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal. If you wish to have us tender any or all of your outstanding notes, please so instruct us by completing, signing and returning to us the “Instructions to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner” form that appears below. We urge you to read the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal carefully before instructing us as to whether or not to tender your Outstanding Notes.
          The accompanying Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for your information only and may not be used by you to tender Outstanding Notes held by us and registered in our name for your account or benefit.
          If we do not receive written instructions in accordance with the below and the procedures presented in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, we will not tender any of the Outstanding Notes on your account.

 


 

INSTRUCTIONS TO REGISTERED HOLDER FROM BENEFICIAL OWNER
          The undersigned beneficial owner acknowledges receipt of your letter and the accompanying Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal, relating to the Exchange Offers made by the Company, the Subsidiary Co-Issuers and the Guarantors to exchange (a) an aggregate principal amount of up to $500,000,000 of their Exchange Fixed Rate Senior Notes for any and all of their Outstanding Fixed Rate Senior Notes, (b) an aggregate principal amount of up to $250,000,000 of their Exchange Floating Rate Senior Notes for any and all of their Outstanding Floating Rate Senior Notes and (c) an aggregate principal amount of up to $250,000,000 of their Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes for any and all of their Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.
          This will instruct you, the registered holder, to tender the principal amount of the Outstanding Notes indicated below held by you for the account of the undersigned, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.
          The aggregate face amount of the Outstanding Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned is ( fill in amount ):
          $                           of 10-1/8% Senior Notes due 2013.
          With respect to the applicable exchange offer, the undersigned hereby instructs you (check appropriate box):
  o   To TENDER ALL of the outstanding 10-1/8% Senior Notes due 2013 held by you for the account of the undersigned.
 
  o   To TENDER the following outstanding 10-1/8% Senior Notes due 2013 held by you for the account of the undersigned ( insert principal amount of outstanding 10-1/8% Senior Notes due 2013 to be tendered, if any ):
 
      $        of 10-1/8% Senior Notes due 2013.
 
  o   NOT to TENDER any outstanding 10-1/8% Senior Notes due 2013 held by you for the account of the undersigned.
 
 
 
 
          $                  of Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2013.
          With respect to the applicable exchange offer, the undersigned hereby instructs you (check appropriate box):
  o   To TENDER ALL of the outstanding Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2013 held by you for the account of the undersigned.
 
  o   To TENDER the following outstanding Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2013 held by you for the account of the undersigned ( insert principal amount of outstanding Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2013 to be tendered, if any ):
 
      $        of Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2013.
 
 
  o   NOT to TENDER any outstanding Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2013 held by you for the account of the undersigned.

 


 

          $            of 11-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015.
          With respect to the applicable exchange offer, the undersigned hereby instructs you (check appropriate box):
  o   To TENDER ALL of the outstanding 11-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 held by you for the account of the undersigned.
 
  o   To TENDER the following outstanding 11-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 held by you for the account of the undersigned ( insert principal amount of outstanding 11-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 to be tendered, if any ):
 
      $        of 11-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015.
 
  o   NOT to TENDER any outstanding 11-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 held by you for the account of the undersigned.
          If the undersigned instructs you to tender the Outstanding Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized (a) to make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a beneficial owner of the Outstanding Notes, including but not limited to the representations that the undersigned (i) is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company, the Subsidiary Co-Issuers or the Guarantors, (ii) is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of Exchange Notes, (iii) is acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of its business and (iv) is not a broker-dealer tendering Outstanding Notes acquired for its own account directly from the Company. If a holder of the Outstanding Notes is an affiliate of the Company, the Subsidiary Co-Issuers or the Guarantors, is not acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of its business, is engaged in or intends to engage in a distribution of the Exchange Notes or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offers, such holder may not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to exemptions from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and must comply with such requirements in connection with any secondary resale transaction.
SIGN HERE
     
Date:
   
 
   
     
Signature(s):
   
 
   
     
Print Name(s):
   
 
   
     
Address:
   
 
   
     
 
   
 
   
 
  (Include Zip Code)
     
Telephone Number:
   
 
   
     
Tax Identification Number or Social Security Number:
   
 
   
     
My Account Number With You:
   
 
   

 

 

Exhibit 99.4
AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES FINANCE PTE. LTD.
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$500,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ITS 10-1/8% SENIOR NOTES DUE
2013, WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(“THE SECURITIES ACT”), FOR ANY AND ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING 10-1/8% SENIOR NOTES
DUE 2013
AND
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$250,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ITS SENIOR FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE
2013, WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, FOR ANY AND ALL OF
ITS OUTSTANDING SENIOR FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2013
AND
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$250,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ITS 11-7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2015,
WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, FOR ANY AND ALL OF ITS
OUTSTANDING 11-7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2015
     This form, or one substantially equivalent hereto, must be used to accept the Exchange Offers made by Avago Technologies Finance Pte. Ltd., a Singapore private limited company (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Co-Issuers and the Guarantors, pursuant to the Prospectus, dated      , 2006 (the “Prospectus”), and the enclosed Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), if the certificates for the Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or if the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis or time will not permit all required documents to reach the Exchange Agent prior to 12:00 a.m. midnight, New York City time, on the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offers. Such form may be delivered or transmitted by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery to The Bank of New York (the “Exchange Agent”) as set forth below. In addition, in order to utilize the guaranteed delivery procedure to tender the Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offers, a completed, signed and dated Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) must also be received by the Exchange Agent prior to 12:00 a.m. midnight, New York City time, on the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offers. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Letter of Transmittal.
The Exchange Agent is:
THE BANK OF NEW YORK
         
By Registered Mail or Overnight        
Carrier:   By Facsimile Transmission:   By Hand Delivery:
The Bank of New York   (212) 235-2261   The Bank of New York
Reorganization Section       101 Barclay Street
101 Barclay Street, 7E   To Confirm by Telephone:   Corporate Trust Services Window
New York, New York 10286   (212) 235-2356   Ground level
Attn: Bernard Arsenec       New York, New York 10286
    For Information Call:   Attn: Bernard Arsenec
    (212) 235-2356   Reorganization Section
      DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION VIA FACSIMILE TO A NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
     This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on a Letter of Transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution (as defined in the Letter of Transmittal), such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space in Box 8 provided on the Letter of Transmittal for Guarantee of Signatures.

 


 

Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the principal amount of Outstanding Notes indicated below, pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described in “The Exchange Offers—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” section of the Prospectus.
                         
    Certificate Number(s)              
    (if known) of              
    Outstanding Notes or     Aggregate Principal     Aggregate Principal  
    Account Number at     Amount     Amount of  
    Book-Entry Transfer     Represented by     Outstanding Notes Being  
Type of Note   Facility     Outstanding Notes     Tendered  
10-1/8% Senior Notes due 2013
                       
 
                       
Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2013
                       
 
                       
11-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015
                       
PLEASE COMPLETE AND SIGN
 
(Signature(s) of Record Holder(s))
 
(Please Type or Print Name(s) of Record Holder(s))
Dated:                                                               
         
Address:
       
 
   
 
    (Zip Code)
 
(Daytime Area Code and Telephone No.)
o      Check this Box if the Outstanding Notes will be delivered by book-entry transfer to The Depository Trust Company.
     
Account Number:
   
 
   
THE ACCOMPANYING GUARANTEE MUST BE COMPLETED.

 


 

GUARANTEE OF DELIVERY
(Not to be used for signature guarantee)
The undersigned, a member of a recognized signature medallion program or an “eligible guarantor institution,” as such term is defined in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), hereby (a) represents that the above person(s) “own(s)” the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby within the meaning of Rule 14e-4(b)(2) under the Exchange Act, (b) represents that the tender of those Outstanding Notes complies with Rule 14e-4 under the Exchange Act, and (c) guarantees to deliver to the Exchange Agent, at its address set forth in the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the certificates representing all tendered Outstanding Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation (a confirmation of a book-entry transfer of the Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company), together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantees, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal within three (3) New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.
     
Name of Firm:
   
 
   
 
  (Authorized Signature)
     
Address:
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
  (Include Zip Code)
     
Area Code and Telephone Number:
   
 
   
     
Name:
   
 
   
 
  (Please Print or Type)
     
Title:
   
 
   
 
   
Dated:
   
 
   
NOTE: DO NOT SEND OUTSTANDING NOTES WITH THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. OUTSTANDING NOTES SHOULD BE SENT WITH YOUR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

 


 

INSTRUCTIONS FOR NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
1. Delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
     A properly completed and duly executed copy of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other documents required by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth on the cover page hereof prior to the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offers. The method of delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and risk of the holders and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that the holders use an overnight or hand delivery service, properly insured. If such delivery is by mail, it is recommended that the holders use properly insured, registered mail with return receipt requested. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. For a description of the guaranteed delivery procedure, see Instruction 1 of the Letter of Transmittal. No notice of Guaranteed Delivery should be sent to the Company.
2. Signatures on this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
     If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes referred to herein, the signatures must correspond with the name(s) written on the face of the Outstanding Notes without alteration, addition, enlargement or any change whatsoever. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a person other than the registered holder(s) of any Outstanding Notes listed, this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be accompanied by appropriate bond powers, signed as the name of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on the Outstanding Notes without alteration, addition, enlargement or any change whatsoever. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person should so indicate when signing and, unless waived by the Company, evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority so to act must be submitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
3. Questions and Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies.
     Questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the cover hereof. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offers.